Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutWright Construction Engineering Corp; 2024-04-09; PWS24-2364TRAN 00 01 01 TITLE PAGE Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Project No. 6611 PWS24-2364 1635 Faraday Ave, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Email: PWContractAdmin@carlsbadca.gov Table of Contents SECTION 1 .................................................................................................................................... 7 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS .................................................................................................. 7 1. RECEIPT OF BIDS .................................................................................................................. 7 2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK ....................................................................................................... 7 3. COMPLETION OF WORK ...................................................................................................... 7 4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS .......................................................................................... 7 5. PERIOD FOR AWARD ............................................................................................................ 7 6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................... 8 7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE ......................................................................................................... 8 8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................................................................. 8 9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS ............................................................................................. 8 10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE ...................................................... 9 11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS .......................................................................... 9 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ........................................................................................ 10 1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................................................................. 10 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..................................................... 10 3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS ....................................................... 11 4. QUESTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 11 5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE ....................................................................................................... 11 6. ADDENDA ........................................................................................................................... 12 7. ALTERNATE BIDS ................................................................................................................ 12 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page l Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS ............................................................................................ 13 9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................. 13 10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS ................................................................................................. 14 11. BID GUARANTEE .............................................................................................................. 14 12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND & PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND REQUIREMENTS ... 15 13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY ........................................................................................... 15 14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT .................................................................. 15 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 15 16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 16 17. SUBCONTRACTORS .......................................................................................................... 17 18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM ............................................................ 18 19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ........................................................................................... 18 20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010 ................................................................................... 18 21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION ...................................... 18 22. PREVAILING WAGES ......................................................................................................... 19 23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................. 19 24. SIGNING OF BIDS ............................................................................................................. 20 25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS ......................................................................................... 20 26. OPENING OF BIDS ............................................................................................................ 21 27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID ...................................................................................................... 2 1 28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID .............................................................. 22 29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES ......................... 22 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 2 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE ................................................................... 22 31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID ................................................................................... 22 32. AWARD PROCESS ............................................................................................................. 23 33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT .............................................................................................. 23 34. BUSINESS LICENSE ........................................................................................................... 23 35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES ............................... 23 36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ......................................................................................... 23 37. STATUTORY REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 23 00 41 00 BID FORM .................................................................................................................... 24 1. BID SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................ 25 2. TOTAL BID PRICE ............................................................................................................ 26 3. RECITALS ........................................................................................................................ 27 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM ......................................................................................................... 33 00 43 20 BID SECURITY ............................................................................................................... 35 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM ........................................................................ 36 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM ....................................................... 38 1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER ...................................................................................... 38 2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) ....................................................................... 38 3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION ..................................................................................... 44 00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ....................................................................................... 45 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION ................................................................... 46 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION .................................. 47 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 3 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....................................................................................... 48 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT ...................................................................... 49 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD .......................................................................... 50 00 52 00 CONTRACT ................................................................................................................... 52 00 6110 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ................................................................................... 56 00 6120 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND .................................................... 59 00 6130 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT ............................................................................... 63 SPECIAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................................................. 66 PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................................... 66 PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 173 SECTION 200-ROCK MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 173 SECTION 201-CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS ........................................... 174 SECTION 203-BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ............................................................................... 175 SECTION 206-MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS ...................................................................... 180 SECTION 207 -GRAVITY PIPE .................................................................................................. 186 SECTION 211-MATERIAL TESTS ............................................................................................. 186 SECTION 216-PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX .......................................................... 188 SECTION 217 -BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS .............................................................. 188 PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS ......................................................................................... 190 SECTION 300 -EARTHWORK ................................................................................................... 190 300-12 STORM WATER POLLUTI ON PREVENTION PLAN .................................................... 192 SECTION 301-SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................... 193 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 4 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 301-1 SU BG RADE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 193 SECTION 302 -ROADWAY SURFACING .................................................................................... 194 SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ..................................................... 196 SECTION 306-OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION ...................................................... 200 SECTION 314-TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS .................................................................................................................................. 200 PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS .......................................................................................... 203 SECTION 400-PROTECTION AND RESTORATION ................................................................... 203 SECTION 401-REMOVAL ........................................................................................................ 203 SECTION 402-UTILITIES .......................................................................................................... 204 SECTION 403 -MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION .......................................... 206 SECTION 404 -COLD MILLING ................................................................................................. 208 PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL. ................................................................................. 209 SECTION 601 -TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES ........................................................................................................................... 209 PART 8 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION ................................................................................. 210 SECTION 800 -MATERIALS ...................................................................................................... 210 SECTION 801-INSTALLATION ................................................................................................. 219 SECTION 803 -BONDED FIBER MATRIX STABILIZATION ......................................................... 235 SECTION 2 ................................................................................................................................ 239 0111 00 SUMMARY OF WORK ................................................................................................ 239 PART 1 GENERAL. ................................................................................................................. 239 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................................................... 241 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page S Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 1 GENERAL. ................................................................................................................. 241 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 253 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 253 PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE.. ........................................................ 254 01 32 00 SUBMITTALSPART 1 GENERAL .............................................................................. 255 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 261 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 261 01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE .................................................................... 262 PART 1 GENERAL. ................................................................................................................. 262 PART 2 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................. 262 0141 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 268 PART 1 GENERAL. ................................................................................................................. 268 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 271 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 271 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSPART 1 GENERAL .................................. 272 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 277 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 277 ATTACHMENTS A -Draft SWPPP B -Cultural Resources Treatment and Monitoring Plan C -Verdura Retaining Wall Design Report D -California Coastal Commission Coastal Development Permit E -CARB Fl eet Compliance Certification F -Park Dr Geotechnical Recommendations G -2017 Carlsbad Integrated Pest Management Plan 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 6 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 1 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS 1. RECEIPT OF BIDS. The City of Carlsbad/ Carlsbad Municipal Water District {"Agency") will accept Bids via electronic format via the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site up to and no later than March 12, 2024 at 11 a.m. through the online bidding portal {Contracting & Purchasing I Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)) for the construction of the Work entitled: PARK DRIVE STREET AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS PWS24-2364 Project No. 6611 2. DESCR IPTION OF WORK. The Work includes the provision of all equipment, labor, materials, tools, services, transportation, permits, utilities, and all other items necessary to complete the construction of the following, as specified and shown in the Con struction Documents: demolition of existing retaining wall, construction of new retaining walls, sidewalk and curb ramp replacement, and other associated site improvements. The Work Site is located at the intersection of Marina Drive and Park Drive in the City of Carlsbad, in the County of San Diego, California. 3. COMPLETION OF WORK. The Contract Time is established as one hundred seventy {170) working days. The Contract Time shall begin on the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Per the California Coastal Commission staff report, the work shall only occur from May 1, 2024, and must end by December 31, 2024. No other working days are allowed. The Engineers' estimate for this Project is two million two hundred six thousand and seven hundred dollars, $2,224,400. 4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS. Agency shall consider awarding the Contract for the Project to the lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agen cy from the base Bid alone. The Agency has the right to reject any or all Bid s or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process. 5. PERIOD FOR AWARD. A period of ninety {90) Calendar Days from the time of Bid opening may be required to award the Contract. No Bidder may withdraw its Bid or Bid Guarantee during this period. Bidders shall 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 7 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 assume full responsibility for their Bid Price during this period and shall make certain that such delay does not restrict the Bid Guarantee. 6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS. Bidders shall be licensed contractors pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et seq. under the classification of A -General Engineering, as of the date of submittal of the Bid Documents and shall maintain such license until final acceptance of the Work. Additional qualifications are included in the Contract Documents. Bidders are advised of the minimal qualifications, certifications, and years of experience requirements for specific items of work specified in the technical specifications. 7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. The Agency will not conduct a pre-Bid Conference. 8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Bidders may obtain a copy of the Contract Documents from Agency's website (Contracting & Purchasing I Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca .gov)). To the extent required by Public Contract Code Section 20103.7, upon request from a contractor plan room service, the Agency shall provide an electronic copy of the Contract Documents at no charge to the contractor plan room. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to download and print all Bid Documents for review and to verify the completeness of Bid Documents before submitting a Bid. All Addenda will be posted on the on line bidding portal. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to check the on line bidding portal on a daily basis through the close of the bidding period for any applicable Addenda. The Agency does not assume any liability or responsibility for any defective or incomplete copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading or printing of the Bid Documents. Information on the online bidding portal may change without notice to prospective Bidders. The Contract Documents shall supersede any information posted or transmitted by the on line bidding portal. No time extensions or other consideration will be given for non-receipt or other circumstance associated with the review or acquisition of Contract Documents. Bids must be submitted on the Agency's Bid Forms in the Contract Documents. 9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS. Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier's check or Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Agency, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of the submitted Total Bid Price, made payable to the Agency as bid security. The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security will be declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to comply within these 10 Working Days. No interest will be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. All Bidders must upload Bidder's Bond to the on line bidding portal. The original Bid Bond for the 3 apparent low Bidders must be submitted to the city within 2 Business Days of Bid opening. 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 8 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Bond each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. Each bond shall be in the forms set forth in the Contract Documents, shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, and that is a California admitted surety insurer. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, the successful Bidder may substitute certain securities for funds withheld by Agency to ensure its performance under the Contract. 10. CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD ADVANCED CLEAN FLEETS REGULATIONS Contractor's vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 8,500 lbs. and light-duty package delivery vehicles operated in California may be subject to the California Air Resources Board (CARB) Advanced Clean Fleets regulations. Such vehicles may therefore be subject to requirements to reduce emissions of air pollutants. For more information, please see Attachment E and visit the CARB Advanced Clean Fleets webpage at https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our- work/programs/advanced-clean-fleets. 11. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE. This Project is subject to prevailing wages and labor compliance per the Labor Code. To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form 00 45 00 provided. Failure to submit this form may render the bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder's sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract and applicable law in its Bid. A copy of the prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet at: www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/. 12. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS. Requests for Information (RFI) or interpretations of Bid Documents during the bid period shall be submitted via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal. The cutoff date and time to submit questions or substitution request regarding this Project via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal is February 29, 2024, at 5 p.m. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provide to those bidding on the Project no later than March 6, 2024. For further information, see the on line bidding portal. END OF SECTION 00 1110 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Document Version: 1.0 Page 9 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Bids must be submitted to the Agency on the Bid Forms which are a part of the Contract Documents for the Project. The Contract Documents may be obtained from the Agency's on line bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing I Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). Prospective bidders are encouraged to communicate with the Agency well in advance of the date and time bids are due to the Agency ("Bid Submission Deadline") to determine the availability of Contract Documents. The Agency may also make the Contract Documents available for review at one or more plan rooms. Prospective Bidders who choose to review the Contract Documents at a plan room must contact the Agency to obtain the required Contract Documents if they decide to submit a Bid for the Project. Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid non responsive and ineligible for award of the Contract. Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all Addenda and receipt of them 1 Working Day prior to bidding. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid non responsive and ineligible for award ofthe Contract. 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. At its own expense and before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed Work and fully acquaint itself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor required so that the Bidder may fully understand the Work, including but not limited to, difficulties and restrictions attending the execution of the Work under the Contract. Each Bidder shall carefully examine the Drawings, and shall read the Specifications, Contract Documents, and all other referenced documents. Each Bidder shall also determine the local conditions which may in any way affect the performance of the Work, including local tax structure, contractors' licensing requirements, availability of required insurance, the prevailing wages and other relevant cost factors. Each Bidder shall also familiarize itself with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and codes affecting the performance of the Work, including the cost of permits and licenses required for the Work, and shall make such surveys and investigations, including investigations of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site or where Work is to be performed as may be required. Bidders are responsible for consulting the standards referenced in the Contract. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any contract documents, forms, instruments, addenda, or other documents, or to visit the Site and acquaint itself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation with respect to its Bid or to the Contract and no relief for error or omission will be given except as required under California law. The submission of a Bid shall be taken as conclusive evidence of compliance with this Section. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 10 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS. Prospective Bidders unclear as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or other parts of the Contract Documents, or discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings and Specifications, may promptly submit a written request for information, interpretation, clarification, or correction ("RFI") to the Bid Administrator, the Agencies designated representative for soliciting and conducting bids on the Agencies online ebidding portal. (defined below). The Agency may not respond to RFls submitted past the Q&A Submission Deadline. The Bidder submitting the RFI is responsible for prompt delivery to the Bid Administrator. Responses to RF ls will be made only by duly issued written Addenda. The Agency shall not provide verbal responses to RFls. Copies of written Addenda will be posted on the on line bidding portal for each prospective Bidder who has downloaded a set of Contract Documents. The Agency will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations ofthe Drawings, Specifications or other parts of the Contract Documents. If any Prospective Bidder becomes aware of any errors or omissions in any part of the Contract Documents, the Prospective Bidder must promptly notify the Agency of such error or omission. Before award of the Contract, no addition to, modification of, or interpretation of any provision in the Contract Documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as otherwise specified in these Instructions to Bidders. No bidder may rely on verbal directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as specified in these Instructions to Bidders. 4. QUESTIONS. Questions regarding this Project must be submitted through the online ebidding portal. Questions shall be definite and certain, and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, details or specification sections. The deadline to submit questions is identified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Questions received after the deadline may not be answered. Responses to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an Addendum and provided to those bidding on the Project no later than the date specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Except for the Agency's Bid Administrator, no other members of the Agency's staff or Board should be contacted about this procurement during the bidding process. All inquiries and comments from Prospective Bidders regarding a proposed Bid must be communicated in writing, unless otherwise instructed by the Agency. The Agency may, in its sole discretion, disqualify any Prospective Bidder who engages in any prohibited communications. 5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. The Notice Inviting Bids shall state whether a Pre-Bid Conference will be held and, if so, whether attendance is mandatory. Bids will not be accepted from any bidder who did not attend a Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. The Conference will commence at the specified start time and the Site visit will begin at the conclusion of the Conference. Prospective Bidders who arrive late 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 11 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 and who do not sign the "Sign-In" or attendance sheet, may be disqualified from the bidding process. Representatives of the Agency and its consultants, if any, will be present to the extent possible. Questions asked by Bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference not specifically addressed within the Contract Documents shall be answered in writing and shall be sent to all Bidders present at the Pre-Bid Conference. A Pre-Bid Conference may include a Project Site visit. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required of all Job Walk attendees. Attendees are required to wear closed toe shoes, long pants, no sleeveless shirts, safety glasses (may be prescription with side shields if in process areas), safety vests and hard hats. Only those possessing such attire will be allowed on the Job Site. The Agency will not provide personal protective equipment to Job Walk attendees. 6. ADDENDA. The Agency may revise the Contract Documents before the Bid Submission Deadline. Revisions, if any, shall be made by written Addenda. All Addenda will be posted on the on line bidding portal. All Addenda issued by the Agency shall be acknowledged by the Bidder on the online bidding portal and made part of the Contract Documents. The Bidder shall acknowledge the Addenda before submitting its Bid. Bidders are responsible for the receipt of all Addenda. The Agency may reject a Bid if the Bidder fails to acknowledge all Addenda. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104.5, if the Agency issues an Addendum which includes material changes to the Project less than 72 hours before the Bid Submission Deadline, the Agency will extend the Bid Submission Deadline by no less than 72 hours. The Agency may determine, in its sole discretion, whether an Addendum warrants postponement of the Bid Submission Deadline. 7. ALTERNATE BIDS. If alternate Bid items are called for in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Contract Documents, the time required for completion of the Work for the alternate Bid items is factored into the Contract duration and no additional Contract time will be awarded. The Agency may elect to include one or more of the alternate Bid items, or to otherwise remove certain work from the Project scope of work. Accordingly, each Bidder must ensure that each Bid item contains a proportionate share of profit, overhead, and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder. If the Agency utilizes alternate Bid items as described above, the Notice Inviting Bids will prescribe predetermined criteria for the Bid package selection or a selection process in which price information and Bidder identities are not revealed to the Agency before the Bid Submission Deadline. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 12 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS. Bids shall only be prepared using the Bid Forms which are included in the Contract Documents. The use of substitute Bid Forms other than legible and correct photocopies of those provided by the Agency are prohibited. Bids shall be executed by an authorized signatory as described in these Instructions to Bidders. In addition, Bidders shall fill in all blank spaces (including inserting "N/ A" where applicable), and initial all interlineations, alterations, or erasures to the Bid Forms. Bidders shall neither delete, modify, nor supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms nor make substitutions thereon. Use of black or blue ink, indelible pencil, or a typewriter is required. Deviations from these instructions may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive. The following documents must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated, and submitted as a part of the complete Bid Package: 1. Bid Form (00 41 00) 2. Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with check/cash 3. Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) 4. Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) 5. Non-Collusion Affidavit (00 45 10) 6. Iran Contracting Act Certification (00 45 15) 7. Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (00 45 20) 8. Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25 ) 9. Statement Regarding Debarment (00 45 30) 10. Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35) 11. CARB Fleet Compliance Certification (Attachment E) 12. Acknowledgement of ALL Addenda on the on line bidding portal. 13. Optional Escrow Agreement, as applicable (00 61 30) All Bids shall be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in the Bid, multiplied by the unit price as submitted by the Bidder. When paper copies are submitted, all prices must be written in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. 9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Specifications contained in the Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "the Greenbook" latest edition and all errata. The Supplemental General Provisions address the unique conditions in the City of Carlsbad that are not addressed in the Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict between the two, the Supplemental Provisions shall control over the Green book. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 13 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder's/Contractor's local technical bookstore, online or directly from the publisher. The Supplemental Provisions are available only for download from the on line bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. 10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS. Each Bidder shall submit its Bid in strict conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unauthorized additions, modifications, revisions, conditions, limitations, exclusions, or provisions attached to a Bid may render it non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Bidders shall not delete, modify, or supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms, or make substitutions thereon. Oral, telephonic, and electronic modifications will not be considered. 11. BID GUARANTEE. Each Bid shall be accompanied by: (a) a cashier's check; or, (b) a certified check made payable to Agency; or, (c) a Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Board, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of the total bid price, made payable to Agency as bid security. Personal sureties and unregistered surety companies are unacceptable. The surety insurer shall be a California admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120. The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful Bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security may be declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. Any Bid received that does not comply with these Bid Guarantee instructions may be rejected as non-responsive, and Agency may enter into a contract with the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder, or may call for new Bids. No interest shall be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. Copies of Bid Bonds submitted to the Agency shall have the same force and effect as the original. The Bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive Bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within 10 Working Days after the Contract is awarded. The proceeds of the Bidder's security may also become property of the Agency if the Bidder withdraws its Bid within 15 Calendar Days after the Bid opening date, unless otherwise required by law, including Public Contract Code Section 5100 et. seq., and notwithstanding the award of the Contract to another Bidder. The Bidder shall submit Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with properly certified check with the Bid Package. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 14 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND REQUIREMENTS. The successful Bidder sha ll furnish Agency with a Labor and Material Payment Bond and a Performance and Warranty Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract price. Each bond shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120 and is admitted by the State of California, and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The Agency sha ll not accept personal sureties and unregistered surety companies. Each bond shall be accompanied, upon the request of Agency, with all documents required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 to the extent required by law. All bonding and insurance requirements sha ll be completed and submitted to Agency within 10 Working Days from the date the Agency provides the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this Project and sha ll extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency until they are released as stated in the Contract. The Bonds are to be accompanied by an original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY. The Contract Documents call for monthly progress payments based upon the percentage of the Work completed. The Agency will retain a percentage of each progress payment as provided by the Contract Documents. At the request and expense of the successful Bidder, the Agency will substitute securities for the amount so retained in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300. 14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT. Pursuant to applicable provisions of law (i.e., Public Contract Code Section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by these instructions or for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. Public Contract Code Section 10263 requires monies or securities to be deposited with the Agency or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent sha ll maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. Before commencing the Work, the successful Bidder shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in the Agency General Conditions. If the Bid is accepted, and if requested by the Agency, Contractor shall provide Agency or preferred vendor copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Insurance Code Section 900 et seq. within 10 Calendar Days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 15 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, Contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees. Contractor shall sign and file with the Agency the following certificate before performing the Work under the Contract: I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of the Contract. The form of such, Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25), shall be submitted as a part of the Bid Package. Insurance must be placed with insurers that: 1. Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII, or 2. Appear on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers, ("LASLI") with a Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A: X. 3. Are admitted to conduct the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. 4. Otherwise comply with all other aspects of City Council Policy No. 70. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this Contract must: 1. Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2. Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used on site or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this Contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition may be waived. The Agency does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of the insurance shall be included in the Bid price. The award of the Contract by the Board is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the Contract Documents, within 10 Working Days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the Agency may award the Contract to the second or third lowest Bidder and the bid security of the lowest Bidder may be forfeited. 16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15 and Public Contract Code Section 3300, all Bidders must possess proper licenses for performance of the Contract. Subcontractors must possess the appropriate licenses for each specialty subcontracted. Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.5, the Agency shall consider any Bid submitted by a contractor 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 16 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 not currently licensed in accordance with California law and pursuant to the requirements found in the Contract Documents to be nonresponsive, and the Agency shall reject the Bid. The Agency shall have the right to request, and Bidders shall provide within 10 Calendar Days, evidence satisfactory to the Agency of all valid license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the Bidder's Subcontractors, before awarding the Contract. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, if the Work involves federal funds, the Contractor shall be properly licensed by the time the Contract is awarded, pursuant to the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 20103.5. 17. SUBCONTRACTORS. Bidder shall set forth the name, address of the place of business, and contractor license number of each Subcontractor who will perform work, labor, furnish materials or render services to the bidder on the Contract. This requirement includes each Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to Bidder, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work described in the Drawings and Specifications in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total Bid price. Additionally, the Bidder shall indicate the portion of the Work to be done by each Subcontractor in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 4104. Bidder shall submit Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) with the Bid Package. This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the Bid as non-responsive. Any Bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the Work by Subcontractors or performance by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated on the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) "Contractor's Bid" will not be included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of Work are not Subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of Work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor, as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of the materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-installed Bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the Work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing the item. When the Bidder proposes to use a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a Bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Proposed Subcontractor Form (00 43 30). The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the Work with its own forces. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 17 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the Contract shall be determined by the Board in conformance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The decision of the Board shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any Work on this Project with a Subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information to Subcontractors. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. 18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM. Each Bidder shall complete the provided questionnaire and shall submit the questionnaire along with its Bid. Failure to provide all information requested within the questionnaire along with the Bid may cause the Bid to be rejected as non-responsive. The Agency may reject any Bid if an investigation of the information submitted does not satisfy the Agency that the Bidder is qualified to properly carry out the terms of the Contract. The Bidder shall submit Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) with the Bid Package. 19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. Bidders on all public works contracts are required to submit an affidavit of non-collusion with their Bid. This form (00 45 10 Non-Co llusion Affidavit) is included with the Bid Package and must be signed and dated under penalty of perjury. 20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq., the Agency requires that any person that submits a bid or proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract with the Agency with respect to goods or services of $1,000,000 or more, certify at the time the bid is submitted or the contract is renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable. The form of such Iran Contracting Certificate is included with the Bid Package and must be signed and dated under penalty of perjury. 21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773, the Agency has obtained the prevailing rate of per diem wages and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work applicable in San Diego County from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for each craft, classification, or type 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 18 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 of worker needed to execute this Contract. A copy of these prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet at www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/. In addition, a copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages is avai lable at the Agency and shall be made available to interested parties upon request. The successful Bidder shall post a copy of the prevailing wage rates at each job site. It shall be mandatory upon the Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded, and upon any Subcontractors, to comply with all Labor Code provisions, which include but are not limited to the payment of not less than the specified prevailing wage rates to all workers employed by them in the execution of the Contract, employment of apprentices, hours of labor and debarment of contractors and subcontractors. Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor's and subcontractors' current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. If awarded the Contract, the Bidder and its Subcontractors, of any tier, shall maintain active registration with the Department of Industrial Relations for the duration of the Project. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. In bidding on this Project, it shall be the Bidder's so le responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under the Contract and applicable law in its Bid. To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form provided, attesting to the facts contained in the registration certificate. Failure to submit this certificate may render the Bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30). 22. PREVAILING WAGES. Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720, et. seq. and 1770, et. seq., Contractor shall pay prevailing wages for all Work performed under the Contract. The Agency has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the Work will be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract. These rates are available at the Agency or may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov. Bidders are advised that a copy of these rates must be posted by the successful Bidder at the job site(s). 23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, contractors or subcontractors may not perform work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. Any contract on a public 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 19 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 works project executed between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a subcontractor on a public works contract. Any public money that is paid to a debarred subcontractor by the Contractor for the Project shall be returned to the Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred Subcontractor who has been allowed to work on the Project. The Agency may disqualify a Contractor or Subcontractor from participating in bidding when a Contractor or Subcontractor has been debarred by the Agency or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. 24. SIGNING OF BIDS. All Bids submitted shall be executed by the Bidder or its authorized representative. Bidders may be asked to provide evidence in the form of an authenticated resolution of its Board of Directors or a Power of Attorney evidencing the capacity of the person signing the Bid to bind the Bidder to each Bid and to any Contract arising therefrom. If a Bidder is a joint venture or partnership, it may be asked to submit an authenticated Power of Attorney executed by each joint venturer or partner appointing and designating one of the joint venturers or partners as a management sponsor to execute the Bid on behalf of Bidder. Only that joint venturer or partner shall execute the Bid. The Power of Attorney shall also: (1) authorize that particular joint venturer or partner to act for and bind Bidder in all matters relating to the Bid; and (2) provide that each venturer or partner shall be jointly and severally liable for any and all of the duties and obligations that the Bidder assumes under the Bid and under any Contract arising therefrom. The Bid shall be executed by the designated joint venturer or partner on behalf of the joint venture or partnership in its legal name. 25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS. Once the Bid and supporting documents have been completed and signed as set forth in these Instructions to Bidders, they shall be uploaded, along with other required materials, to the online bidding portal before the deadline for submitting bids. At the time of Bid submission, whether in the form of a cashier's check, a properly certified check or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the Agency, Bidders must upload an electronic Portable Document Format {PDF) copy of the Bid Guarantee to the online bidding portal. The first 3 apparent low Bidders must provide the Agency with the original Bid Guarantee within 2 Business Days after the Bid opening date. Failure to submit the electronic version of the Bid Guarantee at time of bid submission shall cause the bid to be rejected and deemed non-responsive. Failure to provide the original within 2 business days may deem the bidder non-responsive. Original Bid Bond shall be submitted to: 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 20 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Public Works Contract Administration Attention: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, California, 92008 No oral or telephonic Bids will be considered. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 1600 and 1601, only where expressly permitted in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting Bids may Bidders submit their Bids via electronic transmission (the online bidding portal). Bids received after the Bid Submission Deadline will not be accepted. Agency may reject any Bid not strictly complying with Agency's designated methods for delivery. 26. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted on the online bidding portal will be reviewed by the Agency. Once the Bid Submission Deadline has passed, Bidders, proposers, the general public, and Agency staff are able to immediately see the results on line. Agency shall consider award of the Contract to the lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency consistent with Section 32 below. In case of a discrepancy between the line item entries submitted in the online bidding portal and the Bid Form, the online bidding portal shall prevail. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Bid Form. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the "Total Proposed Lump Sum Price" line item. The Agency may reject any or all Bids or waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process. The Bid and the terms of the Contract Documents constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 Calendar Days from the Bid Submission Deadline and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Agency and the Bidder. 27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. Any Bid may be withdrawn via written letter, incurring no penalty, at any time before the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. Requests to withdraw Bids shall be worded to not reveal the amount of the original Bid. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted until the Bid Submission Deadline, provided that resubmitted Bids are in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. Bids may be withdrawn after bid opening only by providing written notice to Agency within five (5) Working Days of the bid opening and in compliance with Public Contract Code Section 5100 et seq., or as otherwise may be allowed with the consent of the Agency. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 21 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. No Bidder shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than 1 Bid for the same work unless alternate Bids are specifically called for. If the Notice Inviting Bids provides for alternate Bids, a person, firm or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a Bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or quoting prices to other Bidders. No person, firm, corporation, or other entity may submit a sub- proposal to a Bidder, or quote prices of materials to a Bidder, when also submitting a prime Bid on the same Project. 29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES. Contractor and its Subcontractors performing work under the Contract will be required to pay California sales tax and other applicable taxes, and to pay for permits, licenses and fees required by the agencies with authority in the jurisdiction in which the Work will be located, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Contract Documents. 30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form contains an allowance for the Contractor's cost of acquiring traffic control permits and for construction inspection fees that may be charged to the Contractor by the Agency. The allowance is included within the Bid Form to eliminate the need by Bidders to research or estimate the costs of traffic control permits and construction inspection fees before submitting a Bid. The allowance is specifically intended to account for the costs of traffic control permits and construction inspection fees charged by the Agency. No other costs payable by Contractor to the Agency are included within the allowance. If such cost is not contained or specified in the Bid Form, the Contractor shall include the costs in the other Bid items on the Bid Form. 31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID. The Agency shall award the Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid. The lowest Bid will be determined on the basis of the total Bid price. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the "Total Proposed Lump Sum Price" line item. The Agency may reject any Bid which, in its opinion when compared to other Bids received or to the Agency's internal estimates, does not accurately reflect the cost to perform the Work. The Agency may reject as non-responsive any Bid which unevenly weights or allocates costs, including but not limited to overhead and profit to 1 or more particular Bid items or otherwise violates Public Contract Code Section 9203. 00 2110 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Document Version: 1.0 Page 22 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 41 00 BID FORM NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp AGENCY: City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 The undersigned declares that we have carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, and have read and examined the Contract Documents, including all Plans, Specifications, and Addenda, if any, for the above-mentioned Project. The undersigned has acknowledged receipt, understanding, and full consideration of ANY and ALL Addenda to the Contract Documents via the online bidding portal. We propose to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services, and to discharge all duties and obligations necessary and required to perform and complete the Project, as described and in strict conformity with the Drawings, and these Specifications for TOTAL BID PRICE. X Attached is the required Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) in the amount of not less than 10% of the Total Bid Price. X Attached is the completed Proposed Subcontractors form (00 43 30). X Attached is the completed Bidder Information and Experience form (00 45 40) X Attached is the fully executed Non-collusion Affidavit (00 45 10). ~ Attached is the completed Iran Contracting Act Certification form (00 45 15). ~ Attached is the completed Public Works Contractor Registration Certification form (00 45 20). * Attached is the completed Certificate of Insurance form (00 45 25). X Attached is the Statement of Regarding Debarment form (00 45 30) X Attached is the Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35) X Attached is the CARB Fleet Compliance Certification (Attachment E) X Attached is the Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) (00 61 30) 00 41 10 BID FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 24 Date Printed. January 30, 2024 Current Update· May 2023 Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1. BID SCHEDULE Item Description Mobilization & Demobilization Public Notification of Work Clearing and Grubbing Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation Utility Locating and Potholing SWPPP Preparation, Implementation and Maintenance Dewatering Pavement Demolition Retaining Wall Demolition Remove Existing Subdrain Systems and Cleanouts Remove and Replace Existing Streetlight Remove/Abandon Existing Monitoring Well Structural Fill Import Earthwork: Excavate and Export Earthwork: Excavate and Fill Cable Railing Permanent Sediment Trap Curb Extension Structural BMP Signing and Striping Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalk Curb and Gutter Brow Ditch Rectangular Concrete Ditch Curb Ramp Sawcut and Replace Asphalt Concrete Paving CMU Retaining Wall Soldier Pile Wall Stepped Planter Wall 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe Modification to Existing Type F Catch Basin Modified Type F Catch Basin 00 4110 BID FORM Document Version: LO Unit of Measure LS LS LS LS EA LS LS SF SF LS EA EA CY CY CY LF EA EA LS SF LF LF LF EA SF SF SF SF LF LS EA Page 25 Quantity 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 7200 2070 1 1 1 2504 2156 1302 520 2 1 1 4750 830 1080 32 2 830 1145 1640 3825 17 1 3 Unit Price Total 75,000.00 75.000.00 2.000.00 2-000 00 '.ll ooo 00 :11 000 00 39,000.00 39.000.00 750.0 15.000.00 ,, 1\1\I\ 00 ..,, 000 00 , 3.000.00 3.000.00 5.50 39.600.00 }ROO :17 ..,~o oo 6.000.00 6.000.00 15.000.00 15.000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 100.00 250,400.00 77.00 166.012.00 45.00 58.590.00 70.00 36.400.00 3.500.00 7.000.00 8.000.00 18.000.00 29.000.00 29.000-00 11 -00 "" '"'0 00 70.00 58.100.00 125.00 135.000.00 200.00 6.400.00 8.000.00 16.000.00 40.00 33.200.00 153.00 175.185.00 331.00 542,840.00 141.00 539,325.00 400.00 6,800.00 2,750.00 2,750.00 7.200.00 21.600.00 Date Printed· January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Item No. 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Item Description Unit of Quantity Unit Price Total Measure Type A Curb Outlet EA 3 2,500.00 7,500.00 Replace Existing Manhole Lid with Locking Lid EA 2 600.00 1.200.00 Connection at Existing Cleanout Structure LS 1 2,500.00 2.500.00 Landscape Planting LS 1 75.000.00 r75.000.00 Irrigation LS 1 158,000.00 158.000.00 Final Stabilization AC 0.56 10.000.00 5.600 00 Irrigation Point of Connection System LS 1 22,000.00 22.000.00 The costs for any Work shown or required in the Contract Documents, but not specifically identified as a line item are to be included in the related line items and no additional compensation shall be due to Contractor for the performance of the Work. The estimated quantities for Unit Price items are for purposes of comparing Bids only and the Agency makes no representation that the actual quantities of Work performed will not vary from the estimates. Final payment shall be determined by the Engineer from measured quantities of Work performed based upon the Unit Price. 2. TOTAL BID PRICE The TOTAL BID PRICE on Bid Schedule total of Unit Prices: Total Bid Price in Numbers: 2_,._7_2_5 .... ,5_1_2_._0_0 ________________ _ Two Million Seven Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Total Bid Price in Written Form: Five Hundred Twelve and Zero Cents ___ ___,aa....;..;...;;;..;a.;;;..;;;;.a.a~=--::...:.:..="'-~=-=;;...aa....==..:..;;.;::..--- In case of discrepancy between the written price, the numerical price, or the price as submitted via the onllne bidding portal, the online bidding portal price shall prevail. The undersigned agrees that this Bid Form constitutes a firm offer to the Agency which cannot be withdrawn for ninety {90) Calendar Days from and after the Bid opening, or until a Contract for the Work is fully executed by the Agency and the lowest responsible Bidder, whichever is later. The Undersigned has carefully checked all the above figures and understands that the Agency will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this Bid. 00 4110 BID FORM Document Version: 1 0 Page 26 Date Pnnted· January 30, 2024 Current Update May 2023 3. RECITALS The successful Bidder agrees to sign the Contract and furnish the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance within 10 Working Days after the Agency issues the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder. The Undersigned agrees that in case of failure to execute the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within this time period, the Agency may pursue awarding the Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder and the Bid Security of the lowest Bidder may be forfeited. Upon receipt of the signed Contract and other required documents, the Agency will proceed to execute the Contract and issue a purchase order and the Notice to Proceed. The time of completion shall commence on the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified. The undersigned agrees to begin the Work within 10 Working Days of the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract and continue to comply until the Contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1770 et seq. relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. The Undersigned Bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. The following are the Bidder's applicable license number(s}, with their expiration date(s} and class of license(s}: 995153 Exp 7/31/2024 Class A If the Bidder is a joint venture, each member of the joint venture must include the required licensing information. A Bid submitted to the Agency by a Contractor who is not licensed as a Contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the Agency. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no Bid submitted shall be inva lidated by the failure of the Bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the Contract is awarded, the Contractor shall be properly licensed. 00 4110 BIO FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 27 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 The Undersigned Bidder represents as follows: 1. That no elected or appointed official, officer, agent, or employee of the Agency is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid under it; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Agency, its officers, agents, or employees has induced Bidder to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part of this Contract by its terms; and 2. That this Bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a Bid for the same Work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this Bid is Bid Bond {Cash, Certified Check, Bidder's Bond or Cashier's Check) for 10% of the amount Bid, payable to Agency as Bid Security and which is given as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter into a Contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance if awarded the Contract. Organized under the laws of the State of __ C_A ________ _ D an individual D a partnership ~ a corporation 00 4110 BID FORM Document Version: 1.0 (Signatures continue on next page) Page 28 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 *NOT APPLICABLE* IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid are true and correct. 1 Name under which business is conducted 2 Signature (given and surname} of proprietor Printed/Typed Name 3 Place of Business {Full Address: street, _ ------------- number, city, state, zip} 4 Telephone Number 5 Email NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 0041 I0BI0FORM Document VerS1on 1.0 Page 29 Date Printed January 30. 2024 Current Upd.te May 2023 *NOT APPLICABLE* IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid are true and correct. 1 Name under which business is conducted 2 Signature (given and surname and role) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) Printed/Typed Name 3 Place of Business (Full Address: street, number, city, state, zip) 4 Telephone Number 5 Email NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 00 4110 BIO FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 30 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 List below names of president, vice president, CFO, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: vves1ey vvngnt-t-'res1aent, Vice-President, Treasurer & Secretary Approved as to form this ________ day of _________ 20, __ _ END OF SECTION 00 41 10 BID FORM Document Version: l O Page 32 Attorney for Agency Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 43 10 Bl D BOND FORM (Note: This form is not required when other form of Bidder's Security, e.g., cash, certified check or cashier's check, accompanies Bid. In that case, use form 00 43 20 Bid Security) NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID No.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: ______ W_r..,,,_ig'-h_t C_o--n_s--tr_u_ct __ io_n_E_n_.g,_in_e_e_ri_ng><....,;,C_o_.rp'-.---------- The makers of this bond are, Wright Construction Engineering Corp. as Principal, and Employers Mutual Casualty Company , as Surety, and are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad ("Agency") in the penal sum of 10% OF THE TOTAL BID PRICE of the Principal submitted to the Agency for the Work described below, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Bid dated ___;_M;:.:.a:;.;r.;;.ch;.:_;_1 :::c2,~2:..::0:..::2--4 ______ . If the Principal does not withdraw its Bid within the time specified in the Contract Documents; and if the Principal provides all required documents to the Agency and is awarded the Contract; then this obligation shall be null and void. Otherwise, this bond will remain in full force and effect. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents shall affect its obligation under this bond, and Surety waives notice of any such changes. In the event a lawsuit is brought upon this bond by the Agency and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in such suit, including reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 33 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 004330PROPOSEDSUBCONTRACTORSFORM NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp In compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100 et seq.), Bidder shall set forth below: (a) the name and the location of the place of business, (b) the California contractor license number, (c) the DIR public works contractor registration number, and (d) the portion of the Work which will be done by each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the construction of the Work or improvement to be performed under this Contract in an amount in excess of one- half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's Total Bid Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Work involves the construction of streets and highways, then the Bidder shall list each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the Work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's Total Bid Price or $10,000, whichever is greater. No additional time shall be granted to provide the below requested information. If a Bidder fails to specify a Subcontractor or if a Contractor specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of Work, then the Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of Work and that it shall perform that portion itself. No changes in the Subcontractor's listed Work will be made without the prior approval of the Agency. Attach additional pages as required. (Sign~/::]pr 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 36 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Name of Location of CSLB DIR Type of Work %of Amount of Subcontractor Business Contractor Registration to be done by Work Work by License Number/ Subcontractor Subcontractor No./ Exp Exp. Date in Dollars * Date Amber Steel Rialto 268566 1000000630 Item 23 ,26, C-50 6/30/2024 26A, 27 1% $29,138.00 6/30/2024 David Ollis Redlands 674829 1000026865 Item 1, 35,36 Landscape 6/30/2024 6/30/2026 38 7% $198,030.00 319155 1000002287 $30,269.00 Harris Steel Los Angeles 3/31/2026 6/30/2025 Item 16 1% Fence Co,lnc 976099 1000861898 Mavens Inc Chula Vista 6/30/2024 Item 26 2% $49,886.00 12/31/2025 Perry Electric Santee 747931 1000012332 Item 11 4/30/2024 6/30/2025 .004% $9,500.00 Precision El Cajon 1026547 1000051515 Item 19 .002% $6,000.00 Striping 5/31/2025 6/30/2024 Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, subdivision (a)(3)(A), receipt of t he information preceded by an asterisk(*) may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in t he "Notice Inviting Bid s." END OF SECTION 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page37 1 of 2 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Name of Location of CSLB DIR Type of Work %of Amount of Subcontractor Business Contractor Registration to be done by Work Work by License Number/ Subcontractor Subcontractor No./ Exp Exp. Date in Dollars * Date Soil Retention Carlsbad 516900 1000002114 Item 28 $238,527.50 Systems 8/31/2025 6/30/2025 9% Golden Vista 6788 1000015071 Item 1 $26,130.00 1% Triangle Land 9/30/2024 6/30/2024 Surveying Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, subdivision (a)(3)(A), receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk(*) may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the dead line for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." END OF SECTION 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 37 2 of 2 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp 1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER (Indicate not applicable ("N/A") where appropriate.) NOTE: Where Bidder is a joint venture, pages shall be duplicated, and information provided for all parties to the joint venture. 1. Type, if Entity: _C_o_rp_o_r_at_io_n _____________________ _ 2. Bidder Address: 2625 S. Santa Fe Ave., San Marcos CA 92069 a. Facsimile Number 760-599-3920 ----------------------- b. Telephone Number 760-599-3915 ext 102 c. Email Address wcecquotes@gmail.com 3. How many years has Bidder's organization been in business as a contractor? 10 years 4. How many years has Bidder's organization been in business under its present name? 10 years a. Under what other or former names has Bidder's organization operated? Not Applicable 5. If Bidder's organization is a corporation, answer the following: a. Date of Incorporation: _5_/1_4_/2_0_1_4 ________________ _ b. State of Incorporation: _C_A ___________________ _ c. President's Name: Wesley W. Wright ----------------------- d. Vice-President's Name(s): _W_e_s_le..;;..y_W_. W_r..;:;ig_h_t ___________ _ e. Secretary's Name: Wesley W . Wright __ ___; ___ .;;;.._ _______________ _ f. Treasurer's Name: _W_e_s_l_e,.__y_W_._W_rg~h_t _______________ _ 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE roRM Document Version. 1.0 Page 38 Date Printed January 30 2024 Current Update May 2023 g. CFO's Name: Wesley Wright 6. If an individual or a partnership, answer the following: a. Date of Organization: .....:N!....!!::'.o~t A~P:t::P.!!.lica~b:::.:l~e ______________ _ b. Name and address of all partners (state whether general or limited partnership): Not Applicable 7. If other than a corporation or partnership, describe organization and name principals: Not Applicable 8. List other states in which Bidder's organization is legally qualified to do business. N/A 9. What type of work does the Bidder normally perform with its own forces? Civil engineering specializing in structural concrete 10. Has Bidder ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? If so, note when, where, and why: No 11. Within the last 5 years, has any officer or partner of Bidder's organization ever been an officer or partner of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, attach a separate sheet of explanation: No 12. List Trade References: __,,S..,,e..,,e..._a .. t""'ta...,c .... h...,e...,d..__ _________________ _ 13. List Bank References (Bank and Branch Address): US Bank , 190 S. Rancho Santa Fe Rd., San Marcos CA 92078 14. Name of Bonding Company and Name and Address of Agent: Alliant, 685 East Carnegie Dr Suite 265, San Bernadine CA 92408 [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 39 Date Printed. January 30, 2024 Current Update May 2023 2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) [**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing current projects.**] Project Name Description of Bidder's Work Sub or Prime? Paradise Creek Earthwork, drainage system, rip rap, Phase 2 flatwork, headwalls, precast boxes, hydroseed, fencing, asphalt, turf PRIME reinforcing mat and culvert grates. Moss St Beach Demo concrete staircase. Install new Access concrete staircase. Piles, retaining walls.handrail, curb, drainage, AC PRIME striping, irrigation and landscaping. Pedestrian Installation of (2) pedestrian bridges. Bridge Grading, steel, structural concrete, CIDH piles, handrails, fencing and PRIME jute netting. 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 40 Client Name City of National City City of Laguna Beach City of Santa Clarita Completion Cost of Date Bidder's Work Sept. 2024 $2.7 May 2024 $1 .8 Mil July 2024 $815K Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS (LAST 3 YEARS) [**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing completed projects.**] Please include only those projects which are similar enough to demonstrate Bidder's ability to perform the required Work. SEE A TT ACHED Project Name Description of Bidder's Work Sub or Prime? 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 41 Client Name Completion Cost of Date Bidder's Work Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE Personnel: The Bidder shall identify the key personnel to be assigned to this Project in a management, construction supervision or engineering capacity. Add additional pages to identify ALL key personnel. Bidder may submit a 2-page resume of each key personnel mentioned above. Bidder agrees that personnel named in this Bid will remain on this Project until completion of all relevant Work, unless substituted by personnel of equivalent experience and qualifications approved in advance by the Agency. Job Title Specialized Name Education % time on this Project Wes Wright Public Works Construction President Foreman, Superintendent 100% and Owner for 41 years Brian Nicholson Public Works Construction Foreman for 10 years & AGC Apprenticeship Program 50% 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 42 Years of construction experience relevant to the Project 41 years 10 years Summarize the experience Specialized in Caltrans Projects for 30 years and11 years in City,County & State Agency projects Public Works Construction for 10 years for City,County & State Agencies Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Additional Bidder's Statements: If the Bidder feels that there is additional information which has not been included in the questionnaire above, and which would contribute to the qualification review, it may add that information in a statement here or on an attached sheet, appropriately marked: Not Applicable 00 43 40 SIDOfR INFORMATION ANO EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 43 Date Printed January 30, 2024 Current Update May 2023 3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION These Bid Forms shall be executed only by a duly authorized official of the Bidder: I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing information is true and correct: Name of Bidder: _W_r .... ig._h-'-t-'-C_o_n_s_tr_u.;..ct;.;..io;;..;.n-'--'-E_n .... g_in_e_e_ri_ng...._C_o_r.._p ___________ _ Signature: __ fi4'_'+-__ ~_-_//4-1,~'-------------------- Name: Wesley W. Wright Title: President Date: 3/6/2024 END OF SECTION 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Document Version: 1.0 Page 44 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp As required by Public Contract Code Section 2204, the Contractor certifies subject to penalty of perjury that the option checked below relating to the Contractor's status in regard to the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq.) is true and correct: ~ The Contractor is not: 1. identified on the current list of persons and entities engaged in investment activities in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203; or 2. a financial instruction that extends, for 45 days or more, credit in the amount of $20,000,000 or more to any other person or entity identified on the current list of persons and entities engaging in investment activities in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203, if that person or entity uses or will use the credit to provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran. □ The Agency has exempted the Contractor from the requirements of the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 after making a public finding that, absent the exemption, the Agency will be unable to obtain the goods and/or services to be provided pursuant to the Contract. □ The amount of the Contract payable to the Contractor for the Project does not exceed $1,000,000. Signature: ~~~~...:...,__j/,~___;/2_~-,4L------- Name: Wesley W. Wright Date: 3/6/2024 Title: President Note: In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2205, false certification of this form shall be reported to the California Attorney General and may resu lt in civil penalties equal to the greater of $250,000 or twice the Contract amount, termination of the Contract and/or ineligibility to bid on contracts for 3 years. END OF SECTION 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION Document Version: 1.0 Page 46 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all Contractors and Subcontractors that wish to Bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, or enter into a Contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See Public Works (ca.gov) for additional information. No Bid will be accepted, nor any Contract entered into without proof of the Contractor's and Subcontractors' current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. Bidder certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a Contractor w ith the Department of Industrial Relations. Name of Bidder: Wright Construction Engineering Corp DIR Registration Number: _1_0_0_0_0_2_69_7_4 __________________ _ DIR Registration Expiration: _6_/3_0_1_2_02_5 __________________ _ Bidder further certifies: 1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the Project. 2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its Contract with Subcontractors and ensure that all Subcontractors are registered at the time of Bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the Project. 3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in a finding that the Bid is non-responsive. Signature: -.L.J~<...,;,G,<;..~~~~u.,;~~L..:......,;;__,i;1/-...:::...:;::-__ Name: Wesley W. Wright END OF SECTION 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION Document Version: 1.0 Page 47 Date: 3/6/2024 Title: President Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. X Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements for each of: a. Comprehensive General Liability b. Automobile Liability c. Workers Compensation d. Employer's Liability Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder the required policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance and the required Certificates of insurance to the Agency. END OF SECTION 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANC( Document Version. 1.0 Page 48 Date Printed January 30, 2024 Current Update May 2023 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 04 03 06 WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - CALIFORNIA We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 2% of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration. SCHEDULE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION FOR WHOM THE NAMED INSURED HAS AGREED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT TO FURNISH THJS W AIYER JOB DESCRIPTION BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective: 03/04/2024 Policy No. 7600025371241 Endorsement No. 001 Insured: Wright Construction Engineering Corp Premium $ INCL. Insw-ance Company: Everest Premier Insurance Company Countersigned By: __________________________ _ -1998 by the Workers' Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau of California. All rights reserved. From the WCfRB's California Workers' Compensation Insurance Forms Manual -1999. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 34 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -LESSOR OF LEASED EQUIPMENT -AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN LEASE AGREEMENT WITH YOU This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Who Is An Insured (Section II) is amended to include as an additional insured any person or or- ganization from whom you lease equipment when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such per- son or organization be added as an additional in- sured on your policy. Such person or organization is an insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and adver- tising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment ends. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires. CG 20 34 07 04 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 D POLI CY NU M BER:AR0 1-RS-2407602-00 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations Or Organization(s) Blanket where required by written contract signed by Any location where required by written contract signed both parties and the contract is executed prior to any lby both parties and the contract is executed prior to any loss lloss Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section Ill -Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. CG 20 37 0413 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER:AR01-RS-2407602-00 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG20100413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -SCHEDULED PERSON OR · ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Blanket where required by written contract signed by both IAny location where required by written contract signed parties and the contract is executed prior to any loss by both parties and the contract is executed prior to any loss Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 20 10 0413 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section Ill -Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 0413 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 0413 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: AR01-RS-2407602-00 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Blanket as required by written contract Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV -Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 □ ~ WRIGCON-02 Mt.YI ACORD" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MM/00/YYYY) ~ ' 3/19/2024 THIS c ·ERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BYTHEPOLICIES H ELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED EPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER . ... IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER License # 0C36861 ~ c2NTACT Christina M Mountz N ME; ~ Irvine-Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. ~g,Ntfo. Ext): (909) 886-9861 r~. No):(909) 886-2013 18100 Von Karman Ave 10th Fl Irvine, CA 92612 f0M0'){lss: cmountz@alliant.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# ] INSURER A: Redwood Fire and Casualty Insurance Company 11673 INSURED INSURERB: ~ Wright Construction Engineering Corp INSURER C: r 2625 S. Santa Fe Ave INS_l!~ER D: San Marcos, CA 92069-5927 INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER· REVISION NUMBER· THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ~.~.,0,,LtU,.~.f I TD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY l EACH OCCURRE_NCE t $ CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREM~ES (E~_Qccurren@) $ MED EXP (Any one personj ts-- PERSONAL & ADV INJU£W $ GEN 1 .L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPI.I_ES PER: I GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY ~f8-f LOC PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG $ -OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY I COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 ~ I (Ea accideat) X_, ANY AUTO X 01 APM044748-01 3/5/2024 4/21/2024 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED 1 SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS r BODILY INJURY (Per accident $ Hl\lfcD ~8tai~J~ I I PROPERTY ?AMAGE $ AU OS ONLY _iPer accident ~ UMBRELLA LIAB ~ j-OCCUR I I t EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ OED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER l I OTH- ANO EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY , STATUTE ER YI N I ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ~ l N / A E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ I ~IJ~i~~,~~m EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEEt $ If es, describe under D~SCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below I I E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT S I I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) Re: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Project The City of Carlsbad, Its offlclals, employees and volunteers are addltlonal Insureds applies as respects to auto liability per endorsement attached. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE 0 City of Carlsbad/CMWD THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. c/o EXIGIS Insurance Compliance Services P.O. Box 947 Murrieta, CA 92564 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE <f1ri~ ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights r es erved. The ACORD name and logo are registered m arks of ACORD THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM In consideration of payment of the additional premium listed below, LIABILITY COVERAGE is extended to any person or organization you are required to add to this policy as an additional insured in a written agreement between you and the additional insured that is executed prior to the "accident" provided that: 1) such insurance applies only to the ownership, maintenance or use of a covered auto; and 2) such insurance applies only to acts or omissions by you, your agents or your "employees" while such covered auto is being used in your business; and 3) such insurance does not apply to the acts or omissions of the additional insured or any of the additional insured's agents or "employees" other than you; and 4) such insurance does not apply if the additional insured is subject to motor carrier insurance requirements and is not insured for hired "autos" under an "auto" liability insurance form that insures on a primary basis the owners of the "autos" and their agents and "employees" while the "autos" are being used exclusively in the additional insured's business and pursuant to operating rights granted to the additional insured by a public authority; and 5) such inclusion of additional insured shall not increase our limit of liability under this policy. All other terms, conditions and agreements remain unchanged. Additional Premium: $ 1,000 Company Name Policy Number 01 APM044748-01 Redwood Fire and Casualty Insurance Company Endorsement Effective 03/05/2024 12:01 AM Named Insured Countersigned by Wright Construction Engineering Corp (Authorized Representative) (The Attaching Clause need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) M-5876 (05/2016) M-5876 (05/2016) 08/08/2023 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp 1. Have you or any of your Subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible Bidder by another public agency in the State of California? D YES ~ NO 2. If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the public agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than 2 debarments. party debarred party debarred public agency public agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: By: ~4/V~ (sign here) Wesley W. Wright, President (print name/title) Page __ of __ pages of this Statement Regarding Debarment form END OF SECTION 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 49 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NAME OF BIDDER: Wright Construction Engineering Corp Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a latent act or omission is filed within 4 years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a Contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License Board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. l. Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period? □ YES l:¥ NO 2. Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? □ YES ~ NO □ N/A 3. Have any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State License Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period? □ YES ~ NO 4. Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? D YES ~ NO □ N/A 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Document Version: 1.0 Page 50 Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 5. If the answer to either of 1 or 3 above is "yes," fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the violation and disciplinary action taken. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) 6. If the answer to either of 2 or 4 above is "yes," fully identify, in each and every case, the party whose discipline was stayed, the date of and the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: By: ___.&:'---"'--=-___;;4/.~~-~"----'------- (sign here) Wesley W. Wright, President (print name and title) END OF SECTION 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Document Version: 1.0 Page 51 ' ' Date Printed: January 30, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION. Bidder hereby acknowledges that they have reviewed the CAR B's policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the "Regulation"). Bidder hereby certifies, subject to the penalty of perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder's fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) ("Fleet") is true and correct: o The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto. o The Fleet is exempt from the Regulation under Section 2449.1 (f)(2), and a signed description of the subject vehicles, and reasoning for exemption has been attached hereto. o Bidder and/or their subcontractor is unable to procure R99 or R 100 renewable diesel fuel as defined in the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449.1 (f)(3). Bidder shall keep detailed records describing the normal refueling methods, their attempts to procure renewable diesel fuel and proof that shows they were not able to procure renewable diesel (i.e., third party correspondence or vendor bids). o The Fleet is exempt from the requirements of the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4) because this Project has been deemed an "emergency", as that term is defined in Section 2449(c)(18). Bidder shall only operate the exempted vehicles in the emergency situation and records of the exempted vehicles must be maintained, pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4). o The Fleet does not fall under the Regulation or are otherwise exempt and a detailed reasoning is attached to this certification. Name of Bidder: Mavens Inc Signature: ~ht,?. Name: Mario Orozco Title: President Date: Mar/12/2024 City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023 00 52 00 CONTRACT This Project No. 6611 ("Contract") is made and entered into this q day of />rr( \ \ . 2024, by and between the City of Carlsbad ("Agency") and Wright Construction Engineering Corp ("Contractor"). whose principal place of business is 2625 South Santa Fe Avenue, San Marcos, California 92069. The parties agree: 1. SCOPE OF WORK. The Contractor shall perform all Work within the time stipulated in the Contract, and shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utility services, and transportation to complete all the Work required in strict compliance with the Contract Documents for the following Project: NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Agency for any damages arising as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the obligation described in this Section 1. 2. TIME OF COMPLETION. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the date stated in the Agency's Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required by the Contract Documents within one hundred fifty (150) working days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is adequate and reasonable to complete the Work. Per the California Coastal Commission staff report, the work shall only occur from May 1, 2024, and must end by December 31, 2024. No other working days are allowed. 3. CONTRACT PRICE. The Agency shall pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the performance of the Contract, subject to any additions or deductions made in accordance with the Contract Documents, and including all applicable taxes and costs, the sum of two million seven hundred twenty-five five hundred twelve dollars ($2,725,512). Payment shall be made as set forth in the General Conditions. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The Agency shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. In accordance with Government Code Section 53069.85, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay the Agency the sum set forth in Section 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions for each and 00 52 00 CONTRACT Document Version: 1.0 Page 52 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 every Calendar Day of delay beyond the time of completion prescribed in this Contract as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty or forfeiture. If t his sum is not paid, the Contractor agrees the Agency may deduct that amount from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract. This Section does not exclude recovery of other damages specified in the Contract Documents. S. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The "Contract Documents" include the following: • 00 1110 Notice Inviting Bids • 00 2110 Instructions to Bidders • 00 41 00 Bid Form • 00 42 10 Bid Bond or 00 43 20 Bid Security • 00 43 30 Proposed Subcontractors • 00 43 40 Bidder Information and Experience • 00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit • 00 45 15 Iran Contracting Act Certification • 00 45 20 Public Works Contractor Registration Certification • 00 45 30 Statement of Regarding Debarment • 00 45 35 Disclosure of Discipline Record • 00 52 10 Contract • 00 61 10 Labor and Materials Bond • 00 61 20 Faithful Performance and Warranty Bond • 00 61 30 Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) • 00 73 00 Supplemental Provisions to Part 1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook," latest ed ition and including all errata • Technical Specifications for the Project • All Addenda • Plans and Drawings • Permits • 00 74 00 Supplemental Provisions to Parts 2-8 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook," latest edition and including al l errata • "City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications," as last revised • Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, latest edition and including all errata • Applicable Local Agency Standards and Specifications, as last revised • Approved and fully executed change orders • Any other documents contained in or incorporated by reference into the Contract Documents The Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The requirements of the various sections or documents comprising the Contract Documents are intended to be complementary. Work required by 1 of the Contract Documents and not by others shall be done as if required by all. This Contract shall supersede any prior agreement of the parties. 00 52 00 CONTRACT Document Version: 1.0 Page 53 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 6. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW AND CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE. Every provision of law required to be included in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be included in these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local l~ws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Labor Code and Public Contract Code which are applicable to the Work. 7. INDEMNIFICATION. Contractor shall provide indemnification and defense as set forth in the 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions. 8. PREVAILING WAGES. Contractor shall be required to pay the prevailing rate of wages in accordance with the Labor Code which such rates may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca .gov and which must be posted at the job site. 00 52 00 CONTRACT Document Version: 1.0 [signatures on the following page] Page 54 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Executed in Triplicate 00 6110 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Bond Number: S043334 Premium included in charge for Performance Bond WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ("Agency") has awarded to Wright Construction Engineering Corp ("Principal,") a Contract for the Work described as follows: NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by this reference; and WHEREAS, Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the Contract providing that if Principal or any of its Subcontractors fail to pay (1) for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, (2) for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, (3) for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, or (4) for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department under Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or to the Franchise Tax Board under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663 from the wages of employees of Principal and its Subcontractors with respect to the Work or labor, the Surety on this bond will pay for the same to the extent set forth below. NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and Employers Mutual Casualty Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of two million seven hundred twenty-five five hundred twelve dollars ($2,725,512), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the total amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if Principal, or its Subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100; fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done; fail to pay for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contra ct; fail to pay amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract; or fail to pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department or Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of Principal or its Subcontractors pursuant to Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or Revenue an d Taxation Code Section 18663, with respect to the Work or labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the penal sum specified above, and also, in 00 6110 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Document Version: 1.0 Page 56 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 case suit is brought upon this bond, all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in the suit, including reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, expert witness fees and investigation expenses to be fixed by the court consistent with Civil Code Section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100 so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The Surety stipulates and agrees that this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by: 1. Any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any Contract, Plans, Specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above, or the furnishing of labor, materials, or equipment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above. 2. Any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above. 3. Any rescission or attempted rescission or attempted rescission of the Contract, agreement or bond. 4. Any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such Contract or agreement or under the bond. 5. Any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond. The Surety also stipulates and agrees that this bond shall be construed most strongly against the Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit this bond has been given by reason of any breach of contract between the Agency and Principal or on the part of any obligee named in this bond. Finally, the Surety waives notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification mentioned in this bond, including but not limited to the provisions of Civil Code Sections 2819 and 2845. If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 6110 LABOR AND MATERIALS BONO Document Version: 1.0 Page 57 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Executed in Triplicate Bond Number: S043334 Premium: $30,191.00 Premium is for the contract term and subject to adjustment based on the final contract price. 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ("Agency") has awarded to Wright Construction Engineering Corp ("Principal,") a Contract for the Work described as follows: NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by this reference; and WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Principal is more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents for the Project dated March 12, 2024 ("Contract Documents"), the terms and conditions of which are incorporated by reference; and WHEREAS, the Principal is required by the Contract Documents to perform the terms of them and to furnish a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of the Contract Documents. NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and Employers Mutual Casualty Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of two million seven hundred twenty-five five hundred twelve dollars ($2,725,512), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the total amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration of the Contract Documents made as provided in the Contract Documents, on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner specified in the Contract Documents, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning; and shall indemnify and save harmless the Agency, its Board, members of the Board, officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, and authorized volunteers, as stipulated in the Contract Documents, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured by this bond and in addition to the face amount specified in this bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Agency in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Document Version: 1.0 Page 59 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of 1 year after the acceptance of the Work by the Agency. During this 1-year period, if Contractor fails to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the Agency from loss or damage resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship in connection with Contractor's Work on the Project, the obligations of Surety under this bond shall continue so long as any obligation of Principal remains to the Agency. Nothing in this bond shall limit the Agency's rights or the Principal's or Surety's obligations under the Contract, law or equity, including, but not limited to, Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.15. Whenever Principal shall be, and is declared by the Agency to be, in default under the Contract Documents, the Surety shall remedy the default pursuant to the Contract Documents, or shall promptly, at the Agency's option: i. Take over and complete the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents; ii. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder, the Surety and the Agency, and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term "balance of the Contract Price" as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents. Or iii. Permit the Agency to complete the Project in any manner consistent with Applicable Law and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term "balance of the Contract Price" as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents. Surety expressly agrees that the Agency may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal. Surety shall not utilize Principal in completing the Project, nor shall Surety accept a bid from Principal for completion of the Project, if the Agency, when declaring the Principal in default, notifies Surety of the Agency's objection to Principal's further participation in the completion of the Project. 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Document Version: 1.0 Page 60 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 The Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project to be performed under the Contract Documents shall in any way affect Surety's obligations on this bond, and Surety waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project. If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Document Version: 1.0 Page 61 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California Coun ty of San Diego } On --~-~_')S_.;::__,.,_~-~------' before me, (}l¥J' ~-, Notary Public, personally appeared ----'W-'-e-=s=---W-'-'--'-.---'W---'--'-"ri-0-gh=t=---------------------- who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of State of Cali fornia that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. '@ CARI HATFIELD I ~ ...... COMM. #2435456 o 0 , NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA en u, •• SAN DIEGO COUNTY ~ OJ ' My CommlaalOn Expires J JANUARY 22. 2027 t P L b. I NOTARY SEAL ABOVE WITNESS my hand and official seal. SIGNATURE Qi}jj 2 ~ ........................................................................... , ........................................... , ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ . OPTIONAL Description of attached document Title or type of document: ________________________ _ Document Date: ________________ Number of Pages: ______ _ Signer(s) Other than Named Above: ____________________ _ 00 6130 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT NAME OF PROJECT: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements CONTRACT NO.: 6611 BID NO.: PWS24-2364TRAN NOT APPLICABLE NAME OF BIDDER: ________________________ _ This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008 ("Agency"), Wright Construction Engineering Corp, whose address is 2625 South Santa Fe Avenue, San Marcos, California 92069, ("Contractor") and whose address is ("Escrow Agent"). Agency, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Agency pursuant to the construction contract entered into between Agency and Contractor for Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements in the amount of $2,725,512 dated ____ _ ("Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of Contractor, Agency shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, Escrow Agent shall notify Agency within 10 Calendar Days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract. Securities shall be held in Agency's name and shall designate Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. Agency shall make progress payments to Contractor for those funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When Agency makes payment of retentions earned directly to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of Contractor until the time that the escrow created under this Escrow Agreement is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when Agency pays Escrow Agent directly. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of Agency. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by Agency, Contractor, and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to Agency. 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from 00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 63 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Agency to Escrow Agent that Agency consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. Agency shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon 7 Calendar Days' written notice to Escrow Agent from Agency of a default, Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by Agency. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the Agency certifying that the Work required by the Contract is final and complete and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from Agency and Contractor pursuant to Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this Escrow Agreement and Agency and Contractor shal l hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of Agency and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For Agency Title (Finance Director) Name Signature Address For Contractor Title Name Signature Address For Escrow Title Agent Name Signature Address 00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 64 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 At the time the Escrow Account is opened, Agency and Contractor shal l deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Escrow Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For Agency Title _________________________ _ Name ________________________ _ Signature _______________________ _ Address _______________________ _ For Contractor Title -------------------------- Name ________________________ _ Signature _______________________ _ Address ________________________ _ For Escrow Title _________________________ _ Agent Name ________________________ _ Signature _______________________ _ Address ________________________ _ APPROVED AS TO FORM : CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney BY: __________ _ Assistant City Attorney END OF SECTION 00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 65 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 CITY OF CARLSBAD PARK DRIVE STREET AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS From: No. of Pages: Date: Bid Opening Date: NOTICE: Contract No. 6611 Bid No. PWS24-2364TRAN Addendum No. 1 Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator Phone: 442-339-2462 graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov 112 pages March 6, 2024 March 12, 2024 -11:00 a.m. (unchanged) This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications and/or Plans. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. MODIFICATIONS, DELETIONS, AND/OR ADDITIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS l. The Contract Time is one hundred seventy (170) working days. Edit Section 2 -Time of Completion of the Contract (00 52 00) on page 52 to read: Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the date stated in the Agency's Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required by the Contract Documents within one hundred fifty (150) seventy (170) working days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is adequate and reasonable to complete the Work. Per the California Coastal Commission staff report, the work shall only occur from May 1, 2024, and must end by December 31, 2024. No other working days are allowed. 2. Please add Appendix H -Report of Geotechnical Investigation by Group Delta dated 6/1/2020 for additional information regarding borings and the expected high groundwater table. Contract No. 6611 -PWS24-2364TRAN Addendum No. 1 1 Appendix H Report of Geotechnical Investigation Contract No. 6611 -PWS24-2364TRAN Addendum No. 1 3 Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Group Delta Project No. SD521 June 1, 2020 Page 2 • Undertaking laboratory testing of soil samples collected from the borings, including in- situ moisture content and dry density, sieve analysis, Plasticity Index, Expansion Index (El), pH, resistivity, soluble sulfate and chloride contents and direct shear. • Performing analyses to assess the surficial and overall stability of the existing natural slopes. • Preparing this report with our findings and conclusions. SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION The site is located along the north and east sides of Park Drive in Carlsbad, California, as shown on the Site Location Plan, Figure lA. The approximate centroid of the site is at a longitude of 33.1445° north and a latitude of 117.3219° west. The site is mostly undeveloped and covered with coastal shrubs and trees or exposed soil and is mostly bounded on all sides by residential developments, as shown in the Site Vicinity Map, Figure 18. The site slopes down to the southwest at inclinations ranging from 2 to 1 (horizontal to vertical) in the southern portion of the site up to near vertical in the northern portion of the site. The northern portion is generally more rugged, with some natural drainages running approximately northeast-southwest across the site. Elevations range from a low of about 15 feet above mean sea level (MSL) on Park Drive at the toe of the existing natural slope on the west portion of the site, up to a high of about 120 feet MSL on the east side of the site near the residential community at the top of the slope. At the toe of the slope, Park Drive is bordered with a concrete masonry unit (CMU) retaining wall up to about 8 feet in height which extends along most of the length of the site. The retaining wall appears to be cracking and tilting, and efflorescence and corrosion is visible on the wall face. In addition, the retaining wall is reportedly routinely overtopped with eroded sediment from the slope face behind the wall during rain events. The eroded sediment flows onto the sidewalk and street, which has become a nuisance to the residents of the area and a maintenance burden for the City of Carlsbad maintenance crews. As stated in the project RFQ (City of Carlsbad, 2016), this project will address the removal and replacement of the existing retaining wall, slope stabilization and improvement of the drainage conditions around the proposed facility to alleviate potential safety concerns and reduce maintenance effort. GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION Site Reconnaissance A site reconnaissance was conducted on June 16, 2017 to evaluate the existing slope and surrounding area. Selected photographs of the site are included in Attachment A. Most of the exposed slope face contains marine sedimentary deposits associated with the Eocene-age Santiago Formation. The upper undeveloped portions of the slope, specifically on the northern portion of the site, appear to contain colluvium overlying the formation. ~ GR□UP DEL T.l\ 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Group Delta Project No. SD521 June 1, 2020 Page 3 The slope face is very weathered and contains numerous rills and channels resulting from surface erosion during rain events, especially on the southern portion of the site. Slope wash has accumulated behind the existing retaining wall along Park Drive from this surface erosion. The northern portion of the site has near vertical slope inclinations, and the formation in the area is more cemented than to the south. No zones of seepage, or wet soils were observed in the slope face during our site reconnaissance. However, seepage was observed on the face of the existing retaining wall northeast of Station 13+45 along Park Drive. Field and Laboratory Investigation Phase 1 We completed the first phase of our field investigation that included drilling two exploratory borings (B-1 and B-2) between August 28th through August 30t h, 2017. The maximum depth of exploration was approximately 71.5 feet below the existing ground surface. Following drilling, each of the borings was converted into a monitoring well. The approximate locations of the wells are shown on the Exploration Plan and Existing Topography plan, Figures 2A and 2B. The wells were constructed as depicted in the Well Construction Diagram, Figure 3. Logs of the borings are provided in Attachment B. Bulk, grab and driven disturbed and partially intact soil samples were collected from the borings at selected intervals for laboratory testing and analysis. The geotechnical testing program included in-situ moisture content and density, gradation analysis, Plasticity Index, material classification using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS), expansion index, corrosivity (including an evaluation of pH, resistivity, sulfate content and chloride content), and direct shear. The laboratory test results are shown in Attachment C. Phase 2 The second phase of our investigation was completed on January 23, 2020 and included manually excavating four hand augers {HA-101 through HA-104), one test pit (TP-101), and collecting five shallow bulk sa mples {G-1 through G-5). The maximum depth of exploration was approximately 9½ feet below existing ground surface. The approximate locations of the explorations are shown on the Exploration Plan and Existing Topography plan, Figures 2A and 2B. Logs of the explorations are provided in Attachment B. Bulk soil samples were collected from the explorations for laboratory testing and analysis. The geotechnical testing program included gradation analysis, Plasticity Index, material classification using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS), expansion index, maximum density/optimum moisture, corrosivity {including an evaluation of pH, resistivity, sulfate content and chloride content), and remolded direct shear. The laboratory test results are shown in Attachment C. ~ GR□UP DEL TA 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Previous Investigations Group Delta Project No. SD521 June 1, 2020 Page 4 Previous geotechnical studies (Kleinfelder, Inc., 1998; Ninyo & Moore, 2008) for the site were made available for our review. These studies were similar in scope to our current study, and generally provided analyses, conclusions and recommendations regarding the surficial erosion and soil sloughing, retaining walls and general site improvements. Kleinfelder's (1998) study evaluated "gross bluff stability" under static and pseudo-static conditions (using a horizontal seismic coefficient (kh) of 0.15) and "erosion and cliff retreat" of the natural slopes at the site. For the "gross bluff stability", Kleinfelder opined, "the results of our analyses indicate the bluff currently possess acceptable factors of safety against deep seated failure for static and pseudo-static conditions" at the time of their report. Regarding "erosion and cliff retreat", Kleinfelder opined, "the bluff in the study area is experiencing progressive failure through mass wasting. Although occasional slabs of sandstone will continue to fail as a result of erosion, the sandstone is relatively massive and not likely to experience large rotational or translational slope failures" and, "Although the steeper portions of the cut face and the steeper side slopes of the drainage ravine exhibit occasional shallow slope and/or slump failures, no recent or ancient landslides are indicated for the site". The approximate location of the explorations associated with the previous investigations are shown on Figures 2A and 2B, and the corresponding exploratory field logs and laboratory test results are included in Attachment D. Geologic and Subsurface Conditions The general geology in the site vicinity is depicted on the Local Geologic Map, Figure 4 (Kennedy and Tan, 2007). Geologic cross sections through the site are provided in Figures SA through SE. In general, the site is underlain by Eocene-age Santiago formation that is covered by up to about 5 feet of colluvium on the upper portions of the slope and about 5 feet of fill at the bottom of the slope. The geologic units at the site are described in more detail below. The Rose Canyon Fault is the nearest known active fault to the site and is located approximately 5 miles to the west (USGS, 2008). No known active or potentially active faults cross the site. Santiago Formation The Eocene-age Santiago Formation underlies the entire site at depth. As observed in relatively intact samples obtained from our borings, the formation generally consists of a massive and relatively flat-lying sandstone. The sandstone was observed to typically be very light gray and light grayish yellow, fine grained, and weakly to moderately cemented with a few strongly cemented beds. The sandstone material generated from excavations within the Santiago Formation typically classifies as silty or clayey sand (SM or SC). Many Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) were conducted within the formation during our investigation. The corrected SPT blow counts (NGo) within the sandstone formation were generally well above 50 and averaged 100 or more. This indicates the sandstone possesses a very dense apparent density. ~ GR□UP DEL T .L\ 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Group Delta Project No. SD521 June 1, 2020 Page 5 The Santiago Formation at the site also contains beds of claystone. The claystone material generated from excavations within the Santiago Formation typically classifies as lean clay (CL) with variable amounts of fine sand. These claystone beds were observed to be about 10 to 15 feet thick and are olive gray, yellowish gray, light grayish brown and gray in color, with a low to medium plasticity, and are moderately indurated. The corrected SPT blow counts (N50) within the claystone formation were generally 40 and higher and averaged 65 or more, which indicates a hard consistency. Colluvium/Slopewash Colluvium is soil and rock that is transported down slope by the force of gravity. Slopewash is eroded deposits washed downslope by rainwater. Colluvium was encountered in our Boring B-2 at the ground surface, overlying the formation near the top of the slope. lnterbedded layers of colluvium and slopewash (simplified to just "colluvium" on the records in Attachment B) were also observed along the bottom of the slopes along the project alignment and was encountered in our explorations HA-101 through HA-104 and TP-101. The onsite colluvium and slopewash are derived from the Santiago formation, and were generally observed to consist of light grayish brown, very loose to medium dense, silty sand, clayey sand and poorly-g raded sa nd with silt and clay. Undocumented Fill Undocumented fill is soil that has no record of compaction testing and observation by a Geotechnical Engineer. Undocumented fill was encountered below the asphalt concrete pavement section in Boring B-1 and is generally anticipated to be encountered below the roadway and existing retaining walls. The fill is likely associated with the roadway and underground utility improvements at the site. Based on our explorations, the fill was observed to consist of light olive gray, moist, soft to firm, silty fat clay. Test results on the sampled fill materials indicate that the fill has high plasticity and a high potential for expansion. Groundwater Groundwater was not encountered during the drilling of our exploratory borings. Perched water was encountered at a depth of about 50 feet below ground surface in Boring B-2 during drilling. As noted previously, seepage was also observed on the face of the existing retaining wall along Park Drive during our site reconnaissance. Following drilling, our subsurface explorations were converted to monitoring wells and groundwater was observed in each well after the completion of our field investigation. We have periodically measured the groundwater level in each well, and a summary of our measurements is shown in the table below. GRCUPDELT.t\ 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Group Delta Project No. SDS21 June 1, 2020 Page 6 SUMMARY OF WELL MEASUREMENTS Well No. B-1 (Toe of Slope) B-2 (Top of Slope) Measurement Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate Date Depth to Depth to Top of Well Groundwater Groundwater Top of Well Groundwater Groundwater Elevation (feet) Elevation Elevation (feet) Elevation (feet, MSL) (feet, MSL) (feet, MSL) (feet, MSL) 10/17/2017 4.8 11.3 36.4 58.6 10/31/2017 4.6 11.5 36.3 58.7 1/12/2018 4.0 12.0 36.2 58.8 16 95 5/4/2018 3.3 12.7 36.2 58.8 8/31/2018 3.5 12.5 36.4 58.6 1/23/2020 2.8 13.2 35.8 59.2 Based on our review of the previous geotechnical and subsurface utility reports for the site, groundwater at t he toe of the slope could be encountered at depths as shallow as the elevation of the sidewalk along the alignment of Park Drive (Kleinfelder, Inc., 1998; Ninyo & Moore, 2008; Underground Solutions, Inc., 2020). As shown in the table above and interpreted in our geologic cross sections (Figures SA through SE), groundwater levels are expected to increase in elevation east of the project alignment. It should be noted that changes in rainfall, irrigation practices or site drainage may produce seepage or locally perched groundwater conditions at any location within the fill soil or formational units underlying the site. Such conditions are difficult to predict and are typically mitigated if and where they occur. Slope Stability Evaluation The stability of the natural slope was evaluated for static and pseudo-static conditions. The analyses used the cross section locations shown on Figure 2 and Figures SA through SD (Section A-A' through D-D'). Section E-E' was not evaluated due to its similarity to Section D-D' and is expected to yield similar results. Slope stability calculations were conducted using Spencer's method as incorporated into the two-dimensional limit equilibrium slope stability analysis software SLOPE/W (Geo-Slope International, 2013). Block search, grid and radius, and entry and exit slip surface geometries were evaluated in the slope stability calculations. The unit weight and shear strength properties used in the stability analysis were obtained from interpretation of laboratory tests conducted on ring samples obtained from our field investigation and engineering judgement and are summarized in the table below. The laboratory test results are included in Attachment C. GRCUPOELTA 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK Group Delta Project No. SDS21 June 1, 2020 Page 7 SUMMARY OF STRENGTH PARAMERS FOR SLOPE STABILITY EVALUATION Soil Type Friction Angle {<J>), 0 Cohesion (c), psf Fill -Toe of Slope 0 500 Fill -Top of Slope 32 so Colluvium 32 so Santiago -Claystone 34 600 Santiago -Sandstone 40 150 Previous versions of our slope stability eva luation did not include groundwater as field measurements of groundwater were still be collected (Group Delta, 2018). The current version adopts a groundwater level interpreted from our recent well measurements. The analyses assume the formational materials are massive, where the stability is not controlled by bedding, discontinuities and pre-existing shear zones. Our evaluation considered both deeper-seated, large sca le failures as well as shallower surficial failures. The table below summarizes the results of the slope stability evaluation, and representative calculations are included in Attachment E. SUMMARY OF SLOPE STABILITY EVALUATION RESULTS Cross Condition Approximate Natural Calculated FOS -Calculated FOS - Section Slope Height, feet Shallower Surfaces Deeper Surfaces Static 110 1.17 1.32 A-A' Pseudo-static * 110 0.91 1.04 Static 90 1.06 1.25 B-B' Pseudo-static * 90 0.87 1.03 Static 90 1.39 1.49 C-C' Pseudo-static * 90 1.06 1.10 Static 90 1.80 1.86 D-D' Pseudo-static* 90 1.27 1.29 * The analyses adopted a horizontal seismic coefficient (kh) of 0.18 [one third of Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA)] and a vertical seismic coefficient of (ky) 0.0. PGA evaluated using U.S. Seismic Design Maps web-based tool (SEAOC/OSHPD, 2020). ~ GROUP DEL TA 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements DUDEK CONCLUSIONS Group Delta Project No. SD521 June 1, 2020 Page 8 For the cross section evaluated in the southern portion of the project alignment (i.e., D-D'), the slope stability analyses of the existing natural slopes do meet the generally accepted minimum Factor of Safety of 1.5 and 1.1 for static and pseudo-static conditions. For the cross sections evaluated in the northern portion of the project alignment (i.e., A-A' through C-C'), the slope stability analyses of the existing natural slopes do not meet the generally accepted minimum Pactor of Safety of 1.5 and 1.1 for static and pseudo-static conditions that are typically applied to newly formed cut or fill slopes (engineered slopes). However, the slip surfaces with the minimum factor of safety are generally shallow and close to the surface of the slope. Therefore, there is a potential for continued surficial slope failure to occur in this area. Based on the stability analyses in the northern portion of the project alignment, the potential for deep seated, overall instability is less than that calculated for the surficial failures. The deeper failure surfaces have calculated factors of safety approximately equal to or greater than 1.3 and 1.0 for static and pseudo-static conditions. While the deeper failure surfaces do not have the calculated minimum Factors of Safety for engineered slopes, there is precedent that these factors of safety can be acceptable for natural slopes. Due to biological, environmental and right-of-way restrictions, we understand that the City of Carlsbad has opted to design and construct the improvements for this project in a manner that will allow for ongoing maintenance to manage soil or debris that may result from continued erosion and surface failures in these areas. Geotechnical recommendations for those improvements are to be provided in a separate letter. CLOSURE The conclusions made herein assume that soi l and geologic conditions do not deviate appreciably from those observed or reported in the referenced geotechnical reports. Geotechnical engineering and the geologic sciences are characterized by uncertainty. Professional judgments presented herein are based partly on our understanding of the proposed construction, and partly on our general experience. Our engineering work and judgments rendered meet current professional standards; we do not guarantee the performance of the project in any respect. GRCUPDELT.t\ 2020-06-01 Park Drive GI Report (Group Delta 17-0075).doc REFERENCES California Emergency Management Agency (2009). Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, State of California, County of San Diego, Oceanside & San Luis Ray Quadrangle, Scale 1:24,000, June 1. California Geological Survey (2008). Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California, Special Publication 117A, adopted: September 11. City of Carlsbad (2016). Request for Qualifications, RFQ# 17-08, Civil Engineer Services for Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, CIP Project No. 6611, October 4. Coduto, D.P. (2001). Foundation Design: Principles and Practice, Second Edition, Prentice-Hall, 883 pgs. Duncan, J.M., Wright, S.G., and Brandon, T.L. (2014). Soil Strength and Slope Stability, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 317 p. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA, 2012). Flood Insurance Rate Map {FIRM), San Diego County, California, Panel 06073C0764G, May 16. Geo-Slope International (2013). GeoStudio 2012, SLOPE/W -A Slope Stability Software for Soil and Rock Slopes, v.8.12.4.11377, released September. GeoTracker (2017). State Water Resources Control Board website, State of California, http://geotracker.waterboards.ca.gov/: accessed September. Google, Inc. (2017). Google Earth Pro application, https://www.google.com/earth/desktop/: accessed October. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2017). Revised Proposal for Geotechnical Services, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Proposal No. SD17-006, February 28. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2018). Geotechnical Data Report, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Project No. SD521, August 23. Jennings, C. W. and Bryant, W.A. (2010). Fault Activity Map of California and Adjacent Areas: California Division of Mines and Geology, Geologic Data Map Series, Map No. 6., Sca le 1:750,000. Kennedy, M. P., and Tan, S. S. {2007). Geologic Map of the Oceanside 30'x60' Quadrangle, California: California Geologic Survey, Scale 1:100,000. Kleinfelder, Inc. {1998). Report of Geotechnical Exploration, Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study, Carlsbad, California, City of Carlsbad Project No. 34781, May 4. REFERENCES (CONTINUED) National Cooperative Highway Research Program (2008). Seismic Analysis and Design of Retaining Walls, Buried Structures, Slopes, and Embankments, NCHRP Report 611, Project 12-70 Transportation Research Board, 138 p. Ninyo & Moore (2008). Geotechnical Evaluation, Drainage, Retaining Wall, and Pavement Improvements, Park Drive at Marina Drive, Carlsbad, California, September 24. Salgado, R. (2008). The Engineering of Foundations, First Edition, McGraw Hill, 882 pgs. SEAOC/OSHPD (2020). Seismic Design Maps, https://seismicmaps.org/. Underground Solutions, Inc. (2020). Park Drive Street & Drain Project, Subsurface Utility Report, February 18. United States Geological Survey (2008), National Seismic Hazard Maps -Source Parameters, Spatial Query, https:ljearthquake.usgs.gov/cfusion/hazfaults 2008 search/query main .cfm. FIGURES ATTACHMENT A SITE PHOTOGRAPHS ATTACHMENT B FIELD EXPLORATION LOGS Field exploration included a visual reconnaissance of the site and two phases of subsurface exploration, as described below. Phase 1 The first phase of subsurface exploration consisted of drilling two exploratory borings (B-1 and B-2) between August 28th and August 30th, 2017. The maximum depth of exploration was about 71.5 feet below surrounding grades. The approximate exploration locations are shown on the Exploration Plan, Figure 2. Logs of the explorations are shown in Figures 8-1 and B-2, immediately after the Boring Record Legends. Following drilling, the borings were converted to monitoring wells as shown in Figure 3, Well Construction Diagram. The exploratory borings were advanced by Pacific Drilling Company using a truck mounted Diedrich D-50 drill rig for Boring B-1 and a track mounted Fraste drill rig for Boring B-2. Drive samples were collected from the borings using an automatic hammer with an average Energy Transfer Ratio (ETR) of about 79 percent for the Diedrich rig and 82 percent for the Fraste. Disturbed samples were collected from the borings using a 2-inch outside diameter Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sa mpler. Less disturbed sa mples were collected using a 3-inch outside diameter ring lined sampler (a modified California sampler). These samples were sealed in plastic bags, labeled, and returned to the laboratory for testing. For each sample, the number of blows needed to drive the sampler 12 inches was recorded on the logs. The field blow counts (N) were normalized to approximate the standard 60 percent ETR, as shown on the logs (N6o). Bulk samples were also collected from the borings at selected intervals. Phase 2 The second phase of subsurface exploration consisted of manually excavating four hand auger borings (HA-101 through HA-104), one test pit (TP-101), and five su rficial bulk samples (G-1 through G-5) on January 23rd, 2020. The maximum depth of exploration was about 9.5 feet below surrounding grades. The approximate exploration locations are shown on the Exploration Plan, Figure 2. Logs of the explorations are shown in Figures B-3 through B-7, immediately after the Boring Record Legends. Bulk samples were collected from the explorations at selected intervals. A summary of the soils encountered in the surficial bulk samples (G -1 through G-5) is provided in Table B-1 following the exploration logs. The exploration locations were determined by visually estimating, pacing and taping distances from landmarks shown on the Exploration Plan. The locations shown should not be considered more accurate than is implied by the method of measurement used and the scale of the map. The lines designating the interface between differing soil materials on the logs may be abrupt or gradational. Further, soil conditions at locations between the excavations may be substantially different from those at the specific locations we explored. It should be noted that the passage of time may also result in changes in the soil conditions reported in the logs. SOIL IDENTIFICATION AND HOLE IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION SEQUENCE Holes are identified using the following Refer to convention: s Section i H-YY-NNN co C C Where: GI Identification ·:;; 0 ::, -c, .0 0-.. ! Components -a:; ~ GI a. H: Hole Type Code ii: a:: 0 1 G ro up Name 2.5.2 3.2.2 • YY: 2-digit year 2 G roup Symbol 2.5.2 3.2.2 • NNN: 3-digit number (001-999) Description Components Hole Type Code and Description 3 Consistency of 2.5.3 3.2.3 • Hole Type Description Cohesive Soil Code Apparent Density A Auger boring (hollow or solid stem, 4 of Cohesionless 2.5.4 • bucket) Soil R Rotary drilled boring (conventional) 5 Color 2.5.5 • Rotary core (self-cased wire-line. 6 Moisture 2.5.6 • RC cortlnuously-sampled) Percent or 2.5.7 3 .2.4 • 0 RW Rotary core (self-cased wire-line, not Proportion of Soil cortlnuously sampled) 7 Particle Size 2.5.8 2 .5.8 • 0 p Rotary percussion boring (Air) Particle Angularity 2.5.9 0 HO Hand driven (1-lnch SOIi tube) P article Shape 2 .5.10 0 HA Hand auger 8 P lasticity (for fine-2 .5 .11 3.2.5 0 0 Driven (dynamic cone penetrometer) g raine d soil) CPT Cone Penetration Test 9 Dry Strength (for 2.5.12 0 0 Other (note on LOTB) fine-grained soil) 10 Dilatenc y (for fine-2.5.13 0 __g_rained soil) 11 Toughness (for 2.5.14 0 Descri(!tion Seguence Exam(!les: fine -grained soil) 1 2 S tructure 2.5.15 O· 13 Cementation 2 .5.16 • SANDY lean CLAY (CL); very stiff; Percent of yellowish brown; moist; mostly fines; Cobbles and 2 .5 .1 7 • 14 Boulders some SAND, from fine to medium; few Description of gravels; medium plasticity; PP=2.75. Cob bles and 2.5.18 • Boulde rs 15 Consistency Field 2.5.3 • Well-graded SAND with SILT and Test Result GRAVEL and COBBLES (SW-SM); 16 Additional 2.5.19 0 dense; brown; moist; mostly SAND, Comments Describe the soil using descriptive terms in from fine to coarse; some fine GRAVEL; few fines; weak cementation; 10% the order shown GRANITE COBBLES; 3 to 6 inches; Minimum Reguired Seguence: hard; subrounded. uses Group Name (Group Symbol); Consistency or Clayey SAND (SC); medium dense, Density; Color; Moisture; Percent or Proportion of Soil; light brown; wet; mostly fine sand,; little Particle Size; Plasticity (optional). fines; low plasticity. o = optional for non-Caltrans projects Where a(!(!licable: Project No. SD521 Cementation; % cobbles & boulders; GR□UP Description of cobbles & boulders; Park Drive Street and Drainage Consistency field test result Improvements Carlsbad, California REFERENCE: Caltrans Soil and Rock Logging, f p--- Classification, and Presentation Manual (2010). DELTA BORING RECORD LEGEND #1 0 ~ ~ ti (!) 8 -' 8 (!) ~ a. (!) (/) 8 -' ;;; "' 0 CJ) 0 CJ) -' 5 CJ) X ::; ::; (!) z iE 0 a, BORING RECORD SITE LOCATION Carlsbad, California DRILLING COMPANY Pacific Drilling DRILLING EQUIPMENT Diedrich D-50 SAMPLING METHOD Hammer: 140 lbs., Drop: 30 in. (Automatic) w zw~ ~ ~ z ci Ou~ 0.. g 0 ~ z i= z <O f-F e <(<(-w a: f-~ u. -;!, I <( ., w ...J f-(/) ~ f-i;jg ...J 0.. W(i50 0.. 0.. :; 0 w ...J :; <( zw...J ...J 0 w <( (/) Wa:m m (/) 0.. ~ i---10 .... 1-- -1-- -- µo 1-- .... i---15 .... 1-- -- ► - ,_35 1-- 1---20 l--40 1-- i---25 1-- 1-- l--45 1-- 1---30 - PROJECT NAME I PROJECT NUMBER BORING Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SD521 8-1 l START l FINISH SHEET NO. 8/28/2017 8/28/2017 2 of 2 DRILLING METHOD l LOGGED BY lCHECKED BY Hollow Stem Auger J. Sanders R. Stroop BORING DIA. (In) I TOTAL DEPTH (ft~ GROUND ELEV (ft)l DEPTHELEV. GROUNDWATER (ft) 8.5 25 I 16 ~N/A/na NOTES ETR ~ 79%, N60 ~ N * CE * C8 * Cs * CR w ~ a: u5 a:(/) i=~ Z,;::-w f-WO I Ul ~-o.9: f-W 0 0 f->-:; a: 0 e;:;-., g I f-0.. w 0 30 - - - 35 - - - - 40- . . 45- - - (.) :i:(!) o..a ~...J (!) DESCRIPTION ANO CLASSIFICATION Total Depth = 25 feet (Terminated in Santiago Formation). Groundwater not encountered during drilling . Installed monitoring well on 8/28/2017 (See Figure 3 for well construction details). This Boring Record is part of a geotechnical report which must be considered in its entirety. § GROUP DEL TA CONSULTANTS, INC. THIS SUMMARY APPLIES ONLY AT THE LOCATION OF THIS BORING AND AT THE TIME OF DRILLING. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS MAY DIFFER AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND MAY CHANGE AT THIS LOCATION WITH THE PASSAGE OF TIME. THE DATA PRESENTED IS A SIMPLIFICATION OF THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED. FIGURE B-1 b 9245 Activity Road, Suite 103 8 (!) San Diego, California 92126 Exploration G-1 G-2 G-3 G-4 G-5 A GROUP OEL T..t\ Approximate Surface Elevation (ft) 18 22 24 22 36 Approximate Depth (ft) 0-1 0 -1 0 -1 0-0.5 0-1 TABLE B-1 SUMMARY OF SURFICIAL BULK SAMPLES uses Graphic Soil Description •. SILTY SAND (SM); loose; light yellowish brown; moist; mostly fine to coarse ·:I·:. SAND; few to little fines; trace fine GRAVEL; low plasticity. • . • (2% Gravel; 85% Sand; 13% Fines) : I.· .jSILTY SAND (SM); loose; ligh.t yellow.ish brown; mostly fine to coarse SAND; : L:_Jlittle fines; trace fine GRAVEL; low plasticity. ·~SILTY SAND (SM); loose; light yellowish brown; mostly fine to coarse SAND; • 1 : I.· ~few to little fines; trace fine GRAVEL; medium plasticity. (2% Gravel; 85% Sand; 13% Fines) (LL: 44; PL: 27; Pl: 17) FAT CLAY (CH); light grayish brown; mostly fines; trace fine SAND; high plasticity. (Fines filtered from adjacent colluvium/slopewash and ponded behind retaining wall in flat, low lying area) /_./ • CLAYEY SANDSTONE (SC); weakly to moderately cemented; light yellowish ✓-~:. /:: :: .. • bro~n'. mostly fine to coarse SAND; few to little fines; few fine GRAVEL; high . •. ~-.;/. plast1c1ty. • •• /·; (2% Gravel; 85% Sand; 13% Fines) (LL: 52; PL: 27; Pl: 25) ATTACHMENTC LABORATORY TESTING ATTACHMENT C LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory testing was conducted in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions and in the same locality. No warranty, express or implied, is made as to the correctness or serviceability of the test results, or the conclusions derived from these tests. Where a specific laboratory test method has been referenced, such as ASTM or Caltrans, the reference only applies to the specified laboratory test method, which has been used only as a guidance document for the general performance of the test and not as a "Test Standard". A brief description of the various tests performed for this project follows. Classification: Soils were visually classified per the Unified Soil Classification System as established by the American Society of Civil Engineers per ASTM D2487. The soil classifications are shown on the exploration logs in Appendix B. In-Situ Moisture Content and Density: The in-situ moisture content and density of partially intact soil samples was performed on select soil samples in accordance with ASTM D2937 and D2216. The results are shown on the exploration logs in Appendix B. Particle Size Analysis: Particle size analyses were performed in accordance with ASTM D422 and were used to supplement visual classifications. The test results are shown in the exploration logs in Appendix Band in Figures C-1.1 through C-1.9. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318 was used to evaluate the plastic limit, liquid limit and plasticity index of selected samples. The results are shown on the Particle Size Analysis Figures C-1.1 through C-1.9. Expansion Index: The expansion potential of selected soil samples was estimated in general accordance with the laboratory procedures outlined in ASTM test method D4829. The test results are summarized in Figure C-2. Figure C-2 also presents common criteria for evaluating the expansion potential based on the expansion index. Maximum Density/Optimum Moisture: The maximum density and optimum moisture of a selected soil sample was evaluated using ASTM test method D1557. The results were corrected for oversize materials in general accordance with ASTM D4718. The results are summarized in Figure C-2. Direct Shear: The shear strength of selected samples was assessed using direct shear testing performed in general accordance with ASTM D3080. The test results are shown in Figures C-3 through C-5. pH and Resistivity: To assess the potential for reactivity with buried metals, selected soil samples were tested for pH and minimum resistivity using Caltrans test method 643. The corrosivity test results are summarized in Figure C-6. ATTACHMENT C LABORATORY TESTING (CONTINUED) Sulfate Content: To assess the potential for reactivity with concrete, selected soil samples were tested for water soluble sulfate. The sulfate was extracted from the soil under vacuum using a 10:1 (water to dry soil) dilution ratio. The extracted solution was tested for water soluble sulfate in general accordance with ASTM D516. The test results are also presented in Figure C-6, along with common criteria for evaluating soluble sulfate content. Chloride Content: Soil samples were also tested for water soluble chloride. The chloride was extracted from the soil under vacuum using a 10:1 (water to dry soil) dilution ratio. The extracted solution was then tested for water soluble chloride using a calibrated ion specific electronic probe. The test results are also shown in Figure C-6. SAMPLE 8-1@ 1' -5' TP-101@ 0.5' -1' G-1@ O' -1' G-5@ O' -1' EXPANSION TEST RESULTS (ASTM D4829) DESCRIPTION FILL: Fat CLAY (CH) COLLUVIUM: CLAYEY SAND (SC) COLLUVIUM: SILTY SAND (SM) COLLUVIUM: CLAYEY SAND (SC) EXPANSION INDEX 118 8 0 43 EXPANSION INDEX POTENTIAL EXPANSION SAMPLE G-3 @0' -1' Oto 20 Very low 21 to 50 Low 51 to 90 Medium 91 to 130 High Above 130 Very High MAXIMUM DENSITY & OPTIMUM MOISTURE (ASTM D1557 & D4718) DESCRIPTION CLAYEY SAND (SC) MAXIMUM DENSITY (lbs/ft3] 125.2 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS OPTIMUM MOISTURE [%] 8.8 Document No. 17-0075 Project No. S0521 FIGURE C-2 CORROSIVITY TEST RESULTS SAMPLE NO. pH 8-1@ 1' -5' 8.6 G-2@ 0' -1' 8.3 SULFATE CONTENT[%) 0.00 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.20 0.20 to 2.00 Above 2.00 SOIL RESISTIVITY roHM-CMl 0 to 1.000 1,000 to 2,000 2,000 to 5,000 5,000 to 10,000 Above 10,000 CHLORIDE {Cl) CONTENT [%] 0.00 to 0.03 0.03 to 0.15 Above 0.15 (ASTM D516, CTM 643) MINIMUM SULFATE CHLORIDE RESISTIVITY CONTENT[%] CONTENT[%] [OHM-CM] 471 0.12 0.01 2,345 0.01 0.01 SULFATE EXPOSURE CEMENT TYPE Negligible Moderat e Severe Very Severe II, IP(MS), IS(MS) V V plus pozzolan GENERAL DEGREE OF CORROSIVITY TO FERROUS METALS Verv Corrosive Corrosive Moderately Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Slightly Corrosive GENERAL DEGREE OF CORROSIVITV TO METALS LABORATORY TEST RESULTS Negligible Corrosive Severely Corrosive Document No. 17-0075 Project No. 5D521 FIGURE C-6 ATTACHMENT D PREVIOUS GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS CONSOUDATIOH OF SEDIMENTARY ROCKS; usuolly obtained from unweathered samples. Largely dependent on cementotion. U :: unconsolidated P = poorly consolidated M = moderately consolidated W = well consolidated BEDDINO Of SEDIMENTARY ROCKS Spllttlng Property Massive Blocky Slabby Flaggy Shely or platy Papery FRACTURING Intensity Very little fractures Occasionally fractured Moderately fractured Closely fractured Intensely fractured Crushed HARONESS Thickness Greater than 4.0 ft. 2.0 to 4.0 ft. 0.2 to 2.0 ft. 0.05 to 0.2 ft. 0.01 to 0.5 ft Less thOl'l 0.01 ft. Size of Pieces In reet Greeter than 4.0 1.0 to 4.0 0.5 to 1.0 0.1 to 0.5 0.05 to 0.1 Less than 0.05 1. Soft -Reserved for plastic material alone Stratification very thick bedded thick-bedded thin-bedded very thin-bedded laminated thinly laminated 2. Low hardness -can be gouged deeply or carved easily with a knife blade .:S. Moderately hard -can be readily scratched by o knife blade; scratch leaves o heavy trace of dust and is readily visible ofter the powder hos been blown away. 4. Hord -con be scratched with difficulty; scratch produces little powder and is often loinly visible. 5. Very hard -cannot be scratched with knife blade; leaves o metallic streak. STRENGTH 1 . Plastic or very low strength 2. friable -crumbles eosily by rubbing with fingers 3. Weak -AA unfroctured specimen of such material will crumble under light hammer blows. 4. Moderately strong -Specimen will withstand a few heovy hammer blows before breaking. 5. Strong -Specimen will withstand o few heavy ringing hammer blows and will yield with difficulty only dust and small lying fragments. 6. very strong -Specimen 't11ill resist heavy ringing hammer blows and will yield with difficulty only dust and small flying fragments. WEATHERING -The physical and chemical disintegration and decomposition of rocks and minerals by natural processes such os oxidation, reduction, hydration, solution, carbonation, freezing, and thawing. 0. Deep -Moderate to cof'!lplete mineral decomposition; extensive disintegration; deep and thorough discoloration; many fractures, all extensively coated or filled with oxides, carbonates, and/or cloy or silt. M. Moderate -Slight change or partial decomposition of minerals,; little disintegration, cementation-little to unaffected, moderate to occasionally intense discoloration, moderately coated fractures. L Little -No megascopic decomposition of minerals, little or no effect on normal cementotion, slight and intermittent, or localized discoloration, few stains on fracture surfaces. F. Fresh -Unaffected by weathering agents. No disintegration or discoloration. fractures usually less numerous than joints. • Ill KLEINFELDER PHYSICAL PROPERTIES CRITERIA FOR ROCK/FORMATION DESCRIPTIONS FIGURE 95!!5 CHESN>EME ORM'., SUITE 101 SAN DIEGO, CAUF'ORNIA 92123 CHECKED BY: REL I F'N: A2 PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 I DATE: 2/23/98 PARK DRIVE SLOPE / DRAINAGE STUDY CITY OF CARLSBAD CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA A2 DYNAMIC CONE SOUNDING 1 DATE PERFORMED: 12-05-97 SURJ=ACE ELEVATION: 13 ft. CRcW: • G. Singer WATER ON COMPLETION: 13' 4" CONE AREA: 10SQ. CM LOCATION: Sta. 10 + 76 HAMMER WEIGHT: 35pounds DEPTH DEPTH BLOWS RESISTANCE CONE RESISTANCE TESTED CONSISTENCY FT M PER 10CM KGICM"2 0 so 100 150 N' SAND . . . - 4" 0.1 3 13.3 ·-3 VERY LOOSE a· 0.2 6 26.6 ..... 7 LOOSE 1' 0.3 30 133.2 ............................. . DENSE 1'4" 0.4 20 88.8 _ .................. 25 MED.DENSE 1'8" 0.5 38 168.7 ....................................... -DENSE 2' 0.6 30 133.2 ...................................... . DENSE 2'4" 0.7 31 137.6 ..................................... -DENSE 2'8" 0.8 36 159.8 ........................................ -DENSE 3' 0.9 36 159.8 .................................... -DENSE 3'4" 1.0 38 168.7 ............... -.................. -DENSE Notes: 1. A •-· In the N' column indicates an equivalent SPT N' value greater than 25. 2. The soil was classified In the field as a brown silty SAND (SM) to clayey SAND (SC). 3. Standing water level was approximately 4 inches above the eltisting ground surface. 4. Effective cone refUsal was encountered at approximately 3'4" . .. KLEINFELDER DYNAMIC CONE SOUNDING LOG PARK DRIVE SLOPE/ DRAINAGE STUDY CITY OF CARLSBAD CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 9SSS CHESAPEAKE DRIVE SUITE IOI SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92123 PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 CHECKED BY: ( MAI!.. IDATE; 01·28-98 SILT CLAY FIGURE A9 : DYNAMIC CONE SOUNDING 2 DATE PERFORMED: 12-05-97 SURFACE ELEVATION: 13 ft. CREW: G. Binger WATER ON COMPLETION: 13' 4• CONE AREA: 10S0. CM LOCATION: Sta. 12 + 74 HAMMER WEIGHT: 35pounds DEPTH DEPTH BLOWS RESISTANCE CONE RESISTANCE TESTED CONSISTENCY FT M PER 10CM KG!CM"2 0 50 100 150 N' SAND ---- 4• 0.1 3 13.3 ... 3 VERY LOOSE 8" 0.2 4 H.8 .... 5 LOOSE 1' 0.3 5 22.2 .... 6 LOOSE 1'4" 0.4 6 26.6 ..... 7 LOOSE 1'8" 0.5 7 31.1 ........ 8 LOOSE 2' 0.6 7 31. 1 ...... 8 LOOSE 2'4" 0.7 7 31.1 ....... 8 LOOSE 2'8" 0.8 7' 31.1 ....... 8 LOOSE 3' 0.9 120 532.8 ...................................... ,,~ ............ -VERY DENSE Notes: 1. A "-• in the N' column indicates an equivalent SPT N' value greater than 25. 2.. The soil was ctesslfled in the field as a brown silty SAND (SM} lo clayey SAND (SC). 3. Standing water level was approximately 4 inches above the existing ground surface. 4. Effective cone refusal was encountered at approximately 3'4". Ill KLEINFELDER DYNAMIC CONE SOUNDING LOG PARK DRIVE SLOPE / DRAINAGE STUDY CITY OF CARLSBAD CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 9555 CHESAPEAKE DRIVE SUITE 101 SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92123 PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 CHECKED SY· ("' r,M/, IDATE: 01-2&-98 SILT CLAY FIGURE A10 I SIEVE ANALYSIS I HYDROMETER I U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3" 1.5" 3/4" 3/8" #4 #10 #16 #30 #60 #100 #200 100 I I 0 -.. r-,.._ 90 r\ 10 '.\ 80 ::o \ 70 30 ' i 0 60 40 UJ z H Ii! C/1 ~ I-UJ ll. 50 ' so Q:; I-I\ I-ffi z ' UJ CJ u 0:: 40 60 Q:; ~ I\ I.IJ 0. i ' ..J (C I-I-0 30 "~ 70 0 1--I-~. 20 80 IO 90 0 LO l 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE (mm) l GRAVEL lcoane I SAND I SILT I CLAY I coarse I fine medium I fine Symbol Boring No. Depth (ft) Description Classiflcatlon • 3 6.5 Brown clayey SAND SC Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study FIGURE ID KLEINFELDER Carlsbad, California GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION Bl PROJECT NO. Sl-4659-01 I SIEVE ANALYSIS ✓ I HYDROMETER I U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3" 1.5" -3/4" 3/8" #4 #10 #16 #30 #60 #100 #200 ' 100 I I 0 r-,..... ~ .,.,,.. -90 -10 ......... ~ i-.1 "'"" .... -80 "'\ 20 70 \ 30 -' ~ \ 0 60 40 w -1-1 \ ~ fl) ~ ~ I-w 50 50 a:: I-I--z z w - w u u a:: 40 60 a:: w w Q. Q. -..J J <t <C I-t-0 30 70 0 I-t- 20 80 -lO 90 -0 lO l 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE (mm) - GRAVEL SAND I SILT CLAY coarse fine coarse medium j. nne I - Symbol Borina: No. Depth (ft) Description -• 5 20.5 Light olive SANDSTONE - - Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study FIGURE ---KLEINFELDER Carlsbad, California GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION B2 ·-PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 I SIEVE ANALYSIS I HYDROMETER I U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZES 3" 1.5" 3/4'' 3/8" #4 #10 #16 #30 #60 #100 #200 100 I I .. I j 0 ---.... •, ' 90 ' 10 \ 80 ' 20 70 \ 30 \ Q (!) 60 40 w z ~ H \ en (C (I) I-<C w 0.. 50 so Ct: I-1 I-z ffi LLJ u u a:: 40 60 Ct: LLJ ' LLJ 0.. 0.. .J a! <t I- 70 I-0 30 0 I-I- 20 80 lO 90 0 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 GRAIN SIZE Cmm) I I I I GRAVEL I coarse SAND SILT CLAY coarse I fine I medium I fine Symbol Borina No. Depth (ft) Description • s 30.S Light olive SANDSTONE Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study FIGURE ID KLEINFELDER Carlsbad, California GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION BJ PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 60 / I,," -CH V 50 V ,,.,, ./ H 0.. :/ ...., ->< 40 ~/ w CL ~ H V -)-30 / I- V H u H I-V (/) -<I: ~ ..J 20 :., 0.. II / MH -1/ OH 10 I/ ML ,.... .... , ./ -0 OL 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT <LU - Borln2 Deoth (ft) LL(%) PL(%) PI(%) LI(·) Description • 4 6.5 36 21 IS Brown silty CLAY IJI 5 30.5 36 19 17 Ught olive SANDSTONE - -LL • Liquid Limit Pl -Plasticity Index PL -Plasticity Limit LI -Liquidity Index -NP • Nonplastic -Unified Soil ClassiOcation Fine Grained Soil Groups LL< SO LL> SO - ML Inor!anic cl~eY. silts to very fine sands of sl 2ht ol tatv MH lnor_aanic silts and clayey silts of hl2h olasticity CL lnorru.:a· c claxs of low to CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity med um olast1citv -- OL Or~anic silts and organic silty clays of low olasticitv OH O~anic cla~s of medium to hi olastic tv. or2anic silts - ~ Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study FIGURE c= ID KLEINFELDER Carlsbad, California PLASTICITY CHART B4 -PROJECT NO. 51-4659-01 8 ( 7 j ~/ . 6 / V 5 / V ... UI / .¥ I (I) 4 V Cl) .V 1.4.1 0: I-Cl) a:: 3 <r _V ~ (/) 2 V ~) 1 ./ v · 0 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 NORMAL STRESS -ksf Dorin& No. 4 Dry Density -pcf ll8 114 116 Depth. ft 11.0 Initial Water Content -% 12 12 12 Friction Angle -dee 40 Final Water Content -% 19 18 17 Cohesion -ksf o.so NormaJ Stress -ksf 1.00 2.00 3.00 Description Liabt brown SANDSTONE Maximum Shear -ksf 1.40 2.01 3.06 Park Drive Slope/Drainage Study FIGURE 4 Ill KLEINFELDER Carlsbad, California ' DIRECT SHEAR TEST BS PROJECT NO. Sl-4659--01 -, r .-~--~ ~ --= \.. ,= -= ------=' "---,y1n90 &,rtoore C/J UJ u::-DATE EXCAVATED 8/13/08 TEST PIT NO. TP-1 _J a. ~ (.) z j::" ~ a. 0 LU <( --~ . GROUND ELEVATION 23'::I: (MSL) LOGGED BY MJB TEST PIT LOG LU Cf) w ~ <( (/) !=.. 0::: (.) . ::) u5 _(.) DRAINAGE, RETAINING WALL, AND PAVEMENT I LL • METHOD OF EXCAVATION Manual Cl) f-z -Cf) IMPROVEMENTS f-C: Cf) UJ (/) . a. :!!: ffi 0 0 Cl (/) ::) PARK DRIVE AT MARINA ORNE, CARLSBAD CAUFORNTA UJ ::, ·E: (.) <( LOCATION Behind retainins wall, northern end Cl "C ~ >-_J PROJECT NO. DATE '°o C: 0::: (.) ! ti) Cl DESCRIPTION 106394001 I 9/08 (I) RETt INING r' ALL !~! -SM ElLL.; ! t Light brown to brown, moist, loose to medium dense, silty, fine to medium . Ii I SAND; little fine to coarse gravel; some roots. ,__ I I I l I 1--Abundant roots. I i -.L --l\ I -----.... -------------------------I GP White, dark blue, gray, brown, and red mottled, moist, loose, poorly graded I i GRAVEL. Ii ~ .. I \ ' '-,__ I i I EEP-.1:iOLE 2 -'-- SIQEWALKi I I I ' I I ~ l ' I I I ¥ I (Retaining wall footine at 3 feet.) WA,~~ 3 I I I I Total Depth = 3 feet. ! ' Groundwater was measured at a depth of approximately 2.8 feet in the test pit I I during excavation. I I l Backfilled on 8/13/08. I I ! J l ' ; I I 4 I I l I I I I I I t ! l i I 5 "Tl I I [ i ;U I I ITI I _. I I I I i I f. SCALE = 1 in./1 ft. = = ~ ~ ~ ~ --= = -;; -= = -= = = ,y1n90 &,y.aoTe VJ ~ r2 DATE EXCAVATED &/14/08 TEST PIT NO. TP-2 a. ~ (.) z ~ ~ a. 0 <( e..... -i==. GROUND ELEVATION 26':!:. (MSL) LOGGED BY MJB TEST PIT LOG LU Cl) w >-<((/) ~ er I-(.) . ::, en _(.) DRAINAGE, RETAINING WALL, AND PAVEMENT I u. . METHOD OF EXCAVATION Manual Q) I-z -(/) IMPROVEMENTS I-C Cl) UJ Cl) • a. ..)c: co 6 0 Cl) ::, PARK DRIVE AT MARINA DRIVE, CARLSBAD CALIFORNIA LU :5 ~(.) <( LOCATION Behind retaining wall at Park Drive and Marina Drive 0 co ·t: '"O ~ ~ ...J PROJECT NO. I DATE QC (.) Ill 0 DESCRIPTION 106394001 l 9/08 Cl) I I -! u SM EILL; I I I l Pale yellowish brown, damp, loose to medium dense, silty, fine to medium I I SAND; trace clay; little fine to coarse gravel; some roots. I I I I l I ! I I I l I I I I I RETAtNING, I I ! . vvRtC--~1 ,[ ,__ I I , I I I I j ,__ I I Abundant roots. I l I J • ; I I I Medium dense; clayey; silty; fine to medium sand. I j j I I -3 I l I . I I i"--L V I I I 4 I I I l I I I I I I I I I I 5 Total Depth = 5 feet. I I .,, l I Groundwater not encountered. ~ ' Backfilled on 8/14/08. ..., SIDEi ALK I m I\) I I I I I t:. SCALE -1 in./1 ft 0 . . j ---=-....,.. ~ ~------:.--~----...... -•_ . ..:. -~~-- -~ =---~ =----="' :=:.-:==a =--= ---- - A.-11100 & Ju.aura ~ LL DATE EXCAVATED 8/1 3/08 TEST PIT NO. C-1 • ,. 'ii. • ' • --a. ,..... () z 11-----------------------ll I-~ ~ CL 0 CORE LOG ttJ ~ ~ ~ ~ en GROUND ELEVATION 20·± (MSL) LOGGED BY MJB ,__ ____________________ __,, !:1;, ........ ~ ..... a:: -() u DRAfNAGE, RETAINING WALL, AND PAVEMENT J: Q) ~ ~ ~ en METHOD OF EXCAVATION _6"_Co_re/M __ an_u_al _______ _ 1-c en en · IMPROVEMENTS a. .:..: &; o -~ en ::l . . PARK DRIVE AT MARINA DRIVE, CARLSBAD CALrFORNTA ~ :i .~ ~ ~ >-:5 LOCATION Northeaststde of Park Drive (northern core) j cooc: a:: () PROJECT NO. DATE 1t1 o DESCRIPTION 106394001 9/08 en ==l=~=~=~==l============================:1 I I I V ASHALT CONCRETE: I I j Approxjmately 5 inches thick. 11----+---+----t----+---+----. -------i~ -GP+SP BASE: ll I : Dark yellowish and grayish brown, moist to wet, loose, fine to coarse I I GRAVEL and medium SAND; micaceous; fewer fines in upper 5 inches. ' I -• I --I I I I I I ! • ML fllk 1 /) : Light brown to brown, damp to moist, loose to medium dense, gravelly, I : sandy SILT; trace of clay. ,--~-----~--~-,---------4~2 ~-l : / ! Light brown to tan; damp; medium dense; clayey silt; trace of sand and gravel. I :, . ~- 1 I : I i , 3 r-• , I I ! l '----' I I t---,f---,f----+---------------------------fl ; . 1--+--+--l Total Depth = 3.4 feet I I !' Groundwater not encountered. 1 I f--+--+--l Backfilled and patched with concrete on 8/l3/08. I I ! l 4 • j l I ! I j I I I I ! I ) ! : 5 "Tl l I I I [ I I I I rr I 1 ~ ! I r. SCALE "' 1 in./1 ft. ~------------~--~-~ ~0 ---~~--~ -----~=-=----- ATTACHMENT E REPRESENTATIVE SLOPE STABILITY CALCULATIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION The specifications contained in this 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "The Greenbook," latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Green book. Therefore, if there is a conflict, these specifications shall control. The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder's/Contractor's local technical bookstore or directly from the publisher. These Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. When used in the Contract Documents, statements, or command phrases (active voice and imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the "Bidder" or "Contractor" as applicable. The specifications are written to the "Bidder" before award and the "Contractor" after award. Before award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with "The Bidder shall." Interpret the term "you" as "the Bidder" and interpret the term "your" as "the Bidder's." After award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with "The Contractor sha ll." Interpret the term "you" as "the Contractor" and interpret the term "your" as "the Contractor's." PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 -GENERAL 1-1 GENERAL. ADD the following: 1. The word "provide" shall mean "furnish and insta ll," unless otherwise stated. 2. In reference to Drawings, where words "shown," "indicated," "detailed," "noted," "scheduled," or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the Plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 3. Where the words "equal," "approved equal," "equivalent," and words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer," unless otherwise stated. 4. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall "perform all operations and furnish labor, tools and equipment," and further, "furnish and install materials that are indicated, specified or required" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall "furnish and install the Work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation." 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 66 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 5. Where words "directed," "designated," "selected," or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation, or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the Work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. Where the words "approved," "approval," "acceptance," or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. Where applicable ADD/REPLACE the following: Agency -The City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the owner of the Project. Agency Approval -Except where stated in this Contract to the contrary, the phrases "Agency approval," and "Agency's written approval" or such similar phrases shall mean approval by the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Agency Forces -City of Carlsbad or Carlsbad Municipal Water District employees who perform construction work. Agency Supplement -00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions; and 00 74 00 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions. Allowance (Al) -Payment under Allowance Bid items, denoted as "AL," shall be based on the actual expenditures and for pre-authorized items of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unused portions of the Allowances shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance of the Project or Work. Apparent Low Bidder -The Bidder whose Bid having been publicly opened, initially meets the material requirements of the Bid Documents and whose Bid price is the lowest received. Applicable Laws -Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations of governmental authorities and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. As-Builts -The CADD drawings prepared from the approved Red-lines for record keeping purposes. Award of Contract (Award) -The date on which the Board or designee executes the Contract. Bid -Any proposal submitted to the Agency in competitive bidding for the construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any structure, building, road or other improvement of any kind. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 67 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Board -The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District -The legislative body that governs the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and has the authority to pass ordinances and appropriate funds. Business Day -See Working Day. Calendar Day -Every day on the calendar, including weekends and holidays. City -The term "City" or "the City" means, City of Carlsbad. See also Agency. City Council -The legislative body that governs the City of Carlsbad and has the authority to pass ordinances and appropriate funds. City Engineer -The term "City Engineer" is defined as the Transportation Director, or designee, and is the person authorized to perform the functions of the City Engineer as defined in Government Code Section 66416.5. The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of Public Contract Code Sections 4107 and 4107.5. City Manager -The appointed official who directs the administration of the City of Carlsbad. Claim -A separate demand by the Contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return . receipt requested that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or other relief associated with a payment dispute arising under or relating to the Contract, including a breach of any Contract provision. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment is not a Claim. Construction Documents -Plan s and details, including Plans showing installation of major systems, equipment, fixed furnishings and graphics, the technical specifications and all other technical drawings, schedules, diagrams and specifications, accepted Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and submittals that are necessary to set forth in detail the requirements for the Project. Construction Manager -The Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and the Engineer's designated representative for the first level of appeal for informal dispute reso lution. Construction Work -The portion of the Work to construct the Project as set forth in the Contract Documents in conformance with 2-1, "WORK TO BE DONE". Contract -The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 68 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contract Documents -Contract Documents include the following: The signed Contract, Addenda, Notice Inviting Bids, funding agency provisions, Bid including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, Bonds, Permits, CEQA documents, Standard Specifications (the "Greenbook"}, Agency Supplement, Plans, Standard Plans, Construction Documents, Reference Specifications, and Change Orders. Contract Documents, when applicable, shall also include Site and Coastal development permits, NEPA documents, re-vegetation plans, biological letters or technical reports, habitat mitigation plans, storm water documents, and local, state, and federal resource agency permits. Contract Time -The number of Working Days to complete the Work as specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor -The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of Work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Critical Path-In the Construction Schedule, the sequence of activities that represents the longest path through the Project network of activities and the shortest possible Project duration. Critical Path Method -Network-based planning technique using activity durations and relationships between activities to calculate a schedule for the entire project. Days -Days shall mean consecutive calendar days unless otherwise specified in this Contract. Defective Work -Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Delay Factor -The Delay Factor may be the basis for compensation for idle equipment time on an excusable delay. The factor has been calculated to include the ownership costs without including operating costs. The Delay Factor recovers all the Contractor's non-operating costs in an 8-hour day. If payment is made for equipment on an excusable delay, it is limited to 8 hours per day or 40 hours per week maximum. Deputy City Engineer -The Engineering Manager of the Construction Management & Inspection Division and the Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and the Engineer's designated representative for the second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board -Person s designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager or Executive Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 69 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Drawings -See Plans. D-size Sheet -"D" size paper for engineering design applications refers to 22" x 34" paper. Engineer-The Deputy City Manager, Public Works of the City of Carlsbad acting either directly or through designated representatives and the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Engineer of Record/Design Engineer -A registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of California who is qualified to act as an agent of a Project Owner or to prepare Plans for facilities to be accepted by the City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. The term includes persons licensed in the State of California as Civil Engineers or Structural Engineers, as well as other licensed professionals like Architects and Landscape Architects. Executive Manager -The appointed official who directs the administration of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Field Book -The Agency field maps showing sewer and water facilities. Field Order -A Field Order is a written agreement by the Engineer to compensate the Contractor for work items in accordance with 2-8, "EXTRA WORK" or 2-9, "CHANGED CONDITIONS." A Field Order does not change the Contract Price or Contract Time or the intent of the Contract. The unused portions of the Field Orders shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance of the Work. Final Environmental Document -The CEQA and/or NEPA document issued for the Project, such as certified environmental impact reports, mitigated negative declarations {MNDs), negative declarations, or exemptions. Final Payment -The last payment for the Contract made to the Contractor, excluding Retention. Float -The number of days by which an activity in the Construction Schedule may be delayed from either its earliest start date or earliest completion date without extending the Contract Time (total float). Total float belongs to the Project and to any Party to accommodate changes in the Work or to mitigate the effect of events which may delay completion. Holiday -Holidays observed by the Agency are listed below: Holiday New Year's Day Martin Luther King Day Presidents' Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Observed On January 1 3rd Monday in January 3rd Monday in February Last Monday in May July 4 pt Monday in September Page 70 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Holiday Observed On Indigenous Peoples' Day 2nd Monday in October Veteran's Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day 4th .Thursday/Friday in November Christmas Day December 25 If any Holiday listed falls on a Saturday, the Saturday and the preceding Friday are both legal Holidays. If the Holiday falls on a Sunday, both Sunday and the following Monday shall be legal Holidays. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents or authorized by the Engineer, do not work on Holidays. Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) -A written notice given from the Agency that authorizes the Contractor to start a limited amount of work that, as described in the notice, is not Construction Work. Minor Bid Item -a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Night Work -See Working Night. Normal Working Hours -Unless specified otherwise, Normal Working Hours core periods shall be 8:00 AM to 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and Agency Holidays are excluded. For Traffic Control and Right of Way Permits, Normal Working Hours are defined as 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM, unless specified otherwise. Notice of Completion (NOC) -A document recorded with the County of San Diego to signify that the Work has been completed and accepted by the Agency. Party or Parties -The Agency, the Contractor, or both, their respective permitted successors or assigns, and any other future signatories to the Contract. Plans -The drawings, profiles, cross sections, Standard Plans, working drawings, and shop drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the City Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions or details of the Work. Prime Contractor -See Contractor. Project Inspector -the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, Contract administration and the first level for informal dispute resolution. Project Site (Site) -Areas where the Work is performed pursuant to the Contract. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 71 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Punchlist -A list of items of Work or corrections generated after a Walk-through that is conducted when the Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete. Quality Control Standards and Procedures -The standards and procedures that are stated in a written manual that can be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The standards and procedures are followed by the Supplier in the production of materials supplied for the Work Site. Red-lines -Plans with annotations of changes made during construction to reflect the actual improvements or facilities built during construction whether concealed or visible. Retention -The amount withheld from the money due to the Contractor in accordance with 7- 3.2, "PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT." Samples -Physical examples of the materials, equipment, or workmanship specified or required and which conform with the standards and specifications in the Contract Documents and by which the Work shall be evaluated. Schedule -A Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule of construction activities and their durations to be performed during the Contract Time and prepared by the Contractor in accordance with 6- 1, "CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK," and accepted by the Engineer. Scope of Work (SOW) -Labor, materials, equipment, facilities, and services required to be performed or provided by the Contractor to complete the entire Project or the various separately identifiable parts of the Project pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Services -Work performed in connection with the layout, construction, testing, inspection, and commissioning of the Work or administration of the Contract and which may include professional services such as engineering, surveying, construction management and legal services that are required in accordance with the Contract Documents. Services are incidental to the Work. Separate Contractors -Those individuals or entities that have entered into arrangements with the Agency for the provision of labor, materials, or other services in connection with the Project who are not under contract with the Contractor. Signal Pre-Check -The procedure that the City uses to evaluate traffic signal systems prior to Signal Turn-On and generating a Punchlist. Signal Turn-On -The day the City activates new traffic signals. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 72 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SMARTS -Stormwater Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) Resources provides a platform where dischargers, regulators, and the public can enter, manage, and view storm water data including permit registration documents, compliance, and monitoring data associated with California's Storm Water General Permits. Supplemental Provisions -See Agency Supplement. Tonne -Al so referred to as "metric ton." Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Walk-through -The procedure the Agency uses to evaluate the status of the Project and to generate a Punch list prior to acceptance of the Work. Work -All labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services and other requirements of the Contract Documents as modified by Change Order, whether completed or partially completed, provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. Working Day -Any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first , other than: • Saturday; • Sunday; • any day designated as a holiday by the Agency; • any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association; • any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1; or • any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Working Night (Night Work) -A period of nighttime work, allowed only on Sunday through Thursday, excluding Holidays. Work Site -See Project Site (Site). 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS. 1-3.1 General. The abbreviations are applicable to the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. Additional abbreviations shall be as shown on the Plans or specified in the other portions of the Contract Documents. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 73 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1-3.2 Common Usage. ADD the following: AML Approved Material List CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices CCT CEQA CFR CGP CIPM CL CMS CNC CRI CSA DBE DCE DG DVBE DWT EOW ESL ESQ FRP GFE GMT GPS IDA IP LCD LO LER MBE MDFT MHPA MH MIL MJ M&M MMC MOV NA NC Correlated Color Temperature California Environmental Quality Act. Code of Federal Regulations Construction General Permit Cured-In-Place-Manhole Centerline Content Management System Database Computer Numerical Control Color Rendering Index Canadian Standards Association Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Data Computer Equipment Decomposed Granite Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise Detectable Warning Tiles Engineer of Work Environmentally Sensitive Lands Electrical Service Orders Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Good Faith Effort Greenwich Mean Time Global Positioning System International Dark Sky Association Ingress Protection Liquid Crystal Display Laser Diode Luminaire Efficiency Rating Minority Business Enterprise Minimum Dry Film Thickness Multiple Habitat Planning Area Manhole Military Mechanical Joint Maintenance and Monitoring Mitigation and Monitoring Coordination Metal Oxide Varistor Numerical Aperture Not Connected, Normally Closed 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 74 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 NEPA NEXT NCHRP NOC NPOES NTP oc OOP OFNR OTOR PB PCMS PCU PEP PIC PL RFP RFI RPMS SIC SMS SMTP sow sov SPOT SSO TOR TEES TFFN TIG UF UPRR VAC VPC WBE National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 Near End Crosstalk National Cooperative Highway Research Program Notice of Completion National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Notice to Proceed On Center Open Drip Proof Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Pull Box Portable Changeable Message Signs Photoelectric Control Unit Plant Establishment Period Polyethylene Insulated Cable Property Line Request for Proposal Request for Information Rubber Polymer Modified Slurry Standard Industry Classification Short Message Service Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Statement of Work, Scope of Work Schedule of Values Single Pole Double Throw Surge Suppression Devices Time Domain Reflectometer Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications Thermoplastic Flexible Fixture Wire Nylon Jacketed Tungsten Inert Gas Underground Feeder Union Pacific Railroad Company Volts AC Vitrified Polymer Composite Women Business Enterprise 1-3.3 Institutions. ADD the following: AMTRACK American Track National Railroad Passenger Corp. ANSI American National Standards Institute Air Pollution Control District -County of San Diego APCO AASHTO AISC ANSI American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials American Institute of Steel Construction American National Standards Institute 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 75 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 API AREA ASTM AWPA AWS AWWA BNSF DSD FHWA GRI IPCEA IES ISO American Petroleum Institute American Railway Engineering Association American Society for Testing and Materials American Wood Preservers Association American Welding Society America n Water Works Association Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Development Services Department Federal Highway Administration Geosynthetic Research Institute Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Illuminating Engineering Society (Photometric Data) International Organization for Standardization San Diego Metropolitan Transit System National Association of Corrosion Engineers National Association of Pipe Fabricators North County Transit District National Electrical Manufacturers Association MTS NACE NAFP NCTD NEMA NOAA NFPA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) National Fire Protection Association PCI SANDAG SD&AE SDTI UL USGS UPRR Prestressed Concrete Institute San Diego Association of Governments San Diego & Arizona Eastern Railroad San Diego Trolley, Inc. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. United States Geological Survey Union Pacific Railroad Company 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID. 1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing. ADD the following: Each Bidder shall co mply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The use of Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of any obligations or responsibilities under the Contract. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in Section 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who will perform Work or Labor or render service to the prime Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or improvements, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 76 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 California who, under Subcontract to the prime Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed Drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor's total Bid, or, in the case of Bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor's total Bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater." "(b) The portion of the Work which will be done by each such Subcontractor under this act. The prime Contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime Contractor in his Bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the Work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter vi.olates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the Subcontract involved, after a public hearing. 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. 1-7.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1-7.1 Standard Contract Provisions. 1-7.1.1 Successor's Obligations. All grants, covenants, provisions and claims, rights, powers, privileges and abilities contained in the Contract Documents shall be read and held as made by and with, and granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor, the Agency, and the Contractor's and the Agency's respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. 1-7.1.2 Waiver of Legal Rights. 1. The Agency's failure to insist, in any 1 or more instances, upon the performance of any provision of the Contract, or to exercise any right therein, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such provisions or rights. 2. Any waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 77 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. Any waiver the Agency issues to any provision of the Contract shall only be effective if it is agreed upon in writing by the Agency and if it is specific to the matter concerned. 1-7.1.3 Requests for Information (RFI). 1. Inquiries from the Contractor seeking clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be submitted in writing through Procore to the Agency as a Request for Information (RFI). Each RFI shall be consecutively numbered and accompanied by a letter of transmittal with reference to the applicable Contract specification or Plan sheet pertaining to the inquiry. Include photos or sketches as appropriate to clearly describe the inquiry. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 10 Working Days for review of RFls. 1-7.1.4 Assignment to Awarding Body. 1. In accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 7103.5, the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall conform to the following requirements: a. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractor offer and agree to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act {15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. b. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds. ADD the following: 1. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a Surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in the circular is enough to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. 2. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. 3. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 perce nt of the original amount 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the 1-year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bond to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released 6 months plus 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 78 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 4. All bonds are to be placed with a Surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed its liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: a. An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. b. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. 5. If the Bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the Surety for the quarter calendar year preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Corporations Code Section 173. In the case of a foreign Surety, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. 6. If the Surety on any bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located, immediately notify the Engineer; and immediately substitute another bond and Surety acceptable to the Agency. 7. The Contractor shall require the Surety to mail its standard "Bond Status" form to the Agency. ADD the following section: 1-7.2.1 Payment. 1. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, the Bid item for "Bonds (Payment and Performance)" includes full compensation for actual costs of payment and performance bonds. The Contractor may submit a request for payment of actual invoiced costs up to the Bid amount, but not to exceed 2.5% of the Contract Price, no less than 10 Working Days after the award of the Contract. 2. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, if the Bid item for "Bonds (Payment and Performance)" exceeds actual invoiced costs, any such differential amount up to the Bid amount shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 79 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 2 -SCOPE OF THE WORK 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE. ADD the following: 1. Where approval or acceptance by the Agency is required, only a general Agency approval is required. However, such approval does not relieve the Contractor from the Contractor's responsibility for complying with all applicable laws, codes, and best industry practices. Contractor has its obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. 2. In accordance with the provisions of California Law, the Contractor shall possess or require the Contractor's Subcontractor{s) to possess valid appropriate license{s) for the Work being performed as conveyed in the Bidding Documents. 2-2 PERMITS. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 2-2 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES. 1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all bu siness taxes, business licenses, permits, and fees required for constructing the Project and licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents and as referenced in Section 01 41 26. a. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any of such permits, fees, licenses, or inspection occurring after Award of Contract, there shall be an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work provisions. b. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws. The Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to the acquisition of permits. c. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed on the Agency arising from the Contractor's failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor shall not begin work until all permit's incidental to the Work are obtained. Thi s includes, and is not limited to, encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform Work for this Contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of- way. Permits for night work, overload, blasting, demolition, and disposal of all materials removed from the Project are also Contractor's responsibility. 3. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price Bid for the appropriate Bid item and the Agency shall not pay additional compensation for Contractor to obtain such permits and as described in Section 01 41 26. 4. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency. 5. The Contractor must submit a copy of permits, registration documents and/or notices to the Engineer in accordance with Section 3-8. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 80 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2-2.1 [Intentionally Omitted] 2-2.2 County of San Diego Air Pollution Control District (APCD). Diesel-engine driven generators, pumps, or other equipment regulated by air pollution control authorities shall have a valid permit or registration in accordance with the California Air Reso urces Board (CARB) and the San Diego County Air Pollution Control District (SDAPCD) regulations prior to mobilization to the site. The Contractor shall pay for and secure an "Authority to Construct" permit from the SDAPCD prior to construction. a. The Contractor shall forward the original copy of the "Construction Completion Notice" to the Engineer upon completion of construction and successful start up-testing. b. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for inspection as required by SDAPCD. 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall coordinate access to private property with the property owners and the timing of accessing private property when the Agency has already obtained rights of entry. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall coordinate, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. The Contractor shall protect any private and public improvements. 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the mark- out and locating of any lines owned or operated by the utility companies, and during their relocation or construction, as necessa ry. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 2. If work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors is not shown or specified in the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing 10 Working Days prior to the start of such work and make available Plans or Specifications for work to be performed by others that may be pertinent to Contractor's Work. If Contractor determines that the work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors may interfere with or cause damage or delays to Contractor's Work, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days of the Engineer's notice. The Contractor shall diligently pursue with the Engineer resolution of potential conflicts with the work of others. 3. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a plan and schedule to integrate the work of Contractor or its Subcontractors, Agency or the work of others. The plan shall conform to the tasks identified in the Construction Schedule and identify additional tasks as necessary and the sequencing of interrelated activities. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 81 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. 2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary utility services, such as light, power, electrical, gas, and water, at its own expense for construction and maintenance activities until acceptance of Work. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and a 250-KW backup generator and other equipment necessary for the Work. 2. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, testing, disinfection and flushing of new water or sewer facilities, vegetation establishment and maintenance, site maintenance, landscaping, cleanup, and all other work requiring water. The Contractor shall contact the water agency that serves the Project Site for requirements. 3. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter, and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees. The costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 4. The Contractor shall obtain necessary permits and pay associated fees from the County APCD to furnish and operate the temporary backup generator. Refer to the technical specifications for further requirements regarding the temporary backup generator. 2-5.4 Haul Routes. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Haul routes shall be determined by the Contractor and permits shall be submitted to the Agency for approval, in accordance with Section 2-2 'Permits, Fees and Notices'. 2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ADD the following: 1. Any plan or method of work suggested to the Contractor by the Agency, but not specified or required by the Contract or Change Order, which is adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part shall be done at the Contractor's sole risk and responsibility. 2. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for any type of tax increases after the Award. ADD the following: 2-6.1 Cost Reduction Proposal. 1. The Contractor may submit to the Engineer in writing, proposals for modifying the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the total cost of construction. 2. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the Project such as service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, quality, desired appearance, or design and safety standards. 3. The following information must be included in the cost reduction proposal: a. A description of both the existing Contract requirements for performing the Work and the proposed changes. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 82 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 b. An itemization of the Contract requirements that shall be changed if the proposal is adopted. c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the Work under the existing Contract and under the proposed change. d. A statement of the time within which the Engineer shall act on the cost reduction proposal. e. The Contract items of Work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable thereto. 4. This subsection does not require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal. The Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for not approving or acting upon any cost reduction proposal the Contractor submitted nor for any delays to the Work attributable to the cost reduction proposal. 5. If a cost reduction proposal is similar to the information included in the Contract Documents or adopted by the Agency after the advertisement and prior to Award of the Contract, the Engineer will not accept such proposal and reserves the right to make such changes without compensation to the Contractor under the provisions of this subsection. 6. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract until a Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. 7. The Engineer is the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and the estimated net savings. In determining the estimated net savings, the Agency has the right to disregard the Contract Bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the Work to be performed or to be deleted. 8. The Agency reserves the right to require the Contractor to share in the Agency's costs of investigating the Contractor's cost reduction proposal. When this is required, the Contractor shall indicate the Contractor's acceptance in writing allowing the Agency to deduct amounts payable to the Contractor. 9. If the Engineer accepts the Contractor's cost reduction proposal in whole or in part, the Engineer shall issue a Change Order to incorporate the changes in the Plans and Specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted to be put into effect. If the Engineer's approval is conditional, the Change Order shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. 10. The Change Order also includes the estimated net savings in the cost of performing the Work due to the accepted cost reduction proposal and provides that the Contract cost be adjusted by crediting the Agency with 50% of estimated net savings amount. 11. The Contract Time shall not be extended by the acceptance of the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work unless specified otherwise in the Change Order. 12. The amount specified as payable to the Contractor in the Change Order is full compensation for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work. 13. The Agency expressly reserves the right to adopt a cost reduction proposal for general use on contracts administered by the Agency when it determines that the proposal is suitable for application to other contracts. When an accepted cost reduction proposal is adopted for general use, only the Contractor who first submitted such proposal shall be eligible for compensation subject to this subsection, and in that case, only for contracts awarded prior to submission of the accepted cost reduction proposal. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 83 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 14. The cost reduction proposals identical or similar to previously submitted proposals shall be eligible for consideration and compensation under the provisions of this subsection if the identical or similar previously submitted proposals were not adopted for general application to other contracts administered by the Agency. 15. Subject to the provisions contained in the Contract, the Agency or any other public agency shall have the right to use all or any part of any submitted cost reduction proposal without obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor. 16. The Contractor shall bear all costs to revise bonds for the Project to include the cost reduction incentive proposal work. 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 2-7.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Unless expressly set forth in writing in a Change Order signed by the Agency and the Contractor, changes initiated by the Agency shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor's mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work. 2-7 .2 Payment-Contract Unit Prices. 1. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the Work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. 2. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of the item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 2-7.3 or 2-7.4 as appropriate. 3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the Work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 2-7.6. 2-7.3 Payment -Increases of More than 50 Percent. 1. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 84 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. New or unforeseen Work will be classified as "Extra Work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 2. Any request by the Contractor for Extra Work shall be in writing to the Engineer and shall include itemized estimates and in accordance with Section 7-4. The Contractor shall fully itemize the Extra Work cost estimates such as labor and payroll costs, quantities, crew composition, production rates, material costs, Subcontractor and Supplier costs, equipment costs, supplemental costs, and time impact. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS. ADD the following: The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work Site conditions ("Changed Conditions"), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be Changed Conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are Changed Conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to Section 6-4.2. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of Changed Conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall con stitute a waiver of all claims in connection with them. 1. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or for the occurrence of any event or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer written notice of potential claim as specified in this Section 2-9. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to Contract quantities. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Agency with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the rea sons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and the nature of any and all costs 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 86 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 involved within 20 Working Days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for Changed Conditions. Verbal notifications will not be accepted. 3. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full awareness of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the Agency's proposed final estimate for it to be further considered." By: ---------------Title: --------------- Date: --------------- Company Name: ____________________________ _ 4. The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit proof of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 Working Days after the affected Work is completed. Failure to do so shall be cause to deny any later-filed claim regarding a potential claim described in this Section 2-9. 5. The intent of this Section 2-9 is to have differences between the parties arising under the Contract brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time so that such matters can be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 6. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or for the occurrence of any event or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer written notice of potential claim as specified in this section. Compliance with this section is not a prerequisite to notice provisions in "6-4.2 Extensions of Time", nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to Contract quantities. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the Agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK ADD the following subsections: 2-10.1 Potential Claims. 1. For the purposes of Section 2/10, a Potential Claim means any claim which has not yet been submitted, though which may be later be submitted consistent with the requirements of this Section. is a. 2. A Potential Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the Agency has previously denied a request by the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded relief. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 87 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. The Contractor shall submit a Potential Claim to the Engineer if a dispute occurs that arises from or relates to the Contract. The Potential Claim shall seek all relief to which the Contractor asserts the Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the dispute. The Contractor's failure to process a Potential Claim in accordance with these specifications shall constitute a waiver of all relief associated with the dispute. Potential Claims are subject to 6-10, "Right to Audit." 4. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Services and Work and shall maintain the Schedule during any dispute proceedings. The Engineer will continue to make payments for undisputed Services and Work. 5. The Agency's Potential Claims process specified in the Agency Supplement shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's statutory obligations to present Claims prior to any action under the Government Code. 6. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2, all Potential Claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 Calendar Days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No Potential Claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any Potential Claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this Contract, including Sections 2-9 Changed Conditions, 2-10 Disputed Work, 4-1(22) Protection, 6-4.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. 7. The Engineer will consider Contractor's filed Potential Claims, which must be detailed enough so the Engineer can determine the basis and amount of the Potential Claims. Contractor shall provide the Engineer additional information to determine the facts or contentions involved in a Potential Claim if requested by the Engineer. If additional information is needed, Contractor must provide Engineer with this information within a reasonable time of being asked for additional information. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the Claims. 8. Payment for Potential Claims shall be processed by the next payment application of their resolution for those Potential Claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 2-10, Disputed Work, for those Potential Claims remaining in dispute. 2-10.1.1 Initiation of Potential Claim. 1. A Potential Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the Contract, including a breach of any provision of the Contract. A voucher, invoice, payment application or other routine request for payment is not a Claim. A Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the City has previously denied a request from the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded relief. The Contractor shall, consistent with 2-10.1.2, give the Agency written notice of Claim prior to commencing any Disputed Work. Failure to give the notice shall constitute a waiver of all Claims in connection with the Disputed Work. If the Contractor and the Agency are unable to 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 88 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 reach agreement on Disputed Work, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed with the Work and such direction shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor's mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work. After the Agency has rejected a Change Order request and prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to the Public Contract Code, applicable provisions of which are specified below, the Contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: i. Project Inspector ii. Construction Manager iii. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager iv. City Engineer v. City Manager or Executive Manager 2. Consistent with Section 2-10.1.2, the Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 Working Days after completion of the Disputed Work stating its position on the Potential Claim, the contractual basis for the Potential Claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs, Contract Time, and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of Potential Claim or appeal of Potential Claim the Agency will, within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Potential Claim or appeal of Potential Claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the Agency will provide its position within 10 Working Days of receipt of the additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager or Executive Manager for Potential claims after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The Agency's failure to state a position or otherwise respond to a Potential Claim within the timeframes set forth above shall be deemed a rejection of the Potential Claim by the Agency. 3. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a Potential Claim to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Actual approval of the Potential Claim is subject to the Change Order provisions in the Contract. 4. Any remaining Potential Claims not resolved by the informal dispute resolution process described above shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204, provided in Section 2-10.2 'Claims'. 2-10.2 Claims Claims will be resolved in accordance with the Public Contract Code Section 9204, the relevant portion of which is included below: {d)(l)(A) Upon receipt of a Claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the Claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a Claim, a public entity and a Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 89 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 (B) The Claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the Claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a Claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2)(A) If the Claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a Claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the Claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion of the Claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the Claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the Claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and Claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the Claim. Each party sha ll bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any non binding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 90 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a Claim from a Contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the Claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a Claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the Claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the Claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a Claim against a public entity because privity of Contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the public entity a Claim on behalf of a Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor. A Subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier Subcontractor, that the Contractor present a Claim for work which was performed by the Subcontractor or by a lower tier Subcontractor on behalf of the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the Claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the Claim to the public entity and, if the original Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the Plans or Specifications for any Public Works Project that may give rise to a Claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable Change Order, Claim, and dispute resolution procedures and 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 91 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim the local agency may have against the Claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the Claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the Claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Claimant may file a Claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a Claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Claimant submits his or her written Claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that Claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort Claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort Claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4 The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve Claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 93 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b){l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act (Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de nova but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de nova. (b) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6 Payment on undisputed portion of Claim; interest on arbitration awards or judgments: (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a Claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the Contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. 5. Although not to be construed as proceeding under Extra Work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed Work in accordance with Section 2-10. 2-10.1.2 Claim Certification Submittal. 1. If the Contractor's Claim seeks an increase in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both, submit with the Claim an affidavit certifying the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 94 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 a. The Claim is made in good faith and covers all costs and delays to which the Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the Claim. b. The amount Claimed accurately reflects the adjustments in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both to which the Contractor believes the Contractor is entitled. c. All supporting costs and pricing data are current, accurate, and complete to the best ofthe Contractor's knowledge. The Contractor shall supply a cost breakdown per item of Work. d. The Contractor shall ensure that the affidavit is executed by an official who has the authority to legally bind the Contractor. ADD the following subsection: 10.3 Governing Law & Forum for Litigation. 1. This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any lawsuits, at law or in equity, between the parties arising out of this Contract shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of San Diego. With respect to venue, the parties agree that this Contract is made in and will be performed in the County of San Diego. The parties waive all provisions of law providing for a change of venue in these proceedings to any other county. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 95 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 3 -CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE. ADD the following: 1. If Contractor fails to satisfy the prov1s1ons requiring the Contractor to complete Work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract price with its own organization unless stipulated otherwise in the Contract Documents, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the Contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the Work performed in excess of 50 percent of the Contract Price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the Contractor, or prime Contractor, shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and sha ll be notified 10 Calendar Days in advance of the time and location of the hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final. 3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall incorporate these Specifications in the Contractor's subcontracts for the work being performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor. 2. The Contractor shall obtain or require that each Subcontractor obtains insurance policies in accordance with 5-4, "INSURANCE" which shall be kept in full force and effect for the duration of the Contract and in any attached supplemental agreements. 3. In any dispute between the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors, the Agency shall not be made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding to resolve the dispute. 4. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contractor's Subcontractors are appropriately licensed for the duration of the work that is performed under the Subcontracts in accordance with 2- 1, "WORK TO BE DONE." If a Subcontractor is not properly licensed, the Contractor shall cease payment to the Subcontractor for all work performed when the Subcontractor was not properly licensed. The Contractor shall return to the Agency any payment the Contractor made to a Subcontractor for work performed when the Subcontractor was not licensed. 5. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 6. Where the Contract Documents require that a particular product be installed or applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, ensure the Subcontractor or Supplier employed for such work is approved by the manufacturer. 7. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the Work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the Work to be so subcontracted. This submittal will confirm the Subcontractor's commitments in the Bid. 8. Refer to the technical specifications for minimal qualifications, necessary work experience, certifications, and performance requirements for specific portions of the work. 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. ADD the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 96 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. The Engineer shall be the single point of contact and shall be included in all communications between Contractor and any Agency representative. 3-5 INSPECTION. ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall make available to the Engineer accurate books and accounting records regarding all its activities. Contractor shall contractually require all Subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have access to the Contractor's, and any Subcontractors documents described in this Section 3-5(1) within San Diego County. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its Subcontractor's performance pursuant to this Contract. The Engineer's monitoring, assessments, and evaluations will include, but shall not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all Subcontractors to this Contract. Upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all Subcontractors to this Contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract. Contractor shall also permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. Any inspection described in this Section 3-5(1) shall occur as often as the Engineer deems necessary and during normal business hours. However, any such inspection shall not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors to this Contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2. The Agency may utilize consultants to assist the Engineer during construction in observing the Contractor's performance. The consultant shall be the Agency's Representative on the Site assisting the Engineer and must not be confused with a building inspector with the Agency or with a Special Inspector. 3. The Agency may utilize a Special Inspector for inspection of specialty work and materials, whose costs the Agency will pay for unless the Contractor fails inspection. If inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay for all corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and also pay the cost of the Agency's subsequent re-inspection and re-testing. 4. Inspections required by codes or ordinances are the Contractor's responsibility. 5. The Contractor's quality control testing and inspections are the Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all inspections and tests. The Contractor shall give the Engineer notice of tests and inspections made by others. At least 5 Working Days of notice shall be given for offsite inspections. The Contractor shall wait until the Engineer has responded and agreed to Contractor's schedule before scheduling test or inspections. 6. The Agency shall schedule any inspections and tests as the Agency deems necessary to ensure the Work is accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents (other than inspections for work performed in accordance with a permit). The Contractor is responsible for the inspection of all Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 97 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 7. Contractor shall provide access in accordance with Cal-OSHA Standards as necessary. 8. Contractor shall remove and replace any items of Work performed without the required permit or inspection. For required subsequent inspection, the Contractor shall remove and replace Work at the discretion of Engineer at no additional cost to the Agency. Inspection of the Work does not relieve the Contractor of full compliance with the Contract Documents. 9. Contractor shall not conceal the Work prior to inspection, testing, or approval required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer's prior written request, or by other agencies. If any item of Work is done prior to obtaining the required approvals when requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall expose the Work for inspection, testing, and/or approval. Upon successful completion of the inspection, testing, or approval, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work. The Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs and damages of such uncovering and re-covering and shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, unless the Contractor has given the Engineer and any other affected agencies written notice of the Contractor's intention to cover the Work and the Engineer has not acted in response to such notice. 10. When specified, Contractor shall make arrangements for tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Engineer, or with the appropriate public authority. The payment for such tests, inspections, and approvals are included in the Contract Price. 11. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall pay the cost of inspections and tests. If inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and the cost of the Agency's subsequent re-inspection and re-testing. 12. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or Subcontractor's possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may request. 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. ADD the following: 1. Both the representative and alternative representative shall be the Contractor's employees and shall not be assigned to a Subcontractor unless otherwise approved by the Agency in writing. 2. The Contractor's Project team shall attend scheduled construction meetings as required by the Engineer. If any of Contractor's staff cannot attend, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance, prior to the start of the scheduled meeting. 3. The payment for the Contractor's attendance at Project meetings is included in the Contract Price. The Engineer shall deduct costs assessed to the Contractor for not attending the meetings from the monthly progress payment via Change Order. 4. The Contractor's Representative shall possess the following minimum qualifications and experience: a. At least five years of verifiable experience in a superintendent capacity for projects that are similar in scope and cost to the projects identified in the Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40), and successful completion of at least two projects 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 98 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 similar in scope to the Work of this Contract with values over $2,000,000. The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting verifiable experience records. 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3-7.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Specifications and Plans are divided into groups by engineering discipline for the Agency's convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning the Work or responsibility for the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers. 2. The Contractor shall supply any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications or Plans as being required to produce the intended result whether or not it is specifically called for, at no additional cost to the Agency. 3. If referenced documents have been discontinued or updated by the issuing organization, the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization shall be used or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. 4. Scaled dimensions on Contract Documents are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. The Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy. 5. The Contractor shall verify any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid. 6. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plan s, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. 7. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. 8. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid. 9. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. 10. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. 3-7.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 99 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 A. If there is a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the order of precedence, and most recent in edition, shall control. The order of precedence, from highest to lowest, shall be as follows: 1. Permits (issued by jurisdictional regulatory agencies including environmental documents}. 2. Change Orders and supplemental agreements; whichever occurs last. 3. Contract Addenda, whichever occurs last. 4. The signed written Contract. 5. Special Provisions. 6. City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards (including City of Carlsbad and Carlsbad Municipal Water District Specifications, Standard Drawings and modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings}. 7. Technical Specifications. B. Bid/Proposal. 1. Detailed Drawings govern over general Drawings. 2. Project Plans. 3. Agency Supplemental General Provisions (Section 00 73 00}. 4. Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions (Section 00 74 00}. 5. Standard Plans i. San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. ii. Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. iii. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. iv. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD}. 6. "Greenbook" (Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction}. 7. Reference Specifications. 8. Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations. C. When additional small business/minority/women-owned/veteran or other special requirements by funding sources are included in the Contract Documents, the funding source's requirements shall govern. 1. With reference to the Drawings, the order of precedence shall be as follows: Figures govern over scaled dimensions. 2. Detail Drawings govern over general Drawings. 3. Addenda and Change Order Drawings govern over Plans. D. Plans govern over Standard Drawings. When a conflict exists between the ADA requirements of Title 24, and the Agency Supplemental Provisions, the most restrictive requirement shall be followed. ADD the following subsection: 3-7.3 Red-lines and Record Documents. 3-7.3.1 General. 1. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or Subcontractor's possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may request. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 100 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2. The Contractor shall keep the Red-lines current with entries checked by the Engineer before the Work is covered. Contractor's failure to update and deliver Red-lines information monthly to the Engineer for review and approval may result in the withholding of monthly progress payments. 3. The Contractor shall note the source identification, such as RFI numbers and Change Order numbers, as required identifying the source of the change to the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor shall deliver the Red-lines to the Engineer upon completion of the Construction Work. 5. The Contractor shall legibly annotate a full-size set of Plans daily, in red ink, to record additions, deletions or changes to the Work and changes in location, elevation or character of the Work not otherwise shown or noted in the Contract Documents. This "redline" set of drawings shall be kept on the Job Site, shall be used only as a record set. Contractor shall immediately give written notice of any conflicts between these documents to the Engineer. 6. The draft final red line set shall be submitted to the Engineer within five (5) Calendar Days of the final walk-through meeting. The Contractor shall review the red line changes with the engineer during this meeting. The engineer will provide submittal review transmittal noting if the red line set has been accepted or requires revision. The Contractor shall revise per the requested changes and corrections noted and resubmit within ten {10) calendar days upon receipt of the submittal review transmittal. 7. As-built information shall represent field measurements, approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, samples, product data, and other pertinent data discovered during the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall note the source of the change such as RFI or Change Order numbers, as required. The Contractor shall clearly record additions or changes in the Work and depth of underground facilities by dimensioning from 2, known, fixed points. 8. Payment for Record Drawings and Documents shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor. 3-7.3.2 Asset Specific Red-lines. 1. Irrigation System Red-lines: Red-lines shall clearly record by dimension from 2 known fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all deviations, modifications, and changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications, and changes on the day the Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and shall be marked in red at the scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red-lines shall show any changes to the Plans for the equipment locations and associated information for the following: a. Potable water mainline and size b. Water Meter -Size, type of water (potable or reclaimed), and water meter address. c. Backflow Device -Size, available static pressure in psi, the psi and flow in gallons per minutes for which the irrigation system is designed, and device serial number. d. Master Control Valve. e. Flow Sensor. f. Pressure Regulator Valve. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 101 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 g. Isolation Valves. h. Remote Control Valves -Size, irrigation controller, valve station number, and flow demand in gallons per minute. i. Quick Coupling Valves and Size. j. Electrical Meter, including meter address. k. Remote Control Valve Wiring. I. Communication Cables. m. Pull Boxes. n. Rain Shut Off Switch. o. Electrical lines from electrical meter to irrigation controller, including the power disconnect switch. p. Irrigation Mainline and Size. q. Irrigation Lateral Line and Size. r. Irrigation Sleeves and Size. s. Irrigation Controller -Location, number of stations, identifying call-out. t . Irrigation sprinkler heads which have been added or deleted from the approved Plans. Changes in manufacturer nozzle size shall be noted on the red-lined Drawings including operating pressure, gallons per minute, and radius of throw. 2. Re-vegetation Red-lines: a. Within 4 weeks of the end of the Plant Establishment Period, as determined and accepted by the Project Biologist or Landscape Architect, furnish and submit to the Engineer 1 full scale Red-lines set showing field changes to grade, erosion control, and seeding for the re-vegetated areas. 3. Utility Red-lines: Utility Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plan for the following: a. Horizontal and vertical bends b. Changes in pipe material or pressure class c. Isolation valves d. Insulating joints e. Blow off valves by stationing and offsets. f. Air vacuum valves by stationing and offsets. g. Water and recycled water meter boxes replaced. h. Water sampling stations i. Cathodic test stations j. Locations of all sewer laterals and cleanouts. k. Items abandoned in place following dewatering operation. 4. Building Red-lines: Building Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plans for the following: a. Location by dimension and the depth by elevation of underground lines, valves, plugged tees, and capped ends. b. By dimension or scale Plans, wiring, conduits, and pull boxes as installed. c. Information necessary to maintain and service concealed items of Work. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 102 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 d. Dimensional changes to the Drawings. e. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings. f. Depths of foundations below the first floor. g. Locations and depths of underground utilities. h. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits. i. Revisions to electrical circuitry. j. Actual equipment locations. k. Duct size and routing. I. Locations of concealed internal utilities. m. Changes made by Change Orders. n. Details not shown on original Plans. 5. Traffic Signals and Street Lighting: a. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a cable route diagram indicating the actual cable route and meter marks for all intersections, directional change points in the cable routing, and all termination points. The Contractor shall record these points during cable installation, provide cable system Red-lines showing the accurate cable route to the Engineer, and record information such as the location of slack cable and its quantity in the cable route diagram. b. The Contractor shall provide 3 copies of D-Sheet sized Red-lines. 6. SWPPP: a. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall submit the SWPPP and all its appendices, records, reports, maps and records of permanent BMPs to the Engineer with the Red-lines. 7. Slurry Seal and Asphalt Concrete Overlay: a. The Contractor shall clearly record on the forms the Agency provides in MS Excel format the actual dates and quantity of each Bid item applied to each street segment and comments regarding each segment and record reasons if no work is performed. 8. Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines: Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines shall clearly record by dimension from 2 known fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all deviations, modifications, and changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications, and changes on the day the Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and shall be marked in red at the scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red- lines shall show the equipment locations and associated information for the following: a. Locations and depths of underground utilities. b. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits. c. Actual equipment locations. d. Pull Boxes. e. Electrical Meter, including meter address. f. Items abandoned in place. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 103 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3-7.3.3 Payment. 1. The payment for Red-lines Drawings shall be included in the Contract Price. ADD the following subsection: 3-7.4 Measurement and Dimensions. 1. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy. 3-8 SUBMITTALS 3-8.1 General ADD the following: a. Shop Drawings and engineering data (submittals) covering all equipment and all fabricated components and building materials which will become a permanent part of the Goods and Special Services under this Contract shall be submitted to Engineer for review, as required. Submittals shall verify compliance with the Contract Documents and shall include Drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and the operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; the performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. b. Each submittal shall cover items from only one section of the specification unless the item consists of components from several sources. Contractor shall submit a complete initial submittal including all components. When an item consists of components from several sources, Contractor's initial submittal shall be complete including all components. c. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be approved by Contractor and clearly identified with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each copy of all submittals, regardless of origin, shall be stamped or affixed with an approval statement of Contractor: 1. "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material, procedure(s)) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." 2. Or "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material, procedure(s)) contained herein meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract Documents, except for the following deviation(s): ___________________________ _ " d. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Goods and Special Services. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified and 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 104 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 inapplicable data crossed out. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all Drawings and other descriptive data. e. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness of each submittal. Contractor's stamp, or affixed approval statement of a submittal, is a representation to Engineer that Contractor accepts sole responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that Contractor has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements ofthe Goods and Special Services and the Contract Documents. f. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified as deviations on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter oftransmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. g. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. h. For electronic submittals in Procore, drawings and the necessary data shall be submitted electronically to Engineer as specified below. Submittal documents shall be in black and white unless color is required for the review of the submittal. All electronic files shall be in PDF as generated by Adobe Acrobat Professional latest version. The PDF file(s) shall be fully indexed using the Table of Contents, searchable with thumbnails generated. PDF images must be at a readable resolution. For most documents, they should be scanned or generated at 300 dots per inch (dpi). Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capture must be performed on these images so that text can be searched, selected and copied from the generated PDF file. The PDF documents shall have a bookmark created in the navigation frame for each major entry ("Section" or "Chapter") in the Table of Contents. Thumbnails shall be generated for each page or graphic in the PDF file. The opening view for each PDF document shall be as follows: 1. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page. 2. Magnification: Fit in Window. 3. The file shall open to the Contractor's transmittal letter, with bookmarks to the left. The first bookmark shall be linked to the Table of Contents. PDF document properties shall include the submittal number for the document title and the Contractor's name for the author. i. Electronic submittal file sizes shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required for a submittal the least number of files possible shall be created. j. The Contractor shall post submittals and retrieve the Engineer's submittal review comments through Procore accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving submittals will be provided after award of the Contract. k. Facsimiles (fax) will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 105 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 c. Operating instructions for startup, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown, and emergency conditions. d. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. e. Guide to troubleshooting. f. Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear. g. Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and wiring diagrams. h. Test data and performance curves, where applicable. 4. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by Contractor. 5. Manuals shall be submitted in electronic format to the Engineer prior to the date of shipment of the equipment. The manuals shall be submitted and the Engineer's review comments retrieved, through the Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving O&M submittals and review comments will be provided after award of the Contract. When the O&M manuals are reviewed "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by the Engineer or Consulting Engineer, and corrected manuals resubmitted to the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. When review by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be delivered on CD-ROM to the Engineer. Each CD shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. Delivery of the final O&M shall be made 30 Calendar Days prior to placing the equipment in operation. 6. All material shall be marked with Project identification, and inapplicable information shall be marked out or deleted. 7. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data have been received. 3-8.1.5 Electronic Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Electronic manuals shall be in Adobe Acrobat's PDF and shall be prepared at a resolution between 300 and 600 dpi, depending on document type. OCR capture shall be performed on these documents. OCR settings shall be performed with the "original image with hidden text" option in Adobe Acrobat Exchange. 2. File size shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required the least number of files possible shall be created. File names shall be in the format OMXXXXX-YYYZ-V.pdf, where XXXXX is the 5-digit number corresponding to the specification section, YYY is a 3-digit O&M manual number, e.g., 001, Z is the letter signifying a resubmittal, A, B, C, etc, and Vis a number used only when more than one 10 MB file is required for an O&M manual. 3. Documents prepared in PDF format shall be processed as follows: Pages shall be searchable (processed for optical character recognition} and indexed when multiple files are required. a. Of material to update the manual provided by the manufacturer. Pages shall be rotated for viewing in proper orientation. b. A bookmark shall be provided in the navigation frame for each entry in the Table of Contents. c. Embedded thumbnails shall be generated for each completed PDF file. d. The opening view for PDF files shall be as follows: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 107 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 e. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page. f. Page Number: Title Page (usually Page 1). g. Magnification: Set to Fit in Window. h. Page: Single Page. i. Where the bookmark structure is longer than 1 pa ge, the bookmarks shall be collapsed to show the chapter headings only. j. When multiple files are required the first file of the series (the parent file) shall list every major topic in the Table of Contents. The parent file shall also include minor headings bookmarked based on the Table of Contents. Major he adings, whose content is contained in subsequent files (childre n) shall be linked to be called from the parent to the specific location in the child file. The child file shall contain bookmark entries for both major and minor headings contained in the child file. The first bookmark of any child file shall link back to the parent file and shall read as follows "Return to the Equipment Name Table of Contents," e.g., Return to the Polymer Feed System Table of Contents. k. Drawings shall be bookmarked individually. I. Files shall be delivered without security settings to permit editing, insertion and deletion . 3-8.1.6 Labeling. a. At a minimum, the following information shall be included on all final O&M manual materials, including thumb drives and hard copy manuals: i. Equipment name and/or O&M title spelled out in complete words. ii. Project Name. iii. Agency Project/Contract Number. iv. Specification Section Number. Example: "Section 15 55 00" v. Manufacturer's name. vi. File Name and Date. 3-8.2 Working Drawings. ADD the following: 1. Working Drawings shall be of a size and sca le to clearly show all necessary details and submitted electronically into Procore. DELETE Table 3-8.2 in its entirety and REPLACE with following: Item Section/ Drawing No. 1 3-12.5.2 2 3-12.8.2 3 5-7.2.2 4 300-3.2 5 303-1.6.1 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 TABLE 3-8.2 Title Sewage Bypass and Pumping Plan Dewatering Plan Shoring Plan Cofferdams General Page 108 Subject Sanitary Sewers Water Pollution Control Safety Structure Excavation & Backfill Falsework Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Item Section/ Title Subject Drawing No. 6 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement 7 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction 8 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel 9 306-8.8 Valves, Hydrants, and Water Valve Bypa ss Details for SDW-154* Appurtenances Mainlines 16-lnch and Larger 10 306-8.8.3 Thrust Blocks and An chor Unless specified otherwise, design of all Blocks size water main thrust blocks and anchor blocks 11 307-1.1 General Jacking Operations 12 307-2.1 General Tunneling Operations 13 308-3 Submittals Microtunneling 14 601-2.1.2 Engineered Traffic Control Temporary Traffic Control for Plan (TCP) Construction and Maintenance Work Zones 15 1001-3 Storm Water Pollution Water Pollution Control Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 16 1001-4 Water Pollution Control Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) *Note: The distance dimensions shown between the bypass pipes and the mainlines are subject to change to field conditions. Items listed in Table 3-8.2, except for items 1, 2 and, 5, shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. Item 15 shall be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) in accordance with 1001 3, "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)." Item 16 shall be prepared in accordance with 1001-4, "Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP)." 3-8.3 Shop Drawings. ADD the following: 1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency. 2. Additional Shop Drawings may be required by the Special Provisions and technical specifications. 3. Shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 109 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 DELETE Table 3-8.3 in its entirety and REPLACE with following: Item Subsection Title 1 207-2.5 Joints 2 207-8.4 Joints 3 209-2.2.2 Shop Drawings 4 216-1 General 5 218-1 General 6 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings 7 304-2.1 General 3-8.4 Supporting Information. ADD the following: TABLE 3-8.3 Subject Reinforced Concrete Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Steel Pipe and Fittings Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Precast Vault Structural Steel Metal Hand Railings 1. The Contractor shall submit samples of the materials with cut sheets of the products. The Contractor shall organize cut sheets for review and approval by the Engineer prior to use on the Project and identify deviation from any of the specified material clearly, including cut sheets and samples of both the specified material and basis for the substitution. Included should be the Agency's Project Name, Project Number, and the Engineer's name, Contractor Name, and Submittal Number and clearly indicate the specific product to be used. 2. When photos of material are required, they shall be clear in resolution, identify the specific item for review, and shall indicate the name of the item, source, and date taken. The material shown in the photo shall be currently available for use on the Project. 3. For landscaping and irrigation materials, the Contractor shall submit samples and test results to the Engineer within 15 Working Days of the Notice to Proceed. 4. Test sections ("Mock ups") of materials as required in the Special Provisions shall be accepted by the Engineer before proceeding with the Work. 5. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "As-Built" record set of blue- line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original Drawings and Specifications and the exact "As-Built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other Work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of Drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a Record Set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 Calendar Days of completion of the Work. Payment for performing the Work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor. 3-8.6 Manufacturer's Operation, Maintenance, and Warranty Instructions. To sentence (1), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: For each pre-manufactured product covered by a manufacturer's warranty, Contractor shall submit 1 electronic copy and 3 bound original or legal copies prior to acceptance of the Contract. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Pagell0 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3-9 SUBSURFACE DATA. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 3-9 TECHNICAL STUDIES AND SUBSURFACE DATA. 1. If reports of explorations and tests of Site conditions are referenced in the Contract Documents, Contractor is encouraged to inspect the Site, acquire, and review these reports, and take other necessary steps to thoroughly familiarize oneself with the Site conditions. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Subsurface data shall include geotechnical reports, groundwater elevations, soil analyses and characterization, and other information included or referenced in the Special Provisions and shall apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Additional subsurface exploration may be performed by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. 3. Contractor is encouraged to review subsurface data, examine the Site and assess the Site conditions pertaining to the Work. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer. 4. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for review at the office of the Engineer. Additional exploration may be performed at Contractor's own expense. 3-10 The indicated groundwater elevation is that which existed on the date specified in the data. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the groundwater elevation on the date the Work is performed. A difference in groundwater elevation between what is shown in soil boring logs and what is encountered during construction shall not be considered as a basis for Extra Work in accordance with 2-8, "Extra Work'. 3-11 SURVEYING DELETE this Section in its entirety and replace with the following: 1. The Engineer or Surveyor shall request a right of entry to perform survey services on sewer mains and manholes from City of Carlsbad, wastewater@carlsbadca.gov or call 442-339- 2722, 7 Calendar Days prior to the start of survey services. 3-10.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 111 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3-10.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a licensed Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 3-10.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 3-8, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (8½" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 -8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under§§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 3-10.2.2 Survey Requirements. Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 3-10.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 112 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exi st and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent fa cilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjace nt utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being inst alled as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. TABLE 3-10.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Stake Description @ Street Centerline SDRS M-10 Monument Clearing Lath in soil, painted line on PCC&AC surfaces Slope RP+ Marker Stake Fence RP+ Marker Stake Rough Grade Cuts RP+ Marker or Fills:?: 10 m (33') Stake Final Grade RP+ Marker (includes top of: Stake, Blue- Basement soil, top in grading subbase and base) area Asphalt Pavement RP, paint on Finish Course previous course Drainage RP+ Marker Structures, Pipes & Stake similar Facilities<D, (Z) Curb RP+ Marker Stake Traffic Signal <D Signa l Poles & RP+ Marker Controller <D Stake Junction Box <D RP+ Marker Stake 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, $ :SlO00', Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on t he plans lath -lntervisible, :S 50' on tangents & :S 25' on curves, Painted line -continuous lntervisible and :,; 50' :S 200' on tangents, :S 50' on curves when R:?: 1000' & 25' on curves when R:S 1000' :S 50' :S 50' on tangents & curves when R:?: 1000' & :S 25' on curves when R :S 1000' :S 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on t he plan whichever provides t he denser information intervisible & :S 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines :S 25', BC & EC, at ¼L\, ½L\ & ¾L\ on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location Page 113 Lateral Spacing Setting Tolerance <», $ (Within) on st reet 0.02' centerline Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein at clearing line 1' Horizontal Grade Breaks & 0.1' Vertical & :S 25' Horizontal N/A 0.1' Horizontal (constant offset) N/A 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal :,; 22' 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical edge of 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" pavement, Vertical paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical (constant offset) 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical as appropriate 3/ 8 11 Horizontal & ¼" Vertical Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Feature Staked Stake Description @ Conduit Q) RP+ Marker Stake Minor Structure <D RP+ Marker Stake+ Line Stake Abutment Fill RP+ Marker Stake+ Line Sta ke Wall <D RP+ Marker Stake+ Line Point +Guard Stake Major Structure @ Footings, Bents, RP+ Marker Abutments & Stake+ Line Wingwalls Point +Guard Stake Superstructures RP Miscellaneous @ Contour Grading RP+ Marker (D Stake Utilities <D, <i.l RP+ Marker Stake Channels, Dikes RP + Marker & Ditches <D Stake Signs <D RP+ Marker Stake+ Line Point +Guard Stake Subsurface RP+ Marker Drains <D Stake Overside Drains RP+ Marker (D Stake Markers <D RP+ Marker Stake Railings & RP+ Marker Barriers <D Stake AC Dikes <D RP+ Marker Stake Box Culverts 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing©, ~ :,; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ 1000' & :,; 25' on curves when R:,; 1000' or where grade :,; 0.30% for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression @ :,; 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions :,; 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns :,;so' :,; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ 1000' & :,; 25' on curves when R:,; 1000' or where grade :,; 0.30% intervisible & :,; 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & :,; 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Al ignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location for asphalt street surfacing :,; 50' on tangents & curves when R~ 1000' & :,; 25' on curves when R :,; 1000'. At beginning & end and :,; 50' on tangents & curves when R ~ 1000' & s 25' on curves when R:o;lQQ0' At beginning & end 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert Page 114 Lateral Spacing Setting Tolerance Q),~ {Within) as appropriate 3/s" Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement¼" Vertical as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical (when vertical data needed) as appropriate 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal as appropriate ¼" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical along contour 0.1' Vertical & line Horizontal as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" Vertical Line point 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" Vertical At beginning & 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" end Vertical At marker ¼" Horizontal location(s) at railing & 3/8" Horizontal & barrier Vertical location(s) as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & Vertical as appropriate 3/8" Horizontal & ¼" Vertical Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Feature Staked Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing©, Lateral Spacing Setting Tolerance Description @ $ ~.$ (Within) Pavement RP 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when at pavement ¼" Horizontal MarkersCD R ;?: 1000' & 25' on curves when R :,; 1000'. For marker PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will location(s) suffice CD Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature. @ Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table. ® Perpendicular to centerline. © Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto. (2) Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature. ® ;?: means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. :,; means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. (J) The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be t heir invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All gu ard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 3-9.2.2(8). TABLE 3-10.2.2(8) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Description Color• Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, White/Red alignments, etc. Vertical Control Bench marks White/Orange Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final Yellow grade, etc. Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, Blue slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Right -of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yellow Miscellaneous Signs, ra ilings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange *Flagging and marking cards, if used. 3-10.3 Private Engineers. Su rveying by private engi neers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 3-10.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be det ected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such re port, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of t he finished work. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 115 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 3-10.5 Payment for Survey. Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 3-10.1 through 3-10.4 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 3-12 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS. ADD the following: Signs shall not be posted until approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall complete and submit a Review for Sign Permit (form P-11), available at: https://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/planning/applications.asp 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 3-12.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Maintain Site improvements including any temporary facilities, equipment, or other materials. Remove graffiti encountered on the Site within 24 hours. See also SECTION 400 - PROTECTION AND RESTORATION. 2. As a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall submit a signed and notarized affidavit stating that all brush, trash, debris, and surplus materials resulting from this Project have been disposed of in a legal manner. The cost of disposal is the Contractor's responsibility. 3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of their employees. Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor's responsibility. 4. If required in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of the Agency's and Contractor's officers, employees, or agents. Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor's responsibility. 5. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted, when necessary, by the SWPPP and/ or BMP plan. Such dams shall be removed from the Site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 6. Work Site maintenance shall be conducted on non-workdays when increased levels of maintenance are deemed necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public and or to comply with applicable regulations. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 116 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 7. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials is incidental to Work Site maintenance. Disposal shall be made off the Site and shall be in accordance with: a. Local codes and ordinances that govern locations and methods of disposal. b. All applicable safety laws. c. Requirements of Subpart H, Section 1926.252 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 8. Work Site maintenance is considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made. 9. Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of the Work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the Site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. 3-12.2 Air Pollution Control. ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall carry out effective measures whenever and as often as necessary to prevent Contractor's operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living or occupying buildings in the vicinity. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust originating from Contractor's operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer. 2. Contractor shall adhere to Air Pollution Control District County of San Diego regulations for equipment used on the Job Site. See Section 2-2.2 and the technical specifications for permitting requirements. 3-12.3 Noise Control. ADD the following: 1. All internal combustion engines used in the Work shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair and are subject to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 2. Site mustering is not allowed prior to and after the allowable working hours. 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials. 3-12.4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Equipment and material storage shall be confined to areas approved by the Engineer. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be at the Contractor's expense. 2. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. 3. Materials shall be delivered to the Work Site only during Working Hours, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 117 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contractor as consignee, the Project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. 4. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the City's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. 5. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Storage of hazardous wastes,. construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of equipment shall not occur in biologically sensitive areas. 6. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work is a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. 7. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 8. Restore the storage area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Agency. 10. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each Working Day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. 11. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately, and the area cleaned. 12. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the Site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the Site as soon as practicable after stripping. 13. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend Work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed because of such suspension. 14. Cleanup and dust control required in the Contract shall also be executed on weekends and other non-Working Days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 15. Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 118 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 16. Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this Contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees for them. These costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 Calendar Days after unloading. All materials not installed or used in construction within 5 Calendar Days after unloading shall be stored at a location approved by the Engineer. 2. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. 3. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. Immediately after placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed. 4. The Contractor shall not store equipment for traffic control in right of way. ADD the following subsection: 3-12.4.3 Storage and Staging Areas. 1. Storage and staging areas are the Contractor's responsibility. If the Plans designate a staging location within the Project or in close proximity, the Contractor may utilize such area for their use . The storage and staging areas shall be as close as possible to the Site. Contractor is responsible for obtaining any permits, leases, or any other items necessary to obtain staging areas. 2. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of equipment shall not be allowed in the MHPA or other biologically sensitive areas. Ensure the fueling of vehicles occurs only within designated staging areas using appropriate catch basins and devices. 3. Return the storage and staging area and the adjacent area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Agency. 4. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the lease agreement for any property to be used for the storage of materials or equipment prior to delivery or storage of any materials or equipment. Each lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease and a description of the materials or equipment allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 119 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 materials or equipment and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. 5. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. 3-12.6 Water Pollution Controls. 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices {BMPs). ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall submit a BMP plan as a submittal to the Agency. 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan {SWPPP). ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall evaluate the requirements for the preparation of a SWPPP for Work within the City's boundary by reviewing the Determination of SWPPP Tier Level and Construction Threat Level (form E-32), which may be obtained at: https://www.carlsbadca.gov/departments/community-development/land-development- engineering/engineering-applications-forms 2. The Contractor shall review the criteria requiring the preparation of a SWPPP conforming with the State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (the Construction General Permit or CGP). The CGP and other information are available at: https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water issues/programs/stormwater/construction/general p eTrmit reissuance.html 3. If a SWPPP has been prepared specifically for the Project and is included as a part of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall use the SWPPP as a baseline document and shall amend the SWPPP, with the Engineer's approval, as necessary to include the Contractor's proposed Construction Schedule, construction operations, and the Site conditions encountered or created during the Work. 4. If the Agency has not prepared a SWPPP for the Project and the Project is subject to coverage under the CGP, the Contractor shall prepare and implement the SWPPP conforming with the CGP requirements. 5. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the approved SWPPP and the CGP including implementation during construction by a QSP, The Contractor shall provide all information necessary for the Agency to obtain coverage under the CGP during the electronic submittal of Permit Registration Documents and supporting data necessary for the filing of the storm water Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination. The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all monitoring and inspections and filing all reports required by and in accordance with the CGP. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 120 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3-12.6.3.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Tier 1 or Tier 2 Project. If the Project is a Tier 1 or Tier 2 Project, use the following language: A. Water Pollution Prevention. The Contractor shall plan for and implement temporary construction BMPs to mitigate the water quality impacts of land disturbance and non-storm water discharges related to construction activities in accordance the Agency's current Municipal Stormwater Permit and Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 15.12. BMPs are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures and other management practices employed during construction activities to prevent or reduce pollution of bodies of water protected by the federal Clean Water Act {33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.), which include oceans, lagoons, lakes, streams and other sensitive water bodies and water courses. Construction BMPs also include physical devices and structural construction control measures designed to prevent soil erosion from occurring on the Work Site, or that are designed to prevent sediment from leaving the Work Site, both of which are referred to hereafter as "Water Pollution." BMPs are also intended to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public and to prevent damage to adjoining public and private property resulting from construction activities. B. Pollution prevention practices and the minimum BMPs are required during all 12 months of the year. BMPs and other erosion control practices must be implemented as the most important "first line of defense". The Agency has adopted the CASQA 'Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook: Construction,' latest edition, as its preferred source for adopting construction BMPs. All BMPs must correspond to the BMP Fact Sheets included in the CASQA Construction Handbook. With the approval of the Engineer, or designee, the Agency may accept comparable BMPs from reputable alternative sources. As used in this section, "Engineer" shall have the same meaning as "Construction Manager". C. The Contractor sha ll utilize the Agency's Tier 1 or Tier 2 SWPPP templates and include all applicable elements provided in the template. The SWPPP templates are available on the Agency's website at [PROJECT ENGINEER insert website address here]. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP templates include standard storm water prevention construction notes, a Project information block, a Storm Water Compliance Statement, Agency approval block and a BMP Checklist Table. The BMP Checklist Table is intended to help the Contractor select appropriate BMPs best suited to the Project and the Work. Additionally, the SWPPP shall include a Site plan showing the proposed Project Site and depicting the areas of proposed construction and proposed locations of con struction BMPs. The Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP plans shall be submitted as additional sheets to the construction plan set. D. The Engineer may require Contractor to adopt additional BMPs if the Engineer determines the selected BMP{s) are ineffective or incapable of preventing Water Pollution from escaping the Work site. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPPs must be combined with proper and timely installation of the BMPs, thorough and frequent inspections, maintenance, and documentation. The Contractor shall ensure that the selected BMPs are appropriately incorporated into the Site design and, if required by the Engineer, must employ a qualified professional to ensure proper installation and maintenance of the BMPs. E. The Engineer may suspend the Work, consistent with Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-6, at the Contractor's cost, that create Water Pollution or otherwise violate water 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 121 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 copy of the final SWPPP shall be kept at the construction Site and shall be available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests for a copy of the final SWPPP by members of the public shall be forwarded to the Engineer. SWPPP Template Availability. A model SWPPP, if available, is provided to the Contractor, for use in preparing the Project SWPPP for approval by the Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the Agency and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the Agency and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract bid price. SWPPP Delivery. Within 15 Calendar Days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 Calendar Days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 Calendar Days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. To allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. QSD/QSP Designation. The Contractor shall designate a QSD and a QSP who has satisfied the certification requirements and received approval by the SWRCB as specified in Construction General Permit. The QSD and QSP shall provide and maintain levels of insurance, and comply with all other insurance-related requirements, as required in Agency Supplemental General Provision s Section 5-4. SWPPP Amendments. All amendments to the SW PPP shall be completed by the Contractor's QSD in a timely manner and provided to the Engineer within 7 Calendar Days. All amendments must be signed and dated by the Contractor's QSD and directly attached to the SWPPP once accepted by the Engineer. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised operations. The SWPPP amendment log in the SWPPP shall be maintained by the Contractor's QSD. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it violates any condition or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollution in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the Project to control Water Pollution effectively. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 123 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the Project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of Work ordered in accordance with Section 6- 6, "Suspension of the Work." Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Permit Registration Documents. The Contractor's QSD shall then complete final SWPPP, and other required Permit Registration Documents (PRDs), and submit them to the Engineer for review and subsequent submittal to the SWRCB via the Stormwater Multi-Application, Reporting, and Tracking System (SMARTS System). PRO Item NOi Filing NOi Fee Annual Permit Fee Legally Responsible Person Assigned Signatory Data Submitter SWPPP Risk Determination SWPPP Certification Statement SWPPP Amendments Site Map BMP Exhibit/Erosion Control Notes Inspections/Training Records Water Quality Monitoring Reports NOT Preparation and Submittal NOT Certification 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Responsible Party Agency Agency Agency Agency Agency Contractor /QSD/QSP QSD QSD QSD QSD Contractor/QSD Contractor/QSD QSP QSP Contractor/QSD Agency Page 124 Notes Project Engineer/MPM Project Engineer/MPM Project Engineer/MPM Project Engineer/MPM Project Engineer/MPM Must be approved by the Project Engineer/MPM Submitted as part of Project Completion Tasks. No later than 90 Calendar Days after Project completion Project Engineer/MPM Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PRD Item Responsible Party Notes Annual Report Preparation Contractor /QSD By July 15th for prior year period of and Submittal to SMARTS July 1st through June 30th Annual Report Certification Agency Project Engineer/MPM. No later than September 1st Non-Compliance. The Engineer may suspend the Work, as provided in Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-6, at the Contractor's cost, if the Engineer determines that the Contractor has failed to satisfy all requirements of this Section. If the Contractor violates any provisions of this subsection, or if Water Pollution occurs in the Work Site for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The Contractor shall also submit a written report to the Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken within 24 hours of the occurrence of the incident. If for any reason the Engineer detects Water Pollution before notification by the Contractor, the required written report shall also include an explanation of why the Contractor had not timely notified the Engineer. Implementation Costs. Preparation, implementation and management of Water Pollution prevention activities are incidental to the items of Work and Agency shall not make additional payment to Contractor for these costs. Project Completion. Within 7 Calendar Days of Project completion, the Project-specific SWPPP shall be relinquished to the Agency. In addition, the Contractor shall submit the NOT to the SWRCB. The NOT shall be submitted to the Agency at the same time it is submitted to the SWRCB. The Contractor shall only submit the NOT once the Project has been accepted by the Agency. If the Contractor fails to submit the NOT to the SWRCB, the Contractor shall continue to be responsible for paying the annual fee associated with the "General Permit" until the NOT is submitted and accepted by the SWRCB. 3-12.6.5 Payment. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Unless otherwise specified, payment for water pollution control, including implementation and maintenance of BMPs, shall be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for each item in the Bid. Payment for dewatering shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. ADD the following subsection: 3-12. 7 Vermin Control. 1. The Site and structures constructed under the Contract shall be kept free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 125 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 3-13.1 Completion. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall comply with the following prior to requesting a Pre-Final inspection of the Work and filing of a written assertion that the Work has been completed: a. Provide completed and signed redline drawings and record documents including installation, maintenance and operation instructions, manuals and/or tools for installed equipment. b. Provide and properly label all keys for existing facilities or new permanent work. c. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock and spare parts. Wrap, seal, or place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use. Verify the specified quantities. d. Provide all final Special Inspection reports and certifications required by equipment manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes and standards. e. Obtain any required certifications from the Engineer of Record for permanent BMPs. f. Comply with all requirements of permits issued by jurisdictional agencies. g. Remove temporary facilities from the Site. h. Thoroughly clean the Site and remove all mark-outs and construction staking. 2. The Agency Inspector will schedule the Pre-Final inspection within 5 Working Days of receipt of the Contractor's request. The Inspector will generate a list of preliminary deficiencies (Punchlist) within 5 Working Days after the Pre-Final inspection. 3. The Contractor shall have 30 Working Days to correct the deficiencies and provide a written response to each Punchlist item. The Inspector will review the corrective work within 5 Working Days of receipt of the Contractor's written response to each Punchlist item. Any outstanding deficiencies will be considered incomplete Work and the Punchlist will be returned to Contractor. Full payment will not be made for any Bid item with outstanding deficiencies and a Final Inspection will not be scheduled until all deficiencies are completed to the satisfaction of the Inspector. 4. The Contractor shall submit a request for Final In spection which shall include a written assertion that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and a written response describing the corrective Work completed for all punch list items identified in the Pre-Final inspection(s). The request for Final Inspection will not be considered without the Contractor's written response to the punch list items. The Inspector will schedule the Final Inspection within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Contractor's request and invitees will include the Construction Manager, Engineer and representatives from agencies or utility companies having jurisdiction over the Work. The Contractor's attendance is mandatory. Any remaining deficiencies will be addressed in a final punch list sent to the Contractor. 5. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Engineer will set forth in writing the date the Work was completed. This will 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 126 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect and maintain the Work, and to which liquidated damages will be computed. 6. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all specification for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. 7. The Contractor must submit a written assertation in the form of Request for Completion Letter, certifying that the Work has been complete. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Engineer will so certify to the Agency's governing body. ADD the following subsection: 3-13.1.1 Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through. 1. The following items are required prior to requesting a Walk-through: a. Remove temporary facilities from the Site. b. Thoroughly cleaning the Site and removing all mark outs and construction staking. c. Submit proposed red-line record drawing in accordance with Contract Document requirements. d. Provide all material and equipment maintenance and operation instructions and/or manuals. e. Provide all tools which are a permanent part of the equipment installed in the Project. f . Provide and properly identify all keys for construction and all keys for permanent work. g. Provide all final Special Inspection reports required by the applicable building code. h. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock. Wrap, seal, or place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use. Verify the specified quantities. i. Ensure that all specified equal opportunity (if applicable) and certified wage rate documentations covering the Contract Time have been submitted. j. Provide the spare parts for the propose d irrigation system as specified in the Special Provisions. 2. Contractor shall notify the Engineer to arrange a final inspection of permanent BMPs installed and shall obtain the completed, signed, and stamped DS-563 Form 30 Calendar Days prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. ADD the following subsection: 3-13.1.2 Walk-through and Punchlist Procedure. 1. When Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete, notify the Engineer in writing that the Project is complete and request that the Contractor and the Engineer perform a Walk-through for the generation of a Punchlist . Contractor shall request the final walkthrough at least seven (7) Working Days in advance. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 127 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2. The Engineer will first determine if the Project is ready for a Walk-through by verifying whether the Contractor have completed all items as required by 3-13.1.1, "Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through". 3. If the Work includes sewer and storm drain installations, the inspection shall include televising in accordance with the requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. The Engineer shall facilitate the Walk-through. 5. Contractor shall make Plans, specifications, and technical data, such as submittals and equipment manuals, available at the Site for the Walk-through attendees. 6. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with the Punchlist within 15 Working Days after the date of the Walk-through and submit it to the Contractor. The Agency shall not provide a preliminary Punchlist. 7. If the Engineer finds that the Project is not substantially complete as defined in the Contract, the Engineer will terminate the Walk-through and notify the Contractor in writing. 8. If, at any time during the Engineer's evaluation of the corrective Work required by the Punchlist, the Engineer discovers that additional corrective Work is required, the Engineer may include that corrective Work in the Punchlist. Contractor shall remain solely responsible for the Project Site until the Project is completely operational, all Punchlist items have been corrected, and all operation and maintenance manuals have been accepted by the Agency. 9. The Engineer shall meet with the Contractor until all Punchlist items are corrected. If Contractor takes longer than 30 Working Days to complete the corrective Work, the Project shall be subject to re-evaluation. 10. Upon acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Engineer all records, documents, warranties, material certifications, bonds, guarantees, maintenance and service agreements, and maintenance and operating manuals. Written warranties, except manufacturer's standard printed warranties, shall be on a letterhead addressed to the Contractor. Warranties shall be submitted in the format described in this section, modified as approved by the Agency, to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty. 3-13.2 Acceptance. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Acceptance of the Work will occur after all the requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Contractor has fully performed the Contract, the Engineer will recommend to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District that the Contractor's performance of the Contract be accepted. Upon such certification by the Engineer, the City Manager or Executive Manager may accept the Work. Upon the acceptance of the Work by the City Manager or Executive Manager, a "Notice of Completion" will be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of acceptance of the Work. 2. Once the "Notice of Completion" has been recorded, the Engineer will release the retention. 3-13.3 Warranty. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor shall warranty and repair all defective materials and workmanship for a period of 1 year. This warranty period shall start on the date the Work was recorded by the "Notice of 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 128 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Completion" unless the Agency has beneficial use of the Project (excluding water, sewer, and storm drain projects). In addition, Contractor shall warranty the Work against all latent and patent defects for a period of 10 years. 2. The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers' or suppliers' warranties shall commence on the date they are placed into service at the direction of or as approved by the Enginee r in writing. 3. All warranties, express or implied, from Subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers, of any tier, for the materials furnished and work performed shall be assigned, in writing, to the Agency, and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the acceptance of the Contractor's performance of the Contract. 4. Replace or repair defective materials and workmanship in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer after notice to do so from the Engineer and within the time specified in the notice. If Contractor fails to make such replacements or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform the replacement or repairs at Contractor's expense. If Contractor fails to reimburse the Agency for the actual costs, Contractor's Surety shall be liable for the cost. 5. The warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected under warranty. Items that shall be warrantied free from defective workmanship and materials for a period longer than 1 year are as follows: Specified Item Minimum Warranty Period Detectable Warning Tile 3 Years of Manufacturer's Warranty Construction All Work Under SECTION 500 -PIPELINE 3 Years REHABILITATION Fiber Optic Interconnect Cables 2 Years Luminaires1 10 Years of Manufacturer's Warranty LED Signal Modules 3 Years of Manufacturer's Warranty 1 Provide documentation verifying that the induction luminaire models being offered for the Project are covered by the 10-year warranty. 6. Contractor shall provide the Agency a copy of the manufacturer's warranty for private sewer pumps, including the alarm panel and all other accessories. a. Contractor shall involve the manufacturer in the in stallation and startup as needed to secure any extended warranty required. b. This section is not intended to limit any manufacturer's warranty which provides the Agency with greater warranty rights than set forth in this section or the Contract Documents. c. The warranty shall include all components. The form of the warranty shall be approved by the Engineer in accordance with 3-13.3.2, "Warranty Format Requirements." If, during the warranty period, any item of the Work is found to be Defective Work, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Agency to do so. The warranty 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 129 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected as part of the warranty requirements. ADD the following subsection: 3-13.3.1 Defective Work. 1. If the Engineer find s any part of the Work, to be defective or not in compliance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the Defective Work in accordance with the Engineer's written instructions and within the specified time limits. 2. The Engineer may order Contractor to stop all or part of the Project if, upon notice, Contractor fails to immediately correct the Defective Work in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor bears all direct and indirect costs and damages that result from the Agency's Stop Work notice. 3. The Engineer may determine in its sole discretion to accept Defective Work instead of having the Contractor correct the Defective Work. However, the Contractor will still be financially responsible for the Defective Work. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Change Order and will incorporate the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents for the Defective Work, the diminished value to the Project, or for the cost to repair the Defective Work. 4. If the Contractor fails to correct Defective Work within the specified time limits, the Engineer may correct the Contractor's Defective Work. The Agency has the right to correct any Defective Work without notice in the event of an emergency. Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs of the Defective Work that the Agency corrects. 5. When undertaking remedial action under this section, the Agency may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's Work and or services, and incorporate into the Project all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which the Agency has paid but Contractor has stored elsewhere. 6. For Building Projects which require a certificate of occupancy, not including sewer and water facilities, if the Contractor fails to correct the Defective Work listed on the Agency's Punch list within 30 Working Days in accordance with 6-1.1, "Construction Schedule," the Contractor shall reimburse the Agency for all costs to provide inspection services required to monitor the Contractor's Work beyond the 30 Working Days. The Agency shall bill the Contractor for the additional inspection at the Agency's established rates. 7. If the Contractor completes the Project or portions of the Project prior to NOC, the Contractor shall preserve eq uipment by developing and implementing a preventive maintenance program in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. ADD the following subsection: 3-13.3.2 Warranty Format Requirements. 1. Written warranties, except manufacturer's standard printed warranties, shall be on the Contractor's and Contractor's agents', material suppliers', installers', or manufacturers' own letterhead, addressed to and for the Agency's benefit. Submit warranties in the format described in this section, modified as approved by Engineer to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty. 2. The Contractor shall obtain warranties, executed in triplicate by responsible Subcontractors and Suppliers, within 10 Working Days after completion of the applicable item of Work. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 130 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Except for items put into use with the Engineer's permission with date mutually agreed upon in writing, ensure that the beginning time of the warranty is the Project completion date. 3. The Contractor shall verify that the documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 4. The Contractor shall verify that warranties are signed by both the Contractor and the appropriate party. 5. The Contractor shall provide warranties to the Engineer with a neatly typed table of contents, identifying each warranty with the number and title of the applicable specification section requiring the warranty and the name of the product or work item. 6. The Contractor shall separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of contents listing. Provide complete information using separate typed sheets as necessary. The information shall include a list of Subcontractors and Suppliers with the name, address, and telephone number of the responsible principals. 3-13.3.3 Long-Term Warranty Contract (LTWC). 1. If specified in the Special Provisions and when a LTWC is included in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall execute and submit the supplemental agreement for the extended Project warranty (the LTWC covering the workmanship and materials). 2. The first 3 years of warranty protection after installation shall be secured by the faithful performance and payment bonds in accordance with 1-7.2, "Contract Bonds". 3. At the conclusion of the initial 3-year bonded warranty period, an "n"-year subsequent manufacturer's warranty for labor and materials shall commence and run concurrently with the LTWC, where "n" is the number of additional years beyond the initial 3 years as specified in the Special Provisions. Alternatively, and with respect to the 3-year bonded warranty, the Contractor may submit a 2-year bond followed by 1-year bond. If the alternate option is selected, the 1-year bond shall be submitted to the Agency at least 90 Calendar Days before the expiration of the original 2-year bond. Contractor shall clearly inform the Contract Specialist of the option selected. The protection provided shall not be for less than 3 + "n" years continuously. 4. The manufacturer's warranty for parts and labor shall secure performance of the LTWC by the Contractor. Additional security in the form of bonds for both the LTWC and the manufacturer's extended "n"-year warranty (in years 4 and on following Acceptance) for labor and materials may, but is not required to be, provided per the compensation provisions of the LTWC. 5. The manufacturer warranty shall extend to performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, including without limitation the performance of periodic inspections, preparation of periodic reports, and performance of repairs or replacements including parts and labor. If the manufacturer warranty does not expressly extend to the LTWC or is qualified in any way to exclude warranty of the performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, the surety bond shall be provided for the LTWC in accordance with 1-7.2, "Contract Bonds". 6. If the Contractor is unable to obtain a bond which extends the "n" -year term of the LTWC, to obtain a manufacturer warranty or both which clearly and unambiguously extends to secure performance of the LTWC by the Contractor for the "n" -year term, the Agency shall accept either form of security provided that at least 1 of these forms is provided before award. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 131 Date Printed: March 1S, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 7. Provision of the manufacturer's warranty, bonds, or both as specified is a pre-condition to award of the Contract. 8. Refer to the LTWC for additional information. The provisions of 3-3, "SUBCONTRACTORS" shall not apply to LTWC. ADD the following subsection: 3-14 PARTNERING. 1. Contractor may request the formation of a formal partnering relationship (Partnering) by submitting a request in writing to the Engineer after approval of the Contract. If Contractor's request for Partnering is approved by the Engineer, scheduling of a Partnering workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop site, and other administrative details shall be as agreed to by both Parties. 2. The establishment of a Partnering shall not change or modify the terms and conditions of the Contract and shall not relieve either party of the legal requirements of the Contract. 3. The goals of Partnering include the following: a. The Engineer and Contractor's representatives, including Contractor's Subcontractors, actively working together as partners. b. Avoidance of destructive confrontation and litigation among the parties. c. Mutual understanding on how the Work is to be conducted. d. Establishment of mutual key results to facilitate Project success. e. Establishment of an atmosphere of teamwork, trust, and open communication. 3-14.1 Payment. 1. The payment for providing a facilitator and a workshop site shall be borne equally by the Agency and Contractor. Contractor shall pay in advance all compensation for the costs of the facilitator and for the costs of obtaining the workshop site. 2. Unless a Bid item has been provided for "Partnering," the Agency's share of such costs shall be reimbursed to Contractor as Extra Work. Markups shall not be added. Other costs associated with the Partnering relationship shall be borne separately by the party incurring the costs. ADD the following subsection: 3-15 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE. 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access to fire hydrants; hospitals; police and fire stations; commercial and industrial establishments including churches, schools and parking lots; service stations; public transportation; pedestrian crossing; motels and establishments of similar nature. Access shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall provide access for emergency vehicles and mail delivery and trash collection services. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by contacting Republic Services at Customer Support I Republic Services. 3. During paving operations, the Contractor shall provide paved parking within 800 feet of the affected residences or businesses unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 132 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 4. The Contractor shall provide notification 72 hours prior to the start of construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic, parking, or pedestrian routes. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures or for curb, sidewalk or driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the Work shall be notified. The notice shall: a. Be written and hand delivered. b. State the date and time the Work will begin and its anticipated duration. c. Provide a brief description of the Work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on actions to facilitate the construction. d. List 2 telephone numbers to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the Project. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. e. For residences, be prepared on 65-lb. brightly colored card stock or equivalent durability with contrasting, 12-point font or larger printing; pre-cut in a manner for hanging on a doorknob; and minimum size of 3-1/2 inches wide by 8-1/2 inches long (refer to the appendices for an example). f. Be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution. 5. The Contractor shall post "No Parking" signs 72 hours in advance of the Work. The signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the Work at that location. If the Work is delayed or rescheduled, the signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled Work. 6. Payment for public convenience shall be considered as included in the Contract Price for each item in the Bid and no additional payment will be made. ADD the following subsection: 3-16 SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE AGENCY OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS. 3-16.1 The Agency's Right to Award Separate Contracts. 1. The Agency reserves the right to perform work or operations outside the Scope of Work of the Contract related to the Project with Agency Forces, Separate Contractors, or both. If work to be performed by another party was not noted in the Contract, the Agency shall give written notice to Contractor 10 Working Days prior to the start of any Work. If Contractor determines that the work being performed by the Agency or others may interfere with or cause damage to Work being performed by Contractor, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days of the Engineer's notice. 3-16.2 Integration of the Work with Separate Contractors. 1. When specified in the Contract Documents, prepare a plan to integrate the work performed by Separate Contractors, Agency Forces, or both with the performance of the Work and submit the plan to the Engineer for approval. The plan shall be fair and reasonable for Contractor and the Separate Contractors. Work with Separate Contractors to reach an agreement for the prepared plan. Arrange the performance of the work so that the Work and the work of the Separate Contractors are, to the extent applicable, properly integrated and 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 133 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 jointed in a manner that avoids any damage to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors. 3-16.3 Coordination. 1. Coordinate Contractor's activities and the Schedule with the activities and schedules of the Separate Contractors and make any revisions to the Schedule deemed necessary to avoid any disruption to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors. 3-16.4 Use of Site. 1. Provide the Agency and the Separate Contractors reasonable opportunities for the storage of materials and equipment and performance of their work. Connect and coordinate work and operations with the work and operations of the Agency and the Separate Contractors as required by the Contract Documents. 2. Coordinate traffic control with the Separate Contractors for other projects and minimize the impact to the community. Prior to the start of construction, submit Contractor's plan for coordination. 3-16.5 Deficiency in Work of Separate Contractors. 1. If part of Contractor's Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Agency or a Separate Contractor, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Separate Contractor and the Engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in construction that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results. Use good faith efforts to resolve any such discrepancies or defects or any related disagreements. Contractor's failure to report constitutes Contractor's acceptance of the Work of Separate Contractors as fit, proper, and coordinated with the Work. 3-16.6 Payment. 1. Payment for reporting deficiencies, coordinating, and resolving discrepancies shall be included in the Contract Price. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 134 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 4 -CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-2 PROTECTION. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall repair or replace any equipment and materials in the event of vandalism, damage, or theft at no additional cost to the Agency. 2. The Contractor shall be re sponsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. 3. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 4. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the Work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. 5. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this Work, full compensation for such Work shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for other items of Work. 6. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. 7. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 402, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish, and place the necessa ry protection at its expense. 8. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for. 9. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located. 10. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility in stallation, the Contractor shall at its expense: a. Furnish and install a 2-inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or b. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2-inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or c. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. 11. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secu re the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 135 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 12. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place." Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such removals. 13. When feasible, the owner is responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of Work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Contract Documents. Utilities which are relocated to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such relocation. 14. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid. 15. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such Work shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. 16. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid and will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the relocation. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. 17. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the Work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the Plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of Work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 136 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 18. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. 19. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed. 20. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing the Work correctly shown on the Plans. 21. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. 22. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible or for delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by the Contract Documents. These damages for delay will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency shall not be liable for damages which could have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. These avoidable damages will be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may grant Contractor an extension of time for damages due to delay. 23. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work Site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. 4-3 INSPECTION. 4-3.1 General ADD the following: 1. All costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the Contractor. 2. Materials typically accepted by Certificate of Compliance shall not require inspection at the source unless specified in the Contract Documents. For a list of these items or materials, Contractor may refer to the Summary of Work. 3. Location changes to the source of materials requiring inspection without the required 24- hour notification may result in non-compliant material subject to rejection. Contractor shall be responsible for staff charges resulting from last minute changes or cancellations once staff has been deployed. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Field Order for a minimum of 2 hours of staff time to reimburse the Agency for misdirected staff charges. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the additional staff charges incurred. 4. Steel pipe in sizes larger than 18 inches shall require inspection at the source of production. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 137 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 5. Agency staff or a qualified inspection agency approved by the Engineer shall witness all welding, lining, coating, and testing. Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs outlined in 4-2.3, "Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced." 6. All parts of production (including but not limited to product fabrication, welding, testing, lining, and coating of straight pieces and specials) shall be performed or produced in the United States. 7. Welding and all testing shall be performed by certified welders and testing staff with credentials traceable in the United States. 8. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of Work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the Work or materials incorporated in the Work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-3.2 Inspection by the Agency. DELETE this section in its entirety and replace with the following: Inspection and testing laboratory services shall be proposed by the Contractor and subject to the approval of the engineer. 4-3.3 Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced. ADD the following: 1. The Engineer may elect Agency staff or Consultants to perform inspection of an out-of-town manufacturers. The Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs of the Engineer including lodging, meals, and incidental expenses based on Federal Per Diem Rates, along with travel and car rental expenses. If the manufacturing plant operates a double shift, a double shift shall be figured in the inspection costs. a. At the option of the Engineer, full time inspection shall continue for the length of the manufacturing period. If the manufacturing period will exceed 3 consecutive weeks, Contractor shall incur additional inspection expenses of the Engineer's supervisor for a trip of 2 Working Days to the site per month. b. When the Engineer elects Agency staff or Consultants to perform out-of-town inspections, the wages of staff employed by the Agency shall not be part of the additional inspection expenses paid by Contractor. c. Federal Per Diem Rates can be determined at the location below: https:ljwww.gsa.gov/portal/content/104877. 2. Specialty Testing of Foreign Materials. a. Materials that are manufactured, produced, or fabricated outside of the United States shall be delivered to a distribution point in California, unless otherwise specified. Quality Control and related testing shall be performed to all applicable specified US standards. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 138 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Manufacturer's testing and staff certification shall be traceable to a United States regulatory agency. Retain the materials for a sufficient period of time to permit inspection, sampling, and testing. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time for acts or events occurring outside of, at point of entry, or during transport to t _he United States, unless the extension is acceptable to the Engineer. ADD the following subsection: 4-3.4 Specialty Inspection Paid for by the Contractor. 1. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified inspection agency to perform specialty inspection services as required by the Contract Documents. 2. The payment for the specialty inspection service Work shall be included under the Bid item for "Specialty Inspection Paid For By the Contractor". 3. When an Allowance Bid item for "Specialty Testing Under the Direction of the Engineer" is provided, Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified third party independent laboratory to perform the required testing. Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of testing under this Bid item. 4. The cost for specialty inspections shall be included in the Contractor's bid price for the item requiring the specialty inspection. 4-4 TESTING. ADD the following: 1. Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 2. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the Work and shall be removed from the Project Site all at the Contractor's expense. 3. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. The tests may be made at any place along the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-6 TRADE NAMES. ADD the following: 1. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 139 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2. Unless stated otherwise, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted to the Engineer for review to determine whether the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. 3. For reviews prior to Bid: a. The Engineer shall respond to Contractor's substitution proposal by the last date for issuing an Addendum for the Contract. If the Engineer fails to respond to Contractor's substitution proposal before the Bid due date, the substitution proposal shall be deemed denied. b. Contractor may bring forward a substitution proposal after Award that was denied based on the Engineer's failure to respond by submitting a Cost Reduction Proposal in accordance with 2-6.1, "Cost Reduction Proposal". 4. Include the following information in the request for substitution: a. Whether or not acceptance ofthe substitute for use in the Work shall require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitute. b. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to the payment of any license fee or royalty. c. All variations of the proposed substitute from the items originally specified shall be identified. d. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service requirements. The manufacturer shall have a local service agency within 50 miles (80.5 km) of the Site which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete repairs within 24 hours. e. Certifications from the manufacturer or service provider that the proposed substitute shall perform the intended function adequately under the expected service conditions, achieve the results called for by the general design, and be similar and of equal substance to that indicated. 5. There is no guaranteed time frame for the Engineer's review of the substitution requests. Any lack of action on the Engineer's side within Contractor's requested time does not constitute acceptance of the substitution. 6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, substitute items are determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with existing equipment or systems, availability of repair parts and suitability of application, the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 7. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute product, material or equipment shall be upon Contractor. The Engineer may require at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 8. Acceptance by the Engineer of a substitute item does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Engineer takes no exceptions to the proposed substitution, it shall not relieve Contractor from Contractor's responsibility to the efficiency, sufficiency, quality, and performance of the substitute material or equipment in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment specified by name. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 140 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 9. The Bid submittal shall be based on the material and equipment specified by name in the Contract. If the proposal is rejected by the Engineer, Contractor shall not be entitled to either an extension in Contract Time, an increase in the Contract Price, or both. 10. As applicable, no Shop Drawing or Working Drawing submittals shall be made for a substitute item nor shall any substitute item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the Engineer's prior written approval. 11. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-7 WEIGHING AND METERING EQUIPMENT. REPLACE the first paragraph with the following: All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bur_eau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 141 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 5 -LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and prohibitions against discrimination, harassment, and retaliation. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. 2. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. 3. The Contractor's attention is directed to Labor Code Section 1776 which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the Project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 4. Municipal ordinances that affect this Work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction Project which would be subject to Fish and Game Code Section 1601 or 1603, the conditions established in Fish and Game Code Section 1601 et seq. shall become conditions of the Contract. 5-3.3 Payroll Records. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the Agency, at a designated time, a certified copy of each weekly payroll reflecting the wages containing all of Contractor's and Subcontractors' employees engaged in the Work and a statement of compliance signed under penalty of perjury. 5-3.4 Hours of Labor. ADD the following: 1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 8:00 AM and 4:00 PM on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside these hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve work outside the stated hours and/or days when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 5-4 INSURANCE. 5-4.1 General. ADD the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 142 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or Subcontractors. The insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy No. 70. a. Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this Contract with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. i. The Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers must be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; 1 for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. ii. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers. iv. Coverage shall state that the Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. b. Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be non renewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after 10 Calendar Days' prior written notice has been sent to the Agency by certified mail, return receipt requested. c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the Agency. At the option of the Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the Agency, its officials and employees; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. d. Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this Contract shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the Agency or any of its officials or employees. e. Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Subcontractor. Coverages for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00). 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 143 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 f. Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance must be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy No. 70. g. Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the Agency with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the Agency and are to be received and approved by the Agency before the Contract is executed by the Agency. h. Coverage and Limits. Contractor will maintain the types of coverage and minimum limits indicated below unless the Risk Manager or City Manager or Executive Manager approves a lower amount. These minimum amounts of coverage will not constitute any limitations or cap on Contractor's indemnification obligations under this Contract. Agency, its officers, agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of the insurance specified to be carried by Contractor pursuant to this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor. If Contractor believes that any required insurance coverage is inadequate, Contractor will obtain such additional insurance coverage, as Contractor deems adequate, at Contractor's sole expense. The full limits available to the named insured shall also be available and applicable to the Agency as an additional insured. i. Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this Contract shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 5-4.2 General Liability Insurance. ADD the following: a. Coverages and Limits: Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits specified in these Special Provisions: i. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an "occurrence" basis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 5-4.3 Workers Compensation Insurance. ADD the following: Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. 5-4.4 Auto Liability Insurance. REPLACE with the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 144 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. 5-6 PATENTS FEES AND ROYALTIES. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor shall pay, at no additional cost to the Agency, all applicable royalties and license fees arising from the Work. Contractor shall indemnify and defend all claims and lawsuits for infringement of patent, trademark, and copyright against the Agency and shall hold the Agency harmless from any loss. 5-7 SAFETY. 5-7.1.1 General. ADD the following: 1. When conducting grading or excavation, place Contractor's name and emergency telephone number adjacent to the Work at intervals and location s approved by the Engineer. The method of posting shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall respond and initiate corrective action in accordance with OSHA and within 24 hours of the notice of the nonconforming Work that poses an imminent threat to person or property. 3. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoist s, well holes, and falling materials. ADD the following subsection: 5-7.1.3 Health and Safety Plan (HSP). l. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the health and safety of Contractor's employees. These specifications shall not be construed to limit Contractor's liability nor to assume that the Agency, its employees, or designees shall assume any of Contractor's liability associated with Site safety considerations. 2. Contractor shall have a HSP in effect at least 1 week prior to the commencement of the Work. The HSP shall comply with all OSHA and other applicable requirements. 3. The HSP shall specifically address procedures and protocols that shall be followed to monitor for or respond to the presence of hazardous atmosphere, possibility for engulfment, gasses due to organic soils or proximity to landfills, exposure to hazardous products such as may be released when grinding, cutting, or torching galvanized or painted surfaces or asbestos containing materials, contaminated soil, and groundwater. Identify response actions that shall be taken when these conditions are encountered. 4. The Agency shall not assume any role in determining the adequacy of the HSP on Contractor's behalf. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 145 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 5-7.3 Use of Explosives. ADD the following: 1. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an application for blasting permit to the City of Carlsbad Engineering Department and comply with the City's blasting policy. 5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices. 5-7.7.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Security and protective devices shall consist of fencing, railing, steel plates, or other devices for the protection of workers or the public from hazards posed by open excavations or any work in progress. Security and protective devices shall remain in place until the Work is accepted. 2. Unless otherwise specified, no separate or additional payment will be made for security and protective devices. Payment shall be included in the Contract price for the various Bid items requiring such devices. ADD the following subsection: 5-7.7.3 Playground Safety. 1. Provide a secured fence around the playground to prevent use or access. Do not remove the fence until the independent Playground Safety Audit has been done by the Contractor and the Engineer, the Engineer has accepted the playground design and installation, and the Punchlist items have been completed. 2. Provide certification by a NPSI certified playground inspector that confirms that the installed equipment is compliant with all applicable codes. 3. The payment for the fencing around the playground and the playground safety audit is included in the Contract Price. 5-7.7.2 Security Fencing. 1. The payment for security fencing Work for open excavations shall be included in the Contract Price. 5-7 .8 Steel Plate Covers. 5-7.8.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall protect transverse or longitudinal cuts, voids, trenches, holes, and excavations in the right-of-way that cannot be properly completed within 1 Working Day by adequately designed barricades and structural steel plates (plates) that shall support legal vehicle loads in such a way as to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. 2. For trench widths exceeding those in Table 5-7.8.2, a structural design shall be prepared by a California registered civil or structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of shoring systems. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 146 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. The Contractor shall secure approval in advance from authorities concerning the use of any bridging proposed on the Work. 4. The Contractor shall shore the trench adequately to support the bridging and traffic loads. 5. The Contractor shall design plates for HS 20-44 truck loading in accordance with Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual and evaluate soil conditions and ensure that the plate extends enough beyond the trench walls to support traffic loads. 6. The Contractor shall use the plates skid-resistant with a nominal COF of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from each Caltrans District Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. 7. Plates shall provide complete coverage to prevent any person, bicycle, motorcycle, or motor vehicle from being endangered due to plate movement causing separations or gaps. 8. Alternative installation methods may be submitted in accordance with 3-8, "SUBMITTALS" for the Engineer's approval. 9. Contractor shall install signage and postings with a 2 inch (50.8 mm) minimum letter height indicating the steel plate cover load limit, the Company's name, and a 24-hour emergency contact phone number. See 601-1, "GENERAL". 10. Contractor is re sponsible for the maintenance of the plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps or any other approved device used to secure the plates. Contractor shall immediately mobilize necessa ry personnel and equipment after being notified by the Engineer, the Agency, or a member of the public of a repair needed for such items as plate movements, noise, anchors, and asphalt ramps. Failure to respond to the emergency request within 2 hours shall be grounds for the Agency to perform necessary repairs that shall be invoiced at the actual cost including overhead or $500 per incident, whichever is greater. Failure may also result in a "Stop Work" notice. 11. When plates are removed, Contractor shall repair any damage to the pavement with fine graded asphalt concrete mix or slurry seal satisfactory to the Engineer. 5-7.8.3 Installation. DELETE method 1 and 2 in its entirety. ADD the following: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1 ") and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2 and 203-5.3. ADD the following subsection: 5-8 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT. 1. Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Agency, its affiliated and subsidiary entities, and its elected and appointed officials, officers, directors, managers, employees and agents ("Indemnified Parties") from and against all claims asserted, liability established, or judgments for damages or injuries to any person or property, including to 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 147 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contractor's officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors, arising directly or indirectly out of the Work, which arise from, are connected with, or are caused or claimed to be caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors. Contractor's duty to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless shall not include any claims or liabilities arising from the sole negligence or sole willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. 2. Contractor further agrees that its duty to defend includes all attorney fees and costs associated with enforcement of this indemnification provision, defense of any claims arising from this Contract, and, where a conflict of interest exists or may exist between Contractor and Agency, the rea sonable value of attorney fees and costs if Agency chooses, at its own election, to conduct its own defense or participate in its own defense of any claim related to this Contract. 3. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to the Award of the Contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel. 4. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to the Award of the Contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel. 5. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any dispute between Contractor and Contractor's Subcontractors if the Indemnified Parties are made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding. ADD the following subsection: 5-9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 1. Establish and make known to Contractor's employees appropriate safeguards to prohibit employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being motivated by desire for private gain for themselves or others and particularly those with whom they have family, business, or other relationships. Project personnel shall not accept gratuities or any other favors from Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. 2. Contractor is subject to all federal, state, and local conflict of interest laws, regulations, and policies applicable to public contracts and procurement practices (Government Code Sections 1090 et. seq. and 81000 et. seq., the Agency's Ordinances, and the City of Carlsbad Municipal Code). If, in performing the Work, Contractor makes or participates in a "governmental decision" in accordance with Title 2, Section 18701, subdivision (a)(2) of the California Code of Regulations, or performs the same or substantially all the same duties for Agency that would otherwise be performed by an Agency employee holding a position specified in the Agency's conflict of interest code, Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code requiring the completion of 1 or more statements of economic interests disclosing Contractor's relevant financial interests. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 148 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. Statements of economic interests shall be made on Fair Political Practices Commission Form 700 and filed with the City of Carlsbad's City Clerk. Contractor shall file a Form 700 (Assuming Office Statement) within 30 Calendar Days of the Agency's written determination that Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code and file a Form 700 (Annual Statement) on or before April 1st disclosing any financial interests held during the previous calendar year for which Contractor was subject to a conflict of interest code. 4. If the Agency requires Contractor to file a statement of economic interests as a result of the Work performed, Contractor shall be considered an "Agency Official" for conflict of interest purposes, including the prohibition against lobbying the Agency for 1 year following the expiration or termination of the Contract. 5. Contractor's personnel employed on the Project shall not accept gratuities or any other favors from any Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. Contractor shall not recommend or specify any product, supplier, or other Contractor with whom Contractor has a direct or indirect financial or organizational interest or relationship that would violate conflict of interest laws, regulations, or policies. 6. If Contractor violates any conflict of interest laws or any of these conflict of interest provisions, the violation shall be grounds for immediate termination of this Contract. Further, the violation subjects Contractor to liability to the Agency for all damages sustained as a result of the violation. ADD the following: 5-10 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION. 1. When specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall post all communications addressed to the Engineer concerning construction including RFls, submittals, daily logs, and transmittals to the Project management website (Procore) established for the Project. The Contractor shall maintain a list of scheduled activities including planned and actual execution dates for all major construction activities and milestones defined in the approved Schedule. The Contractor shall review and act on all communications addressed to the Contractor in the Project management website. A user's guide to the Project management system may be available on the City's website and shall be provided to Contractor at the Pre-construction Meeting. 2. The payment for electronic communications shall be included in the Contract Price. ADD the following: 5-11 STATUTORY REFERENCES. 1. All references in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (OO 73 00) to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented, or replaced from time to time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 149 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 3. Begin with the date of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of final completion conforming with the Contract time. 4. Depict a time-scaled network diagram of all activities, logic relationships of interdependent activities, and milestones comprising the complete period of Work with tasks on the vertical axis and their durations on the horizontal axis. Use distinctive texture patterns or line types to show the critical path within the Contract time. Include a tabular listing of each activity and its identification number, description, duration, early start, early finish, late start, late finish, total float, and all predecessor and successor activities. The number of activities will communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, accurately describe the project work and allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and time impacts. Activity descriptions shall accurately define the work planned for the activity. Activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day or longer than 15 working days unless approved by the Engineer. 5. Include detail of all project phasing including all milestones necessary to define the beginning and end of each phase and constraints which may impact any activity. Include time allowances for coordination with utility companies and other agencies, pre- construction surveys and investigations, equipment and material deliveries, submittal reviews and approvals, traffic control setup and phasing, Work performed by others, inspections, testing and commissioning, corrective work, and any non-work periods. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to the party or contingency that first exhausts it. A schedule which shows a project duration longer than the Contract time will not be accepted by the Engineer. If the Baseline Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications, the Contractor shall revise the schedule and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure to obtain the Engineer's approval of the schedule within twenty five (25) Working Days after the date of the Preconstruction Meeting shall be grounds to consider the Contractor in default of the Contract per 6-7. The time required by the Engineer to review the initial Baseline Construction Schedule submittal will not be included in the 25 Working Days. The Engineer shall complete subsequent reviews of the revised schedule and progress updates within 5 working days of receipt. The Contractor shall not be permitted to commence any excavation or demolition activities until the Engineer accepts the Baseline Construction Schedule. For each day of delay beyond the 25 Working Days after the Preconstruction Meeting that the Baseline Construction Schedule is not accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be charged $100 through a deductive Change Order. The Engineer's response to each review will consist of one of the following: "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the Work. "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the Work, but must revise and resubmit the schedule prior to submittal of the first progress payment application. The 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 151 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Engineer's acceptance of the schedule is a condition precedent to payment of any progress payment. "Not Accepted." The Contractor may not proceed with the Work and must revise and resubmit the schedule. ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.2 Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Agency's Construction Manager during the last week of each month to agree upon the completion level of each activity as a basis for progress payments. Schedule updates shall conform with the requirements for the initial submittal in 6-1.1.1 and shall: 1. Show the actual dates of each activity start and/or finish during the month. The schedule update shall include specific notation for any changes in actual dates after they are first reported. 2. Report the percent complete for each activity in progress at the end of the month as determined by the Engineer. 3. Include a list and explanation of all changes made to the activities, dates or interconnecting logic. 4. Include activity and network revisions reflecting the Change Orders approved in the previous month. The Engineer's responses to the construction schedule updates shall be as described in 6-1.1.1. If the Contractor fails to submit schedule updates as required herein, the Contractor may elect to proceed with the Work at its own risk and shall forfeit the progress payment for Work completed until compliance is met. If the Contractor elects to delay or cease Work after failure to submit the schedule updates, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the Work will be the Contractor's responsibility. Should the actual or projected progress of the Work exceed 5 percent of the Contract time, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule independently of and prior to the next progress schedule update. The Contractor shalrprovide an explanation for each change made to the schedule. If the Contractor desires to make a major change in the method of operations after commencing construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a revised Baseline Construction Schedule in advance of beginning revised operations. AD.D the following subsection: 6-1.3.3 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. If a schedule update indicates a completion date later than the Contract time or contractually required milestone completion date, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent schedule update which removes all or a portion of the delay be "Accepted" by the Engineer, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly progress payment to the Contractor immediately following such acceptance. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 152 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.4 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the Work is completed. The update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with 6-1.1.2. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for release of funds retained per 9-3.2. ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.5 Measurement and Payment. If a Bid item for Construction Schedule is not listed in the Bid Schedule, payment shall be considered included in the various Bid items and no separate payment will be made. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. ADD the following: 1. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restores to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. When a Subcontractor fails to prosecute a portion of the Work in a manner satisfactory to the Agency, Contractor shall remove such Subcontractor immediately upon written request of the Agency and shall request approval of a replacement Subcontractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Pub. Contract Code, § 4100 et seq.) at no added cost to the Agency. ADD the following: 6-2.1 Order of Work. 1. The Contractor shall incorporate the requirements of the city, utility companies or agencies having jurisdiction over the Work in accordance with 2-4 Cooperation and Collateral Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and per the Project Specifications. 2. Specific sequencing constraints include, but are not limited to, the following phases unless otherwise authorized by the agency: a. Coastal sage scrub habitat shall not be cleared between March 1 and August 15. 3. If construction and demolition operations are within an active public space, the Contractor shall submit a phasing plan to the Engineer to accommodate accessibility to the public and Agency staff. Phasing plan must be approved before Work starts. Phasing plan will be considered part of the mobilization Bid item and shall include any revisions or implementation of the Plan. ADD the following: 6-2.2 Moratoriums. 1. When moratorium periods are specified in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall stop Work and completely demobilize all construction related activity, equipment, and materials within the stated limits prior to the beginning of the moratorium periods at no additional cost to the 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 153 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Agency. The Contractor shall complete any Work that has been started prior to the start of the moratorium. 2. Contractor shall restore and clean the Site prior to each moratorium. The Contractor shall not leave equipment, materials, or traffic control on the Site during the moratorium periods. Trenches shall be backfilled during moratorium periods. Temporary resurfacing or steel plate covers over trenches shall not be used. 3. The payment for complying with moratorium requirements shall be included in the Contract Bid. Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional costs for repeated mobilization and demobilization to continue the Work after the moratorium periods. 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-3.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in Working Days. 2. The number of Working Days specified for the walk-through, preparation, and the completion of Punch list items until acceptance shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time. 3. For pipeline Projects, the following shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time: a. Complete each street segment within 15 Working Days from the day the final road surfacing is placed. Each completed segment shall include other incidental Work items (weed abatement, damaged asphalt pavement replacement, asphalt patching, resurfacing, striping, markings, raised pavement markers, and inlet markers). b. Where shutdowns of 16-inch and larger pipes are required, there is a shutdown moratorium from May until October. The Contractor shall plan and schedule Work accordingly. No additional payment or Working Days will be granted for delays due to the moratorium. 4. When specified in the Contract Documents, the Plant Establishment Period (PEP) is included in the stipulated Contract Time and shall begin with the acceptance of the installation of the vegetation plan in accordance with Part 8-LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION and these Special Provisions. 5. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer to perform any Work outside of normal Work hours. This approval must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such Work. The Contractor shall pay any additional costs for inspection or testing of such Work. 6. Work that is required by the Engineer to occur outside of normal Work hours will be identified in the Special Provisions. 7. The Contractor shall not perform Work during moratoriums per 6-2.2 or during any periods of restriction identified in agency permits or Project environmental documents and shall include all such schedule constraints in the Construction Schedule. 8. No additional payment or adjustment of Bid item prices or adjustment of Contract Time will be made for the Contractor's inability to work outside of normal Work hours if Contractor's request is denied by the Engineer or during prohibited periods. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 154 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 9. Contractor's schedule shall plan for a minimum of 2 weeks after final walk-through to receive a final punch list from the Agency per Section 3-13. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Agency shall only grant an extension of time if the Extra Work or unforeseen condition impacts the Project's critical path. All requests for an extension in Contract Time for any Extra Work or unforeseen event shall be demonstrated by using the CPM. No other scheduling method shall be used to calculate the Project's schedule. 6-4.2 Extensions of Time. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. The Contract Time shall be modified only by Change Order. 2. Contractor shall immediately submit to the Agency a written request for a Change Order to modify the Contract Time, but in no event later than 1 Working Day after the occurrence and discovery of the events giving rise to the request. Contractor shall include in Contractor's request a general description of the basis for and the estimated length of any extension and submit supporting data, including a time impact analysis setting forth the claimed Critical Path impacts to the Construction Schedule consistent with Section 1.14 (Change Orders, Delays, and Extensions of Time). 3. The Engineer shall not grant an extension of Contract Time unless Contractor demonstrates, through an analysis of the critical path, the following: a. The event causing the delay impacted the activities along the Project's critical path. b. The increases in the time to perform all or part of the Project beyond the Contract Time arose from unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor's control and without Contractor's fault or negligence. c. All Project float has been used. 4. The Engineer shall issue a weekly document that stipulates the Contract Time. If Contractor does not agree with this document, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a written protest supporting Contractor's objections to the document within 15 Working Days after receipt of the weekly document. Contractor's failure to file a timely protest shall constitute Contractor's acceptance of the Engineer's weekly document. a. Contractor's protest will be considered a claim for time extension and shall be subject to 2-10.1, "Claims". 6-4.4 Written Notice and Report. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor's failure to file with the Engineer a written request and report of cause within 24 hours will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request. 2. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within 2 hours after the beginning of the delay, or when the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 155 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each Working Day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial arid continuing written notices shall include the classification of each worker and supervisor and the make and model of all equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 3. The request for payment or extension must be made at least 15 Calendar Days prior to the specified completion date. Failure by the Contractor to provide notices and reports as specified in the Contract will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request. 6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. 6-6.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Agency reserves the right to shut down any trenching operation if Contractor is not proceeding within a reasonable period of time to restore the pavement or site cleanup. A reasonable period of time is considered to be 5 to 10 Working Days after backfilling any 1 block, approximately 600 feet, of pipeline. The Engineer shall determine the period of time allowed which shall not be subject to dispute. 2. During periods when the Work is suspended, Contractor shall be prepared for any emergency Work that shall be supervised by Contractor's representative. 3. Trenching operations are subject to suspension if the Contractor does not comply with the requirements for the maximum length of open trench specified in 306-3.5. 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT. 6-7.1 General. ADD the following: a. Contractor fails to notify the Engineer upon discovery of items of Native Am erican, Archaeological, or Paleontological interests. 6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. At any time, the Agency may at its sole discretion terminate this Contract in whole or in part. If the Agency decides to terminate this Contract for convenience, the Agency shall issue a written notice of termination for convenience in accordance with 5-2, "SPECIAL NOTICES". Upon receipt of this notice, Contractor shall immediately proceed as follows: a. Stop Work immediately or in accordance with the Notice of Termination. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 156 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 b. Notify Subcontractors and Suppliers to immediately cease their Work and place no further subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as necessary to complete any authorized continued portion of the Contract. c. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the Work terminated. d. With approval by the Engineer, settle all outstanding obligations arising from the termination of subcontracts. This approval shall be final for the purposes of this section. e. As directed by the Engineer, transfer and deliver completed or partially completed drawings, plans, calculations, specifications, and any other documents and records that, if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to the Agency. f . Complete the performance of the Work not terminated. g. Take all necessary steps and actions to minimize all costs to the Agency as a result of the termination. h. Take any action that may be necessary or that the Engineer may direct for the protection and preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in Contractor's possession and in which the Agency has or may acquire an interest. 6-8.1 Termination Cost. 1. The Agency shall determine and pay Contractor the fair and reasonable amounts for Contractor's termination cost as follows: a. The Contract Price for completed services accepted by the Engineer not previously paid or adjusted for any saving of freight and other charges. b. The fair and reasonable cost of settling and paying termination settlements for terminated subcontracts that are chargeable to the terminated portion of the Contract. c. The Agency shall pay Contractor a prorated amount of profit for Work that Contractor performed. The Agency shall not pay for lost profit on Work that was not performed by Contractor. 6-8.2 Termination Settlement. 1. After termination, Contractor shall submit a final termination settlement proposal to the Engineer no later than 3 months from the effective date of termination, unless extended in writing by the Engineer. 2. If Contractor fails to submit the proposal within the time allowed, the Agency may determine and pay the fair and reasonable amount that may be due Contractor as a result of the termination. If Contractor does not agree that the amount determined by the Engineer is fair and reasonable, Contractor must notify the Engineer within 30 Calendar Days of receipt of payment. 6-8.3 Determination of Amount Due the Contractor. 1. In determining the amount due Contractor, the Agency shall deduct the following: a. The fair value of property destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged that has become undeliverable to the Agency. b. Any claim which the Agency has against Contractor under the Contract. 6-8.4 Records and Documents Relating to Termination. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 157 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. The Engineer will file an Agreement of Mutual Rescission of Contract with the Board. Once the Agreement is executed and a Notice of Completion is recorded, retention can be released. 2. Unless otherwise specified or required by statute, Contractor shall maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion of the Contract for 3 years after final settlement. This includes all books and other evidence bearing on Contractor's costs, expenses, and settlement under the Contract. Contractor shall make these records and documents available to the Agency, at Contractor's office, at all reasonable times, without any direct charge. If approved by the Engineer, Contractor may maintain photographs, microphotographs, and other authentic reproductions instead of original records and documents. 6-8.5 The Agency's Right to Terminate or Suspend for Loss of Project Funds. 1. The Agency may terminate or suspend the Contract at its sole discretion if the State of Ca lifornia or its agents render the funds being used to fund this Project unavailable. If the Agency chooses to suspend the Contract, that suspension shall last until funds are identified and approved by the Board, whichever is appropriate, to be used to complete this Project. If the Agency elects under this provision to terminate the Contract, then neither Party is entitled to compensation from the other Party for any costs arising from such termination. The Agency may also elect to terminate after invoking a suspension under this provision. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor's failure to complete the Work within the time allowed shall result in damages being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and shall continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive Working Day in excess of the time specified for the completion of the Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-4, "DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME," Contractor sha ll pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies due it, the sum described in the table below, along with any other damages that may be sustained by the Agency during the Project, unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. 2. The execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement between Contractor and the Agency that the liquidated damage amount described in the table below is the value of the damage caused by Contractor's failure to complete the Work within the allotted time. Such sum shall not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from Contractor's payments if such delay occurs. Contract Value Less than $100,000 $100,000 and more Liquidated Damage Daily Amount $1,000 $2,500 3. Any progress payments made to Contractor after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of payment for damages sustained by the Agency under this section. ADD the following subsection: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 158 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 6-10 RIGHT TO AUDIT. 6-10.1 General. 1. The Agency retains the right to review, audit, reasonably access Contractor's and all Contractor's Subcontractor's premises to review and audit Contractor's compliance with the provisions of the Contract. This includes the right to inspect, photocopy, and retain copies, outside of Contractor's premises, of all records with appropriate safeguards if such retention is deemed necessary by the Agency in its sole discretion. The Agency will keep this information in strictest confidence. 2. Contractor shall include the Agency's right to audit in its subcontracts and ensure that these specification s are binding upon all Subcontractors. 6-10.2 Audit. 1. The right to audit includes the right to examine any and all books, records, documents, and any other evidence of procedures and practices that the Agency determines is necessa ry to discover and verify that Contractor are in compliance with all requirements under the Contract. 2. If there is a claim for additional compensation or for changes in Work, the right to audit also includes the right to verify all direct and indirect costs which are claimed to have been incurred, anticipated to be incurred, or for which a claim for additional compensation or for changes in the Work have been submitted. 3. Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the construction industry. Contractor shall also make available to the Engineer for review and audit all Project-related accounting records and documents and any other financial data. Upon the Engineer's request, Contractor shall submit exact duplicates of originals of all requested records to the Engineer. 6-10.3 Compliance Required Before Mediation and Litigation. 1. As a condition precedent to proceeding with mandatory mediation and further litigation under 2-10.2, "Dispute Resolution Process" Contractor shall comply with the audit specifications within 60 Calendar Days of the Engineer's notice to review and audit compliance. See 5-2, "SPECIAL NOTICES". 6-10.4 Access to Records on Federally Funded Projects. 1. Contractor shall retain all records, books, papers, and documents directly pertinent to the Contract for a minimum of 5 years after the Agency makes final payments and all other pending matters are closed and shall allow access to those records to the Agency, the Federal grantor agency, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any duly authorized representatives. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 159 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 7 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-1.2 Methods of Measurement. ADD the following: The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK. ADD the following: 7-2.1 Schedule of Values (SOV). 1. Submit a SOV for the lump sum Bid items of the Work to the Engineer for review and approval during the submittal phase. 2. The SOV shall: a. Subdivide the Work into its respective parts. b. Include values for all items comprising the Work. c. Serve as the basis for monthly progress payments. 3. The Engineer is the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details, and description of values established. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a greater number of SOV items than proposed by Contractor is necessary, add the additional items identified by the Engineer. When requested by the Engineer, provide substantiating data in support of the SOV. 4. The Contractor shall incorporate the SOV into the cost loading function of the Schedule in accordance with 6-1, "CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK". Monthly progress payment amounts for Lump Sum items shall be determined from the monthly updates of the Schedule activities. 5. The Contractor shall develop the SOV independently but simultaneously with the development of the Schedule activities and logic. Incorporate phase funding impacts, if applicable, into the Schedule. 6. The Contractor shall break down the Work not specifically included in the Bid as necessary for establishment of cost and Schedule activity. 7. Following acceptance of the SOV, the Contractor shall incorporate the changes (if any) into the cost loading portion of the Schedule. Where coordination of the Schedule and the SOV requires changes made to either or both documents, the Contractor shall propose changes to the SOV and to the Schedule activities to satisfy the Schedule cost loading requirements. 8. The Contractor shall update and submit these listings in conjunction with the Schedule monthly submittals. 9. The Contractor shall incorporate issued Change Orders or Field Orders in the Schedule into the SOV as single units identified by the Change Order or Field Order number. 10. Changes to the Schedule which add activities not included in the original Schedule but included in the original Work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as accepted by the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as accepted by the Engineer. 11. In the event that the Contractor and the Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original SOV because of inequities discovered in the original accepted SOV, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 160 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 12. The payment for the preparation of the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price. 7-3 PAYMENT. 7-3.1 General. DELETE the last paragraph in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money plus 25 percent due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 Calendar Days from the date of recording the NOC, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency shall be paid to Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment. ADD the following: 1. Unless specified otherwise, the Contract Price includes use, consumer, and other taxes mandated by applicable legal requirements. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for tax increases. 2. As provided in California Public Contract Code Section 7105, if the Contract is not financed by revenue bonds, Contractor is not responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to the Project when damage was proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5% of the Contract Price, if the following occur: a. The damaged portion of the Project was built in accordance with the Contract requirements. b. There are no insurance requirements in the Contract for the damages. 3. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. DELETE the last paragraph in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor shall have the option, at Contractor's expense, to substitute for any money withheld by the Agency, securities equivalent to the amount being withheld. Securities eligible for such substitution are bank or savings and loans certificates of deposit or such securities which are eligible for investment pursuant to Government Code Section 16430. As to any such security or securities so substituted for monies withheld, Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of same and shall receive any accrued interest. Such security shall, at Contractor's request and expense, be deposited with the Agency or with a State or Federally Chartered bank as the escrow agent who shall pay such monies to Contractor upon notification by the Engineer that payment can be made. Such notification shall be given at the expiration of 35 Calendar Days from the date of NOC, or as prescribed by law, provided however, that there shall be a continued retention of the necessary securities to cover such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 161 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 ADD the following: 1. After final in spection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with supporting documents within 30 Calendar Days from rece ipt of the Final Payment Estimate, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 2-10.1.1, Initiation of Claim. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's potential claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 2. Final Payment and release of Retention shall be paid after Contractor submits the following: a. An affidavit that payrolls and bills for materials, equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Agency or the Agency's property might be responsible for or encumbered by. Fewer amounts withheld by the Agency shall have been paid for or otherwise satisfied. b. If required in the Contract Documents, the successful completion and submittal of the required reports such as construction demolition, waste recycling, and hydrostatic discharge reports. c. Required documentation, record drawings, operations manuals, test reports, warranty documentation, and UL labels shall be submitted before requesting the release of retention. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 162 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 ADD the following subsection: 7-3.2.1 Application for Progress Payment. 1. By the 5th day of each month, sign, fill out, and submit to the Engineer a partial payment estimate that identifies acceptable Work performed during the previous month, or since the last partial payment estimate was submitted. If requested by the Engineer, provide such additional data as may be required to support the payment estimate. Such data may include submission of signed field orders and satisfactory evidence of payment for equipment, materials, and labor, including payments to Subcontractors and Suppliers. 2. For application for progress payments, Contractor shall use the format required by the Agency. An electronic copy of the invoice form is available from the Engineer upon reques~. Progress payments shall be signed, and the date of the invoice shall be the date that the invoice is submitted. 3. The Agency shall not pay progress or partial payments until Contractor submits to the Engineer an updated Schedule. It is solely the Contractor's responsibility to prepare and submit the Schedule updates. 4. Disputed or incorrect applications shall be returned to the Contractor within 7 Calendar Days with documentation describing the reason for the rejection of the payment request. ADD the following: 7-3.2.2 Amount of Progress Payments. 1. If an undisputed and properly submitted application for payment is received by the Engineer, the Agency shall pay Contractor within 30 Calendar Days after the Engineer receives the application for Payment con sistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50. The Agency shall pay Contractor for the Work performed. ADD the following: 7-3.2.2.1 Progress Payment for Pipelines. 1. Progress payments for pipelines shall be determined by multiplying the total number of linear feet of each of the following operations completed during the payment period, by the corresponding percentage given below, and the Contract Unit Price for the particular main(s) or drain(s). 2. The progress payment may include payment for items in the Bid proposal, other than mains, which have been installed complete during the payment period. 3. Payment breakdown shall be as follows: OPERATION PERCENTAGE WATER: Trench Exca vation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80% Hydrostatic and Bacterial Testing, Pavement Restoration and Final Cleanup 20% SEWER: Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. Testin g (Wayneball and/or Mandrel), Cleanup. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Pavement Restoration Page 163 and 80% Final 20% Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 OPERATION PERCENTAGE STORM DRAIN: Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80% Pavement Restoration and Final Cleanup. 20% SEWER MAIN REHABILITATION: Cleaning, Televising, liner installation, point repairs, and lateral 80% reinstatements. Approval of pipeline rehabilitation verified by Final Video. 20% ASPHALT-SURFACED STREETS Hydrostatic and Bacterial Testing 15% Wayneball and Mandrelling (where necessary) 15% Water and Sewer Utility Constructions 15% Operational Testing for Storm Drains (including the trench cap and cleanup) 15% Post-asphalt Wearing Surface and Final Cleanup 5% 4. Trench excavation, pipe in place, backfill, and cleanup of construction debris are one operation that shall be complete before the Agency pays the first 80%. ADD the following: 7-3.2.3 Waiver of Claims at Final Payment. 1. Contractor's acceptance of Final Payment constitutes a waiver of affirmative claims by Contractor, except those previously made in writing and identified as unsettled at the time of Final Payment, which are expressly reserved by Contractor from operation of its Release of Claims pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7100 or other Applicable law. ADD the following: 7-3.2.4 Withholding of Payment and Back Charge. 1. The Engineer may withhold payment for any of the following reasons: a. Defective or incomplete Work. b. Stop notices, wage orders, or other withholdings required by Applicable Law. c. Contractor's failure to comply with 5-3.3, "Payroll Records" and the Contractor Registration and Electronic Reporting System requirements of the Contract Documents. d. Failure to submit monthly Construction Schedule updates. 2. The Engineer may back charge the Contractor for any of the following rea sons: a. Defective or incorrect Work not remedied. b. Damage to Agency property or a third party's property that was caused by Contractor. c. liquidated Damages. d. Non-attendance at meetings without prior cancellation notice. e. Fai led inspections or re-inspections paid by the Agency. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 164 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 l. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not be included in the progress estimate. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1 Payment for Stored Materials on Site. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.1 General. 1. When authorized, Contractor may request payment for materials and equipment which has not been incorporated into the Work but will be at a later date and will be delivered and stored at the Project Site. 2. Th e material shall meet the Contract requirements and the material's required test results and certifications shall be filed with the Engineer. 3. Only non-perishable materials for major items of Work or Materials Subject to Price Adjustment shall be considered for payment for on-site storage. However, each individual item has a value of more than 1% of the Contract Price and shall become a permanent part of the Work. 4. Materials cost shall be evidenced by the manufacturer's paid invoice bearing the statement that Contractor has paid all invoices in full. 5. The payments for the stored materials shall not exceed the invoice price or 60% of the Bid prices for the pay items into which the materials are to be incorporated, whichever is less, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 6. Apply for the payment for materials stored on a form provided by the Engineer and attach documentation to show the following: a. The amount paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the stored items. b. The dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various Work items for the month. c. The amount that should be retained for stored materials. d. That Contractor has received the materials and equipment free and are clear of all liens, charges, secured interests, and encumbrances. e. That the materials and equipment are covered by the appropriate property insurance in accordance with the insurance provisions and other arrangements that protect the Agency's interest. 7. Contractor shall provide the Engineer, upon request and prior to any partial payment, documentation which transfers full legal title to such materials to the Agency conditional only upon receipt of the Final Payment. Such transfer of title or any partial payment shall not constitute acceptance by the Agency of the materials nor shall it void the right to reject materials subsequently found to be unsatisfactory in accordance with SECTION 4 -CONTROL OF MATERIALS. This shall also not relieve Contractor of any obligation arising under the Contract Documents. 8. The payments for materials on-site are subject to retention as set forth in 7-3.2, "Partial and Final Payment". 9. Contractor shall assume all risks associated with the loss or damage to the stored product s for which payment has or has not been received. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 165 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 10. Equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The stored products shall be in a form ready for installation. The Agency shall not pay for raw materials or parts and pieces of equipment. 11. Any and all surplus materials that are not incorporated in the Work shall become Contractor's property at no additional cost to the Agency. 12. Unless specifically provided in the Contract, payment for the materials on hand shall not be included when determining the percentage of Work completed. 13. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary, for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.2 Payment for Stored Materials Offsite. 1. The payment of materials and equipment delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon Contractor's compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment warranties for the benefit of the Agency. 2. The Agency reserves the right to refuse approval for the payment of any equipment or materials suitably stored offsite in its sole discretion, regardless of whether all conditions in the Contract Documents have been met. 3. Partial payment may be made for products eligible for offsite delivery and storage only upon Contractor's presentation of a bill of sale, a paid invoice, or an affidavit certifying that the material is received by the Contractor free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and secured interest of any kind including offsite delivery. 4. Partial payment for products delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon Contractor's compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment warranties for the benefit of the Agency. 5. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not be included in the progress estimate. 6. Costs associated with the delivery to and storage at an offsite facility shall be at Contractor's expense regardless of the Engineer's approval to deliver and store the materials. 7. Contractor shall provide written evidence to the Engineer of having made arrangements for unrestricted access by the Agency and the Agency's authorized representatives to the materials wherever stored, including provisions for the Agency to take control and possession of such materials at any time and without restriction. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a permit of entry, from the owner of the property, for at least 6 months after the NOC has been filed. The permit of entry shall contain information similar to the following: PERMIT OF ENTRY: Permission is granted to the Agency and its designated employees or agents to enter upon the property described in this permit for a period of not less than 6 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 166 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 months after the NOC has been filed for the Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements for the purpose of removing materials for which advance materials on hand payment has been made to (Contractor's Name). The property is owned by (Owner's Name) and is described as follows: (Address and Description of Property). (Include signature(s) and date(s) for owner and lessee or purchaser, and, if appropriate, attach a copy of a warehouse receipt or contract for storage. 8. The material shall be clearly marked and identified as being specifically fabricated, produced, and reserved for use on the Project. The Contractor shall provide payment documentation for the materials. 7-3.4 Mobilization. ADD the following: 1. Mobilization consists of Work necessa ry for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to and from the Site; for establishment of all offices, buildings, storage yards, and other facilities necessary for the Work; and for all other Work and operations which shall be performed prior to beginning the Work and after completion of the Work on the various Contract items on the Site. 2. Contractor shall properly design the Project parameters to incorporate construction mobility for moving on and off the Site in a manner that limits disturbance to the surrounding residences, bu sinesses, and any other citizens. This includes the designated staging areas, loading areas, and assemblage areas. Contractor shall consider and address access rights of the public at all times. Prepare a mobilization plan that shall describe and govern Contractor's mobilization activities. 3. When a Bid item has been provided for "Mobilization," payment for mobilization Work shall be distributed equally over the first 2 progress payments up to the Bid amount of the "Mobilization" Bid item but shall not exceed 3% ofthe Contract Price. If Contractor's Bid item for "Mobilization" exceeds 3% of the Contract Price, then anything above 3% of the Contract Price shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. 4. The complete dismantling and removal of all of Contractor's properties, temporary facilities, equipment, materials, construction wastes, and personnel at the Site referred to as demobilization is included in the payment for mobilization, unless there is a Bid item for demobilization. If a separate Bid item has not been provided for mobilization, the payment for mobilization is included in the Contract Price. 7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices. 7-3.5.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Unit Bid prices shall not be subject to adjustment regardless of quantity used or if none is used for the following Bid items: a. additional bedding b. imported backfill 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 167 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 c. shoring d. water services and connections e. water pollution control items f. point repairs for existing sewer mains g. additional point repairs for existing sewer mains h. sewer lateral connections i. sewer lateral linings j. traffic control k. additional equipment 2. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. ADD the following subsection: 7-3.9 Field Orders. 1. The Agency shall pay Field Order items of the Work in accordance with the limits below if the cumulative total of Field Orders does not exceed the "Field Orders" Bid Item: Contract Price Less than $100,001 $100,001 to $1,000,000 $1,000,001 to $5,000,000 Greater than $5,000,000 ADD the following subsection: Maximum Field Order Amount $2,500 $5,000 $10,000 $20,000 7-3.10 Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations. 1. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this section apply only to the paving asphalt used in the following: a. Asphalt Concrete Pavement b. Asphalt Pavement Repair 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 168 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 c. Scheduled and Unscheduled Base Repair d. Slurry Seal or any other asphalt emulsion 2. The compensation for paving asphalt shall be increased or decreased for paving asphalt price fluctuations in accordance with 7-3.11 "Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations" in the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3. The adjustment in compensation shall also be subject to the following: a. Show the provided compensation adjustments separately on payment estimates. Contractor is liable to the Agency for decreased compensation adjustments and the Engineer may deduct the amount from moneys payable or that may become payable to Contractor. b. In the event of an overrun of Contract Time, adjustment in compensation for asphalt binder included in estimates during the overrun period shall be determined using the California Statewide Crude Oil Price Index in effect on the first business day of the month within the pay period in which the overrun began. c. In the event that the companies discontinue posting their prices for a field, the Engineer shall determine an index from the remaining posted prices. The Agency reserves the right to include in the index determination the posted prices of additional fields. 4. Contractor may opt out of the payment adjustments for price index fluctuations when specified in the Contract Documents by submitting a letter with the Bid. 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK. 7-4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. With every request for payment, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown showing monthly and cumulative amounts of the Work performed under the Change Order by Contractor and Contractor's Subcontractors. The reporting format shall be approved by the Engineer. 7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. 7-4.2.1 Labor. ADD the following: 1. The Agency reserves the right to request the following: a. Financial records of salaries for an employee. b. Wage rates/Certified Payroll. c. Bonuses and deductions. 2. Contractor shall list the labor rates of its personnel and Subcontractors who work on the Project. The payment for payroll records is included in the Contract Price. 3. If Contractor's proposal for Extra Work is based upon services and Work to be performed outside Normal Working Hours, the labor charges associated with the Extra Work shall consist of straight time wages and burdens plus the appropriate overtime or shift premium with no additional burdens, such as fringe benefits, on the premium portion. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 169 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 7-4.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. No payment shall be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. 2. Regardless of ownership, the rates and delay factors to be used in determining equipment rental costs shall not exceed those listed in the latest edition of the Caltrans publication entitled "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" preceding the date the Work is accomplished. The latest edition of the Caltrans publication is available at www.dot.ca.gov. The delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and Subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a pa rt of this Contract. 3. Contractor shall be entitled to a rental rate adjustment when Contractor can substantiate that the rental rates prevailing locally exceed the published rates by more than 15%. For equipment not listed in the Caltrans publication, rental rates shall not exceed listed rates prevailing locally at equipment rental agencies or distributors at the time the Work is performed. 4. Whenever possible, Extra Work shall be accomplished using equipment available on Site or owned by Contractor. If a specific piece of equipment shall be rented to be used exclusively for the Extra Work, the rental rate shall be the invoiced rate. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation cost s for equipment used on the Extra Work shall be included. 5. If rental equipment is not being used or used intermittently and could be returned to its rental source rather than holding it at the Work Site, the Contractor shall return the equipment at no expense to the Agency unless Contractor elects to keep it at the Work Site at Contractor's expense. 6. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work Site shall be the duration of its use on the Extra Work. This time shall begin when equipment is first used on Extra Work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back or from its previous site to a closer site. 7. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. 7-4.2.5 Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 7-4.3 Markup. 7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 170 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Labor 20 Materials 15 Equipment Rental 15 Other Items and Expenditures 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1% shall be added as compensation for bonding. 7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: When all or any part of the Extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such Work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on Work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by the Contractor. 7-4.4 Daily Reports. ADD the following: Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. When the price for the Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next Working Day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 171 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 8 -FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL DELETE this Section in its entirety and ADD the following: 8-1 GENERAL. Field facilities for Agency personnel are not required. END OF SECTION 00 73 00 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 172 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 INTRODUCTION TO PARTS 2 THROUGH 8 The Specifications contained in this 00 7400 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "The Greenbook" latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict, these Specifications shall control. The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder/Contractors local technical bookstore or directly from the publisher. These Agency Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from the on line bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. When used in the Contract Documents, statements or command phrases (active voice and imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the "Bidder" or "Contractor" as applicable. The Specifications are written to the "Bidder" before award and the "Contractor" after award. Before award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with "The Bidder shall." Interpret the term "you" as "the Bidder" and interpret the term "your" as "the Bidder's." After award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with "The Contractor shall." Interpret the term "you" as "the Contractor" and interpret the term "your" as "the Contractor's. PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 -ROCK MATERIALS 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS. 200-2.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Aggregate base shall be Crushed Aggregate Base per Greenbook Section 200-2 and as specified in this section. 200-2.2 Crushed Aggregate Base. 200-2.2.1 General. ADD the following: Crushed Aggregate Base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. 1. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before tests are performed. 2. Samples for testing shall represent every 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. If the results of the aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements for 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 173 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Percentage Passing Sieve as specified in Table 200-2.2.2, but meet the Quality Requirements as specified in Table 200-2.2.3, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's Work may not be started until test results indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the Work will comply with the requirements specified for Percentage Passing Sieve. 3. If the results of both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements of Section 200-2.2, the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor, and approved at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the Agency $50 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The Agency may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may be come due, to the Contractor under the Contract. SECTION 201 -CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE. MODIFY TABLE 201-1.1.2 as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction Concrete Class All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 560-C-3250 {l l Trench Backfill Slurry 190-E-400 Street Light Foundations and Survey 560-C-3250 Monuments Traffic Signal Foundations 650-CW-4000 Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 520-C-2500P Maximum Slump (Inches) (2) 8" 4" 4" per Table 300-11.3.2 (1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC. 201-1.2.1 Cement. SUBSTITUTE the following: a) Portland Cement. Portland Cement shall be Type II or V Portland cement conforming to ASTM ClS0 and the optional requirements of ASTM ClS0, Table 2 for maximum equivalent alkalis (Na2O + 0.658K2O) of 0.60 percent. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 174 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 203 -BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 203-6.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: Asphalt Concrete (AC) for patches shall be Type III-C3-PG 64-10-R0. No recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) shall be used in the AC mix used for patching. Asphalt Concrete for full width overlay shall be Type III-C3-PG 64-10. Asphalt Concrete in base course, if necessary or required by the City Inspector, shall be Type I11-B2-PG 64-10. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or shown on the Plans, asphalt concrete mixtures shall conform to 203-6.4. 203-6.3 Job Mix Formula (JMF) and Mix Designs. 203-6.3.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall submit in accordance with 3-8, a JMF that summarizes each asphalt concrete mix design for each class and grade of asphalt concrete required to construct the Work. Supporting information for the WMA technology and/or recycling agent, if included in a mixture, shall also be submitted. 2. The JMF shall identify the source and the individual grading of each material used to produce the mix design (including the percentage and individual gradation of any manufactured or natural sands), the combined gradation, the OBC, void content, RAP percentage, RAP gradation, RAP binder content, stability value, plant identification, mix number, WMA technology, and the source and performance grade of the paving asphalt. The mix design test data represented by the JMF shall be submitted to the Engineer with the JMF. 3. When greater than 20 percent RAP is to be included in a mixture, a mix design shall be submitted. The submittal shall include supporting information showing the viscosity of the individual binders (both the virgin paving asphalt grade and that of the binder recovered from the RAP); and the amount of recycling agent, if any, and the blended final viscosity in accordance with AASHTO M323. 4. For all mixtures, the asphalt binder content shall be defined as the total bituminous material present in the mix consisting of the blend of virgin paving asphalt, residual paving asphalt from RAP, and recycling agent. 5. When a mix design is more than 30 Calendar Days old, the JMF must indicate that the combined gradation is± 3 percent from the referenced mix design based on a 30-day moving average or a minimum of the 10 most current results. If the combined aggregate gradation is not within± 3 percentage points of the gradation shown on the referenced mix design on any sieve, if the source of any aggregate is changed, the performance grade or source of paving asphalt is changed, the grade or source of any other component of asphalt concrete is 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 175 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 changed, or the mix design is over 1 year old, a new mix design shall be prepared and a new JMF. The following asphalt concrete mixtures shall be used for the following uses : a. Surface Course -III-C3-PG64-10 b. Base Course -III-B2-PG64-10 c. AC Dikes and Berms -D2-PG70-10 d. AC Ditches -E-PG70-10 e. Trench Rep air -III-C3-PG64-10 203-6.3.2 Hveem Mix Design Method. DELETE the fourth paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Unless viscosity and blending charts developed in accordance with AASHTO M323 show otherwise, mix designs for mixtures containing more than 20 percent RAP shall drop the high temperature requirement of the virgin paving asphalt by one performance grade and drop the low t emperature requirement by a minimum of one performance grade, e.g., a specified "PG 64-10" shall become a "PG 58-22 or "PG 58-16". 203-6.4.1 Class and Grade. DELETE letters b) and d) and REPLACE with the following: b) "RO" if the mixture does not contain RAP, e.g., "C3-PG 64-10-RO". c) "WMA" if the mixture uses a warm mix asphalt technology, e.g., "C2-PG 64-10-WMA". 203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading. ADD the following: Table 203-6.4.4, design criteria, shall be modified per the following t able, the gradation shall stay the sa me: Table 203-6.4.4 -Modified (Design Criteria) A Sieve Size Dense Coarse 1-1/2" (37.5 mm) 100 1" (25 mm) ~0-100 ¾" (19.0 mm) 178-90 ½" (12.5 mm) 64-78 3/8" (9.5 mm) 54-68 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 34-48 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 25-35 No. 30 (600 µm) 12-22 No.SO (300 µm) 8-16 No. 200 (75 µm) 3-6 Asphalt Binder % 4.5-6.0 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 B Dense Medium Coarse 100 87-100 70-87 55-76 35-52 22-40 g-24 5-18 )-7 4.7-6.5 Percentage Passing Sieves Cl C2 Dl D2 Coarse Dense Coarse Dense Medium Medium Fine Fine 100 100 90-100 ~5-100 100 100 72-88 72-88 ~0-100 ~5-100 40-54 146-60 140-54 58-72 18-34 28-42 20-32 34-48 g-20 15-27 6-18 18-32 4-14 10-20 2-12 13-23 1-6 2-7 0-5 2-9 5.0-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.3-7.0 5.3-7.0 Page 176 E F Extra Channel Fine Liner 100 100 65-85 95-100 ~5-65 70-84 22-38 36-50 16-28 23-35 6-12 6-12 6.0-8.0 8.0-10.0 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Percentage Passing Sieves A B Cl C2 01 02 E F Sieve Size Dense Dense Medium Coarse Dense Coarse Dense Extra Channel Coarse Coarse Medium Medium Fine Fine Fine Liner Hveem Stability ~7 37 35 35 32 32 "S Value" (min.) Air Voids1 14% 4% 14% 4% 4% 14% 203-6.5.1 Class and Grade. DELETE the list and REPLACE with the following: a) No suffix if the mixture contains RAP in an amount up to 20 percent. b) "RO" if the mixture does not contain•RAP, e.g., "III-C3-PG 64-10-RO". c) "R" and the percentage of RAP if the mixture contains greater than 20 percent, e.g. "III - C3-PG 64-IO-R25". d) "WMA" if the mixture uses a warm mix asphalt technology, e.g., "III-C3-PG 64-10-WMA". 203-6.5.4 Table. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: CLASS ISieve Size 1" (25.0 mm) 3/4" (19.0 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 30 (600 µm) No. 200 (75 µm) Asphalt Binder% Air Voids% CLASS Sieve Size 3/4" (19.0 mm) 1/2" (12.5 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 30 (600 µm) No. 200 (75 µm) Asphalt Binder % Air Voids% 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 B2 Individual Moving Test Result Average 100 100 87-100 ~0-100 50-80 60-75 30-60 140-55 22-44 27-40 8-26 12-22 1-8 3-6 4.8-6.5 4% :2 Individual Moving Test Result Average 100 100 89 -100 95 -100 70-94 75-90 144-72 50-67 30-54 35-50 10-34 15 -30 2-10 14-7 5.0-6.8 4% Page 177 B3 Individual Test Result 100 90-100 60-84 40-60 24-50 11-29 1-9 4.8-6.5 4% :3 Individual Test Result 100 89 -100 74-100 50-78 32-60 14 -38 2-10 5.0 -7.0 4% Moving Average 100 ~5-100 65-80 145-60 30-45 15-25 3-7 Moving Average 100 95 -100 80-95 55-72 38-55 18 -33 14-8 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 (LASS D F Sieve Sizes Combined Average :::ombined Average 1/2" (12.5 mm) 100 3/8" (9.5 mm) ~5-100 100 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 65-85 95-100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 50-70 70-80 No. 30 (600 µm) 28-40 35-50 No. 200 (75 µm) 5-14 7-16 Asphalt Binder % 6.0-8.0 8.0-10.0 ~ir Voids 4% 203-6.8 Storage. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Storage of asphalt concrete shall not be allowed. Asphalt concrete shall be transferred from the mixer by a method that does not cause segregation. 203-6.10 Sampling. ADD the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of final asphalt concrete material. In addition to evaluation of the final asphalt material, samples of aggregate, RAP, and asphalt binder will be taken for testing. In case of dispute between the Contractor and the Agency, the Engineer has the authority to request core samples for analysis from the placed asphalt concrete for any of the acceptance criteria, at the locations determined by the Engineer. All samples shall be taken in accordance with California Test 125, and the following table: Sampling Location Asphalt Concrete • Trucks, or • Mat behind the paver Aggregate • Cold feed belts, or • Hot bins prior to addition of asphalt binder RAP • RAP system, or • RAP feed belts Asphalt Binder • Asphalt binder supplier, or • Storage tanks at the plant during production When behind the paver or core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size sa mples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for the required testing. When using core samples, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 178 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot sha ll be equal to 1 day's production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall be representative of their entire sample lot. 1. Evaluation and acceptance of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of final asphalt concrete material. In addition to evaluation of the final asphalt material, samples of aggregate, RAP, and asphalt binder shall be taken for testing. In case of dispute between the Contractor and the Agency, the Engineer has the authority to request core samples for analysis from the placed asphalt concrete for any of the acceptance criteria, at the locations determined by the Engineer. All samples sha ll be taken in accordance with California Test 125, and the following table: TABLE 203-6.10 Sampling Location Asphalt Concrete • Trucks, or • Mat behind the paver Aggregate • Cold feed belts, or • Hot bins prior to addition of asphalt binder RAP • RAP system, or • RAP feed belts Asphalt Binder • Asphalt binder supplier, or • Storage tanks at the plant during production 2. When behind the paver or core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for the required testing. 3. When using core samples, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 4. Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal to 1 day's production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall be representative of their entire sample lot. 203-6.11 Acceptance. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Acceptance of asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation, asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Air void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt binder content shall be within+/-0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula. 2. Acceptance of Type Ill aspha lt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation, asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Tables 203-6.5.4 (A) and 203-6.5.4 (B). Air void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 179 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 binder content shall be within +/-0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula. 3. Should plant gradation test results be unavailable and allowed by the Engineer, gradation may be determined in accordance with ASTM D2172 or by AASHTO T 308 with adherence to the aggregate correction factor therein. In the case of a continued dispute, fina I acceptance of plant produced mixtures may be based upon binder content, stability and air void values. 4. When dissimilar surface course mix characteristics are the result of production and delivery from multiple plants, the Engineer may require production and delivery from only 1 plant during any 1 day of production. SECTION 206 -MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS ADD the following: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1 Roadside Signs. 1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. 1. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: A. PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, B. Name of the sign manufacturer, C. Month and year of fabrication, D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and E. Manufacturer's identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. 2. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plastic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 180 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 206-7.1.3 Drawings. 1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this Contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. 1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. 1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. 1. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS Drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. 1. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45. 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. 1. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs. 206-7.2.1 General. 1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accordance with details shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 181 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.2.2 Drawings. 1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. 1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting {High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting {Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. 1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.S Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. 1. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: a. Wood posts shall not be used. b. Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. c. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m {7'). d. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, traffic signposts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS Drawing M-45 and shall have 1 post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. e. Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic signposts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 182 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. 1. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the Plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the Plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. 1. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. ADD the following subsection: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. 206-8.1 General. 1. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold- roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all 4 faces with 11mm (7 /16") holes on 25 mm (1") centers. 206-8.2 Tolerances. 1. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011", -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 " in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.lm (10'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(8). 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 183 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside Dimensions Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners mm (inches) mm (inches) 25 X 25 (1 X 1) b.13 J.005 32 X 32 (1¼x l ¼) J.15 J.006 38 X 38 (11/i x 1½) 0.15 0.006 144 X 44 (1¾ X 1¾) b.20 0.008 51 X 51 (2 X 2) 0.20 0.008 56 X 56 (23 /i6 X 23 /i6) 0.25 0.010 57 X 57 (2¼x 2¼) 0.25 0.010 64x 64 (21/i X 21/i) 0.25 0.010 51 X 76 12 X 3) D.25 D.010 TABLE 206-8.2(8) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside Dimension ISq u a ren essl1l Twist in 900 mm mm (Inches) mm (Inches) Permissible (3") mml2l (lnches)l2l 25 X 25 (1 X 1) I0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050 32 X 32 (1-¼ X 1-¼) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050 38x 38 (1-1/i X 1-1/i) I0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050 ~4x44 (1-¾x 1-¾) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062 51 X 51 (2 X 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062 56 X 56 (2-3 /iG X 2-3 /iG) I0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062 57 X 57 2-¼x 2-¼) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062 64 X 64 2-½x 2-½) I0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075 51 X 76 2 X 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075 11) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. 12) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. 206-8.3 Fasteners. 1. Fast eners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7 /8") diamet er head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type Ill. ADD the following subsection: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 184 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 206-9.1 General. 1. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the Work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20QC (-4QF) to +70QC (158QF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. 2. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer. 206-9.2 Message Board. 1. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete alphanumeric selection. 2. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. 3. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. 4. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from 1 position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet. 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. 1. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown on the Plans, specified in this section, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the Project in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the Agency (at the end ofthe job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these Specifications, including current registration. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 185 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The Contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location, and delivery of the signs to the Agency at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. SECTION 207 -GRAVITY PIPE 207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP). 207-2.5 Joints. ADD the following: All RCP joints shall receive a rubber-gasket meeting the requirements of Section 208-3 Gaskets for Concrete Pipe. 207-2.9 Basis for Acceptance. 207-2.9.1 General. 1. The contractor shall use b) or c) per the Green book standards. 207-17 PVC GRAVITY PIPE. 207-17.2.2 Cell Classification DELETE the first sentence and replace with the following: 1. Pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454 or 12364, as defined in ASTM D1784. 207-17.4.2 Acceptance. DELETE the last sentence and replace with the following: 1. Installation time shall conform to 207-15.6. SECTION 211-MATERIAL TESTS 211-6 RAP CORRECTION FACTOR. 211-6.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. A RAP correction factor must be determined for asphalt concrete mixtures containing greater than 20 percent RAP. The RAP correction factor shall be determined in accordance with 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 186 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Caltrans Lab Procedure LP-9 dated May 22, 2006. This factor shall be used in determining the combined gradation of the virgin aggregates and RAP. SECTION 213 -ENGINEERING GEOSYNTHETICS 213-5 GEOTEXTILES AND GEOGRIDS. ADD the following paragraphs: Geogrid shall be Miragrid 8XT or greater, or approved equal, and have been tested with the retaining wall block list ed in the ICC-ES Eva lu ation Report. The geogrid is a component of the Verdura retaining wall system shown on the Contract Drawings. Contractor shall include all components of Verdura retaining wall shown in the Contract Drawings including but not limited to geogrid, blanket drain, leveling pad and chimney drain as part of the Verdura retaining wall construction. ADD the following section: 213-5.1 General. Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-5.1 Table 213-5.1 GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain Reinforcement of Street Structural Section Remediation and Separation of Soil Reinforcement of Soil Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below¼ Ton Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above¼ Ton Plant Protection Covering Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG -6"x6" Wire and 10' Post Spacing Erosion Control Fence with 6' Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 187 Type Designation 90WS 180N 200WS 270WS 270WS N/A N/A 180N 250N 90N 90WS 200WS Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Add the following section: 213-5.2 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (¼") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SECTION 216 -PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX 216-4 TESTING REQUIREMENTS. 216-4.2.2 Acceptance. DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. When the average compressive strength of all cylinders tested is equal to or greater than the specified compressive strength of the PCC, and not more than 10 percent of the cylinders tested have an average compressive strength less than 90 percent of the specified compressive strength, and no cylinder tested has a compressive strength less than 85 percent of the specified compressive strength, the lot will be accepted. SECTION 217-BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS 217-1 BEDDING MATERIAL. 217-1.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Bedding for pipelines of any material shall conform with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, Volumes 2 and 3. 217-2 TRENCH BACKFILL. 217-2.1 General. DELETE TABLE 217-2.1 and replace with the following: TABLE 217-2.1 Zone Zone Limits Maximum Size (greatest dimension) Backfi ll Zone · From subgrade to 4" (150 mm) 12" (300 mm) above top of conduit 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: LO pipe or Page 188 Rock Sand Equivalent (Excluding Rock) Not less than 20 unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 217-3 STUCTURE BACKFILL. REPLACE Table 217-3 with Table: "Summary of Material and Minimum Compaction Recommendations" page 10 of Group Delta Geotechnical Recommendations dated July 30, 2021. ADD the following sections: 217-3.1 Quality Assurance. Excavated onsite material may be used for structure backfill provided it conforms to the above specifications for structural backfill material and is approved by the City or a Geotechnical Engineer provided by the City. 217-3.2 Submittals. Structure backfill sha ll conform with Group Delta Geotechnical Recommendations (July 30, 2021). Import material shall be obtained from, and waste material shall be deposited at, a site approved by the engineer. Prior to obtaining import material, contractor to provide product submittal to engineer for review and approve. Contractor shall submit copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that imported material conforms to the gradation specified. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 189 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 -EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEANING AND GRUBBING. DELETE the following section: 300-1.2 Root Pruning and Tree Trimming. 300-1.3 Measurement. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Clearing and grubbing, if measured for payment, will be measured by the acre or lump su m. 300-1.4 Payment. DELETE the second sentence. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. ADD the following: _ Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposa l of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of soil salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclass ified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plan s. Unclass ified excavation shall also include sca rification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1') of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. 300-2.2.1 General. ADD the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. ADD the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 190 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation shall be incidental to the item requiring excavation to depth specified on the plan and/or standard drawing and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. ADD the following subsection: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm {0.1') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 300-3.1 General. ADD to first paragraph: Care shall be taken in performing structure excavation of the soldier pile wall lagging in order to minimize the formation of voids behind the lagging that will need to be backfilled. At end of the work shift, lagging shall be in place the full height of the exposed excavation face. 300-3.5 Structure Backfill. 300-3.5.1 Requirements. ADD to First paragraph: Structure backfill behind the solider pile wall lagging shall be compacted by hand tamping, mechanical compaction or other measure approved by the engineer. Structure backfill in fill area behind the lagging shall be keyed into the existing or excavated back slope. REPLACE: a) Consolidation of structure backfill by jetting will not be permitted. ADD: A two-sack sand and cement slurry may also be used for structural fill as an alternative to compacted soil. Samples of the slurry should be fabricated and tested for compressive strength during construction. A 28-day compress ive strength of 100 pounds per square inch (psi) or more is recommended for the sand and cement slurry. Crushed rock (¾-inch) completely wrapped in filter fabric (Mirafi 140N or approved equivalent) may also be used as backfill in confined areas. 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL. 300-4.2 Preparation of Placement Areas. MODIFY second se ntence to: The areas shall then be scarified to a minimum depth of 12 inches, moisture condition to slightly above optimum moisture content and recompacted to 90 percent of the maximum dry density as evaluated by ASTM D1557 unless otherwise approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 191 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 ADD: In areas of saturated or pumping subgrade, a geogrid such as Tensar BX-1200, Terragrid RX1200 or Mirafi BXG120 (or approved equivalent) may be placed directly on the excavation bottom, and then covered with at least 12 inches of ¾-inch Aggregate Base (AB). Once the subgrade is firm enough to attain compaction with the AB, the remainder of the excavation may be backfilled. It may be necessary to place additional AB to stabilize the subgrade sufficiently to place fill. Add the following section: 300-12 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN. ADD the following section: 300-13.1 Dewatering. Dewatering consists of discharging accumulated stormwater, groundwater, or surface water from excavations or temporary containment facilities. The Contractor shall submit a dewatering and discharge work plan. All work associated with dewatering shall be performed per this specification and Section 3-12.6.4 of the latest version of SSPWC. Submittals: 1. Submit a dewatering plan and related supporting information detailing proposed plan and methodology of dewatering, treatment, and disposal of accumulated water. a. Dewatering plan shall include proposed dewatering system layout and manufacturer cut sheets for equipment necessary to perform dewatering. b. Identify the location, type and size of dewatering devices and related equipment, the size and type of materials composing the collection system, the size and type of equipment to be used to retain and treat accumulated water, and the proposed disposal locations. 2. Submit copies of permits from jurisdictions governing disposal of the groundwater. Dewatering, treatment and disposal of water shall be performed in conformance with the following requirements: 1. Conduct dewatering activities under the Caltrans's Field Guide for Construction Site Dewatering. 2. Di scharge from dewatering activities shall not cause erosion, scour, or sedimentary deposits that could impact natural bedding materials. 3. Discharge from dewatering activities shall only be used within the project limits as dust control. Excess discharge that is not used for dust control shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with the Order R9-2015-0013 NPDES NO. CAG919003 or Order WQ 2022-0057-DWQ NPDES No. CA000002 if applicable. 4. Discharge from dewatering activities that has an odor, discoloration other than sediment, an oily sheen, or foam on the surface shall not be used for dust control and shall be disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon discovering any such condition. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 192 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Subsurface exploration performed for the project on March 16, 2017, by Group Delta 9245 Activity Road, Suite 103, San Diego, California 92126; Phone: 858-536-1000. These investigations are provided for reference and information and are presented in the following reports: Report of Geotechnical Investigation Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Carlsbad, California Dated June 1, 2020 Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Carlsbad, California Dated June 30, 2021 By submitting a bid, the bidder is deemed to have examined the above referenced reports, and is familiar with the findings, recommendations, and conclusions contained therein, and has included with bid all costs associated with groundwater control and dewatering, special remedial earthwork and excavation requirements, and of fill and compaction requirements. It shall be assumed that construction shall be performed in wet conditions that require dewatering. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make provisions for soil conditions that differ from those reported in the soils report referenced above. 300-13.2 Payment. The contract lump sum price paid for the dewatering work shall include full compensation for the dewatering workplan and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and inci dentals to permit, install, implement, maintain and remove the dewatering operation. Partial payment shall be based on the percentage the total value of work completed. SECTION 301 -SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. MODIFY the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "6 inches (150mm)" to "12 inches (300 mm)". ADD the following: For new/replaced sidewalk or flatwork areas, provide a minimum of 2 feet of subgrade soil with an Expansion Index (El) of 50 or less as follows. Excavate 12 inches of soil below the sidewalk subgrade elevation. Excavated material can be reused if the El is less than 50. If cl ayey soils with 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 193 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 an El above 50 is encountered below the initial 12 inch excavation, an additional foot of expansive material should be excavated and replaced with low expansion potential granular material (El<50). The subgrade soil should then be brought to slightly above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 90% of the maximum dry density determined using ASTM D1557. Expansive clay may be encountered. Where expansive clay is encountered at the bottom of the resultant removal surface during subgrade preparation, stabilization shall be performed in accordance with Section 300-4.2 Subgrade compaction should be conducted immediately prior to placing base or concrete. 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. DELETE the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 12" (300 mm) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them (including pipelines), or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway, sidewalk constructed over them, to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-12. 301-1.7 Payment. MODIFY the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be incidental to the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 302 -ROADWAY SURFACING ADD the following Section: 302-1 GENERAL. 302-1.1 Vegetation Treatment. 1. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with an herbicide that complies with the City's Integrated Pest Management program. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 Working Days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the 2-day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and herbicide treatment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made for tree trimming and herbicide treatment. 302-1.2 Coordination. 1. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule Work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Republic Services at (760) 332-6464. At least 2 weeks prior to Work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within 500-feet of the Work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the Contractor's responsibility. A sample letter may be provided by the Agency to be used as an example. The 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 194 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 letter should provide the name of the Contractor and a 24-hour phone number for residents to call if they have any issues or questions. 2. During operations, the Contractor's schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800-foot distance from their homes or businesses. 3. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the Work shall be notified. 4. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the Work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list 2 telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by a representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the Project. At least 1 of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the Work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. 5. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided by the communications department. The day of the week shall be circled and appropriate information specific to the Work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font. 6. The preparation, materials, printing, delivery and distribution of the letters, door hangers and notifications shall be included in the contract price Bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. ADD the following: 302-5.8 Manholes and Other Structures. 1. When placing the overlay, the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is place d and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The Contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W23. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. Sl, S-4, or S-6. All storm sewer access 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 195 Date Printed: March 1S, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. 2. Raising and adjusting to grade all City-owned or CMWD-owned appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the Contract Un it Price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the Work as described in these Specifications and Plans. Other agencies will be responsible for their own appurtenances. 302-8 SEALCOAT FOR MISCELLANEOUS AREAS. 302-8.2.1 General. DELETE the second paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Sealcoat material shall be diluted using clean, potable water in an am ount not to exceed 20 percent of the total volume. 302-8.2.2. Spreading. DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Sealcoat shall be applied when the atmospheric temperature is greater than SS°F (13°C) and if rain is not forecast for the peri od of 24 hours after application; or as specified by the Engineer. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.2 Subgrade for Concrete Structures. ADD the following: If groundwater is encountered, Contractor shall work a minimum 2' deep of¾" gravel into soil to provide an adequate base for construction of concrete structure. 303-1.12 Payment. DELETE the subsection in its entirety and replace with the following: Payment for concrete structures, including but not limited to, pull boxes, thrust blocks, SDRSD D- 25 Curb Outlet, light and signal post foundations as shown on SDRSD E-1, SDRSD D-2 Curb Inlet, D-75 ditch repair for 4" PVC storm drain connection, and protection post per SDRSD CDS W24 are incidental to the respective bid item requiring such structure. Payment shall include compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to construct the concrete structures complete in place. Items shall include cast-in-place PCC, steel reinforcement, covers, rims, grates, frames, collars, cone and draft sections, bases, steps, clean up; and for all other work necessary to install the concrete structure, complete in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 196 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE. 303-2.1.1 General. ADD the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 6" x 6" (150mm x 150mm) by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.1.1 General. ADD the following: Portland Cement Concrete construction shall include, but not limited to, curbs, walkways, cross gutters, access ramps, driveways, concrete curb outlet, terrace ditches, and all other miscellaneous PCC construction items as indicated on the plans and per these Specifications. 6" Curb and Gutter shall conform to the standard referenced on the plan (1.E: CAL TRANS A82A), the details on the plans, and these specifications. Adjacent AC/ AB removal associated with concrete curb construction shall be full depth AC replacement and a minimum width of one foot from the face of concrete edge. Removal of AC shall be incidental to Section 401-1 Removals. Replacement of AC shall be considered incidental to this Section and conform to the requirements of Sections 203-6 and 302-5. The Contractor shall verify with a "smart level", string line and/or water testing that positive drainage is maintained upon completion of finishing, and any irregularities causing water ponding shall be corrected and refinished. The CITY shall be present to verify the concrete forms, prior to pouring any PCC construction improvements. 303-5.5.2 Curb. ADD the following: The Contract or shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A). TABLE 303-5.5.2{A) Curb Face Markings Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. ADD the following: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 197 Marking w s RW Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across driveways, access ramps and drainage inlets when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE. 303-6.1 General. ADD the following: Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6"x6" -10 guage wire mesh throughout. ADD the following: 303-6.5 Concrete Finishing Products. 303-6.5.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and natural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Odor: Flash Point: Specific Grav.: Density: Drying Time: Cure Time: VOC Content: Clear, non-yellowing Mild None {C.O.C. method) 1.03 8.6 pounds per gallon 30 minutes to 60 minutes 24 to 48 hours None (0 g/1) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 198 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Method of: Airless sprayer. Application Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal, L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction. ADD the following: 303-6. 7 Measurement and Payment. Payment for colored, stamped concrete shall be paid at the contract unit price. Said payment shall include compensation for survey, sawcut, excavation, disposal of material, grading, backfill, compaction, base material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sea lers, transitions, joints, and other material necessary to construct the specific stamped concrete as indicated on the plans and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 303-7 COLORED CONCRETE 303-7.1 General. ADD the following: Integral color shall be used to develop colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made ofthe highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the installation on identical surfaces for approval by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete. Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Color: As specified on the plans or 2016 City of Carlsbad Landscape Manual. Match existing color if none specified. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 199 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer:Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). SECTION 306 -OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-7 PREFABRICATED GRAVITY PIPE. 306-7.3.2.3 Gasket-Type Joints. ADD the following: The Contractor shall provide Rubber Gasket-type joints for all reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints). SECTION 314 -TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. 314-2.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 2. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the Plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 200 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 4. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10') thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted. 314-2.2 and 314-2.3 REPLACE as follows: 314-2.2 Measurement and Payment. 1. Removal of traffic striping and curb and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. 314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS. 314-3.2 and 314-3.3 Replace as follows: 314-3.2 Measurement and Payment. 1. Removal of pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. 314-4.3.6 and 314-4.3. 7 Replace as follows: 314-4.3.6 Measurement and Payment. 1. Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. 314-4.4.5 and 314-4.4.6 Replace as follows: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 201 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 314-4.4.5 Measurement and Payment. 1. Thermoplastic traffic striping and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS. 314-5.6 and 314-5.7 Replace as follows: 314-5.6 Measurement and Payment 1. Pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 202 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 400 -PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California ("Surveyor") to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than 30 Calendar Days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by Business and Professions Code Sections 8772 and 8773 et seq .. 2. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 Calendar Days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. SECTION 401 -REMOVAL 401-2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. Removal performed by cold milling shall conform to 404. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement of the concrete. 401-3 CONCRETE AND MASONRY IMPROVEMENTS. 401-3.2 Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley Intersections. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made through the entire thickness. Concrete sidewalk or driveway to be removed shall be neatly sawed in straight 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 203 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 lines either parallel to the curb or at right angles to the alignment of the sidewalk. No section to be replaced shall be smaller than 30 inches (750 mm) in either length or width. All existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a depth deep enough to produce a clean straight break without loosening, cracking or damaging adjoining improvements. Curb and gutter shall be sawed on a neat line at right angles to the curb face. PCC and all other material unsuitable for use as fill, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the right-of- way and disposed of by the Contractor at a site of his own choice and shall pay all costs incidental to the disposal. ADD the following: 401-3.2.1 Adjacent Asphalt Concrete (AC/AB) Sawcut and Removal. 1. Adjacent AC/ AB sawcut and removal associated with concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/ AB section shall be incidental to replacement of the concrete as specified in Section 303-5. SECTION 402 -UTILITIES 402-1 LOCATION. 402-1.1 General. DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Known utilities and their respective owners are shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions and their locations are based on available records. The accuracy and/or completeness of the utilities shown on the Plans is not guaranteed and actual locations must be confirmed by potholing. Where underground utilities are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. INSERT, after the first sentence of the third paragraph, the following: Subsurface installations shall be located at least 5 Working Days and at least 500 feet in advance of any construction heading and the results reported in written form to the Engineer. AMEND letter d) to read as follows: d) horizontal location with reference to Project stationing. 402-2 PROTECTION. DELETE the first 3 paragraphs and REPLACE with the following: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 204 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the utility owner or direction from the Engineer. Valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Excavation of soils providing support to pressure pipeline thrust blocks may require isolation and de- pressurization of the pipeline prior to the installation of support devices and the Contractor shall coordinate such Work with the utility owner. 2. Where a vertical separation distance of 12 inches cannot be attained between a proposed utility and an existing utility greater than 4 inches in diameter, place a 1-inch thick neoprene or silicone pad with Shore A durometer hardness of 50 to 70 (ASTM D2240) in contact with the top of the lower utility and backfill with Portland cement concrete sand conforming to 203-1.5.5 to 3 inches above the bottom of the upper utility. The width of the pad shall be equal to the width of the trench and the length shall extend 1 foot beyond the outer limits of the existing utility. 3. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with 402-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. 4. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in 7-3 or 7-4. 402-4 RELOCATION. DELETE paragraphs 3 and 4 and REPLACE with the following: 1. When the Plans or Special Provisions provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such Work, including temporary utility service, shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. 2. The Contractor will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements in accordance with the procedures and upon the approval of the utility owner. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. Payment for the relocation of such service connections shall be in accordance with 7-3 unless otherwise specified in the Bid. Payment will include disconnection of existing service connections from the utility main, capping or plugging existing outlets on the utility main, abandoning the service connection, and the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the service connection relocation. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect private interfering service connections. Unless otherwise specified in the Bid, disconnection and reconnection of private services will be outside of the scope of the Work and the Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. 402-5 DELA VS DUE TO UTILITY CONFLICTS. DELETE paragraphs 1 through 4 and REPLACE with the following: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 205 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of the Construction Schedule in accordance with 6-1 which shall be revised upon the completion of utility potholing and evaluation for potential utility conflicts. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. 2. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with 402-1. 3. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing Work correctly shown on the Plans. 4. The Agency will determine the scope of Work for the removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by the removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. 402-6 COOPERATION. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work Site by the Agency or the utility owner and provide time for utility Work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. SECTION 403 -MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION 403-1 GENERAL. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Wet utility (water, recycled water, sewer and storm drain) manhole and vault frames and covers and valve box frames and covers within an area to be paved or graded shall be set to finish grade by the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall remove all debris from the interior of manholes and vaults and shall clean all foreign material from the top of the frames and covers. 403-3 MANHOLES IN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Wet utility structures extending 2 inches (SO mm) or more above the new subgrade shall be lowered by the Contractor to the new subgrade before construction of the pavement section. Other structures shall be lowered by their owners unless otherwise specified or shown on the Plans. Structures projecting less than 2 inches {SO mm) above the subgrade may be surveyed and covered for construction of the pavement section and later adjusted to grade. The top of 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 206 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 reset manholes and other structures shall conform to the smoothness requirement specified in 302-5.6.2. 2. All structures from which manhole frames and covers have been removed to facilitate pavement section construction shall be temporarily covered with a steel plate by the Contractor. When this procedure is impractical, such as for large vaults, or special structures, remodeling or reconstruction shall be completed to finish permanent surface prior to paving operations. 3. The Contractor shall notify utility owners at least 21 Calendar Days in advance of the need to commence Work required prior to paving operations and again for Work required after paving operations. If the Engineer determines the utility owner will not complete adjustment of its facilities within 10 Working Days of the completion of the surface course of pavement, the facilities will be adjusted by their owner under a separate procedure established by the Agency. 4. After the pavement has been completed, the necessa ry portions of the sub grade, base, and pavement shall be neatly removed, the structure built up, and the manhole or vault frame or valve box set to within 1-1/2 inches (37.5 mm) of finish pavement surface with concrete pavement conforming to 201-1 and 302-6. The Contractor shall fill the remaining 1-1/2 inches (37.5 mm) with the asphalt concrete surface course mixture. This material shall be placed and compacted to conform to the appearance, grade, density and smoothness of the surrounding pavement. 403-4 MEASUREMENT. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Manhole, vault or valve box adjustment and reconstruction of the type specified will be measured by each. 403-5 PAYMENT. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Payment for adjusting manhole or vault frames and covers to grade, where the difference between the lowest point of manhole or vault frame removal and final elevation of the top of the frame is less than 15 inches (375 mm) or where the adjustment is accomplished by adjustment rings only, will be made at the Contract Unit Price for adjusting each manhole or vault frame. 2. Payment for setting manhole or vault frames and covers to grade, where the difference between the lowest point of manhole or vault frame removal and the final elevation of the top of the frame is 15 inches (375 mm) or more, will be made at the Contract Unit Price for reconstructing each manhole. 3. Payment for adjusting valve boxes to grade will be made at the Contract Unit Price for adjusting each valve box regardless of the height of the adjustment. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 207 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 404-12 PAYMENT. ADD the following: SECTION 404 -COLD MILLING No extra payment will be made for milling or disposing of existing geotextile, geogrid, or pavement fabric shown on the plans. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page208 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 601 -TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP). 601-2.2 Payment. REPLACE this section with the following: The Contract lump sum price paid for the traffic control system shall include full compensation for, but not limited to, design, submittal and approval of the traffic control plan, furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including construction area signs), tools, equipment, traffic control plans for the project, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in placing, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing and disposing of the components of the traffic control including channelizers (surface mounted), temporary railing (Type K) markers, lights for illuminating the work site, delineators, temporary striping and pavement marking, barricades, portable flashing beacons, flashing arrow signs, portable changeable message signs, as shown on the Plans, these contract documents, and as directed by the Engineer. The traffic control plan shall include, at a minimum, one portable changeable message sign positioned on both eastbound and westbound approaches to the work area. Full compensation for removing and salvaging the traffic control equipment and materials that are to be reused or reset in the project shall be considered included in the Contract lump sum price paid for traffic control system and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Partial payment for traffic control shall be based on the percentage of total value of work completed. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 209 Date Printed: March lS, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 8 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION SECTION 800 -MATERIALS 800-1 LANDSCAPING MATERIALS. ADD the following: At all times, landscaping materials prescribed on the Drawings shall take precedence over those specified herein or in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest Edition {Green book). Within 30 days of contract award, the Contractor shall submit a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section, demonstrating complet e conformance with the requirements specified. a) Materials list shall include, but not be limited to: Quantity, quality and sources of soil amendments, including fertilizers by type; b) Quantity, quality and sources of container plant materials by species and size; c) Quantity, quality and sources of seed by mix and species, and associated hydroseeding mix materials; d) Quantity, and quality and sources of rock mulch; and e) Quantity, quality and sources of organic mulch. Contractor sha ll submit copies of cut sheets and chemical analyses for all soil amendments to be used within thirty {30) days of contract award. Contractor shall submit evidence of the container plant order from a native plant nursery to the City's designated representative. The so urce of all container plant propagules and/or seed shall have originated from San Diego County, unless otherwise approved by the City's designated representative. Contractor shall submit all seed bag certification tags and a signed certificate from the installer listing quantities and type of materials used in seeding installation. Certification list shall include seed type (genus and species), quantity {weight), analysis, supplier name, geographic location of seed collection, seed purity percentage, seed germination percentage, and date seed was collected and tested. Copies of inspection certificates, required by law, shall be furnished to the City without charge. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish seed samples upon request. Samples of one-half pound of each species or seed mix may be requested by the City's designated representative, to be drawn at time of delivery to the project site. Contractor shall warranty all plant material to remain healthy and vigorously growing for one {1) full year from the date of final acceptance of installation by the City's designated representative. All dead plants shall be replaced before the end of the 120-day plant establishment period. The Contractor's warranty period may be extended in cases where plants are slow to establish. If 00 74 00 ~ TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 210 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contractor fails to replace plants within the thirty (30) daytime limit, the City may replace them at Contractor's expense five (5) days after written notice to Contractor. Contractor shall not be held responsible for failures due to neglect by the City, vandalism, and "Acts of Nature" during warranty period. Such conditions which exempt Contractor from the warranty shall be documented in writing by Contractor and delivered to City Representative and the City's designated representative within one (1) week of occurrence for approval. 800-1.1. Topsoil. ADD the following: Salvaged Topsoil. Existing topsoil shall be salvaged from all existing native vegetation areas prior to rough grading and shall be stockpiled on site for reuse within the designated revegetation planting areas shown on the Drawings. 800-1.1.5 Container Plant Backfill Mix. Planting backfill shall consist of 100% loose friable native soil with all trash, debris, rocks and clods over 1" diameter removed. Native soil shall be used to backfill all excavated plant pits in the installation of containerized plant materials. 800-1.2 Soil Fertilizing and Conditioning Materials. 800-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. ADD the following to the end of the section: Planting fertilizer shall be two (2) 21 gram 'Agriform' (20-10-5) planting tablets or approved equal. 800-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. REPLACE with the following: General Soil Preparation After incorporation of the salvaged topsoil and finish grading, general soil preparation shall be implemented and shall include soil amendments broadcast uniformly, on a square foot basis. The amendments shall be incorporated homogenously within the top six (6) inches of the soil surface for all revegetation and landscape planting areas, as shown on the Drawings. • General soil amendments, per thousand (1,000) sq. ft. basis, shall include the following: a) Potassium sulfate (0-0-50), @ 6 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft. b) Triple superphosphate (0-45-0),@ 4 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft. c) Agricultural gypsum, @ 80 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft. d) Organic soil amendment, @ 3 cu. yd s. per 1,000 sq. ft., sufficient for 2% to 4% soil organic matter on a dry weight basis. Soil amendment shall have the following characteristics: • Humus material shall have an acid-soluble ash content of no less than 6% and no more than 20%. Organic matter shall be at least 50% on a dry weight basis. • pH of the material shall be between 6 and 7 .5. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 211 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 • Salt content shall be less than 10 millimho/cm @ 25° C. on a saturated paste extract. • Boron content of the saturated extract shall be less than 1.0 part per million. • Silicon content (acid-insoluble ash) shall be less than 50%. • Calcium carbonate shall not be present if to be applied on alkaline soils. • Types of acceptable products are composts, manures, mushroom composts, st raw, alfalfa, peat mosses etc. low in salts, low in heavy metals, free from weed seeds, free of pathogens and other deleterious materials. • Composted wood products are conditionally acceptable [stable humus shall be present]. Wood based products are not acceptable which are based on red wood or cedar. • Sludge-based materials are not acceptable. • Carbon: Nitrogen ratio is less than 25:1. • Compost shall be aerobic without malodorous presence of decomposition products. • Maximum particle size shall be 0.5 inch, 80% or more shall pass a No. 4 screen. • Maximum total permissible pollutant concentrations in amendment in parts per million, on a dry weight basis: arsenic 12 copper 100 selenium 30 cadmium 15 lead 200 silver 10 chromium 200 mercury 10 vanadium 50 cobalt 50 molybdenum 20 zinc 200 nickel 100 Container Plant Backfill. Container plant backfill soil preparation, shall be on a volume basis, and shall be incorporated into planting backfill as shown on the Drawings. Container plant soil amendments shall include the following: a) Potassium sulfate (0-0-50), @ ¼ pound per cubic yard b) Triple superphosphate (0-45-0), @¼pound per cubic yard c) Agricultural gypsum, @ 2 pounds per cubic yard d) Organic soil amendment, @ 15% by volume, sufficient for 2% to 4% soil organic matter on a dry weight basis. Soil amendment shall have the same characteristics as listed above under general soil preparation. 800-1.2.5 Mulch. ADD t he following: Mulch Types 1 through 6 shall not be used. ADD the following to the end of the section: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 212 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 a) Type 7 mulch (organic mulch bark) shall be used for all planting areas to be mulched with walk on bark, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Wood mulch is to be 1/2" to 1- 1/2" fibrous and woody bark mixture of Douglas Fir and placed in a minimum 3" layer unless otherwise stated within the Drawings. Contractor shall submit a one cubic foot sample for approval before installation. 800-1.3 Seed. ADD the following to the end of the section: Contractor shall arrange for all seed material to be reserved and/or purchased for the sole purpose of this project. Native seed shall be procured by the Contractor and shall have originated from San Diego County locations, unless otherwise approved by the City's designated representative. Any special seed collection required shall be conducted by a supplier possessing staff experienced in native seed collection. Seed may be purchased from S&S Seed Company, Carpinteria, CA (805) 684-0436, or an approved equal. Contractor to furnish seed and hydroseed slurry mix as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. Seed of each species shall be furnished in quantity and quality (meeting specified minimum percentages of purity and germination) as shown on the Drawings. For each seed type not conforming to specified percentage of seed purity and germination, each corresponding seed application rate (Lbs./acre) will be adjusted by the City's designated representative, using current test results. Increased seed quantities for this purpose shall be furnished by Contractor at Contractor's cost. a) Seeds shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed, composed of the varieties mixed in proportions and testing minimum percentage of purity and germination per industry standards. b) All seed shall be pre-treated as specified in Delivery, Storage and Special Handling. All seed shall have originated from San Diego County, unless approved by the City's designated representative. c) The Contractor is responsible for contacting the seed supplier 30 days after award of contract to arrange for special seed collections and seed pre-treatment as necessary. Seed shall be delivered in unopened manufacturer's containers bearing original certification labels showing seed type (genus, species), quantity (weight), analysis, supplier name, percentage seed purity, percentage seed germination, and seed test date. All seed shall be labeled according to state and federal law. Seed supplier shall certify to the City's designated representative, in writing, location and date of seed collection. Before installation, store seed in a cool, dry place; protect all seed and container plants from vandalism, wind, heat, and other conditions that damage or impair seed and plant viability. The hydroseed slurry mix shall be: a) seed mix at rates indicated on the Drawings, and based on 1,000 sq. ft. b) virgin wood fiber mulch @ 60 lbs./ 1,000 sq. ft. c) "AZ-TAC" binder-tackifier@ 4 lbs./ 1,000 sq. ft. (or approved equal) 00 74 00 = TECH NICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 213 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 d) fertilizer 0-45-0 (triple superphosphate) @ 2 lbs./ 1,000 sq. ft. e) green slurry marker dye. 800-1.4 Plants. 800-1.4.1 General. ADD the following to the end of the section: Plant names indicated in plant palettes conform to Hickman, J.C., 1993, "The Jepson Manual: Higher Plants of California". Alternate references are included from Clarke, Oscar F., 2007, "Flora of the Santa Ana River and Environs". "Native" and "non-native" species will be identified from these two sources. Plants shall be procured by the Contractor at a native plant nursery. Commercial native plants shall be grown by a nursery possessing a valid California Nursery License and a staff experienced with propagation of native species. Plants may be purchased from Tree of Life Nursery, San Juan Capistrano, CA (714) 728-0685, or an approved equal. All plants will be true to name, and one of each tree and no less than 2% of each plant species will be tagged with the name and size of plants in accordance with the standards of practice recommended by the American Association of Nurserymen. The root condition of plants furnished in containers will be checked. The City's designated representative will check no more than two plants of each species or variety from each source. All plants rendered unsuitable will be rejected and replaced at no additional cost. In case the sample plants are found to be defective, the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples may be rejected. All trees and shrubs will be from nurseries in geographical areas with similar climates and transported covered. The specified standard height and diameter will be set by the American Standard for Nursery Stock. All trees will have a single leader and begin branching no lower than 4 feet from ground, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Written certifications are required to be submitted to the City upon delivery of the respective materials to the job site. All submitted products may only be used when approved by the City. Once nursery grown container plants are accepted by the Contractor, all plants not conforming to contract requirements shall be considered defective, and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected and be immediately removed from the site of the work and replaced with acceptable plant materials at the Contractor's expense. All plants shall be of the species, variety, size, age, flower color, and condition as specified herein, or as indicated on the drawings. Under no conditions will there be any substitution of plant variety, or reduced sizes for those listed on the accompanying drawings, except with the expressed written consent of the City. At least one specimen of each species of plant materials provided to the site shall be labeled with legible water-proof ink indicating the correct botanical name of the plant. Labeled sample plants 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 214 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 shall remain on site and shall be maintained by Contractor for identification during planting. Labeled sample plants shall be incorporated into the work at the end of the project. Plants shall be furnished in species, quantities, and sizes, and at spacing shown on the Drawings, described in the plant lists, and in the specifications herein. a) Quality and size of all plants shall conform to the California Standard Grading Code of Nursery Stock and shall be No. 1 grade. Caliper, height, and spread shall be average for each listed species. They shall be symmetrical, healthy, vigorous, of normal growth, free from disease, insects, insect eggs and larvae. b) All plants shall have healthy, normal root systems that consolidate potting soil into a firm rootball throughout the entire container. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. c) All plant material will be subject to inspection and approval by Contractor and the City's designated representative at the time of delivery to project site. d) Container stock shall have grown in containers for at least 9 months, but not over twelve (12) months. Samples shall be inspected to ensure that no root bound conditions prevail and that no container plants have cracked or broken rootballs when taken from containers. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval or rejection at the project site at any time before or during progress of work, for size, variety, condition, latent defects, and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately. e) Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weatherproof labels attached securely to plant before delivery to site (provide one label, minimum, for each species delivered). f) During delivery, Contractor shall protect plants from vandalism, wind, heat, and other conditions that damage or impair viability of plants. Contractor shall store plants in a cool, dry place. For prolonged storage on site, a temporary shade cloth structure may be required. g) At all times, conduct regular watering to keep plants moist. Plants shall be stored on site for no longer than 2 weeks (14 consecutive calendar days). Plants stored on site longer than two weeks will be considered defective and shall be replaced, in kind, quantity, and size, by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. 800-1.5 Headers, Stakes, and Ties. 800-1.5.1 General. ADD the following to the end of the section: Tree stakes and plant protection cages shall be as prescribed in the details on the Drawings. Materials not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be selected by the Contractor subject to the City's designated representative approval. 800-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. INSERT the following: At all times, irrigation system materials prescribed on the Drawings shall take precedence over those specified herein or in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest Edition (Greenbook). Submittals. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 215 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Upon 15 days after Contractor has received the City's Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the City's designated representative of record the following product data: a) A complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed for this scope of work. b) Manufacturer's specifications, catalog cut sheets, and other data required to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. c) Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the designer of record, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used in the field. Before the installation of any work, prepare a detailed list of each material proposed for use in the project and submit to City's designated representative for approval. Prepare typed written material list using the following format, as a sample: Double space between each item. Item No. Description Manufacturer 1. Pressure Supply Lines Pac. Western 2. 3. 4. Lateral Lines Pac. Western Sprinkler Heads Hunter Etc. Etc. Etc. Model No. Schedule 40 PVC Class 315, Class 200 PVC (per irrigation legend) No substitutions of material or procedures shall be made concerning these documents without the written consent of an accepted equivalent by the City's designated representative. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior approval of the City's designated representative may be rejected and the Contractor shall be required to remove such materials from the site at his own expense. Approval of substitution of material and/or products, other than those specified, shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible, at his own expense, for all changes by approved substitutions which affect other items of his own work and/or the work of other Contractors. Samples of the equipment may be required at the request of the City's designated representative if the equipment is other than that specified. Contractor shall provide the following incidental materials and equipment to the City's designated representative: a) Two control valve keys. b) Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head. c) Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as the coupling valve. Record Drawings (As-Builts): Dimension from 2 permanent points of reference, building corners, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following items: a) Point of connection (POC). b) Routing of pressurized main line pipe (dimension max. 100' along routing). c) Shut off valves. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 216 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 d) Control valves. e) Quick coupling valves. f) Other related equipment as directed by the City's designated representative. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prepare and deliver to the City's designated representative within ten calendar days before completion of construction hard cover binder with three rings containing the following information: a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer's representative. b) Catalog and parts sheets on every material and equipment installed under this contract. c) Guarantee statement. d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e) In addition to the above-mentioned maintenance manuals, show evidence in writing to the City's designated representative at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. 800-2.1 Pipe and Fittings. 800-2.1.1 General. INSERT the following before the first paragraph: Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required. Carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of this work and plan this work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting and architectural features. 800-2.1.6 Plastic Pipe. ADD the following subsection: Identify all pipes with the following indelible markings: a) Manufacturer's name b) Nominal pipe size c) Schedule of class d) Pressure rating psi e) NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal of approval f) Date of extrusion Pipe (solvent weld type): manufacture from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound in accord with ASTM D1784 or ASTM D2241, cell classification 124548; hydrostatic design stress rating no less than 2,000 psi. Fittings shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, injection molded PVC, and comply with ASTM D1784, cell classification 134548. Threads (where required) shall be injection molded type. Tees and ells shall be side gated. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page217 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Threaded nipples shall be standard weight, Schedule 80 with molded threads. The main line pressure pipe and lateral pipe shall be Schedule 40 PVC IPS Type 1, Grade 1 pipe. All plastic pipes will bear the following markings: the manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, or schedules. The main line fittings will be fitted together and will be solvent welded using pipe primer ASTM F656 and pipe solvent ASTM D-2564. All other fittings will be fitted together, will be solvent welded with pipe solvent ASTM D-2564, NSF or approved equal. 800-2.1.7 Joint Cement and Primer. ADD the following subsection: Non-pressure plastic pipes and fittings shall be cemented using a 100% active solvent, Christy's Blue Glue. Pressure plastic pipes and fittings shall be coated with a primer and then with a 100% active solvent, Christy's Blue Glue for 4" and smaller and Grey 4" and larger. Both primer and solvent shall be similar in all respects to that manufactured by Christy's or approved equal. 800-2.2 Valves and Valve Boxes. 800-2.2.2 Gate Valves. REPLACE the section in its entirety with the following: 800-2.2.2 Shut Off Valves. Shut off valves shall be PVC ball valve with ABS handle, size per Drawings. 800-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. REPLACE the section in its entirety with the following: Valve boxes shall be fabricated from a durable plastic material resistant to weather, sunlight and chemical action of soils. They shall be green in color. The cover shall be secured with a stainless- steel bolt mechanism. The cover shall be capable of sustaining a load of 1,500 pounds. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box. All valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Ametek, Carson, or an approved equal. a) Quick coupling valve boxes shall be round. The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "QCV", 2" high. b) Shut off valve boxes shall be round. The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "SOV", 2" high. c) Remote control valve boxes shall be 12" x 18" concrete with metal lid. The cover shall be welded with the letters "RCV" and the valve number in characters 2" high. Electric remote control valves will be as noted on the drawing and will be identified per plan and/or with Christy's tag or equal. d) Splice boxes shall be 12" x 18". The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "SB", 2" high. e) Provide at all locations indicated, 18 inches minimum from hardscape. f) Fill area under box with minimum of 3 cubic feet of pea gravel before box is installed. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 218 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 801-1 GENERAL. ADD the following: SECTION 801-INSTALLATION The Contractor shall maintain all landscape and private property surrounding the construction to the greatest extent possible. Any landscape, plants, walls, or steps stones disturbed shall be restored to pre-construction condition. The Contractor shall hold a valid California Landscape Contractors License, Class C-27, and shall provide a project foreman who has previously overseen successful public landscape projects of at least 5 acres in size in Southern California, including native revegetation. Contractor shall attend a pre-construction meeting with the City and the City's designated representative before the start of work. At all times planting, seeding, irrigation system, and associated landscape treatments shall be installed as prescribed and detailed on the Drawings; these prescriptions shall take precedence over those specified herein or in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest Edition (Greenbook). Contractor shall protect in place all existing native plant materials adjacent to the limits of work and newly planted material. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the replacement of damaged existing native plant material (at a 5:1 replacement ratio) or newly planted material at a 1:1 replacement ratio. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing vegetation, use all possible care to avoid injury to trees and shrubs and tree/shrub roots. Excavation in areas where 2-inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. Roots 2 inches and larger in diameter, except directly in the path of pipe or conduit, shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped in burlap, to prevent scarring or excessive drying. Where a ditching machine is run close to trees having roots smaller than 2 inches in diameter, the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed, make clean cuts through. Roots 1-inch and larger in diameter shall be painted with coats of Tree Seal, or equal. Trenches adjacent to trees should be closed within 24 hours. Where this is not possible, the side of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be kept shaded with burlap or canvas. 801-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT. 801-2.2 Topsoil Preparation and Conditioning. 801-2.2.1 General. INSERT the following before the first paragraph: During weed abatement procedures, the Contractor is responsible for the erection of all signs and barriers required to prevent intrusion into the treated areas and to notify the public. No material or methods used for weed abatement shall affect existing vegetation to 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 219 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 remain/protected, the landscape plantings, or hydroseed germination. No material or method shall render the job site unusable for more than 10 calendar days from date of application. Before spreading soil amendments and installation of irrigation systems, cross-rip or otherwise till to a depth of 6" all planting areas to receive soil preparation. All rock 1" and larger shall be removed to a depth of 12". Dispose of all debris off-site according to State and local regulations. To all planting areas, uniformly broadcast soil amendments and thoroughly incorporate to minimum 611 depth by means of a rototiller or equal. Rough grade has been left within one tenth of one foot offinish grade. Work such as fine grading and light cultivation are required of all planting areas indicated on the Drawings to prepare grades before seed or stolon planting. After approximate finished grades have been established, all soil areas shall be lightly compacted and settled by application of heavy irrigation to a minimum depth of 611• Contractor shall monitor the irrigation and shall adjust the irrigation run time to assure no erosion occurs. All landscape areas will be graded to finish grades by the landscape contractor, reestablishing flow lines as approved before amending the soil. Finish grades will be inspected upon completion. All existing weeds and debris within the designated planting areas are to be completely removed and removal work shall be approved by the City's designated representative before amending site soils. Prior to the application of soil amendments the Contractor shall implement a "grow and kill" cycle over an approximate three week period, utilizing the irrigation system to promote germination of any remnant weed and/or exotic non-native plant species. The contractor shall kill/control all re-emergent weeds and exotic species through hand removal and/or through herbicide use. Only herbicides approved for use within the City of Carlsbad can be utilized. See City of Carlsbad Integrated Pest Management Plan (1PM). The Contractor will not proceed with planting work until the grow and kill cycles have been completed and finish grades have been inspected and accepted by the City. 801-2.2.2 Fertilizing and Conditioning Procedures. INSERT before the first paragraph: Soil preparation shall be conducted after finish grades are established and after the "grow and kill" cycle has been completed. Soil amendments for the planting areas are as specified herein in Section 800-1.2 and as shown on the Drawings. Soil amending shall be conducted before implementation of planting and seeding. All existing weeds and debris are to be completely removed and removal work approved by the City's designated representative before amending site soils. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 220 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 801-2.3 Finish Grading. ADD the following to the end of the section: After the foregoing specified deep watering (Section 801-2.2.2), minor modifications to grade may be required to establish the final grade for planting. These areas shall not be worked on until the moisture content has been reduced to a point where working it will not destroy soil structure. Finished grading shall ensure proper drainage of the site. Finished earth berm surfaces shall be smooth and even between contours. Surface drainage shall be away from all paved surfaces. Eliminate all erosion scars. The Contractor shall request a review by the City for recommended approval of the final grades and elevations before beginning planting operations. 801-4 PLANTING. 801-4.1 General. ADD the following to the end of the section: Plants shall not be allowed to dry out before or during installation. Contractor shall keep exposed roots moist by means of wet saw dust, peat moss, or burlap at all times during planting operations. Roots shall not be exposed to air except when being placed in ground. Wilted plants, improperly located or installed, whether in place or not, shall not be accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Contractor shall be responsible for watering all container plants on site while being stored before planting. No area shall be planted where weeds and/or exotic species are prese nt or there is evidence that a weed crop will germinate. Before excavation of planting pits or placing of plant materials, the Contractor shall locate all existing underground utility lines and irrigation lines and take proper precautions to avoid damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, notify the City who shall arrange for the relocation of one or the other. The Contractor assumes responsibility for expenses incurred for all repairs of damage to utility lines and existing irrigation lines resulting from inadequate precautions by Contractor. Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice, and/or as approved by the City's designated representative. Seeding shall be conducted when wind and temperature are normal for season in which work is done. In cases of unseasonable weather, work shall be delayed until weather returns to normal. All excavated holes shall have vertical sides with roughened surfaces and shall be twice the diameter ofthe root ball. Holes shall be, in all cases, large enough to permit handling and planting without injury or breakage of root balls or roots. After holes have been dug, they are to be filled with water and allowed to drain. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 221 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Excess soil, rocks, and debris generated from the planting holes shall be spread evenly on the site as directed by the City and the City's designated representative. Contractor shall protect in-place all existing native plant materials outside of the limits of work and/or as otherwise directed by the City's designated representative. Plants shall be installed at approved locations with specified existing on-site soil, unless otherwise directed by the City's designated representative. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits on the backfill soil which has been hand tamped only. Fill plant pits with water and allow to completely drain before the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill materials shall be carefully tamped and water settled around each rootball to fill all voids. Plantings will receive amendments as specified herein. Each container plant shall be placed in the center of the hole, set plumb and held rigidly in position until the backfill soil has been tamped and water settled around each root ball. All plants shall be set at such a level that after settling they bear the same relationship to the surrounding finish grade as they bore to the soil line grade in the container (approximately 1-inch above finish grade at time of planting). Immediately after installation, Contractor shall water, by hose or irrigation, each plant until soil around roots is moist from bottom of hole to finish grade. Install weed-free bark mulch layer to a uniform 3" depth, in an 18" diameter area around base of each container. Hold back mulch 3" from plant trunks. Throughout the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall provide water to each container plant using the prescribed irrigation systems, and as directed by the City's designated representative. Contractor shall remove from the project site all non-native debris accumulated during the duration of the project and shall dispose of material at County landfill or a site approved by the City. 801-4.2 Protection and Storage. ADD the following after the first paragraph: Deliver all items to the job site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of the City's review. Immediately remove from the site all plants which are not true to name, and all materials which do not comply with the specified requirements. Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the recommended approval of the City and at no additional cost to the City. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 222 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 801-4.3 Layout and Plant Location. ADD the following after the first paragraph: The layout of locations for plant materials shall be flagged in the field by the Contractor and approved by the City's designated representative before plant installation. All container plants shall, if necessary, be re-located as part of contract as directed by the City's designated representative. 801-4.9 Erosion Control Planting. 801-4.9.3 Seeding and Mulching. REPLACE with the following: Seed application shall occur between October through February, or as otherwise directed by the City's designated representative. Seed shall be installed using machine hydroseed methods as indicated on the Drawings. a) Contractor shall protect in place all existing native plant materials adjacent to the limits of work and newly planted material. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the replacement of damaged existing native plant material (at a 5:1 replacement ratio) or newly planted material at a 1:1 replacement ratio. b) Before seed application, soil surface shall be tilled and/or hand raked to create crevices in which seed will collect. c) No area located within a planting area shall be seeded where weeds are present or there is evidence that a weed crop will germinate. All weeds shall be removed before seeding, as specified herein. d) Any concentrated development of weed growth appearing in the seed mix planting areas during the Plant Establishment Period shall be removed on a monthly basis. The Contractor shall remove such concentrations of weeds by hand. e) Seed mix shall consist of a mixture of seed and slurry components as prescribed on the Drawings and herein. 801-4.9.5 Watering. ADD the following to the end of the section: Immediately after planting, apply water to each shrub by means of a hose. Apply water in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots is completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground. Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seasonal conditions require in order to keep the planted areas sufficiently moist at all times, well below the root system of grass and plants. All groundcover areas shall be maintained damp at all times and irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normally would involve 4 to 6 watering periods daily, each watering period (ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch without creating run-off. Intervals between irrigation (OFF) sequence should be judged by the length of the time the mulch remains damp. Once the mulch begins to dry out, the water (ON) sequence should be repeated. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 223 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 ADD the following section: 801-4.10 Planting Observations. The Contractor will contact the City's designated representative at least two Working Days in advance of each planting work observation. An observation is required at each of the following steps listed below: a) Observation of all materials, other than plants, delivered to site. b) Observation of rough grade. c) Acceptance of organic mulch and taking of soil samples. d) Observation of soil amendment work. e) Observation of plant locations field-marked for planting, but before planting holes are excavated. f) Observation of plants at nursery and upon delivery to the project site for quality, size, vigor, and appropriate species. g) Observation of planting progress. h) Pre-Maintenance Observation: Substantial completion of hardscape and planting work before the start of the Plant Establishment Period; this observation shall be coordinated with the pre-maintenance observation of the irrigation system installation. This is not final acceptance and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities in the contract. A written "punch-list" indicating all items to be corrected and the beginning date of the maintenance period will be sent to the Contractor. This is not final acceptance and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities in the contract. Contractor shall complete punch- list items within ten {10} calendar days. Delay of completion of punch-list items will delay the beginning of the 120-day Plant Establishment Period. Written approval by City will establish the beginning of the Plant Establishment Period. Refer to section 801-5.8 for the required irrigation system observations. Refer to section 801-6.13 for project Final Acceptance requirements and procedures. 801-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 801-5.1 General. ADD the following to end of the first paragraph: All scaled plan dimensions are approximate. Check and verify all size dimensions, system design pressures, flow requirements as shown on Drawings. REPLACE the second paragraph with the following: Contractor shall connect to existing water services at locations indicated on the Drawings and make any minor changes in location necessary due to actual site conditions as a part of this Contract. ADD the following to the end of the section: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 224 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 The City of Carlsbad shall provide the water meter for the irrigation system in the size and location as specified. The contractor shall tie into the water meter at the designated "Point of Connection" and shall install applicable backflow protection as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall guarantee all equipment, materials, and labor furnished or performed under the contract against defects in design, materials, and workmanship for a period of one year, unless otherwise specified. The guarantee shall start from the date of final acceptance of work at the end of the 120-day plant establishment period. All equipment and workmanship found to be defective within the guarantee period shall be replaced and installed by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. Replacement equipment shall be the same model and manufacturer as specific in the irrigation legend. Replacement equipment shall be furnished and installed as originally specified. Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturer's furnishings are used in this Contract for furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications. Work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. The Contractor shall not install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in equipment usage or area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in the design. Carefully check all grades to be sure that installation may safely proceed before starting work on the irrigation system. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the City's designated representative. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary at no cost to the City. Before excavation for irrigation piping or equipment, Contractor shall locate underground utility lines and existing irrigation lines and take proper precautions to avoid damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and irrigation piping or equipment locations, Contractor shall notify the City's representative and arrangements will be made for relocation as necessary. The Contractor assumes responsibility for making repairs for damages resulting from work as herein specified. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor will be responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by his/her operations or neglect. Contractor shall examine surfaces for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence and quality of work. Contractor shall verify that grading has been completed and the work of this section can properly proceed. Contractor shall exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor is responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by his operations or neglect. Check existing utility drawings for locations. All existing plant material to remain, which are within the project area limits shall be tagged and identified by the City's designated representative for the Contractor before start of work. Contractor shall provide the required maintenance to ensure plant materials are protected 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 225 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 during construction. All native vegetation outside of the revegetation area limits shall be protected-in-place. All existing plant material shall be protected at all times from damage by workers and equipment. All minor damages to existing plant materials shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Damage to a tree or shrub, which results in death or permanent disfiguration, shall result in the Contractor's complete removal of said tree or shrub, including roots, from the site. The Contractor shall replace the plant material as established by the City's designated representative with one of equal value at his/her own expense. The City's designated representative shall be the sole judge of the replacement of any plant material. Before installation, stake out all pressure supply lines, non-pressure lateral lines, valves, and location of sprinkler heads; said layout shall be approved by the City's designated representative before installation. Inst.all select and temporary irrigation components above grade at locations indicated and as prescribed and detailed on the Drawings. 801-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. 801-5.2.1 General. REPLACE the fourth paragraph with the following: Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Tape all open ends of pipe during installation to prevent entry of any foreign matter into the system. ADD the following section: 801-5.8 Irrigation System Observations. Contractor shall request site observations at least 48 hours in advance of all required reviews of the City's designated representative. In the event the Contractor calls for a site visit in which said visit cannot move forward due to lack of preparedness by the Contractor, and needs to get canceled or rescheduled, the Contractor shall be responsible for reimbursing the City's designated representative at his current billing rates per hour, portal to portal (plus transportation costs), for the inconvenience. No further site visits will be scheduled until this charge has been paid and received. Observation of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the contract, nor requirements of the local jurisdictions. Project review for irrigation installation by the City's designated representative shall be scheduled for the following operations: a) Layout of the water source point of connection and all main line and lateral line piping. b) Completion of layout of irrigation systems. c) Main Line Pressure Testing: At completion of installation, during testing, and before backfilling. d) Four (4) hour pressure test of all irrigation main lines, valves and other pressurized components. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 226 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 e) Inspection of wires before trench backfill and/or during irrigation installation. f) Operation and Adjustment Test: Adjust and test all installed irrigation rotor, spray, and bubbler systems for coverage and water application before the start of planting operations. g) Pre-Maintenance Observation: The entire irrigation system shall be completely installed and operational; this observation shall be coordinated with the pre- maintenance observation of the planting installation before the start of the Plant Establishment Period. This is not final acceptance and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities in the contract. A written "punch-list" indicating all items to be corrected and the beginning date of the maintenance period will be sent to the Contractor. This is not final acceptance and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities in the contract. Contractor shall complete punch-list items within ten (10) calendar days. Delay of completion of punch-list items will delay the beginning of the 120-day Plant Establishment Period. Written approval by City will establish the beginning of the Plant Establishment Period. During the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall schedule site observation visits with the City's designated representative monthly. Contractor shall provide "walkie-talkie" equipment and/or personnel to maintain communication from review area to automatic controllers and provide up-to-date as-built drawings at each review. In the event the Contractor schedules any review and the system is not fully ready, record drawings are not current, or required corrective work has not been completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for reimbursing the City's designated representative at an hourly rate, plus all travel expenses. No further reviews will be conducted until this charge is paid. Refer to section 801-4.10 for the required planting observations. Refer to section 801-6.13 for project Final Acceptance requirements and procedures. 801-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. INSERT the following after the first paragraph: Upon substantial completion of all specified installation work and with written approval from the City's designated representative, Plant Establishment Period shall begin, and shall extend for no less than 120 continuous calendar days. The Contractor shall perform all maintenance services described herein for the duration of the Plant Establishment Period. During the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall schedule monthly site observation visits with the City's designated representative. If necessary, the Plant Establishment Period shall be extended when, in the opinion of the City's designated representative, improper maintenance and/or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted materials are evident at the termination of the scheduled Plant Establishment Period. Contractor shall be responsible for additional project site maintenance at no charge until all of the work is completed and acceptable to the City's designated representative. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 227 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 INSERT the following subsections: 801-6.1 Planting Maintenance Operations The Contractor sha ll continuously maintain all involved planting areas of the Contract during the progress of work and during the Plant Establishment Period, until final acceptance of work by the City's designated representative. Planting maintenance operations shall begin immediately after all plant/seed materials are installed per the approval of the City's designated representative. Plant material shall be kept in a healthy, optimum growing condition. Plants shall not be pruned or fertilized during the Plant Establishment Period. Pesticides and herbicides shall not be used during the maintenance period unless approved and/or directed by the City and the City's designated representative. Weedy, non-native species, as defined by the City's designated representative, may invade planting areas and become a problem before or during the establishment of native plant associations. Throughout the maintenance period, these species shou ld be hand removed as soon as they begin to invade and before they become too large for hand extraction. All damage caused by Contractor during the operations, resulting from a malfunction of installed work during the Guarantee Period, shall be repaired at Contractor's expense. Maintenance of plant material shall include proper irrigation, control of weeds and exotic species, and control of plant diseases and animal pests (e.g., gophers, etc.). Project maintenance shall include all repairs to the revegetation/mitigation area caused by human activities and the repair of damage to plantings caused by animal and other pests. The Contractor shall maintain all plants in a vigorous and thriving condition by irrigating, weeding, cultivating, and other necessary operations during the entire period of installation, Plant Establishment Period, and until final acceptance by the City's designated representative. Improper maintenance, which may cause poor condition of planted material at termination of the scheduled contract period, will cause postponement of final acceptance. Refer to subsequent subsections for additional requirements and prescriptions. a) The Contractor shall conduct weed removal activities in planting areas on a continual basis following plant installation. "Plant installation" includes installation of container plants and seeding. "Weed removal" includes the removal of weeds, their root system, and removal from the site, and/or other treatments approved by the City's designated representative. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all planted areas free of target exotic species during the maintenance period, as indicated herein and on the Drawings. c) The Contractor sha ll review the site for exotic species and exotic species sprouts on a monthly basis for the duration of the Plant Establishment Period. Any exotics or weeds that have germinated or re-sprouted shall be treated and removed from the site each month (minimum) as specified herein. d) Contractor shall be responsible for immediately controlling any insect infestations and diseases that may spread throughout planted areas. e) Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring and control of herbivory of plants and shall inform the City and the City's designated representative within 24 hours of discovery, who 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 228 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 shall then prescribe remedial action. Any remedial action such as fencing and/or protective cages shall be provided, at no additional cost. f) Native species leaf and branch drop shall be retained in place unless specifically designated for removal. g) Contractor shall remove and dispose off-site all weeds, exotic plants and non-organic debris. Removal of trash and litter shall continue on a regular basis during the Plant Establishment Period. Organic debris resulting from weed/exotic plant removal shall be removed from the site(s) and disposed of at County landfill to avoid further introduction of undesirable exotic seed and propagules. h) Contractor shall monitor for erosion within the revegetation site and shall prohibit gullies, rills and sheet erosion, bare soil areas and silt deposition from occurring. Erosion control shall emphasize prevention. If required, repair of eroded areas may include redirection or dissipation of the water source and re-contouring of soil, followed by seeding, mulching, and planting as directed by the City's designated representative. The plant palette for areas needing re-seeding or replacement of plants shall conform with the original plant and seed species and quantities. Invasive/exotic species are prohibited for use as erosion control. i) Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of all erosion control measures. Contractor shall install additional erosion control measures as prescribed by the City's designated representative after evaluation of erosion problems, on a case-by-case basis. 801-6.2 Plant Performance. The Contractor shall be responsible for plant performance for the 120-day Plant Establishment Period; the City shall be responsible for plant performance during years 1-5 (Table 1 below). a) All container plantings will be inspected by the City's designated representative at 30, 60, 90 and 120 days after planting. Contractor shall immediately replace all dead, damaged, or diseased plants in-kind and at a 1:1 replacement ratio, to achieve 100% survival at the end of 120 days. b) All seeded areas will be inspected by the City's designated representative 90 days after seeding. Contractor shall re-seed all seeded areas that have not reached 20% germination cover. Contractor shall re-seed all bare areas greater than 100 square feet in size. c) Contractor shall keep exotic plant growth controlled throughout the Plant Establishment Period. No planting area will be approved that supports more than 10% absolute coverage of non-native weed species. Resprouts or seedlings of exotic species shall not be allowed to obtain a height of more than four feet (4') before being retreated or removed. d) Contractor shall schedule and perform monthly maintenance visits as necessary to prevent exotic species and weeds from producing fruit or setting seed. Failure to kill exotic and weeds before setting seed or producing fruit shall result in the Contractor having to perform an additional weeding effort of the affected area at no cost to the City. Additional weeding efforts will be required to be performed as directed by the City's designated representative. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 229 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Period Percent Survival Percent Relative Container Plants Native Cover* Percent Relative Non- Native Cover* 120-days 100% 50% 15% *Native and non-native cover to be assessed on a visual basic by City Representative. 801-6.3 Litter. ADD the following subsection: All areas in the work sites shall be kept free of, but not limited to, the following items: bottles, glass, cans, paper, cardboard, metallic items, and other debris on a daily basis. Contractor shall promptly remove from the work area all debris generated by their performance. 801-6.4 Use of Chemicals. Contractor shall submit a list of all chemical herbicides, pesticides, and rodenticides proposed for use under this contract for approval by the City's designated representative. Materials included on this list shall be limited to chemicals approved by the State of California Department of Food and Agriculture and shall include the exact brand name and generic formulation. The use of any chemical on the list shall be based on the recommendations of a licensed pest control advisor where required by law. The use of chemicals shall conform to the current County of Riverside Agriculture Commissioner regulations. No chemical herbicide, rodenticide, or pesticide shall be applied until its use is approved, in writing, by the City's designated representative as appropriate for the purpose and area proposed. 801-6.5 Disease and Pest Control. Contractor shall regularly inspect all landscaped areas for the presence of disease, snail, insect or rodent infestation. The Contractor shall advise the City's designated representative, in writing, within four days when any disease, snail, insect or rodent infestation is found; he shall identify the disease, snail, insect or rodent and specify control measures to be taken. The Contractor shall implement control measures, exercising extreme caution in the application of all spray materials, dusts or other materials utilized. Approved control measures shall be continued until the disease, snail, insect or rodent is controlled to the satisfaction of the City's designated representative. The Contractor shall utilize all safeguards necessary during disease, snail, insect or rodent control operations to ensure safety of the public and the employees of the Contractor. Contractors shall perform at their sole expense the following services: a) All Work involving the use of chemicals will be accomplished by a State of California licensed pest control operator. A written recommendation by a person possessing a valid California Pest Control Advisor License is required before chemical application where required by law. b) All chemicals requiring a special permit for use shall be registered by the Contractor with the County Agricultural Commissioner's Office and a permit obtained with a copy given to the City's designated representative before use. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 230 Date Printed: March 1S, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 c) A copy of all forms submitted to the County Agricultural Commissioner shall be given to the City's designated representative on a monthly basis . d) All regulations and safety precautions listed in the "Pesticide Information and Safety Manual" published by the University of California will be adhered to. 801-6.6 Weed Control. For the purpose of these specifications, a weed will be considered as "any undesirable or misplaced plant." All areas within the specified maintenance area, including but not limited to, turf grass, shrub and ground cover areas, planters, tree wells, and hardscape areas shall be kept free of weeds at all times. Weed removal shall consist of complete removal of all weeds, including top growth and roots, as the weeds appear. Weed control shall be performed a minimum of one time per week. Bare areas between plants shall be cultivated by hand on a weekly basis. Weeds shall be controlled either by hand, mechanical or chemical methods; however, the City's designated representative may restrict the use of chemical weed control in certain areas. 801-6.7 Method of Irrigation. Irrigation systems shall be as prescribed on the project Drawings and Specifications. However, failure of the existing irrigation system to provide full and proper coverage and water application shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide adequate irrigation with full and proper coverage and water application to all areas in the work site. All areas receiving marginal coverage shall be irrigated by a portable irrigation method. The Contractor shall furnish all hoses, nozzles, etc., necessary to accomplish this supplemental irrigation. Care shall be exercised to prevent a waste of water, erosion, and/or detrimental seepage into existing underground improvements or structures. At all times, irrigate planting areas slowly. Use multiple starts and soaking periods between irrigation cycles. Slightly moist soils are easier to wet than dry soils. Balance soil aeration with soil moisture. 801-6.8 Irrigation Maintenance and Repairs. Contractor shall maintain all irrigation syst ems, at no additional cost to the City, in such a way as to guarantee proper coverage and full working capability. The Contractor shall make whatever adjustments may be necessary to prevent overspray or excessive runoff into areas not meant to be irrigated. Contractor shall repair or replace inoperable irrigation equipment to maintain a fully operational system, including but not limited to, pressure pipes from the water meter to the control valves, all irrigation pipes, all manual and automatic valves, pumps used for the irrigation systems, backflow devices, filters, strainers, press ure regulators, sprinkler heads, irrigation clamps and stakes, anti-drain valves, quick couplers, electrical wiring from the controller to the solenoid valves, emitters, drippers, valve boxes, controllers, valve markers, batteries, fittings and risers. a) Maintenance includes, but is not limited to, tightening of loose fittings and packing nuts; flushing pipes, valves, filters, strainers, and backflow devices; adjusting sprinklers, bubbler nozzles and drip systems; adjusting anti-drain 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 231 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 valves and pressure regulators; adjusting and lubricating controllers; flushing drip irrigation lines; and cleaning bubbler nozzles and sprinklers. b) Contractor shall repaint by hand all backflow devices, backflow cages, valve box lids, curb faces and curb tops; additional painting may be required as directed. Labor shall be provided at no additional cost to the City; however, the cost of paint shall be incurred by the City. Irrigation repairs shall be made within the following time limits: a) Mainline irrigation breaks shall be repainted within two hours of identification or notification. b) All other irrigation repairs shall be made within one calendar day of identification or notification. Replacement of irrigation components shall be with originally installed materials of the same size and quality. Substitutions shall be approved by the City's designated representative in writing before installation. 801-6.9 Water Conservation. Contractor shall turn off all irrigation systems during periods of rainfall and/or times when suspension of irrigation is desirable to conserve water while remaining within the guidelines of good horticulturally acceptable maintenance practices. Contractor shall comply with all City of Corona Ordinances and/or Resolutions which relate to water conservation. Failure to comply with Section 29 may result in an equitable amount deducted from the Contractor's payment. 801-6.10 Plant Care. All plants shall be adequately irrigated to maintain health and vigor. Irrigation run-off and overspray shall be minimized. Plants shall be irrigated to promote deep root growth. Plants shall be fertilized prior to the end of the 120-day plant establishment period, as necessary to maintain horticulturally acceptable health and color. Maintenance fertilizer shall be Calcium Ammonium Nitrate (27-0-0) ("Simplot", "Yara", or approved equal product) at 4 lbs./1,000 sq. ft. Apply gypsum at 15 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft., prior to the end of the 120-day plant establishment period. Where plants show signs of failure to grow at any time during the life of the contract, including the specified maintenance period, and where plants are so injured, damaged, dead or diseased as to render them unsuitable for the intended purpose, the Contractor shall replace plant materials at a 1:1 ratio, i.e., (1) new plant for each (1) plant removed within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice by the City's designated representative and at no additional cost to the City. Plants used for replacement shall be the same kind and size as specified in the original plant list. Replacement plants shall be furnished, planted, and fertilized as originally specified, without cost to the City. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 232 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 801-6.11 Green Waste Disposal. ADD the following subsection: Green waste shall be defined as tree and shrubbery trimmings, grass, weeds, leaves, wood chips and other garden organic materials. Contractor shall be responsible for recycling all green waste generated from their contract performance. Contractor shall have the duty to keep all green waste from being contaminated to an extent it no longer can be recycled. Contractor shall deliver all green waste to a City approved reclamation site, for the purposes of recycling. Contractor shall submit a monthly report identifying the weight and/or volume of green waste recycled during the preceding month. Payment for green waste disposal shall be included in the Bid price of all applicable bid items. 801-6.12 General Cleanup. Remove all trash and accumulated debris from the work sites. In addition, dog feces are also to be removed from all planting and ground cover areas. All areas under maintenance, and other designated areas, will have trash removed between 6:00 AM and 9:00 AM daily, five days per week (Monday through Friday). The Contractor is responsible for removal of all weeds and non-native species growing in and immediately adjacent to the planting areas. The Contractor is responsible to ensure that all paved surfaces are cleared of all dirt and debris within 4 feet of all areas adjacent to maintenance responsibilities. Walkways shall be cleaned immediately following installation and maintenance work by use of power sweeping or blower equipment not less than once per week. All drains and catch basins shall be kept free of siltation and debris at all times. All drainage areas and V-ditches shall be kept clean weekly by the Contractor. Accumulation of debris shall be removed from all areas no less than once per week. All dead, damaged, declining, hazardous or broken plant material (trees, shrubs, vines, ground cover, etc.), whether a result of the Contractor's negligence or an unforeseen event, shall be removed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 801-6.13 Emergency Calls. Contractor shall have the capability to receive and respond immediately to calls of an emergency nature during normal working hours and outside of normal working hours. Calls of an emergency nature received by the City's designated representative shall be referred to the Contractor for immediate disposition. If the Contractor cannot be reached within 2 hours, the City will deduct from the monthly billing the cost of City forces, or other sources, used to repair the emergency. The Contractor shall not receive additional compensation for responding to emergencies for work included in these general conditions at contract worksites. 801-6.14 Complaints. ADD the following subsection: The Contractor shall maintain a monthly written log of all complaints which includes the date and time received and the action taken or the reason for non-action. The monthly log of complaints shall accompany the monthly invoice. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 233 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 All complaints shall be abated as soon as possible after notification, but in all cases within 24 hours, to the satisfaction of the City's designated representative. If any complaint is not abated within 24 hours, the City's designated representative shall be notified immediately ofthe reasons for not abating the complaint, followed by a written report to the City's designated representative within five calendar days. If the complaints are not abated within the time specified, or to the satisfaction of the City's designated representative, the City's designated representative may correct the specific complaint and the total cost incurred by the City shall be deducted and forfeited from the payments owing to the Contractor from the City. 801-6.15 Training to City Staff. The Contractor shall provide training of City staff in proper operation of major equipment, including recommended winterization procedures, and shall submit evidence that training has been successfully completed. 801-6.16 As-Built Conditions. Within four (4) weeks of work completion and acceptance of site preparation and planting by the City's designated representative, Contractor shall furnish and submit to the City and the City's designated representative one (1) full scale (to each), reproducible plan set showing all "as-built" field changes to erosion control, irrigation, and planting for the mitigation area. Plan base sheet shall be provided to Contractor by the City's designated representative. All changes shall be legibly drafted/marked on a print set in ink and supplied to the City and the City's designated representative. All reproduction costs are considered part of Contract. 801-6.17 Final Acceptance. Final inspection will occur at the end of the 120-day Plant Establishment Period, provided all previous deficiencies have been corrected. Contractor will be notified in writing that contract work and maintenance period has been accepted or that the maintenance period has been extended to correct any deficiencies remaining. Final written acceptance and approval by the City's designated representative following these site observation visits shall establish the beginning date for the one-year warranty period. a) Final Site Observation and Acceptance: At the conclusion of the maintenance period (120 days), a final site observation will be conducted. The Contractor shall show evidence that the City has received all charts, records, drawings, and extra equipment as required before final site observation and operate each irrigation system in its entirety for the City's designated representative at time of final observation. Any items deemed not acceptable by the City's designated representative shall be re-worked to the complete satisfaction of the City and the City's designated representative. b) The Contractor shall show all corrections made from the "punch-list." Any items deemed not acceptable shall be reworked during the maintenance period. The Contractor will be notified in writing that the contract work and maintenance period has been accepted or that the maintenance period has been extended to correct any deficiencies remaining. Final acceptance shall establish the beginning date for the guarantee period. 801-7 MEASUREMENT. INSERT the following after the first sentence: 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 234 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Measurement for Site and Soil Preparation, Irrigation, Planting, and Plant Establishment Maintenance will be per the unit indicated on the Bid Form for each completed item installed/conducted as shown on the Drawings and according to these Special Provisions, complete, in place and accepted. 801-8 PAYMENT. REPLACE the first sentence with the following: Payment for Site and Soil Preparation, Irrigation, Planting, and Plant Establishment Maintenance work, measured as specified, will be on a contract unit price as indicated for each item in the Bid Form, the price of which shall include all costs connected therein. The unit prices shown in the Bid Form shall include full compensation to complete removals, complete installations and maintain the landscaping and irrigation work shown on the Drawings and in the Specifications, including all material, labor, equipment, samples, testing, manuals, and guarantees. ADD the following at the end of the section: If performance by the Contractor is deficient, the City reserves the right to subtract appropriate costs from the monthly billing and/or hire another contractor to provide the service and deduct the expense from the contract retention. Since it is difficult to quantify and assess a value to every aspect of the work, the City representative shall determine the cost per incident. The following describes deficiencies: a) Lack of compliance to specifications (i.e., failure to adequately mow, edge, litter pick, sweep/rake, weed, prune, remove dead plant material, etc.). b) Failure to provide specified reports or to falsify reports. c) Failure to supply adequate equipment, labor or supervision. d) Failure to repair irrigation deficiencies in the allotted time frame. e) Failure to comply with schedules. Variances may be approved by request. Delays in part to acquisition or adverse weather conditions will be taken into consideration. f) Failure to protect public health and safety. SECTION 803 -BONDED FIBER MATRIX STABILIZATION INSERT the following: 803-1 GENERAL. 803-1.1 Submittals. Submit a certificate of compliance for bonded fiber matrix and related tackifier at least 5 business days before application. Certificates of compliance shall include: a) Product label b) List of applicable nonvisible pollutant indicators for soil amendment and stabilization products c) Report of acute and chronic toxicity tests on aquatic organisms conforming to EPA methods d) List of ingredients, including chemical formulation 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 23S Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 e) Properties of polyacrylamide in tackifier including (1) percent purity by weight, (2) percent active content, (3) average molecular weight, and (4) charge density. 803-2 MATERIALS. 803-2.1 Fiber. a) Fiber for bonded fiber matrix shall be 100 percent wood fiber and comply with the requirements for fiber except the sieve requirement shall be at least 50 percent retained on a no. 25 sieve. b) Fiber shall be wood fiber. Wood fiber shall be a long strand, whole wood fiber thermomechanically processed from clean whole wood chips. 803-2.2 Tackifier. 1. Tackifier for bonded fiber matrix shall: a. Be bonded to the fiber or prepackaged with the fiber by the manufacturer b. Contain a minimum of 10 percent of the combined weight of the dry fiber, activating agents, and additives c. Be an organic, high viscosity colloidal polysaccharide with activating agents or a blended hydrocolloid-based binder 803-2.3 Hydroseed. 1. Seed shall be supplied by a licensed seed company. 2. Hydroseeding Mix for all disturbed areas from construction shall consist of not less than the seed varieties shown in Table A. Table A SEED FOR DISTURBED AREAS Coastal Sage Scrub Seed Mix for La Costa Avenue Scientific, Bulk lbs /acre Minimum Percent Common Name Purity/Germination* Baccharis Pilularis, 5 10/50 Coyote Bush lsocoma Menziesii, 5 18/40 Golden bu sh Artemisia Californica, 15 30/60 California Sagebrush Salvia Melli/era, 10 85/50 Blacksage Acmispon Glaber, 15 95/80 Deerweed TOTALS: 50 *Minimum percent purity and germination from S&S Seeds 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 236 PLS per Acre 0.25 0.36 2.7 4.25 11.4 18.96 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 803-3 EXECUTION. 803-3.1 Site Preparation. a) Prior to seeding, the Contractor and Engineer shall confirm the seeding areas based on post-construction as-built conditions. b) Prior to planting and see ding, all weeds, trash, and debris shall be removed from restoration areas. c) Weeds (nonnative species) within the area to be seeded shall be eradicated through hand-removal prior to seed application. 803-3.2 Bonded Fiber Matrix. a) Bonded fiber matrix shall consist of hydraulically-applied material composed of fiber, tackifier and seed and fertilizer prescribed on the Drawings. b) Apply bonded fiber matrix materials in the locations, rates, and number of applications shown on the Drawings and as follows: c) Apply in successive passes as necessary to achieve the required application rate. d) Form a continuous uniform mat with no gaps between the mat and the soil surface as follows: e) Apply in 2 or more directions if necessary. f) Apply in layers as necessa ry to avoid slumping and aid drying. The Contractor shall apply a minimum of two layers. g) Apply bonded fiber matrix at the rate of 3,000 lb/acre. 803-3.3 Final Stabilization. Appropriate erosion control materials shall be installed at the completion of seeding. All erosion controls used in final stabilization shall completely consist of a natural biodegradable material. Material containing plastics (1.e: fiber rolls with plastic mesh) will not be accepted. 803-4 ACCEPTANCE. a) Inspection will be performed by the Engineer. b) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, at least four working days prior to the start of the work and shall allow a minimum of three working days for the inspection. c) The Contractor shall provide seed tags onsite to show the mix design provided in Table A is incorporated onsite. d) Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened separate containers with the seed tag attached. a. The seed tag shall list the species, co llection location, quantity (pounds [lbs.]), and purity and germination percentages. Containers without a seed tag will not be accepted. b. Once the correct individual species and quantities are verified by the Biological Monitor, the respective seed mixes can be mixed. 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 237 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 803-5 PAYMENT. Upon acceptance by the engineer, payment for Bonded Fiber Matrix shall be made at the lump sum price as defined in the bid schedule and constitute complete payment to seed and stabilize all natural areas disturbed from construction. END OF SECTION 00 74 00 = TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS Document Version: 1.0 Page 238 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 SECTION 2 0111 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. a. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Agency. b. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor with the prior approval of the Engineer. c. The completed Work will provide the Agency with slope protection, including a new supporting walls and pedestrian improvements, as more fully described in the Drawings and the technical specifications. Provide all labor, material and equipment for the following: 1. Mobilization & Demobilization 2. Public Notification of Work 3. Clearing and Grubbing 4. Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation 5. Utility Locating and Potholing 6. SWPPP Preparation, Implementation and Maintenance 7. Dewatering 8. Pavement Demolition 9. Retaining Wall Demolition 10. Remove Existing Subdrain Systems and Cleanouts 11. Remove and Replace Existing Streetlight 12. Remove/Abandon Existing Monitoring Well 13. Structural Fill Import 14. Earthwork: Excavate and Export 15. Earthwork: Excavate and Fill 16. Cable Railing 17. Permanent Sediment Trap 18. Curb Extension Structural BMP 19. Signing and Striping 20. Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalk 21. Curb and Gutter 22. Brow Ditch 23. Rectangular Concrete Ditch 24. Curb Ramp 25. Sawcut and Replace Asphalt Concrete Paving 26. CMU Retaining Wall 0111 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Document Version: 1.0 Page 239 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 27. Soldier Pile Wall 28. Stepped Planter Wall 29. 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe 30. Modification to Existing Type F Catch Basin 31. Modified Type F Catch Basin 32. Type A Curb Outlet 33. Replace Existing Manhole Lid with Locking Lid 34. Connection at Existing Cleanout Structure 35. Landscape Planting 36. Irrigation 37. Final Stabilization 38. Irrigation Point of Connection System, 39. other improvements as indicated. d. Location of the Project is at the intersection of Marina Drive and Park Drive in the City of Carlsbad, in the County of San Diego, California e. Work also includes: maintaining the safe passage of pedestrians past the Work area throughout the construction period; traffic control; and obtaining all permits needed to perform the indicated Work. END OF SECTION 0111 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Document Version: 1.0 Page 240 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE. a. The Contract Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid prices. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection the Work shall be included in the Bid prices. b. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the Bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of Work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for Work and materials will be the actual amount of Work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that it will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of Work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefor. c. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made in accordance with Sections 7-2 and 7-3 of the Agency Supplemental General Provisions and the Bid. All Work shown or described in the Contract Documents and necessary for the functioning of installed equipment or constructed facilities and the repair or replacement of damaged existing improvements in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. 1.02 BID ITEMS. 1. Mobilization & Demobilization (Lump Sum) -Mobilization & demobilization will be paid at the contract Lump Sum price. The work associated with this bid item includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, permits, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in mobilization and preparatory Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct Work on and off the Project Site and other offsite facilities necessary for Work on the Project; for all other facilities, sureties, Work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning Work on various Contract items on or off the Project Site, applying for and obtaining all required permits, all field survey and staking required for the project, cleanup to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various contract items, including all related administration throughout its duration, and demobilization, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 241 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization & Demobilization and Preparatory Work. The total price bid for Mobilization & Demobilization shall include the cost of all mobilization and administration for the entire CONTRACT period. No separate payments shall be made for re-mobilization due to project phasing. 2. Public Notification of Work (Lump Sum) -Public notification of the work shall be included in this bid item and shall include full compensation for conforming to the City standards and Communication Department templates and requirements of Green book Section 302- 4. 7. No additional compensation shall be allowed. 3. Clearing and Grubbing (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include clearing and grubbing within the improvement limits shown on the Construction Drawings and as required to reasonably facilitate the proposed construction. Payment for clearing and grubbing, weed killing, tree trimming and all appurtenant Work including disposal of materials shall be paid at the contract lump sum price. The bid price shall include conforming to the requirements of Section 300-1 and these Special Provisions. Clearing and Grubbing shall also include the protection and/or repair of all adjacent planting and irrigation affected by the work. No additional compensation shall be allowed. 4. Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation (Lump Sum)-Payment for Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Control Implementation will be made at the contract Lump Sum price paid for full compensation for all work involved in the developing and implementing the traffic control plans, construction staging and furnishing project traffic control, including furnishing, installation, maintaining and removal of temporary barricades, temporary striping, temporary pavement markers, construction signs, warning signs, portable changeable message signs, or any device for the temporary control of traffic or safety of the workers, including flagmen (i.e. all traffic control as required by City's Traffic Engineer), tools, equipment, incidentals, providing notices, temporary conflicting traffic stripe application and grinded removal, trench steel plate cover installation and removal, and any other safety measures used for the control of traffic, any temporary rerouting of traffic or maintenance of access to properties, during the Project construction period will considered included in the contract Lump Sum price for Traffic Control, in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and as described in conformance with Greenbook Part 6 and Sections 302-2.5, 302-3.8, 302-4. 7, 302-10.4, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 5. Utility Locating and Potholing (Each) -The contract unit price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 242 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 for performing exploratory excavation at the proposed connection point with the existing storm drain, all proposed sewer main crossings and submitting an exploration log to the city per City Standards. 6. SWPPP Preparation, Implementation and Maintenance {Lump Sum) -The contract lump sum price paid for the SWPPP work shall include full compensation for the design, filing, updating, submittal, obtaining approval, and amending the Tier 2 SWPPP and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to install, implement, maintain and remove construction BMPs per the approved SWPPP. This includes any updates to the SMARTS database. No additional compensation will be allowed. 7. Dewatering {Lump Sum) -The contract lump sum price paid for the dewatering work of approximately 800 linear feet of wall shall include full compensation for the dewatering workplan and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals to permit, install, implement, maintain and remove the dewatering operation. No additional compensation will be allowed. 8. Pavement Demolition {Square Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include pavement demolition as required to reasonably facilitate the proposed construction and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Work under this item also includes protecting existing site features, including utility covers, manhole and vault lids, except where indicated as to be removed per the Construction Drawings. The unit price shall include all work associated with the pavement demolition, protection in place of existing features within pavement demolition limits, including but not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and proper disposal of material. 9. Retaining Wall Demolition {Square Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include retaining wall demolition as required to reasonably facilitate the proposed construction and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the wall demolition, including but not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and proper disposal of material. 10. Remove Existing Subdrain Systems and Clean outs {Lump Sum)-Work to be paid for under this item shall include removal of the subdrain system and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the subdrain and cleanout removal, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and proper disposal of material. 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 243 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 11. Remove and Replace Existing Street Light (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include removal, proper disposal of materials and replacement of street lights and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the removal, storage and replacement of existing street lights including but not limited to furnishing labor, materials, tools, equipment and space for storage. 12. Remove/Abandon Existing Monitoring Well (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include removal or abandonment of monitoring wells and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents and San Diego County requirements. The unit price shall include all work associated with the removal, reporting, and filing of existing monitoring well including but not limited to furnishing labor, materials, tools, equipment and proper disposal of material. 13. Structural Fill Import (Cubic Yard) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include imported structural fill and all appurtenant Work in accordance with Contract Documents. The unit price shall include but is not limited to all transportation costs, associated excavation, grading, and compaction and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 14. Earthwork: Excavate and Export (Cubic Yard) -Work to be paid for· under this item shall include earthwork export, excavation and all appurtenant Work in accordance with the Contract. The unit price shall include but is not limited to all transportation costs, stockpiling, associated excavation, grading, benching, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 15. Earthwork: Excavate and Fill (Cubic Yard) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include earthwork to be excavated and reused onsite and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include but is not limited to all transportation costs, stockpiling, associated excavation, grading, benching, compaction, furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment. 16. Cable Railing (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include furnishing and installation of new cable railing and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the cable railing installation including but not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 244 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 17. Permanent Sediment Trap (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include construction of the permanent sediment traps and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The permanent sediment trap includes but is not limited to the following components: modified Type F catch basin, concrete rectangular channel with concrete check dam, concrete reinforcement. The unit price shall include all work associated with the con struction of permanent sediment traps including, but not limited to all labor, materials, tools and equipment required to perform subgrade preparation, formwork, reinforcement, concrete, anchors, embedments, special inspection, form removal, curing, testing, finishing. No additional compensation shall be allowed. 18. Curb Extension, Structural BMP (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the construction of the curb extension structural BMP and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Components of the curb extension structural BMP include but are not limited to: curb and gutter, curb extension, curb outlet, curb cuts, 6" curb, PVC underdrain system, splash pad and liner. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the curb extension structural BMP including but not limited to all labor, materials, tools and equipment required to perform all work involved. 19. Signing and Striping (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the installation of Signing and Striping and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with installing Signing and Striping including but not limited to furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, installing traffic striping, curb and pavement markings, pavement markers, roadside signs including reflective signs, posts, removals of existing pavement markings, markers, and signage, red curb parking restriction markings, reflective beading, reflective pavement markers; signage, hardware, mounting fasteners, foundations and posts. 20. Portland Cement Concrete (Cubic Yard)-Work to be paid for under this item shall include new Portland cement concrete pavement sidewalk and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Concrete repair and replacement, and concrete crack repair within the ROW, as necessa ry, shall be included in this item. The unit price shall include all work associated with constructing new Portland cement concrete including but not limited to subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, special inspection, form removal, curing, testing, finishing, and furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment. 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 245 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 21. Curb and Gutter (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include construction of new concrete curb and gutter and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of curb and gutter including but not limited to subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, special inspection, form removal, curing, testing, and finishing. Curb and gutter repair within the ROW, as necessary, shall be included in this item. 22. Brow Ditch (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include brow ditch construction and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the brow ditch construction, subgrade preparation, formwork, reinforcing, jointing, concrete, special inspection, form removal, curing, testing, finishing, and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 23. Rectangular Concrete Ditch (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include rectangular channel ditch and ditch transition construction and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the rectangular channel ditch construction, reinforcement, jointing, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, special inspection, form removal, curing, testing, finishing, and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 24. Curb Ramp (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include installation of new concrete Curb Ramps in accordance with Contract documents and all appurtenant work as required by the Contract Documents and Caltrans Specifications. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the curb ramps including but not limited to all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transitions, excavation, forming, subgrade preparation, installation of detectable warning surface, concrete curb, sawcutting, and removing and replacing pavement adjacent to the curb. 25. Sawcut and Replace Asphalt Concrete Paving(Square Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include sawcut and replace existing asphalt concrete and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with saw cut and replace existing asphalt concrete paving including but is not limited to all labor, materials, tools and equipment. 26. CMU Retaining Wall (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the construction of the CMU Retaining Wall and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CMU Retaining Wall components include but are not limited to: CMU blocks, wall footing, crushed rock drainage gallery, filter fabric, weep holes, subdrain 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 246 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 and water proofing. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the CMU Retaining Wall including but not limited to excavation, subgrade preparation, transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 27. Soldier Pile Wall (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the construction of the soldier pile wall and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Soldier wall components include but are not limited to: soldier beam, shotcrete, sack slurry, timber lagging, concrete, reinforcement, weep holes and subdrain system. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the soldier pile wall including but not limited to all excavation, subgrade preparation, transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. Additional depths may be necessary depending on soil. No additional compensation shall be allowed. 28. Stepped Planter Wall (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the construction of the Verdura stepped planter wall and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Stepped planter wall components include but are not limited to: stepped planter wall, geogrid, back drain, leveling pad, fill material, blanket drain, chimney drain and subdrain system. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the stepped planter wall including but is not limited to all excavation, subgrade preparation, transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 29. 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Linear Feet) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the installation of reinforced concrete pipe and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents and City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards. The unit price shall include all work associated with installation of reinforced concrete pipe including but not limited to excavation, trenching, subgrade preparation, pipe bedding, all transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 30. Modification to Existing Type F Catch Basin (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the removal of top of existing Type F Catch Basin and installation of new top in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with modification of the existing Type F Catch Basin including but not limited to all transportation, labor, materials, tools and equipment. 31. Modified Type F Catch Basins (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the construction of Modified Type F Catch Basin and all appurtenant work in accordance 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 247 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of Modified Type F Catch Basin including but not limited to subgrade preparation, pipe connections, transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 32. Type A Curb Outlet (Each) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the installation of Modified Type A Curb Outlets and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with the construction of the curb outlets including but not limited to subgrade preparation, transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 33. Replace Existing Manhole Lid with Locking Lid (Each)-Work to be paid for under this item shall include the replacement of existing manhole lid with locking lid and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with replacing the existing manhole lid with locking lid including but not limited to all transportation costs, disposal, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 34. Connection at Existing Cleanout Structure (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include the pipe connections to existing cleanout structure all appurtenant Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all transportation costs, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. 35. Landscape Planting (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include landscaping planting and all appurtenant Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with landscape planting including but not limited to site preparation, plants, sa lvaged planting padsand, hydroseed, BFM, soil, amendment, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment. No additional compensation will be allowed when salvaged planting pads are sourced off- site. 36. Irrigation (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include installation of irrigation and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with installing the irrigation including but not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment. 37. Final Stabilization (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include final stabilization, installation of fiber rolls and all appurtenant work in accordance with the 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 248 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with final stabilization and installing the fiber rolls including but not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment. 38. Irrigation Point of Connection System (Lump Sum) -Work to be paid for under this item shall include installation of the irrigation point of connection system including but not limited to: backflow preventor, PVC pipe, connection to City provided meter, controller, control valve, flow sensor and sleeving and all appurtenant work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include all work associated with installing the irrigation point of connection system including but not limited to all labor, materials, tools and equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS. a. Informational Submittals: 1. Schedule of Values: Submit on Agency's form. 2. Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments: i. Submit with initially acceptable Schedule of Values. ii. Submit adjustments thereto with Application for Payment. 3. Application for Payment. 4. Final Application for Payment. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (SOV). a. The Contractor shall prepare a separate SOV for each schedule of the Work under the Contract. b. Upon request of the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall provide documentation to support the accuracy of the SOV. c. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a SOV within the time specified in the Contract Documents. d. When requested by the Engineer, the SOV shall divide each lump sum Bid item into its respective activities as listed in the Construction Schedule, and the sum of the costs apportioned to the activities comprising the Bid item shall equal the Bid item price. The Contractor shall add additional detail to the SOV when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such detail is necessary to represent the basis for payment. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a corrected Schedule of Values within 10 Calendar Days of the Engineer's request. e. The Contractor shall make adjustments to the approved SOV to account for Change Orders or Extra Work. The SOV entries for adjustments so made shall be approved by the Engineer. f . Payment for the preparation of or revisions to the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price and no additional payment will be made therefor. g. Unit Price Work: Must reflect unit price quantity and price breakdown from conformed Bid Form. h. Lump Sum Work: 1. Must reflect specified cash and contingency allowances and alternates, as applicable. 01 1120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 249 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2. List bonds and insurance premiums, mobilization, demobilization, preliminary and detailed progress schedule preparation, equipment testing, facility startup, and Contract closeout separately. i. Mobilization includes, at minimum, items identified in Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls. ii. Include item(s) for monthly progress schedule update and maintenance of Construction Manager's trailer. 3. Break down by Division 02 through 49 with appropriate subdivision of each specification for each Project facility. i. An unbalanced or front-end loaded schedule will not be acceptable. j. Summation of the complete SOV representing all the Work shall equal the Contract Price. k. The Contractor shall submit SOV electronically in a spreadsheet format compatible with latest version of MS Excel. I. SOV shall be submitted as a submittal in Procore. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED PROGRESS PAYMENTS. a. Show estimated payment requests throughout Contract Times aggregating initial Contract Price. b. Base estimated progress payments on initially acceptable progress schedule. Adjust to reflect subsequent adjustments in progress schedule and Contract Price as reflected by modifications to the Contract Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor. b. Use detailed Application for Payment Form provided by Construction Manager. c. Provide separate form for each schedule as applicable. d. Include accepted Schedule of Values for each schedule or portion of lump sum Work and the unit price breakdown for the Work to be paid on a unit priced basis. e. Include separate line item for each Change Order and Work Change Directive executed prior to date of submission. Provide further breakdown of such as requested by Construction Manager. f. Preparation: 1. Round values to nearest dollar. 2. Submit Application for Payment, including a Transmittal Summary Form and detailed Application for Payment Form(s) for each schedule as applicable, a listing of materials on hand for each schedule as applicable, and such supporting data as may be requested by Construction Manager. 1.07 PAYMENT. a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor. 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 250 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 b. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the Work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on Contract Unit Prices, completed Change Order Work. Progress payments shall be made no later than 30 Calendar Days after the closure date. Five Working Days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within 10 Calendar Days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than 7 Calendar Days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the Agency shall make payments within 30 Calendar Days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within 30 Calendar Days after receipt by the Engineer, then the Agency shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Code of Civil Procedure Code Section 685.010. c. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. d. The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items. . e. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 2-10, Disputed Work. f. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the 0111 20 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 251 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 1.08 MOBILIZATION. a. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price Bid therefore in the Bid Schedule and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in mobilization and preparatory Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct Work on and off the Project Site and other offsite facilities necessary for Work on the Project; for all other facilities, sureties, Work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning Work on various Contract items on or off the Project Site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. b. Progress payments for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), 40% of the amount Bid for mobilization and preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional 60% of the amount Bid for mobilization and preparatory Work will be allowed. Mobilization shall include preparatory Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the Project Site, for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for the Work, sureties and for all other Work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning and after completion of the Work excepting those specifically paid for under a separate Bid item. The dismantling and removal of temporary facilities, equipment, materials, construction waste and personnel shall be included in the payment for mobilization. c. When a Bid item has been provided for "Mobilization", payment shall be distributed equally over the first 2 progress payments up to the amount of the Bid item price but shall not exceed 3% of the Contract Price. If the Bid item for "Mobilization" exceeds 3% of the Contract Price, the portion above 3% of the Contract Price shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. 1.09 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE. a. All concrete which is required in connection with manholes or structures, pavement or sidewalk replacement, and other pay items shall be included in the lump sum or unit price Bid for the pay item. b. The unit price Bid for miscellaneous concrete shall include concrete, reinforcing steel, forms, finishing, curing, and all other Work or materials required to complete the concrete Work. 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 252 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED} PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED} END OF SECTION 011120 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Document Version: 1.0 Page 253 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE 1.01 PROCORE PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COLLABORATION SYSTEM . a. This project may utilize the Owner's Procore (www.procore.com) online project management and document control platform. The intent of utilizing Procore is to reduce cost an d schedule risk, improve quality and safety, and maintain a healthy team dynamic by improving information flow, reducing non-productive activities, reducing rework and decreasing turnaround times. The Contractor is required to create a free web-based Procore user account(s) and utilize web-based training/ tutorials (as needed) to become familiar with the system. Unless the Engineer approves otherwise, the Contractor shall process all project documents through Procore because this platform will be used to submit, track, distribute and collaborate on project. If unfamiliar or not otherwise trained with Procore, Contractor and applicable team members shall complete a free training certification course located at ht tp://learn.procore.com/procore-certification-subcontractor. The Contractor is responsible for attaining their own Procore support, as need ed, either through the online training or reaching out to the Procore support team. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to regularly check Procore and review updated documents as they are added. There w ill be no cost to the Contractor for use of Procore. It is recommended that the Contractor provide mobile access for Windows, iOS located at https://apps.apple.com/us/app/procore-construction-management/id374930542 or Android devices located at https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.procore.activities with the Procore App installed to at least one on-site individual to provide real-time access to current posted drawings, specifications, RFls, submittals, schedules, change orders, project documents, as well as any deficient observations or punch list items. Providing mobile access will improve communication, efficiency, and productivity for all parties. The use of Proco re for project management does not relieve the contractor of any other requirements as may be specified in the contract documents. END OF SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Document Version: 1.0 Page 254 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 01 32 00 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL. a. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the original submittal number followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g., '4-A' would indicate the first resubmittal of the fourth submittal}. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead which shall contain the following: 1. Agency Project title and Contract number. 2. Specification section number(s} pertaining to material submitted for review. 3. Submittal number. 4. Description of the contents ofthe submittal. 5. Identification of any deviation from the Contract Documents on the transmittal and by red line on the shop or working Drawings. 6. Contractor's certification statement. 7. Printed name and signature of submitter, title and date. b. The Contractor shall place the following certification statements on all submittals and shall subscribe to one of the following: "I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s} contained in this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract Documents with no exceptions." Or "I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s} contained in this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract Documents, except for the following deviation(s}:" c. Shop Drawings and engineering data (submittals} covering all equipment and all fabricated components and building materials which will become a permanent part of the Goods and Special Services under this Contract shall be submitted to Engineer for review, as required. Submittals shall verify compliance with the Contract Documents and shall include Drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and the operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; the performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. d. Each submittal shall cover items from only one section of the specification unless the item consists of components from several sources. Contractor shall submit a complete initial submittal including all components. When an item consists of components from several sources, Contractor's initial submittal shall be complete including all components. e. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be approved by Contractor and clearly identified with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each copy of all submittals, regardless of origin, shall be stamped or affixed with an approval statement of Contractor. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Goods and Special 0132 00 SUBMITTAL$ Document Version: 1.0 Page 25S Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Services. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified and inapplicable data crossed out. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all Drawings and other descriptive data. f. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness of each submittal. Contractor's stamp or affixed approval statement of a submittal is a representation to Engineer that Contractor accepts sole responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that Contractor has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Goods and Special Services and the Contract Documents. g. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified as deviations on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal using Figure P-01300- 2. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. h. (Optional Paragraph) The Contractor shall submit shop Drawings in either hard copy or electronically. All submittals shall be made with the selected method, and the Contractor shall inform the Engineer by letter 1 week after award of the Contract, which method has been selected. Submittals made by any method other than that selected by the Contractor, will be returned without review. i. (Optional Paragraph) For hard copy submittals, 5 copies of each drawing and the necessary data shall be submitted to Engineer. Engineer will return 2 marked copies (or 1 marked reproducible copy) to Contractor. Facsimile (fax) or electronic copies will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. j . (Optional Paragraphs) For electronic submittals, drawings and the necessary data shall be submitted electronically to Engineer as specified below. Submittal documents shall be in black and white unless color is required for the review of the submittal. All electronic files shall be in PDF as generated by Adobe Acrobat Professional latest version. The PDF file(s) shall be fully indexed using the Table of Contents, searchable with thumbnails generated. PDF images must be at a readable resolution. For most documents, they should be scanned or generated at 300 dots per inch (dpi). Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capture must be performed on these images so that text can be searched, selected and copied from the generated PDF file. The PDF documents shall have a bookmark created in the navigation frame for each major entry ("Section" or "Chapter") in the Table of Contents. Thumbnails shall be generated for each page or graphic in the PDF file. Th e opening vi ew for each PDF document shall be as follows: 1. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page 2. Magnification: Fit in Window 3. The file shall open to the Contractor's transmittal letter, with bookmarks to the left. The first bookmark shall be linked to the Table of Contents. PDF document properties shall include the submittal number for the document title and the Contractor's name for the author. 01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Document Version: 1.0 Page 256 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 k. Electronic submittal file sizes shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required for a submittal the least number of files possible shall be created. I. The Contractor shall post submittals and retrieve the Engineer's submittal review comments through the Engineer's (Consulting Engineer's) Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving submittals will be provided after award of the Contract. m. Facsimiles (fax) will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 1.02 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SUBMITTAL$. a. Engineer's review of submittals covers only general conformity to the Drawings and Specifications, external connections, and dimensions that affect the layout; it does not indicate thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item covered. Engineer's review shall not relieve Contractor of sole responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations in the Drawings and data, nor of Contractor's sole responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. b. Engineer's submittal review period shall be 21 consecutive Calendar Days and shall commence on the first Calendar Day following receipt of the submittal or resubmittal in Engineer's office. The time required to mail the submittal or resubmittal back to Contractor shall not be considered a part of the submittal review period. c. When the Drawings and data are returned with review status "NOT ACCEPTABLE" or "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by Engineer. If submittals are made in hard copy, 5 corrected copies shall be resubmitted. If submittals are made electronically, the corrected Drawings and data shall be resubmitted through the Project website. Resubmittals by facsimile or e-mail will not be accepted. When the Drawings and data are returned with review status "EXCEPTIONS NOTED," "NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED," or "RECORD COPY," no additional copies need be furnished unless specifically requested by Engineer. 1.03 RESUBMITTAL OF DRAWINGS AND DATA. a. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each resubmittal. Contractor shall verify that all corrected data and additional information previously requested by Engineer are provided on the resubmittal. b. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall direct specific attention to all revisions in writing and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Requirements specified for initial submittals shall also apply to resubmittals. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.) or a unique identification that indicates the initial submittal and correct sequence of each resubmittal. c. If more than 1 resubmittal is required because of failure of Contractor to provide all previously requested corrected data or additional information, Contractor shall reimburse Agency for the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmittals. 0132 00 SUBMITTAL$ Document Version: 1.0 Page 257 Date Printed: March 1S, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 This does not include initial submittal data such as shop tests and field tests that are submitted after initial submittal. d. {Optional Paragraph) Resubmittals shall be made within 30 Calendar Days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 Calendar Days Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. e. The need for more than 1 resubmittal, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Times unless delay of the Work is the direct result of a change in the Work authorized by a Change Order or failure of Engineer to review and return any submittal to Contractor within the specified review period. 1.04 COLOR SELECTION. b. Contractor sha ll submit samples of colors and finishes for all accepted products before Engineer will coordinate the selection of colors and finishes with Agency. Engineer will prepare a schedule of finishes that include the colors and finishes selected for both manufactured products and for surfaces to be field painted or finished and will furnish this schedule to Contractor within 60 Calendar Days after the date of acceptance of the last color or finish sample. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND MANUALS. a. Adequate operation and maintenance information shall be supplied for all equipment requiring maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier shall prepare a Project specific operation and maintenance manual for each type of equipment indicated in the individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule. b. {Optional Paragraph) Parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for other equipment not listed in the individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following: 1. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. 3. Operating instructions for startup, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown, and emergency conditions. 4. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 5. Guide to troubleshooting. 6. Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 7. Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and wiring diagrams. 8. Test data and performance curves, where applicable. d. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by Contractor. e. (Optional Paragraph) Three hard copies of each manual shall be submitted to Engineer prior to the date of shipment of the equipment. When the O&M manuals are returned 013200 SUBMITTALS Document Version: 1.0 Page 258 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 with the review status "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by the Engineer, and 2 copies of the corrected portion(s) and 1 complete corrected copy of the O&M manual returned to the Engineer. After review by Engineer, is complete 4 hard copies and 1 electronic copy of each operation and maintenance manual shall be prepared and delivered to Engineer not later than 30 Calendar Days prior to placing the equipment in operation. The electronic copy shall be submitted through the Project website, and will be reviewed for content and organization and assigned a review status by the Engineer. When corrections are required, a corrected version of the electronic copy shall be resubmitted. Procedures for submission of the electronic copy will be provided after award of the Contract. When review of the electronic copy by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be delivered on CD- ROM to the Engineer. Each CD shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. f. (Optional Paragraph) Manuals shall be submitted in electronic format to the Engineer prior to the date of shipment of the equipment. The manuals shall be submitted and the Engineer's review comments retrieved, through the Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving O&M submittals and review comments will be provided after award of the Contract. When the O&M manuals are reviewed "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by the Engineer or Consulting Engineer, and corrected manuals resubmitted to the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. When review by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be delivered on CD-ROM to the Engineer. Each CD shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. Delivery of the final O&M shall be made 30 Calendar Days prior to placing the equipment in operation. g. All material shall be marked with Project identification, and inapplicable information shall be marked out or deleted. h. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data have been received. 1.06 HARD COPY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. a. Hard copies submitted for review shall be temporarily bound in heavy paper covers bearing suitable identification. All manuals and other data shall be printed on heavy, first quality 8 1/2 x 11 inch paper, with standard 3-hole punching. Drawings and diagrams shall be reduced to 8 1/2 x 11 inches or 11 x 17 inches. Where reduction is not practicable, larger drawings shall be folded separately and placed in envelopes, which are bound into the manuals. Each envelope shall be suitably identified on the outside. Each volume containing data for 3 or more items of equipment shall include a table of contents and index tabs. The final hard copy of each manual shall be prepared and delivered in substantial, permanent, 3-ring or 3-post binders in heavy paper covers with a table of contents and suitable index tabs. 1.07 ELECTRONIC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS . a. Electronic manuals shall be in Adobe Acrobat's PDF and shall be prepared at a resolution between 300 and 600 dpi, depending on document type. OCR capture shall be performed 01 32 00 SUBMITTAL$ Document Version: 1.0 Page 259 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 on these documents. OCR settings shall be performed with the "original image with hidden text" option in Adobe Acrobat Exchange. b. File size shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required the least number of files possible shall be created. File names shall be in the format OMXXXXX-YYYZ-V.pdf, where XXXXX is the 5-digit number corresponding to the specification section, YYY is a 3- digit O&M manual number, e.g., 001, Z is the letter signifying a resubmittal, A, B, C, etc, and V is a number used only when more than one 10 MB file is required for an O&M manual. c. Documents prepared in PDF format shall be processed as follows: d. Pages shall be searchable (processe d for optical character recognition) and indexed when multiple files are required. 1. Of material to update the manual provided by the manufacturer. Pages shall be rotated for viewing in proper orientation. 2. A bookmark shall be provided in the navigation frame for each entry in the Table of Contents. 3. Embedded thumbnails shall be generated for each completed PDF file. 4. The opening view for PDF files shall be as follows: 5. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page 6. Page Number: Title Page (usually Page 1) 7. Magnification: Set to Fit in Window 8. Page: Single Page 9. Where the bookmark structure is longer than 1 page, the bookmarks shall be collapsed to show the chapter headings only. 10. When multiple files are required the first file of the series (the parent file) shall list every major topic in the Table of Contents. The parent file shall also include minor headings bookmarked based on the Table of Contents. Major headings, whose content is contained in subsequent files (children) shall be linked to be called from the parent to the specific location in the child file. The child file shall contain bookmark entries for both major and minor headings contained in the child file. The first bookmark of any child file shall link back to the parent file and shall read as follows "Return to the Equipment Name Table of Contents," e.g., Return to the Polymer Feed System Table of Contents. 11. Drawings shall be bookmarked individually. 12. Files shall be delivered without security settings to permit editing, insertion and deletion. 1.08 LABELING . b. As a minimum, the following information shall be included on all final O&M manual materials, including CD-ROM disks, jewel cases, and hard copy manuals: Equipment name and/or O&M title spelled out in complete words. Project Name. Agency Project/Contract Number. Specification Section Number. Example: "Section 15 55 00". Manufacturer's nam e. 0132 00 SUBMITTALS Document Version: 1.0 Page 260 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 File Name and Date. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 32 00 SUBMITTALS Document Version: 1.0 Page 261 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 2 EXECUTION 2-1.1 Preconstruction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of Contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the Project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible Project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The Notice to Proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the Preconstruction Meeting. 2-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a CPM Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all Project Work as well as periods where Work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the Contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all Project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 2-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 2-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 2-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path. 0133 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 262 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a digital file with all network information contained on it, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak," "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. 2-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 Working Day nor longer than 15 Working Days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, Project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for Project execution, to accurately describe the Project Work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 2-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 2-1.2. 7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 2-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a Project duration longer than the specified Contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4. 2-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the Project for the entire contractual time span of the Project. Should the Contractor propose a Project duration shorter than Contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a Project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the Project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's 01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 263 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 acceptance of a shortened duration Project will be confirmed through the execution of a Contract Change Order revising the Project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 2-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within 30 Working Days after the date of the Preconstruction Meeting shall be grounds for termination of the Contract per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 Working Days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 Working Days of submittal. The Base_line Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 2-1.2.10.1 through 2-1.2.10.3. 2-1.2.10.1 "Accepted". The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments". The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted". The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes ofthe comments are not submitted as required and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the Contract under the provisions of Supplemental General Provisions Section 2-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 2-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revi sions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction 01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 264 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth Working Day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and will include each item and element of Sections 2-1.2 through 2-1.2.9 and 2-1.3.1 through 2-1.3.7. 2-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 2-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 2-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a digital file, labeled with the Project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 2-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 2-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the Change Orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's Change Orders. 2-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path. 2-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 Working Days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 Working Days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly Updated Construction Schedule will invoke the 0133 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 265 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly Updated Construction Schedule marked "Not Accepted." 2-1.4.1 "Accepted". The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments". The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.4.3 "Not Accepted". The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the Contract under the provisions of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required the Contractor may elect to proceed with the Project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the Project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the Project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 2-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted Contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold liquidated damages for the number of Calendar Days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held liquidated damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 2-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the Work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of Calendar Days of duration for the Project. 01 3300 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 266 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 2-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Final Schedule Update when 100% of the Construction Work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The Final Schedule Update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6- 1.3. Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the Final Schedule Update is required for completion of the Project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 2-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the Work and no separate payment will be made for them. END OF SECTION 01 33 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Document Version: 1.0 Page 267 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 0141 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. a. The Contractor is responsible to obtain all local, state and federal permits and licenses required to perform the Work. Payment for obtaining and complying with permits and licenses including, but not limited to, general construction permits, building permits, grading permits, encroachment permits, haul route permits, excavation permits, drilling permits, water discharge permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and Federal, State and local taxes shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in prices Bid for Work for which such costs are appurtenant. b. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, permits required for sewage bypass pumping or discharge; Night Work; overload; blasting or demolition or for any permit related to the operation of equipment used in such Work. c. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all waste or surplus materials removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price for the Bid items requiring the permits and no additional compensation will be allowed for them. d. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the permit or license to the Agency prior to performing the Work requiring the permit or license. e. Contractor shall pay for all fees applicable to Contractor's operations. f. Contractor shall not begin Work until all permits applicable to the Work are obtained. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency. g. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the Work. 1. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any permits, fees, licenses, or inspections after Contract award, there shall be an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work provisions. 2. The Contractor sha ll comply with and give notices required by Applicable Laws. The Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to the acquisition of permits. 3. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed on the Agency arising from the Contractor's failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. h. The Contractor shall obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses, work permits, and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following: 1. Licenses i. Before submitting Bids, Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code. ii. City of Carlsbad Business License. 2. State and Federal permits i. Excavation and Dirt Moving Permit from Cal/OSHA ii. Safety permit from California Division of Industrial Safety 0141 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Document Version: 1.0 Page 268 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 iii. NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Risk Level 2) iv. NPDES Permit for discharge of hydrostatic test water and potable water 3. Resource Agency Permits: i. California Coastal Commission Coastal Development Permit number 6-22-0152 issued on 7/18/2023. 4. Other permits i. City Haul Route Permit ii. Traffic Control Plan Permit iii. Grading Permit iv. Right of Way Permit v. Oversize Load Permit vi. Written authorization from private property owners for property utilized for staging i. The Agency will obtain for the Contractor, the following: 1. CEQA Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration 2. Habitat Management Plan (HMP) Permit No. 2020-006 3. Hill Side Development Permit (HDP) No. 2020-0003 1.02 HAUL ROUTE PERMIT. a. The Contractor shall prepare a Project specific haul route plan detailing the streets intended for use in delivery of materials and import and export of soil. Contractor will be limited to the routes approved by the City of Carlsbad according to the approved haul route plan contained in the permit. 1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS. a. The Contractor shall prepare Project specific traffic control plans, and haul route plan and use such plans to obtain a traffic control permit from the City of Carlsbad Development Services Department. 1.05 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)/ GENERAL PERMIT. A. Water Pollution Prevention. The Contractor shall plan for and implement temporary construction BMPs to mitigate the water quality impacts of land disturbance and non- storm water discharges related to construction activities in accordance the Agency's current Municipal Stormwater Permit and Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 15.12. BMPs are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures and other management practices employed during construction activities to prevent or reduce pollution of bodies of water protected by the federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.), which include oceans, lagoons, lakes, streams and other sensitive water bodies and water courses. Construction BMPs also include physical devices and structural construction control measures designed to prevent soil erosion from occurring on the Work Site, or that are designed to prevent sediment from leaving the Work Site, both of which are referred to hereafter as "Water Pollution." BMPs are also intended to protect 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Document Version: 1.0 Page 269 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 the health, safety and welfare of the public and to prevent damage to adjoining public and private property resulting from construction activities. B. Pollution prevention practices and the minimum BMPs are required during all 12 months of the year. BMPs and other erosion control practices must be implemented as the most important "first line of defense." The Agency has adopted the CASQA 'Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook: Construction,' latest edition, as its preferred source for adopting construction BMPs. All BMPs must correspond to the BMP Fact Sheets included in the CASQA Construction Handbook. With the approval of the Engineer, or designee, the Agency may accept comparable BMPs from reputable alternative sources. As used in this section, "Engineer" shall have the same meaning as "Construction Manager." C. The Contractor shall utilize the Agency's Tier 1 or Tier 2 SWPPP templates and include all applicable elements provided in the template. The SWPPP templates are available on the Agency's website at [PROJECT ENGINEER insert website address here]. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP templates include standard storm water prevention construction notes, a Project information block, a Storm Water Compliance Statement, Agency approval block and a BMP Checklist Table. The BMP Checklist Table is intended to help the Contractor select appropriate BMPs best suited to the Project and the Work. Additionally, the SWPPP shall include a Site plan showing the proposed Project Site and depicting the areas of proposed construction and proposed locations of construction BMPs. The Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP plans shall be submitted as additional sheets to the construction plan set. D. The Engineer may require Contractor to adopt additional BMPs if the Engineer determines the selected BMP(s) are ineffective or incapable of preventing Water Pollution from escaping the Work site. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPPs must be combined with proper and timely installation of the BMPs, thorough and frequent inspections, maintenance, and documentation. The Contractor shall ensure that the selected BMPs are appropriately incorporated into the Site design and, if required by the Engineer, must employ a qualified professional to ensure proper installation and maintenance of the BMPs. E. The Engineer may suspend the Work, consistent with Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-6, at the Contractor's cost, that create Water Pollution or otherwise violate water quality standards required by the federal Clean Water Act {33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.) if the Engineer determines that the Contractor has failed to satisfy all requirements of this section. If the Contractor violates any provisions of this subsection, or if Water Pollution occurs in the Work Site for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. F. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Agency ifthere is a non-stormwater discharge to the storm drain conveyance system resulting from the Work or Project-related activities. In addition, the Contractor shall, within 24 hours, submit a written report to the Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken. If for any reason the Engineer detects Water Pollution, before notification by the Contractor, this written report shall also include an explanation of why the Contractor had not timely notified the Engineer. 0141 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Document Version: 1.0 Page 270 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 G. Implementation Costs. Preparation, implementation and management of Water Pollution prevention activities are incidental to the items of Work and Agency shall not make additional payment to Contractor for these costs. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 0141 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Document Version: 1.0 Page 271 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.03 WATER. a. All water required for and in connection with the Work to be performed shall be provided by and at the expense of Contractor. No separate payment for water used or required will be made and all costs in connection with the water shall be included in the Bid. 1.04 POWER. a. Contractor shall provide all power for heating, lighting, operation of Contractor's plant or equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. Temporary heat and lighting shall be maintained until the Work is accepted. b. These provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by Agency of the uninterrupted continuation of power, and interruptions beyond the control of Agency shall not be reason for claims for additional costs nor for extensions of time. Contractor shall provide, at no additional cost to Agency, any necessary power required for prosecution of the Work during such interruptions. 1.05 SANITARY FACILITIES. a. Contractor shall furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the Site, as provided in the Contract, for the needs of all construction workers and others performing Work or furnishing services on the Project. b. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least 1 toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the Site. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION AIDS. a. Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and operate all construction aids required by it and its Subcontractors in the performance of the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Contract. b. Contractor under Contract shall provide construction aids necessary for the performance of Work by other Contractors on the Project. Such construction aids shall be suitable for conditions encountered and shall include: 1. Elevators and hoists 2. Cranes 3. Temporary enclosures 4. Swing staging 5. Scaffolding 6. Temporary stairs 01 SO 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 272 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1.08 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. a. Contractor shall conduct its Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when Contractor has obtained permission from the Agency and tenant of private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. b. In making open-cut street crossings, Contractor shall not block more than one-half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders. c. Temporary Bridges. Contractor shall construct substantial bridges at all points where it is necessary to maintain traffic across pipeline construction. Bridges in public streets, roads, and highways shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction thereover. Bridges erected in private roads and driveways shall be adequate for the service to which they will be subjected. Bridges shall be provided with substantial guardrails and with suitably protected approaches. Foot bridges shall be at least 4 feet wide, provided with handrails and uprights of dressed lumber. Bridges shall be maintained in place as long as the conditions of the Work require their use for safety of the public. When necessary for the proper prosecution of the Work in the immediate vicinity of a bridge, the bridge may be relocated or temporarily removed for such period as Engineer may permit. d. Detours. Where required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover that traffic be maintained over any Construction Work in a public street, road, or highway, and the traffic cannot be maintained on the alignment of the original roadbed or pavement, Contractor shall, at its own expense, construct and maintain a detour around the Construction Work. Each detour shall include a bridge across the pipe trench and all necessary barricades, guardrails, approaches, lights, signals, signs, and other devices and precautions necessary for protection of the Work and safety of the public. 1.09 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS. a. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. b. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. c. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 273 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 d. All barricades, signs, lights, and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. 1.10 FENCES. a. All existing fences affected by the Work shall be maintained by Contractor until completion of the Work. Fences which interfere with construction operations shall not be relocated or dismantled until written permission is obtained from the owner of the fence, and the period the fence may be left relocated or dismantled has been agreed upon. Where fences must be maintained across the construction easement, adequate gates shall be installed. Gates shall be kept closed and locked at all times when not in use. b. On completion of the Work across any tract of land, Contractor shall restore all fences to their original or to a better condition and to their original locations. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY. a. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by its construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards, parkways, and medians, shall be restored to their original condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. b. {Specifier. Where large trees are within or near the construction easement designate whether or not Contractor will be allowed to remove them.) {Optional Paragraph) No trees shall be removed outside the permanent easement, except where authorized by the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. Whenever practicable, Contractor shall tunnel beneath trees in yards and parking lots when on or near the line of trench. Hand excavation shall be employed as necessary to prevent injury to trees. Trees left standing shall be adequately protected against damage from construction operations. c. {Optional Paragraph) Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, and other public or private property, regardless of location or character, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or workers to or from the Work Site or any part of it, whether by Contractor or its Subcontractors. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the owner of, or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over, the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement or payment of costs incurred in connection with the damage. d. {Optional Paragraph) All fire hydrants and water control valves shall be kept free from obstruction and available for use at all times. 1.12 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY. a. Contractor will be held responsible for any damage to existing structures, Work, materials, or equipment because of its operations and shall repair or replace any 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 274 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 damaged structures, Work, materials, or equipment to the satisfaction of, and at no additional cost to, Agency. b. Contractor shall protect all existing structures and property from damage and shall provide bracing, shoring, or other work necessary for such protection. c. (Optional Paragraph) Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, curbs, sidewalks, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, or other public or private property, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or workers to or from the Work Site. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the agency having jurisdiction over the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement. 1.13 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION. a. All trees and other vegetation which must be removed to perform the Work shall be removed and disposed of by Contractor; however, no trees or cultured plants shall be unnecessarily removed unless their removal is indicated on the Drawings. All trees and plants not removed shall be protected against injury from construction operations. b. Trees considered by Engineer to have any significant effect on construction operations are indicated on the Drawings and those which are to be preserved are so indicated. c. Contractor shall take extra measures to protect trees designated to be preserved, such as erecting barricades, trimming to prevent damage from construction equipment, and installing pipe and other Work by means of hand excavation or tunneling methods. Such trees shall not be endangered by stockpiling excavated material or storing equipment against their trunks. d. When injuring or removal of trees designated to be preserved cannot be avoided, or when removal and replacement is indicated on the Drawings, each tree injured beyond repair or removed shall be replaced with a similar tree of the nearest size possible. e. All trimming, repair, and replacement of trees and plants shall be performed by qualified nursery workers or horticulturists. 1.14 SECURITY. a. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the Site, and all Work, materials, equipment, and existing facilities thereon, against vandals and other unauthorized persons. b. No claim shall be made against Agency by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser, and Contractor shall make good all damage to Agency's property resulting from Contractor's failure to provide security measures as specified. c. Security measures shall be at least equal to those usually provided by Agency's to protect Agency's existing facilities during normal operation, but shall also include such additional security fencing, barricades, lighting, watchman services, and other measures as required to protect the Site 01 SO 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 275 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1.15 ACCESS ROADS. a. Contractor shall establish and maintain temporary access roads to various parts of the Site as required to complete the Project. Such roads shall be available for the use of all others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project. 1.16 PARKING. a. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all workers and others performing Work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Agency's operations, or construction activities. 1.17 NOISE CONTROL. a. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise. Such measures shall be appropriate for the normal ambient sound levels in the area during working hours. All construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound- muffling devices and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the Work. b. During construction activities on or adjacent to occupied buildings, and when appropriate, Contractor shall erect screens or barriers effective in reducing noise in the building and shall conduct its operations to avoid unnecessary noise which might interfere with the activities of building occupants. 1.18 DUST CONTROL. a. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. When practicable, dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing dust. b. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels, or similar equipment shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. 1.19 TEMPORARY DRAINAGE PROVISIONS. a. Contractor shall provide for the drainage of storm water and such water as may be applied or discharged on the Site in performance of the Work. Drainage facilities shall be adequate to prevent damage to the Work, the Site, and adjacent property. b. Existing drainage channels and conduits shall be cleaned, enlarged, or supplemented as necessary to carry all increased runoff attributable to Contractor's operations. Dikes shall be constructed as necessary to divert increased runoff from entering adjacent property (except in natural channels), to protect Agency's facilities and the Work, and to direct water to drainage channels or conduits. Ponding shall be provided as necessary to prevent downstream flooding. 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 276 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 1.20 EROSION CONTROL. a. Contractor shall prevent erosion of soil on the Site and adjacent property resulting from its construction activities. Effective measures shall be initiated prior to the commencement of clearing, grading, excavation, or other operation that will disturb the natural protection. b. Work shall be scheduled to expose areas subject to erosion for the shortest possible time, and natural vegetation shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable. Temporary storage and construction buildings shall be located, and construction traffic routed, to minimize erosion. Temporary fast-growing vegetation or other suitable ground cover shall be provided as necessary to control runoff. 1.21 POLLUTION CONTROL. a. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris, and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes shall be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris, or other substance shall be permitted to enter sanitary sewers, and reasonable measures shall be taken to prevent such materials from entering any drain or watercourse. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED} PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED} END OF SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Document Version: 1.0 Page 277 Date Printed: March 15, 2024 Current Update: May 2023 Appendix A Draft SWPPP Appendix I: Training Forms 284 AppendixJ: Responsible Parties 287 Appendix K: Contractors and Subcontractors 289 Appendix L: Calculations 290 AppendixM: Weather Reports 309 AppendixN: Monitoring Records 310 Appendix 0: Example Storm Event Monitoring Forms 311 Appendix P: Field Meter Instructions 318 AppendixQ: Supplemental Information 319 Appendix R: Active Treatment System and Passive Treatment 320 Plans AppendixS: Construction General Permit 321 Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP iii November 2023 Table of Contents Table of Contents ................................................................................................... iv Desigri Phase Qualified SWPPP Developer ........................................................... vii .Al'nend.Jnent Log ................................................................................................. viii Section 1 SWPPP Requirements .................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Permit Registration Documents .................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 SWPPP Availability and Implementation ..................................................................... 1-2 1.4 SWPPP Amendments .................................................................................................... 1-2 1.5 Retention of Records .................................................................................................... 1-4 1.6 Reporting ...................................................................................................................... 1-4 1. 7 Changes to Permit Coverage ......................................................................................... 1-5 1.8 Notice of Termination ................................................................................................... 1-5 Section 2 Project Information ...................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Project and Site Description ......................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Site Description ........................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1.2 Existing Conditions .................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1.3 Existing Drainage ..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.4 Geology and Groundwater ....................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.5 Project Description .................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2 Permits and Governing Documents .............................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Storm water Run-On from Off site Areas ....................................................................... 2-3 2-4 Findings of the Construction Site Sediment and Receiving Water Risk Determination2- 4 2.5 Construction Schedule .................................................................................................. 2-5 2.6 Potential Construction Activity and Pollutant Sources ................................................ 2-6 2. 7 Identification of Non-Stormwater Discharges ............................................................. 2-6 2.8 Required Site Map Information .................................................................................... 2-7 Section 3 Best Management Practices .......................................................... 3-1 3.1 Schedule for BMP Implementation .............................................................................. 3-1 3.2 Erosion and Sediment Control ..................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.1 Erosion Control. ....................................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.2 Sediment Controls ................................................................................................... 3-8 3.3 Non-Stormwater Controls and Waste and Materials Management.. .......................... 3-11 3.3.1 Non-Stormwater Controls ...................................................................................... 3-11 Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP iv November 2023 3.3.2 Materials Management and Waste Management .................................................. 3-14 3-4 Post Construction Stormwater Management Measures ............................................. 3-18 Section 4 BMP Inspection and Maintenance ................................................ 4-1 4.1 BMP Inspection and Maintenance ............................................................................... 4-1 Section 5 Section 6 Trainin.g ........................................................................................ 5-1 Responsible Parties and Operators ............................................... 6-1 6.1 Responsible Parties ....................................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Contractor List .............................................................................................................. 6-3 Section 7 Construction Site Monitoring Program ........................................ 7-1 7.1 Purpose ..................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.2 Applicability of Permit Requirements ...................................................................... 7-1 7.3. Weather and Precipitation Event Tracking .............................................................. 7-1 7.4 Monitoring Locations .............................................................................................. 7-2 7.5 Safety and Monitoring Exemptions ......................................................................... 7-2 7.6 Visual Monitoring .................................................................................................... 7-2 7. 7 Water Quality Sampling and Analysis ..................................................................... 7-7 7.8 Active Treatment System Monitoring .................................................................... 7-22 7.9 Passive Treatment Monitoring .............................................................................. 7-22 7.10 Watershed Monitoring Option ....................................................... , ...................... 7-22 7.11 Quality Assurance and Quality Control ..... : ........................................................... 7-23 7.12 Records Retention ................................................................................................. 7-25 Section 8 References .................................................................................... 8-1 Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP v November 2023 Appendices Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Appendix F: AppendixG: Appendix H: Appendix I: AppendixJ: AppendixK: Appendix L: AppendixM: AppendixN: Appendix 0: Appendix P: Appendix Q: Appendix R: AppendixS: Site Maps and Drawings Permit Registration Documents SWPPP Amendment QSD Certifications Submitted Changes of Information Construction Schedule Construction Activities, Materials Used, and Associated Pollutants CASQA Stormwater BMP Handbook: Construction Fact Sheets BMP Inspection Form Training Forms Responsible Parties Contractors and Subcontractors Calculations Weather Reports Monitoring Records Example Storm Event Monitoring Forms Field Meter Instructions Supplemental Information Active Treatment System and Passive Treatment Plans Construction General Permit Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP VI November 2023 Amendment Log Project Name: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Project Number /ID: [if applicable] 6611 Amendntent Date Brief Description of Amendntent Prepared and No. (include section and page number) Approved By Name: QSD# Name: QSD# Name: QSD# The SWPPP will be revised when: • There is a 2022 CGP violation (2022 CGP Section VI.Q.1); • There is a reduction or increase in total disturbed acreage (2022 CGP Section III.F.2. and F-4); • BMPs are not effective and are not resulting in a reduction or elimination of pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non-stormwater discharges (2022 CGP Section VI.Q.1 and Attachment E Section III.C.5); • There is a change in the project duration that changes the project Risk Type (2022 CGP Section III.F.1); • Dischargers with projects where all construction activities (including passive treatment, active treatment systems, and/or active equipment) will be suspended for 30 days or more (2022 CGP Section III.G); • There is a change in construction or operations that may affect the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater(s), or a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) (2022 CGP Sections IV.O. and VI.Q.1); or When deemed necessary by the QSD. The QSD has determined that the changes listed in Table 1-1 can be field determined by the QSP. All other changes will be made by the QSD as formal amendments to the SWPPP. Note that the 2022 CGP requires that the QSD "revise the SWPPP to address potential problems identified by visual inspections, sampling data, comments from a QSP, or their own site observations (2022 CGP Section V.C.2.). SWPPP Amendment QSD Certifications are located in Appendix C. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP Vlll November 2023 Section 1 SWPPP Requirements 1.1 INTRODUCTION The Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements project comprises of approximately 0.76- acres and is located along Park Drive near the intersection of Park Drive and Marina Drive (latitude 33° 8'39.95" N and longitude 117°19'19.34" W) in Carlsbad, California. The project is located within the public right-of-way, and within permeant, temporary construction, and utility easements by the City of Carlsbad. The project's location is shown on the Site Map in Appendix A. This Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is designed to comply with California's General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (2022 CGP), State Water Resources Control Board (State Water Board) Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ (NPDES No. CAS000002) (Appendix SJ. This SWPPP has been prepared following the 2022 CGP SWPPP Template for Traditional Projects provided in the California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater Best Management Practice (BMP) Handbook: Construction (CASQA 2023). This project is considered a traditional construction project. In accordance with the 2022 CGP, Section IV.O, this SWPPP is designed to address the following: 1.2 • Identification of all pollutants, their sources, and control mechanisms, including sources of sediment associated with all construction activities (e.g., sediment, paint, cement, stucco, cleaners, site erosion); • Pollutant source assessments, including a list of potential pollutant sources and identification of site areas where additional BMPs are necessary to reduce or prevent pollutants in stormwater and authorized non-stormwater discharges, per the minimum requirements when developing the pollutant source assessment; • Description of site-specific BMPs implemented to reduce or eliminate stormwater pollution; • Where not otherwise required to be under a Regional Water Quality Control Board (Regional Water Board) permit, all non-stormwater discharges are identified and either eliminated, controlled, or treated; • Site BMPs are effective and result in the reduction or elimination of pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non-stormwater discharges from construction activity to the Best Available Technology/Best Control Technology (BAT/BCT) standard; and; • Stabilization BMPs are installed to reduce or eliminate pollutants after construction is completed are effective and maintained; and • Calculations and design details, as well as BMP controls, are complete and correct. PERMIT REGISTRATION DOCUMENTS Required Permit Registration Documents (PRDs) shall be submitted to the State Water Board via the Stormwater Multi Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) by the LRP or DAR. The project-specific PRDs include (2022 CGP Section III.A): 1. Notice oflntent (NOi); Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1-1 November 2023 2. Risk Level Determination (Construction Site Sediment and Receiving Water Risk Determination); 3. Site Drawings and Map; 4. SWPPP; 5. Applicable plans, calculations, and other supporting documentation for compliance with the Phase I or Phase II municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) post construction requirements or the post-construction standards of the 2022 CGP: • The post construction plans and calculations submitted to or approved by the applicable Phase I or Phase II MS4 6. Dewatering Plan; 7. Annual Fee per the current 23 California Code of Regulations Chapter 9 fee schedule for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permits; and 8. Signed Certification Statement (LRP Certification is provided electronically with SMARTS PRD submittal). Site Maps can be found in Appendix A. A copy of the submitted PRDs shall also be kept in Appendix B along with the Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) confirmation. SWPPP AVAILABILITY AND IMPLEMENTATION The SWPPP will be available at the construction site during working hours list on the title sheet and Section 7.5, while construction is occurring and shall be made available upon request by a federal, state, or municipal inspector. A current copy of the site-specific SWPPP and any site inspection reports required by the 2022 CGP may be kept in electronic format at the site so long as the information requested by a federal, state, or municipal inspector can be made available during an inspection. Legible maps in hard copy must be available at the site (2022 CGP Section IV.O.1.). The SWPPP must be implemented at the appropriate level to protect water quality at all times throughout the life of the project. The SWPPP must remain on the site during construction activities, commencing with the initial mobilization and ending with the termination of coverage under the 2022 CGP. SWPPP AMENDMENTS SWPPP changes or amendments will be uploaded through SMARTS within 30 calendar days. The SWPPP will be revised when: • If there is a 2022 CGP violation (2022 CGP Section VI.Q.1); • There is a reduction or increase in total disturbed acreage (2022 CGP Section III.F.2 and F-4-); • BMPs are not effective and are not resulting in a reduction or elimination of pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non-stormwater discharges (2022 CGP Section VI.Q.1 and Attachment D Section III.C.5); • There is a change in the project duration that changes the project's risk level (2022 CGP Section III.F.1); or Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1-2 November 2023 • Dischargers with projects where all construction activities (including passive treatment, active treatment systems, and/or active equipment) will be suspended for 30 days or more (2022 CGP Section III.G.). Additionally, the SWPPP will be amended when: • There is a change in construction or operations that may affect the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater(s), or a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) (2022 CGP Sections IV.O. and VI.Q.1); or When deemed necessary by the QSD. The QSD has determined that the changes listed in Table 1-1 can be field determined by the QSP. All other changes will be made by the QSD as formal amendments to the SWPPP. Note that the 2022 CGP requires that the QSD revise the SWPPP to address potential problems identified by visual inspections, sampling data, comments from a QSP, or their own site observations (2022 CGP Section V.C.2.). The following items shall be included in each amendment: • Who requested the amendment; • The location of proposed change; • The reason for change; • The original BMP(s) proposed, if any; • The new BMP(s) proposed; and • QSD certification. SWPPP amendments will be logged at the front of the SWPPP and SWPPP Amendment QSD certifications will be located in Appendix C. The SWPPP text will be revised, replaced and/or hand annotated as necessary to properly convey the amendment. SWPPP amendments must be made by a QSD. The following changes have been designated by the QSD as "to be field determined" and constitute minor changes that the QSP may implement based on field conditions. Table 1-1 List of Changes to be Field Determined Candidate changes for field location or Check changes that can be field determination by QSP <1> located or field determined by QSP Increase quantity of an Erosion or Sediment X Control Measure Relocate/add stockpiles or stored materials X Relocate or add toilets X Relocate vehicle storage and/or fueling locations X Relocate areas for waste storage X Relocate water storage and/or water transfer X location Changes to access points (entrance/exits) X Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1-3 November 2023 Table 1-1 List of Changes to be Field Determined Candidate changes for field location or Check changes that can be field determination by QSP <1) located or field determined by QSP Change type or location of Erosion or Sediment X Control Measure Minor changes to schedule or phases X Changes in construction materials X (1) Any field changes not identified for field location or field determination by the QSP must be made as an amendment by the QSD. 1.5 RETENTION OF RECORDS Paper or electronic records of documents required by this SWPPP will be retained for a minimum of three years from the date generated or date submitted, whichever is later, for the following items: • SWPPP; • Visual monitoring reports; • Sampling equipment calibration records; • pH and turbidity sampling field sheets; and • Analytical laboratory reports These records will be available at the Site until construction is complete. Records assisting in the determination of compliance with the 2022 CGP will be made available within a reasonable time to the Regional Water Board, State Water Board, or U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) upon request. Requests by the Regional Water Board for retention of records for a period longer than three years will be adhered to. 1.6 REPORTING Completed inspection checklists are not required to be submitted to the Regional Water Board. However, completed inspection checklists will be kept with the SWPPP on-site or electronically. The 2022 CGP requires that permittees prepare, certify, and electronically submit an Annual Report no later than September 1 of each year. Reporting requirements are identified in 2022 CGP Section VI.P. Annual reports will be filed in SMARTS and in accordance with information required by the online forms. Planned changes in site construction activities that may result in non-compliance with the 2022 CGP are required to be provided in writing to the Regional Water Board and local stormwater agency in advance of the changes. If a 2022 CGP discharge violation occurs, the QSP will immediately notify the LRP. The LRP will include information on the violation with the Annual Report. Corrective measures will be implemented immediately following identification of the discharge or written notice of non- compliance from the Regional Board. Discharges and corrective actions must be documented and include the following items: • The date, time, location, nature of operation, and type of unauthorized discharge; • The cause or nature of the notice or order; Park Drive Street & Drainage Impmvements SWPPP 1-4 November 2023 • The BMPs deployed before the discharge event, or prior to receiving notice or order; and • The date of deployment and type of BMPs deployed after the discharge event, or after receiving the notice or order, including additional measures installed or planned to reduce or prevent re-occurrence. Results of (pH and turbidity, etc.) monitoring will be electronically submitted through SMARTS for all field sampling results within 30 days of the completion of the precipitation event or within 10 days if the field sampling results demonstrate the exceedance of the pH and/ or turbidity NALs. See Section 7.7.2.7 for additional discussion of the reporting requirements. The Regional Water Board will be notified via email 24 hours prior to the beginning of a planned dewatering discharge. In the event of an emergency dewatering, the Regional Water Board and applicable MS4 are to be notified within 24 hours of a discharge occurring. An emergency is defined as the need to protect human life and health or prevent severe property damage. Results of (pH and turbidity, etc.) monitoring will be electronically submitted through SMARTS for all field sampling results within 30 days of the completion of the precipitation event or within 10 days if the field sampling results demonstrate the exceedance of the pH and/ or turbidity NALs. See Section 7.745 for additional discussion of the reporting requirements including contacts for Regional Water Board and MS4 notifications. CHANGES TO PERMIT COVERAGE The 2022 CG P allows for the reduction or increase of the total acreage covered under the 2022 CGP when: a portion of the project is complete and/or conditions for termination of coverage have been met; when ownership of a portion of the project is purchased by a different entity; or when new acreage is added to the project. Modified PRDs will be filed electronically through a Change of Information (COi) within 30 days of a reduction or increase in total disturbed area if a change in permit-covered acreage is to be sought. The SWPPP will be modified appropriately and will be logged at the front of the SWPPP. SWPPP Amendments QSD Certifications will be located in Appendix C. COis submitted electronically via SMARTS can be found in Appendix D. 1.8 NOTICE OF TERMINATION A Notice of Termination (NOT) must be submitted electronically by the LRP or DAR via SMARTS to terminate coverage under the 2022 CGP. According to the requirements of 2022 CGP Section 111.H,4., the following final stabilization method will be used to satisfy final stabilization condition requirements: 70 percent final cover method supported by pre-and post-project photographs demonstrating stabilization. The Regional Water Board will consider a construction site complete when the conditions of the 2022 CGP Section 111.H., have been met. The discharger is required to submit the following in SMARTS: • NOT SMARTS Form; Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1-5 November 2023 • QSP-prepared final NOT inspection which includes the QSP name and valid QSP certificate number; • Final site map with photo orientation references; • Photos demonstrating final stabilization and the applicable post-construction BMPs and/or low impact development; and • A long-term maintenance plan for the post-construction stormwater runoff BMPs and/or low impact development features being implemented. According to the 2022 CGP, the NOT will be automatically approved within 30 calendar days after the date the NOT was submitted, unless, within the 30 calendar days the Regional Water Board notifies the discharger through SMARTS that the Notice of Termination has been denied, returned, or accepted for review (2022 CGP Section III.H.7). Note: If an Annual Report has not been filed in the current reporting year, an Annual Report will need to be submitted prior to the NOT. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1-6 November 2023 Section 2 Project Information 2.1 PROJECT AND SITE DESCRIPTION 2.1.1 Site Description The Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements project site is Risk Level 2 that comprises approximately o. 76-acres and is located along Park Drive near the intersection with Marina Drive (latitude 33° 8'39.95"N and longitude 117°19'19.34"W) in Carlsbad, California. The project site is located approximately along Park Drive south of Hillside Drive and north of Bayshore Drive. The project site is located approximately 500-feet northeast of Carlsbad Lagoon. The project is shown on the Site Map in Appendix A. 2.1.2 Existing Conditions As of the initial date of this SWPPP, the project site is developed and consists of roadway, retaining walls and steep open space areas. The project is located in a residential area. Historic sources of contamination were searched for in the State Water Board GeoTracker database and no active cleanup sites were found. The nearest cleanup site's case was closed in December 2013 and is 1.1-miles away from the project site. The potential contaminants from this cleanup site were waste oil, motor, hydraulic, and lubrication. 2.1.3 Existing Drainage The project area is located along a steep slope, so drainage generally flows down the slope and into the roadway. It then flows southeast or northwest in Park Drive to the nearest inlet. The stormwater that drains to the southeast enters an inlet on Park Drive near Neblina Drive and the flows that drain to the northwest enter an inlet on Park Drive near Cove Drive and both storm drain systems drain into Agua Hedionda Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean. The elevation of the project site ranges from around 14 feet 57 feet above mean sea level (msl). Stormwater is conveyed through surface runoff, brow ditches, and storm drain systems. Stormwater discharges, from the site, are not considered direct discharges, as defined by the State Water Board. Existing site topography, drainage patterns, and stormwater conveyance systems are shown on the Site Map in Appendix A. The project discharges to Agua Hedionda Lagoon. The water quality impairments (303 (d) list and TMDL.5 identified in the 2022 CGP Table H-1 for the receiving waters are identified in the Table 2-1. Table 2-1 Applicable 303(d) List Impairments and TMDLs Receiving Water Water Quality Impairment 303(d) list TMDL (2022 CGP Table H-1) Agua Hedionda Lagoon Toxicity None 2 .1-4 Geology and Groundwater The site is underlain by Eocene-age Santiago formation covered by approximately 5-feet of colluvium on the upper portion of the bank and fill on the lower portion of the bank, as stated in Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-1 November 2023 the Report of Geotechnical Investigation prepared by Group Delta, dated June 2020. Groundwater occurs below ground surface at approximately 2.8-ft to 4.8-ft at the toe of the slope and 35.8-ft to 36-4-ft at the top of the slope. The groundwater gradient is toward the west. 2.1.5 Project Description Project grading will occur on approximately 0.5 acres of the project, which comprises approximately 37 percent of the total area. The limits of grading are shown on the Site Map in Appendix A. Grading will include both cut and fill activities, with the total graded material estimated to be 4,800 cubic yards. Approximately 1,300 cubic yards of fill material and 2,500 cubic yards of structural backfill material will be imported during grading activities. Graded materials are expected to be hauled away. Soil will be stockpiled in the staging area along Park Drive as shown on the Site Map in Appendix A and the City of Carlsbad's Tamarack city yard located west of the intersection of Tamarack Avenue and KirkwallAvenue. Construction activities will not be phased per Construction Drawings in Appendix A. 2.1.6 Developed Condition Post construction surface drainage patterns are generally the same as the existing condition with flows directed to the southeast or northwest in Park Drive from the high point to the nearest inlet. Proposed brow ditches will collect flows from the slope to either discharge on the street or to the public storm drain system located in Park Drive. Post construction drainage patterns and conveyance systems are presented on Site Map in Appendix A. Table 2-2 Construction Site Estimates Construction site area 1.2 acres Total area of disturbance 0.82 acres Percent impervious before construction 16 % Runoff coefficient before construction Q,35 Percent impervious after construction 16 % Runoff coefficient after construction Q,35 2.2 PERMITS AND GOVERNING DOCUMENTS In addition to the 2022 CGP, the following documents have been taken into account while preparing this SWPPP: • Regional Water Board requirements • Basin Plan requirements • Contract Documents • Air Quality regulations and permits Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 -2 November 2023 • Federal Endangered Species Act • National Historic Preservation Act/Requirements of the State Historic Preservation Office • State of California Endangered Species Act • Clean Water Act Section 401 Water Quality Certifications and 404 Permits • CA Department of Fish and Game 1600 Streambed Alteration Agreement • California Ocean Plan • State Water Board GeoTracker database (GeoTracker) STORMWATER RUN-ON FROM OFFSITE AREAS Run-on to the site is generated by sheet flow from the adjacent upgradient undeveloped area to the north-east of the site. The run-on is non-point source, may occur anytime of the year, and is the result of irrigation and precipitation. The stormwater runoff drainage area contributing to offsite run-on is estimated to be approximately 4.5-acres. The anticipated runoff coefficient is 0.35 for the hillside. The anticipated off-site run-on to the project site is estimated to be 8-4 cfs; calculations are included in Appendix L. The 2022 CGP requires that temporary BMPs be implemented to direct offsite run-on away from disturbed areas through the use of runoff controls. The following BMPs will be implemented: silt fence, check dams, and earth dikes and drainage swales. These BMPs will be located on the steep slopes and graded areas. The off-site drainage areas and associated stormwater conveyance facilities or BMPs are shown on Site Map in Appendix A. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-3 November 2023 FINDINGS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE SEDIMENT AND RECEIVING WATER RISK DETERMINATION A construction site risk assessment has been performed for the project and the resultant risk level is Risk Level 2. The risk level was determined by the use of the Kand LS factor maps accessible through the Caltrans Water Quality Planning Tool website, and R-value determined from EPA's Rainfall Erosivity Factor Calculator for Small Construction Sites at: https:/ /lew.epa.gov/ in accordance with the State Water Board Guidance for multi-year projects at: https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water issues/programs/stormwater /smarts/ construction/ do cs/rfactor guide.pdf. The risk level is based on project duration, location, proximity to impaired receiving waters, and soil conditions. A copy of the Risk Level determination submitted on SMARTS with the PRDs is included in Appendix B. Table 2-3 and Table 2-4 summarize the sediment and receiving water risk factors and document the sources of information used to derive the factors. Table 2-3 Summary of Sediment Risk RUSLE Value Method for Establishing Value Factor R 41.7 https://lew.epa.gov/ K 0.2 https:// svctenvims.dot.ca.gov /wqpt/wqpt.aspx LS 1.69 https: // svctenvims.dot.ca.gov /wqpt/wqpt.aspx Total Predicted Sediment Loss (tons/acre) 14.1 Overall Sediment Risk 181 Low Low Sediment Risk < 15 tons/ acre □Medium Medium Sediment Risk>= 15 and< 75 tons/acre High Sediment Risk>= 75 tons/acre □High Runoff from the project site discharges into the City of Carlsbad storm drain systems located within Park Drive through of a series of brow ditches and street curb and gutters to the nearest storm drain inlet. . The storm water that drains to the southeast enters an inlet on Park Drive near Neblina Drive and the flows that drain to the northwest enter an inlet on Park Drive near Cove Drive and both storm drain systems drain ultimately drain into Agua Hedionda Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean. Table 2-4 Summary of Receiving Water Risk 303(d) Listed TMDLfor Beneficial Uses of Receiving Water for Sediment Sediment Related COLD, SPAWN, Name Related Pollutant <1> and MIGRATORY Pollutant <1> (1) Agua Hedionda Lagoon ~ Yes □No □Yes ~No □Yes ~No Overall Receiving Water Risk □Low 181 High (1) If yes is selected for any option the Receiving Water Risk is High Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-4 November 2023 Risk Level 2 sites are subject to both the narrative effluent limitations and numeric action limitations (NALs). The narrative effluent limitations require stormwater discharges associated with construction activity to minimize or prevent pollutants in stormwater and authorized non- stormwater through the use of controls, structures and best management practices (BMPs). Discharges from Risk Level 2 site are subject to NALs for pH and turbidity shown in Table 2-5. This SWPPP has been prepared to address Risk Level 2 requirements (2022 CGP Attachment D). Table 2-5 Numeric Action Levels and Numeric Effluent Limits Parameter Unit Numeric Action Level Numeric Effluent Limit pH pH units Lower NAL < 6.5 Not Applicable Upper NAL > 8.5 Turbidity NTU >250NTU Not Applicable 2.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The site sediment risk was determined based on construction taking place between November 1st 2023 and December 31st 2024. Modification or extension of the schedule (start and end dates) may affect risk determination and permit requirements. The LRP shall contact the QSD if the schedule changes during construction to address potential impact to the SWPPP. The estimated schedule for planned work can be found in Appendix E. The majority of the land disturbing activity will be focused on the southern section of the project area. The start of the earthwork portion of the project is scheduled to begin at the end of the typical rainy season to reduce the potential of sediment laden runoff. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-5 November 2023 2.6 POTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVI1Y AND POLLUTANT SOURCES Appendix F includes a list of construction activities and associated materials that are anticipated to be used onsite as well as the pollutant source assessment form that was completed for the project. These activities and associated materials will or could potentially contribute pollutants, other than sediment, to stormwater runoff. The anticipated activities and associated pollutants were used in Section 3 to select the BMPs for the project. Locations of anticipated pollutants and associated BMPs are shown on the Site Map in Appendix A. Additionally, proper measures will be taken to ensure that trench spoils or any other soils disturbed during construction activities that are contaminated are not discharged with stormwater or non-stormwater discharges into storm drains or water bodies (except pursuant to a separate NPDES Permit). If contaminated soils are found on site, and the responsible party cannot be identified or fails to take action, soils will be sampled to determine proper handling and protect public safety. The appropriate local, State, and federal agencies along with the appropriate Regional Water Board will be notified when contaminated soils are observed. For sampling requirements for non-visible pollutants associated with construction activity, please refer to Section 7.7.1. For a full and complete list of onsite pollutants, refer to the Safety Data Sheets (SDS), which are retained onsite at the construction trailer or are available electronically at the site. IDENTIFICATION OF NON-STORMWATER DISCHARGES Non-stormwater discharges into storm drainage systems or waterways, which are not authorized under the 2022 CGP and listed in the SWPPP, or authorized under a separate NPDES permit, are prohibited. Non-stormwater discharges that are authorized from this project site include the following: • Fire-fighting activity • Irrigation of vegetative erosion control measures • Hydrostatic pipe flushing and testing water • Uncontaminated groundwater or spring water from construction dewatering activities These authorized non-stormwater discharges will be managed with the stormwater and non- stormwater BMPs described in Section 3 of this SWPPP and will be minimized under the direction of the QSP. Additionally, the non-stormwater discharges not applicable to this project are still allowable granted they do not contact potential pollutant sources. Activities at this site that may result in unauthorized non-stormwater discharges include: • Vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling and maintenance • Sanitary wastes from temporary sanitation facilities • Oil and grease, chemical leaks or other wastes from construction vehicles Steps will be taken, including the implementation of appropriate BMPs, to ensure that unauthorized discharges are eliminated, controlled, disposed, or treated on-site. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-6 November 2023 Discharges of construction materials and wastes, such as fuel or paint, resulting from dumping, spills, or direct contact with rainwater or stormwater runoff, are also prohibited. The following discharge(s) have been authorized by (a) regional NPDES permit(s): • None 2.8 REQUIRED SITE MAP INFORMATION The construction project's Site Map(s) showing the project location, surface water boundaries, geographic features, construction site perimeter and general topography, locations of storm drain inlets that receive runoff from the project, and other requirements identified in 2022 CGP Sections IV.O.2. k. and 1 are located in Appendix A. Table 2-9 identifies Maps or Sheet Nos. where required elements are illustrated. Table 2-9 Required Map Information Included on Map/Plan Required Element Sheet No. <1> Construction and Earthwork Drawing(s) SWPPPMap, Site layout (grading plans) including roads Sheet 1 & 2 SWPPPMap, Site and project boundaries Sheet 1 & 2 SWPPPMap, Drainage areas Sheet 1 SWPPPMap, Discharge locations Sheet 1 & 2 SWPPPMap, Sampling locations Sheet 1 & 2 SWPPPMap, Areas of soil disturbance (temporary or permanent) Sheet 1 & 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed active areas of soil disturbance (cut or fill) Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of erosion control BMPs Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of sediment control BMPs Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of run-off BMPs Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Temporary and/or permanent run-on conveyance (if applicable) Sheet 2 N/A Proposed locations of active treatment systems(s) (if applicable) Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2-7 November 2023 Table 2-9 Required Map Information Included on Map/Plan Required Element Sheet No. Ci) SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of storage areas for waste Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of construction materials Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of project staging areas Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of stockpiles Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of vehicles, equipment, and vehicle maintenance Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of loading/unloading materials Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of site access (entrance/exits) Sheet 2 SWPPPMap, Proposed locations of fueling, water storage, water transfer for dust control Sheet 2 Construction Drawings, Sheet Proposed locations of demolition D-1 N/A Proposed locations of other construction support activities Construction Site-specific procedures to implement final stabilization BMPs as soon as Drawings, Sheet EC-1 reasonably practicable Notes: (1) Indicate maps or drawings that information is included on (e.g., Vicinity Map, Site Map, Drainage Plans, Grading Plans, Progress Maps.) Pa,-k D,-ive Street & Dminage Impmvements SWPPP 2-8 Novembe,-2023 Section 3 Best Management Practices SCHEDULE FOR BMP IMPLEMENTATION BMPs will be implemented as per the schedule indicated in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 BMP Implementation Schedule BMP Location Implementation EC-1, Scheduling Entire Site Prior to Construction EC-2, Preservation of Entire Site Start of Construction Existing Vegetation EC-3, Hydraulic Mulch Hillside, Start of Earthwork North of Park Drive EC-4, Hydroseed Hillside, Start of Earthwork North of Park Drive (I) ~ EC-5, Soil Binders Hillside, Start of Earthwork = North of 0 ~ .... Park Drive (I) -0 0 ~ b EC-7, Geotextiles and Hillside, Start of Earthwork ~ r:: 0 Mats North of u Park Drive EC-9, Earth Dike and Hillside, Start of Earthwork Drainage Swales North of Park Drive EC-10, Velocity Discharge Start of Earthwork Dissipation Devices locations EC-15, Soil Hillside, Start of Earthwork Preparation-North of Roughening Park Drive SE-1, Silt Fence Site Start of Construction (I) perimeter ~ ~ See Start of Construction ~ SWPPP -0 Map Sheet ~ SE-3, Sediment Trap 1 in 0 Appendix u 'S A ~ Temporary Start of Construction ! SE-4, Check Dams channels, ~ dikes, and 00 swales Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-1 Duration Entirety of Project Entirety of Project Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization Entirety of Project Until Final Stabilization Until Final Stabilization November 2 023 Table 3-1 BMP Implementation Schedule BMP Location Implementation Duration Hillside, Start of Construction Entirety of Project SE-5, Fiber Rolls North of Park Drive SE-6, Gravel Bag Berm Hillside, Start of Construction Until Final North of Stabilization Park Drive SE-7, Street Sweeping Streets Start of Construction Entirety of Project SE-10, Storm Drain At inlets, Start of Construction Entirety of Project Inlet Protection See Site Maps in Appendix A "OSO'll Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project S .... b ~ WE-1, Wind Erosion • ~ = :a Control ~ s.. 0 ~ ~u bt)- Park Drive Start of Construction Entirety of Project ] 0 'll TC-1, Stabilized s..~ Construction Entrance ~ = :a "=o~ and Exit ~u NS-1, Water Entire Site Mobilization Entirety of Project Conservation Practices NS-2, Dewatering Hillside, Start of Grading Grading Phase North of 'll Operations Park Drive ~ :a ~ NS-3, Paving and Park Drive Start of Sidewalk Street Phase -Grinding Operations Construction 0 s.. = NS-6, Illicit Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project 0 Connection/Discharge u s.. NS-7 Potable Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project Qj ~ Water/Irrigation ~ NS-8, 9, 10 Vehicles Park Drive Entirety of Project 0 and Equipment Mobilization .... rJ'J Cleaning, Fueling and I = Maintenance 0 z NS-11, Pile Driving Park Drive Start of Wall Vertical Phase Operation Construction NS-12, 13 Concrete Park Drive Start of Construction Entirety of Project Curing/Finishing Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-2 November 2023 Table 3-1 BMP Implementation Schedule BMP Location Implementation Duration WM-1, Material Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project Delivery and Storage ~ WM-2, Material Use Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project ~ ~ WM-3 Stockpile Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project ~ Management -0 ~ WM-4 Spill Prevention Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project 0 and Control u WM-5 Solid Waste Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project = e Management 4) WM-6 Hazardous Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project bl) Waste Management c= § WM-8, Concrete Waste Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project ~ 4) Management +-~ WM-9 Sanitary-Septic Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project ~ Waste Management WM-10 Liquid Waste Entire Site Start of Construction Entirety of Project Management EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Erosion and sediment controls are required by the 2022 CGP to provide effective reduction or elimination of sediment related pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non- stormwater discharges from the Site. Applicable BMPs are identified in this section for erosion control, sediment control, tracking control, and wind erosion control. Erosion Control Erosion control, also referred to as soil stabilization, consists of source control measures that are designed to prevent soil particles from detaching and becoming transported in stormwater runoff. Erosion control BMPs protect the soil surface by covering and/ or binding soil particles. This construction project will implement the following practices to provide effective temporary and final erosion control during construction: 1. Preserve existing vegetation where required and when feasible. 2. The area of soil disturbing operations shall be controlled such that the Contractor is able to implement erosion control BMPs quickly and effectively. 3. Stabilize non-active areas within 14 days of cessation of construction activities or sooner if stipulated by local requirements. 4. Control erosion in concentrated flow paths by applying erosion control blankets, check dams, erosion control seeding, or alternate methods. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-3 November 2023 5. Prior to the completion of construction, apply permanent erosion control to remaining disturbed soil areas. Sufficient erosion control materials shall be maintained onsite to allow implementation in conformance with this SWPPP. The following erosion control BMP selection table, Table 3-2 indicates the BMPs that will be implemented to control erosion on the construction site. Fact Sheets for temporary erosion control BMPs are provided in Appendix G. These temporary erosion control BMPs shall be implemented in conformance with the following guidelines and as outlined in the BMP Factsheets provided in Appendix G. If there is a conflict between documents, the Site Map will prevail over narrative in the body of the SWPPP or guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Site specific details in the Site Map prevail over standard details included in the Site Map. The narrative in the body of the SWPPP prevails over guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-4 November 2023 Scheduling • Contractor shall schedule as much soil disturbing activities as possible outside of the rainy season especially for those areas impacted by run-on. • BMPs will be implemented in a proactive manner during all seasons (year round) while construction is occurring, as appropriate to protect water quality during the life of the project. • The QSP shall monitor weather using National Weather Service reports to track conditions and alert crews with regard to forecasted storm events (http://www.srh.noaa.gov/). • Year round, an effective combination of erosion and sediment control BMPs will be implemented on all inactive, finished, and/or disturbed areas and sediment control BMPs will be implemented along the site perimeter and at all operational storm drain inlets. Preservation of Existing Vegetation • Existing vegetation shall be preserved as long as feasible. • Clearing should occur only where construction will occur. • Natural vegetation should be preserved on steep slopes, and wherever feasible to minimize exposure of bare earth to surface waters. Hydraulic Mulch • Hydraulic mulch will be used when needed to temporarily protect exposed soil from erosion by raindrop impact or wind before the start of the rainy season. Hydraulic mulch is generally not limited by slope and contains fibrous materials that function as a temporary ground cover. Hydroseed • Hydroseed will be used to prevent mechanical and wind erosion on inactive slopes areas. Refer to sheet G-3 of the Construction Drawings in Appendix A for detailed hydroseeding notes. • Hydroseeding shall be applied to all slopes that are 6:1 (horizontal to vertical) or steeper when they are: o 3-ft or more in height and adjacent to a public wall or street; o To all slopes that are 4-ft or more in height • Areas to by hydroseeded shall be prepared prior to hydroseeding by roughening the surface to be planted. Soil Binders • Soil binders will be used on the soil surface to temporarily prevent water and wind induced erosion of exposed soils on the construction site. Soil binders are a good alternative to mulches in areas where grading activities will soon resume. • The water quality impacts of some chemical soil binders are relatively unknown, and some may have water quality impacts due to their chemical ,makeup. Additionally, these chemicals may require non-visible pollutant monitoring. Products should be evaluated Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-6 November 2023 for project-specific implementation by the QSP. Refer to the product Material Safety Data Sheet for chemical properties. Geotextiles and Mats • Biodegradable geotextiles and mats will be placed on critical areas where maximum protection is desirable and on steep slopes where other temporary stabilization methods are not feasible. • Biodegradable geotextiles and mats will be used to reduce erosion from rainfall impact, hold soil in place, and absorb and hold moisture near the soil surface. Additionally, matting may be used in conjunction with hydraulic mulch or hydroseed to stabilize exposed soils until vegetation is established. • Contractor shall use geotextiles to cover stockpiles as needed. Earth Dike and Drainage Swales • Earth dikes and drainage swales will be used to divert off runon and site runoff around the construction site, divert runoff from stabilized areas and disturbed areas, and direct runoff into sediment basins or traps. • Dikes should not be constructed of soils that may be easily eroded. Velocity Dissipation Devices • Velocity dissipation devices will be placed wherever discharge velocities and energies at the outlets of culverts, conduits, or channels are sufficient to erode the next downstream reach to prevent scour of the soil caused by concentrated, high velocity flows. This includes temporary diversion structures to divert runon during construction. Soil Preparation-Roughening • Soil should be prepared and roughened prior to hydroseeding. Refer to sheet G-3 of the Construction Drawings in Appendix A for detailed hydroseeding notes. Wind Erosion Control • Stabilize exposed surface and minimize activities that suspend or track dust particles. Approved methods for controlling dust on heavily traveled and disturbed areas include: o Wet suppression (watering); o Temporary gravel construction entrances; o Equipment wash-out areas; and o Haul truck covers. • Watering rates should be minimized as necessary to prevent runoff and ponding. Water equipment leaks should be repaired immediately. • Contractor should implement good housekeeping measures on the construction site to control the air deposition of site materials and from site operations. Such particulates can include, but are not limited to, sediment, nutrients, trash, metals, bacteria, oil and grease and organics. • Controlling fugitive dust through, primarily, watering and street sweeping. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Sediment Controls Sediment controls are temporary or permanent structural measures that are intended to complement the selected erosion control measures and reduce sediment discharges from active construction areas. Sediment controls are designed to intercept and settle out soil particles that have been detached and transported by the force of water. The following sediment control BMP selection table indicates the BMPs that will be implemented to control sediment on the construction site. Fact Sheets for temporary sediment control BMPs are provided in Appendix G. These temporary sediment control BMPs will be implemented in conformance with the following guidelines and in accordance with the BMP Fact Sheets provided in Appendix G. If there is a conflict between documents, the Site Map will prevail over narrative in the body of the SWPPP or guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Site specific details in the Site Map prevail over standard details included in the Site Map. The narrative in the body of the SWPPP prevails over guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-8 November 2023 Table 3-3 Temporary Sediment Control BMPs CASQA Considered BMPused Fact BMPNrune for the If not used, state reason and alternate Sheet Project<•> BMP, if applicable YES NO SE-1 Silt Fence ✓(2) (3) ✓ SE-2 Sediment Basin ✓ Other sediment control BMP used SE-3 Sediment Trap ✓ SE-4 Check Dams ✓ SE-5 Fiber Rolls ✓(2)(3) ✓ SE-6 Gravel Bag Berm ✓(3) ✓ SE-7 Street Sweeping ✓ ✓ SE-8 Sandbag Barrier ✓ Other sediment control BMP used SE-9 Straw Bale Barrier ✓ Other sediment control BMP used SE-10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection ✓RL2&3 ✓ SE-11 ATS ✓ Not applicable to project site SE-12 Manufactured Linear Sediment ✓ Other sediment control BMP used Controls SE-13 Compost Sock and Berm ✓(3) ✓ Other sediment control BMP used SE-14 Bio-filter Bags ✓(3) ✓ Other sediment control BMP used NA Passive Treatment System ✓ Other sediment control BMP used TC-1 Stabilized Construction Entrance and ✓ ✓ Exit TC-2 Stabilized Construction Roadway ✓ Not applicable to project site TC-3 Entrance Outlet Tire Wash ✓ Other sediment control BMP used c,i The 2022 CGPs Fact Sheet Section I.R.1.d through LR.Li describes various BMPs that should be considered for use on the construction site. <2l The QSD shall ensure implementation of one of the minimum measures listed or a combination thereof to achieve and maintain the Risk Level requirements. (3J All run-on and runoff from the construction site shall be managed. Risk Level 2 and 3 shall provide linear sediment control along toe of slope, face of slope, and at the grade breaks of exposed slope. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-9 November 2023 Silt Fence • Silt fences are temporary permeable barriers to intercept, slow, and provide sedimentation of sediment-laden water prior to discharge. Applicable conditions include along perimeter of site when needed; along streams and channels; at toes of exposed slopes when needed; and downgrade from small areas. Sediment Trap • Sediment traps constructed as part of the project will be used to temporarily detain sediment-laden runoff and allow sediment to settle out before the runoff is discharged by gravity flow. Refer to the SWPPP BMP Map for locations of permanent sediment traps. Check Dams • Check dams will be used to reduce the effective slope of the channel, thereby reducing scour and channel erosion by reducing flow velocity and increasing residence time within the channel, allowing sediment to settle. Check dams will be placed in small intermittent channels, temporary swales, and temporary ditches where the short length of service does not warrant establishment of erosion-resistant linings. Fiber Rolls • Fiber rolls shall be used for reducing velocity and allowing removal of sediment, usually in graded areas or on slopes. • Fiber rolls and other linear sediment control measures may be used as perimeter protection in place of silt fences in areas where minimal sediment-laden water is anticipated. Gravel Bag Berm • Gravel bag barriers are temporary lines of gravel bags to intercept sediment laden water. They can be placed along gutter lines within the plan areas or at the downstream end to prevent sediment laden water from leaving the site. Street Sweeping • Contractor shall clean paved areas and local streets whenever tracking is evident. • Street sweeping may be used in lieu of stabilized construction entrance/exists in completely paved plan areas. If tracking becomes an issue, stabilized construction entrance/exit will be required. Storm Drain Inlet Protection • Storm drain inlet protection shall be used to temporarily block or filter storm water before it enters the storm drain system (onsite and offsite). Storm drain inlet protection shall not be removed until the project is complete and there is no longer potential to discharge pollutants. Stabilized Construction Entrance and Exit • Stabilized construction entrance and exits shall be installed at ingress/egress locations for each project work area. Work areas entirely within the roadway may use sweeping to prevent tracking from the construction site. • Where construction sites are not within the paved roadway, the entrance will be graded to prevent runoff from leaving the site. The entrance will be flared where it meets the existing road to provide an adequate turning radius. A rumble plate of appropriate Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-10 November 2023 3.3 length may be used in lieu of aggregate. Materials for a temporary gravel construction entrance and/or exit consist of the following: 1. Material should be quarry spoils, 3 to 6 inches in size; 2. The gravel pad shall be at least 12 inches thick and 50 feet in length; 3. Width shall be full width of the vehicle ingress and egress area (minimum of 30 feet); 4. A filter fabric fence should be installed down gradient from the construction entrance where possible in order to contain sediment from the entrance; 5. Filter fabric must underlie gravel pad. NON-STORMWATER CONTROLS AND WASTE AND MATERIALS MANAGEMENT Non-Stormwater Controls Non-stormwater discharges into storm drainage systems or waterways which are not authorized under the 2022 CGP are prohibited. Non-stormwater discharges for which a separate NPDES permit is required by the local Regional Water Board are prohibited unless coverage under the separate NPDES permit has been obtained for the discharge. The selection of non-stormwater BMPs is based on the list of construction activities with a potential for non-stormwater discharges identified in Section 2. 7 of this SWPPP. The following non-stormwater control BMP selection table indicates the BMPs that will be implemented to control sediment on the construction site. Fact Sheets for temporary non- stormwater control BMPs are provided in Appendix G. Non-stormwater BMPs will be implemented in conformance with the following guidelines and in accordance with the BMP Fact Sheets provided in Appendix G. If there is a conflict between documents, the Site Map will prevail over narrative in the body of the SWPPP or guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Site specific details in the Site Map prevail over standard details included in the Site Map. The narrative in the body of the SWPPP prevails over guidance in the BMP Fact Sheets. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-11 November 2023 Table3-4 Temporary Non-Stormwater BMPs CASQA Considered BMPused If not used, state reason and alternate BMPName for the Fact Sheet Project<1> YES NO BMP, if applicable NS-1 Water Conservation Practices ✓ ✓ NS-2 Dewatering Operation ✓ ✓ NS-3 Paving and Grinding Operation ✓ NS-4 Temporary Stream Crossing ✓ Not applicable for project site NS-5 Clear Water Diversion ✓ Not applicable for project site NS-6 Illicit Connection/Discharge ✓ ✓ NS-7 Potable Water/Irrigation ✓ ✓ NS-8 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning ✓ ✓ NS-9 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling ✓ ✓ NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance ✓ ✓ NS-11 Pile Driving Operation ✓ NS-12 Concrete Curing ✓ NS-13 Concrete Finishing ✓ NS-14 Material and Equipment Use Over ✓ Not applicable for project site Water NS-15 Demolition Removal Adjacent to ✓ Not applicable for project site Water NS-16 Temporary Batch Plants ✓ Not applicable for project site C1> The 2022 CGP Fact Sheet Section I.R.1.d through I.R.1.i describes various BMPs that should be considered for use on the construction site. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-12 November 2023 Water Conservation Practices • Water shall be conserved to the maximum extent feasible throughout the construction schedule. • Water trucks will be inspected on a daily basis for any leaks. Dewatering Operation • Dewatering operations will be used to remove groundwater and water used during construction activities from the work area to facilitate construction. Groundwater occurs below ground surface at approximately 2.8-ft to 4.8-ft at the toe of the slope and 35.8-ft to 36-4-ft at the top of the slope. The groundwater gradient is toward the west. • Dewatering activities planned for this project will be conducted and monitored according to the requirements of the 2022 CGP Attachment J Paving and Grinding Operation , • Paving and Grinding Operation protocols will be followed to ensure the effective control, containment, and recovery of asphalt grindings and or concrete saw cutting slurry per BMP Detail NS-3. • Paving of the trenches shall be in accordance with the procedures outlines in BMP Detail NS-3. Illicit Connection/Discharge • Inspections shall be performed daily. Issues shall be reported to QSP and construction site management. Potable Water /Irrigation • This includes, but is not limited to the following, discharges from irrigation water lines, landscape irrigation, lawn or garden watering, planned and unplanned discharges from potable water sources, water line flushing, and hydrant flushing. • Water from off-site sources will be directed around or through a construction site, where feasible, in a way that minimizes contact with the construction site. • Downstream stormwater drainage systems and watercourses will be protected from water pumped or bailed from trenches excavated to repair water lines. • All procedures outlined in NS-7 shall be followed. Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning • All vehicle and equipment cleaning will be conducted offsite. If a situation requires vehicle and equipment cleaning onsite, all procedures outlined in NS-8 shall be followed. • All vehicle and equipment cleaning will be conducted at least 50 feet away from operational inlets and drainage facilities and on a level graded area. • Sending vehicles/equipment offsite should be done in conjunction with TC-1, Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit. Vehicle and Equipment Fueling • All fueling activities will use drip pans or absorbent pads for all activities that involve grease, oil, solvents, or other vehicle fluids. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-13 November 2023 • All mobile fueling operations will be conducted at least 50 feet away from operational inlets and drainage facilities and on a level graded area. • All procedures outlined in NS-9 shall be followed. Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance • All vehicle and equipment maintenance will be conducted offsite. If a situation requires vehicle and equipment maintenance onsite, all procedures outlined in NS-10 shall be followed. • All vehicle maintenance will be conducted at least 50 feet away from operational inlets and drainage facilities and on a level graded area. Pile Driving Operation • All pile driving operations procedures outline in NS-11 shall be followed. • Use drip pans or absorbent pads during vehicle and equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning, fueling, and storage. Refer to NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning, NS-9, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling, and NS-10, Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance. • Have spill kits and cleanup materials available at all locations of pile driving. Refer to WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control. Concrete Curing • All procedures outlined in NS-12 shall be followed. Concrete Finishing • All procedures outlined in NS-13 shall be followed. Materials Management and Waste Management Materials management control practices consist of implementing procedural and structural BMPs for handling, storing, and using construction materials to prevent the release of those materials into stormwater discharges. The amount and type of construction materials to be utilized at the Site will depend upon the type of construction and the length of the construction period. The materials may be used continuously, such as fuel for vehicles and equipment, or the materials may be used for a discrete period, such as soil binders for temporary stabilization. Waste management consist of implementing procedural and structural BMPs for handling, storing, and ensuring proper disposal of wastes to prevent the release of those wastes into stormwater discharges. Materials and waste management pollution control BMPs will be implemented to minimize stormwater contact with construction materials, wastes, and service areas; and to prevent materials and wastes from being discharged off-site. The primary mechanisms for stormwater contact that shall be addressed include: • Direct contact with precipitation • Contact with stormwater run-on and runoff • Wind dispersion of loose materials • Direct discharge to the storm drain system through spills or dumping • Extended contact with some materials and wastes, such as asphalt cold mix and treated wood products, which can leach pollutants into stormwater. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-14 November 2023 Table 3-5 Temporary Materials Management BMPs CASQA Considered BMPused If not used, state reason and alternate BMP, BMPName Fact Sheet for Project <1> YES NO if applicable WM-01 Material Delivery and ✓ ✓ Storage WM-02 Material Use ✓ ✓ WM-03 Stockpile Management ✓ ✓ WM-04 Spill Prevention and Control ✓ ✓ WM-05 Solid Waste Management ✓ ✓ WM-06 Hazardous Waste ✓ ✓ Management WM-07 Contaminated Soil ✓ Not applicable to project site Management WM-08 Concrete Waste ✓ ✓ Management WM-09 Sanitary-Septic Waste ✓ ✓ Management WM-10 Liquid Waste Management ✓ ✓ <1l The 2022 CGP Fact Sheet Section I.R.1.d through I.R.1.i describes various BMPs that should be considered for use on the construction site. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-16 November 2023 Material Delivery, Storage and Use • All procedures outlined in WM-1 and WM-2 shall be followed. • Materials shall be delivered and stored in designated areas. • Minimize materials stored onsite. • Inspect storage areas before and after rainfall events, and at least twice weekly. Stockpile Management • Should temporary stockpiling become necessary, stockpiles should not be located near concentrated stormwater flow areas, surrounded by sediment controls, and covered when inactive for 14 days and prior to forecasted rain events. Spill Prevention and Control • Spill Response and Implementation Plan shall be followed. Solid Waste Management • All procedures outlined in WM-5 shall be followed. • Solid wastes will be loaded directly into trucks for off-site disposal. Hazardous Waste Management • All procedures outlined in WM-6 shall be followed. • Hazardous wastes will be stored in covered containment areas. • Hazardous wastes will be appropriate and clearly marked containers and segregated from other non-waste materials. Concrete Waste Management • All procedures outlined in WM-8 shall be followed. • Concrete waste will be disposed of in temporary concrete washouts or at an offsite staging area. Concrete washouts may be utilized onsite. • Signs will be utilized to inform concrete equipment operators where the proper facility is located. • Temporary concrete waste facilities will be located a minimum of 50 feet from storm drain inlets or watercourses. Once hardened, the contractor will haul off concrete waste materials to an approved disposal facility. Sanitary-Septic Waste Management • All procedures outlined in WM-9 shall be followed. Locations shall be updated on site maps as necessary. • A properly licensed contractor will conduct weekly maintenance. • A minimum of 50-foot separation from concentrated flows of stormwater, drainage courses, and inlets is required. Liquid Waste Management • All procedures outlined in WM-10 shall be followed. Locations shall be updated on site maps as necessary. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3-17 November 2023 3.4 POST CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT MEASURES Post construction BMPs are permanent measures installed during construction, designed to reduce or eliminate pollutant discharges from the site after construction is completed. This site is subject to the post-construction requirements of an existing NPDES Phase I or Phase II MS4. 181 Yes □ No The post construction runoff reduction requirements have been satisfied through the MS4 program; this project is exempt from 2022 CGP Provision IV.N.3. The MS4's post construction requirements and the post-construction plans and calculations approved by the MS4 were uploaded as part of the PRDs as required by 2022 CGP Provision IV.N.2. The approved Long- Term Maintenance Plan will be uploaded with the NOT. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Section 4 BMP Inspection and Maintenance BMP INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE The 2022 CGP requires routine weekly inspections of BMPs, along with inspections before, during, and after qualifying precipitation events. A BMP inspection checklist must be filled out for inspections and maintained on-site with the SWPPP. The inspection checklist must include the necessary information covered in Section 7.6. A blank BMP Inspection Form can be found in Appendix H. Completed forms will be kept in Appendix N. Maintenance, repair, or design and implementation of new BMPs alternatives will be begin withing 72 hours of the identification of failures or other shortcomings. Corrections will be completed as soon as possible, prior to the next forecasted precipitation event (2022 CGP Appendix D Section II.J). The QSP will verify that all BMP maintenance and repairs were appropriately implemented during the next visual inspection following completion. The QSP may delegate BMP maintenance and repair verification to an appropriately trained QSP Delegate. Specific details for maintenance, inspection, and repair of Construction Site BMPs can be found in the BMP Factsheets in Appendix G. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Section 5 Training Appendix J identifies the QSPs and QSP Delegates for the project. To promote stormwater management awareness specific for this project, periodic training of job-site personnel will be included as part of routine project meetings (e.g., daily/weekly tailgate safety meetings), or task specific training as needed. Refresher training will be provided as necessary. The QSP will be responsible for providing this information at the meetings, and subsequently completing the Training Reporting Form shown in Appendix I, which identify the site-specific stormwater topics covered as well as the names of site personnel who attended the meeting. The QSP may delegate specific tasks to trained QSP Delegates who have received the following training based on the guidelines developed by the Construction General Permit Training Team. 1. Fonndational training for all QSP Delegate(s) regarding stormwater compliance roles and responsibilities, forecast information, and documentation and reporting procedures; and 2. Site-specific training regarding visual inspections, sampling procedures, and/or SWPPP and BMP implementation activities relevant to the responsibilities assigned to the QSP Delegate(s). The delegate cannot perform the QSD and QSP inspections required in Section V.C-4 or Section V.D.2, respectively. Documentation of training activities will be retained in Appendix I. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 5-1 November 2023 o Ensure that the SMARTS generated WDID Number Notification form is posted on- site, in a location viewable by the public or readily available upon request, and the dates are correct and match the dates listed in SMARTS. • Implementing non-stormwater management, and materials and waste management activities such as: monitoring discharges; general Site clean-up; vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling and maintenance; spill control; ensuring that no materials other than stormwater are discharged in quantities which will have an adverse effect on receiving waters or storm drain systems, etc.; • Ensuring elimination of unauthorized discharges. • The QSPs shall be assigned authority by the LRP to mobilize crews in order to make immediate repairs to the control measures. • Coordinate with the Contractor(s) to assure the necessary corrections/repairs are made immediately and that the project complies with the SWPPP, the 2022 CGP, and approved plans at all times. • Notifying the LRP or Duly Authorized Representative immediately of off-site discharges or other non-compliance events. • Providing foundation and site-specific training to QSP Delegates and overseeing QSP Delegate work. Tasks that may be delegated to appropriately trained QSP-delegates include: o Performing non-stormwater and stormwater visual observations and inspections; o Performing stormwater sampling and analysis, as required; and o Performing routine inspections and observations. Table 6-1. QSP and QSP Delegate Authorized Inspections ti) ti) r::: r::: ~ ~ 0 0 ti) ~ ·.g ·.i:i ~8 ~~ ~ ~~ .QZ ~ Q,j ~ Q,I = (I.) ~ o=. o=-z ; ..c: '"C E-< ..,.z 0 I ti) I ti) .... '"C .... r::: 0 :!a '"C I ,Qr::: .... r::: § ~ Q,j ti) .... ti) Q,j z Q,j; ~ ·; .... ~";l 0 Q,j ~~ ~1 ~ ~ ~ ::I ~ ~ ti) ti) = .... ~ :> QSP X X X X X X X QSP X X X Delegate Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 6-2 November 2023 Section 7 Construction Site Monitoring Program Purpose This Construction Site Monitoring Program was developed to address the following objectives: 1. To demonstrate that the site is in compliance with the Discharge Prohibitions and Numeric Action Levels (NALs); 2. To determine whether non-visible pollutants discharged from the construction site and are causing or contributing to exceedances of water quality objectives; 3. To determine whether immediate corrective actions, additional BMP implementation, or SWPPP revisions are necessary to reduce pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non-stormwater discharges; 4. To determine whether BMPs included in the SWPPP are effective in preventing or reducing pollutants in stormwater discharges and authorized non-stormwater discharges. Applicability of Permit Requirements This project has been determined to be a Risk Level 2 project. The 2022 CGP identifies the following types of monitoring as being applicable for a Risk Level 2 project. Risk Level 2 • Visual inspections of BMPs; • Visual monitoring of the site related to qualifying precipitation events; • Visual monitoring of the site for non-storm water discharges; • Sampling and analysis of construction site runoff for pH and turbidity; • Sampling and analysis of construction site runoff for non-visible pollutants identified during the pollutant source assessments when applicable; and • Sampling and analysis of construction site runoff as required by the Regional Water Board when applicable. Weather and Precipitation Event Tracking Visual monitoring and inspections requirements of the 2022 CGP are triggered by a Qualifying Precipitation Event. The 2022 CGP defines a Qualifying Precipitation Event as any weather pattern that is forecast to have a 50 percent or greater Probability of Precipitation (PoP) and a Quantitative Precipitation Forecast (QPF) of 0.5 inches or more within a 24-hour period. The event begins with the 24-hour period when 0.5 inches has been forecast and continues on subsequent 24-hour periods when 0.25 inches of precipitation or more is forecast. 7.3.1 Weather Tracking The QSP should daily consult the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOM) for the Forecast Weather Table Interface. These forecasts can be obtained at http://forecast.weather.gov. Weather reports should be printed and maintained with the SWPPP in Appendix M. Record the date and time the forecast was printed. 7.3.2 Rain Gauges The QSP shall install rain gauge(s) on the project site. Locate the gauge in an open area away from obstructions such as trees or overhangs. Mount the gauge on a post at a height of 3 to 5 Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 feet with the gauge extending several inches beyond the post. Make sure that the top of the gauge is level. Make sure the post is not in an area where rainwater can indirectly splash from sheds, equipment, trailers, etc. The rain gauge(s) shall be read daily during normal site scheduled hours. The rain gauge should be read at approximately the same time every day and the date and time of each reading recorded. An example rain gauge log sheet is provided in Appendix 0. Retain rain gauge readings in Appendix N. Follow the rain gauge instructions to obtain accurate measurements. Once the rain gauge reading has been recorded, accumulated rain shall be emptied, and the gauge reset. For comparison with the site rain gauge, the nearest appropriate governmental rain gauge(s) is located at Carlsbad (https://www.cnrfc.noaa.gov/precipMaps.php ?group=san&img=2). 7.4 Monitoring Locations Monitoring locations are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. Monitoring locations are described in the Sections 7.6 and 7.7. Whenever changes in the construction site might affect the appropriateness of sampling locations, the sampling locations shall be revised accordingly. All such revisions shall be implemented as soon as feasible and the SWPPP amended. Temporary changes that result in a one-time additional sampling location do not require a SWPPP amendment. 7.5 Safety and Monitoring Exemptions Safety practices for sample collection will be in accordance with the [ENTER TITLE AND PUBLICATION DATE OF CONTRACTOR'S HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR THE PROJECT OR PROVIDE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION]. A summary of the safety requirements that apply to sampling personnel is provided below. • List or state none • List or state none This project is not required to collect samples or conduct visual observations (inspections) under the following conditions (see Section 111.B of the 2022 CGP): • During dangerous weather conditions such as electrical storms, flooding, and high winds above 40 miles per hour; • Outside of scheduled site operating hours; or When the site is not accessible to personnel. Scheduled site business hours are Monday-Friday, 8:00AM to 5:00PM. If monitoring (visual monitoring or sample collection) of the site is unsafe because of the dangerous conditions noted above, then the QSP shall document the conditions for why an exception to performing the monitoring was necessary. The exemption documentation will be filed in Appendix N and must be included in the Annual Report. Visual Monitoring Per Section 111.B.2. of Attachment Din the 2022 CGP, "For inactive projects, dischargers may reduce the visual inspection frequency and suspend sampling per Section III.G of the 2022 CGP. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2 023 Dischargers shall provide an explanation with supporting information for all missed visual inspections or sampling required by this Attachment, to be included in the Annual Report." Visual monitoring includes observations and inspections. Inspections of BMPs are required to identify and record BMPs that need maintenance to operate effectively, that have failed, or that could fail to operate as intended. Visual observations of the site are required to observe storm water drainage areas to identify any spills, leaks, or uncontrolled pollutant sources. Table 7-1 identifies the required frequency of visual observations and inspections. Inspections and observations will be conducted at the locations identified in Section 7.6.3. Table 7-1 Summary of Visual Monitoring and Inspections Type of Inspection Frequency Routine Inspections1 BMP Inspections Weekly2 Tracking Control Daily Non-Stormwater Discharge Observations Quarterly during daylight hours Qualifying Precipitation Event Triggered Inspections Site Inspections Prior to a Qualifying Within 72 hours of a qualifying precipitation Precipitation Event event or up to 120 hours prior if supported with forecast 2 BMP Inspections During an Extended Once every 24-hour period of a qualifying Qualifying Precipitation Event precipitation event3 Site Inspections Following a Qualifying Within 96 hours of a qualifying precipitation Precipitation Event event2 1 Inspections are required during scheduled site operating hours. 2-Most BMPs must be inspected weekly; those identified below must be inspected more frequently. 3 Inspections are required during scheduled site operating hours on days that the forecast predicts at least 0.25 inches of precipitation once the qualifying precipitation event commences. 7.6.1 Routine Observations and Inspections Routine site inspections and visual monitoring are necessary to confirm that the project is in compliance with the requirements of the 2022 CGP. 7.6.1.1 Routine BMP Inspections Inspections of BMPs are conducted to identify and record: • BMPs that are properly installed; • BMPs that need maintenance to operate effectively; • BMPs that have failed; or • BMPs that could fail to operate as intended. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 20 23 7.6.1.2 Non-Stormwater Discharge Observations Each drainage area will be inspected for the presence of or indications of prior unauthorized and authorized non-stormwater discharges. Inspections will record: • Presence or evidence of any non-stormwater discharge (authorized or unauthorized); • Identification and elimination of unauthorized non-stormwater discharges • Pollutant characteristics (floating and suspended material, sheen, discoloration, turbidity, odor, etc.); and • Source of discharge. 7.6.2 Qualifying Precipitation Event Triggered Observations and Inspections Visual observations of the site and inspections of BMPs are required prior to a qualifying precipitation event; following a qualifying precipitation event, and every 24-hour period during a qualifying precipitation event. Pre-Qualifying Precipitation Event inspections will be conducted after consulting NOAA and determining that a precipitation event with a 50 percent or greater PoP and a QPF of 0.5 inches or more precipitation within a 24-hour period has been predicted by the National Weather Service Forecast Office. 7.6.2.1 Visual Observations Prior to a Forecasted Qualifying Precipitation Event Within 72 hours prior to a qualifying precipitation event or up to 120 hours prior if extended forecast precipitation data is available, a stormwater visual monitoring site inspection will include observations of the following locations: • All stormwater drainage areas to identify leaks, spills, or uncontrolled pollutant sources and when necessary, implement appropriate corrective actions. • All BMPs to identify whether they have been properly implemented per the SWPPP and implement appropriate corrective actions, as necessary. • All stormwater storage and containment areas to detect leaks and check for available capacity to prevent overflow. The QSP must conduct the inspection prior to the qualifying precipitation event. Consistent with the requirements for a qualifying precipitation event, pre-rain BMP inspections and visual monitoring will be triggered by a NOAA forecast that indicates a 50 percent or greater probability of 0.5 inches of precipitation or more in a 24-hour period in the project area. 7.6.2.2 BMP Inspections During a Qualifying Precipitation Event During an extended qualifying precipitation event BMP inspections will be conducted at least once every 24 hours. Qualifying precipitation events are extended for each subsequent 24- hour period forecast to have at least 0.25 inches of precipitation. The BMP inspections are to identify and record: • If BMPs were adequately designed, implemented and effective. • BMPs that require repair or replacement due to damage. • Additional BMPs that need to be implemented and revise the SWPPP accordingly. If the construction site is not accessible during the rain event, the visual inspections shall be performed at all relevant outfalls, discharge points, downstream locations. The inspections should record any projected maintenance activities. Pa,-k D,-ive Street & Drainage Imp,-ovements SWPPP Novembe,-2023 7.6.2.3 Visual Observations Following a Qualifying Precipitation Event Within 96 hours following the end of a qualifying precipitation event a stormwater visual monitoring site inspection is required to observe: • If BMPs were adequately designed, implemented and effective. • BMPs that require repair or replacement due to damage. • Additional BMPs that need to be implemented and revise the SWPPP accordingly. 7.6.3 Visual Monitoring Procedures Visual monitoring shall be conducted by the QSP or QSP Delegates. The name(s) and contact number(s) of the QSPs or QSP Delegates assigned to conduct visual observations are listed below and their training qualifications are provided in Appendix J. Assigned QSP: TBD Contact phone: TBD Assigned QSP Delegate: TBD Assigned QSP Delegate: TBD Contact phone: TBD Contact phone: TBD Stormwater observations shall be documented on the Visual Inspection Field Log Sheet (see Appendix 0). BMP inspections shall be documented on the site-specific BMP inspection checklist and include photographs of areas of concern along with the QSP's description of the problem. The QSP shall within 5 days of the inspection submit copies of the completed inspection report to [Name]. The completed reports will be kept in Appendix N. Results of visual monitoring must be summarized and reported in the Annual Report. Visual Monitoring Follow-Up and Reporting Maintenance, repairs, and correction of deficiencies, including design changes to BMPs, identified by the observations or inspections, including required repairs or maintenance of BMPs, shall be initiated within 72 hours of identification, and completed as soon as possible, prior to the next forecasted precipitation event. When design changes to BMPs are required, the SWPPP shall be amended to reflect the changes. Deficiencies identified in site inspection reports and correction of deficiencies will be tracked on the Inspection Field Log Sheet or BMP Inspection Report shall be kept in Appendix N. QSP Delegates shall report issues identified during inspections that require corrective action to the QSP within 24 hours of the observation. The QSP shall within 5 days of the inspection submit copies of the completed Inspection Field Log Sheet or BMP Inspection Report with the corrective actions to [Name]. Results of visual monitoring must be summarized and reported in the Annual Report. 7.6.5 Visual Monitoring Locations The inspections and observations identified in Sections 7.6.1 and 7.6.2 will be conducted at the locations identified in this section. BMP locations are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 There are 6 drainage areas on the project site and the contractor's yard, staging areas, and storage areas. The majority of the drainage areas is comprised of the hillside that is northeast of the project site. Drainage areas are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A and Table 7-2 identifies each drainage area by their outlet node number. Node numbers can be identified on the Drainage Map in Appendix A. Table 7-2 Site Drainage Areas Location Location No. DA-1 West end of project site and north of Park Drive. Drainage area outlets to the curb on Park Drive. DA-2 West end of project site and north of Park Drive. Drainage area outlets to the curb on Park Drive. DA-3 Approximate middle of project site and north of Park Drive. Drainage area outlets into a Type F Catch. DA-4 East end of project site and north of Park Drive. Drainage area outlets into a Type F Catch. DA-5 East end of project site on Park Drive. Drainage area outlet in the curb. DA-6 Southeast corner for Marina Dr and Park Dr -Curb Ramp location There are [Enter Number] stormwater storage or containment area(s) are on the project site from which stormwater will be dewatered. Stormwater storage or containment area(s) are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A and Table 7-3 identifies each stormwater storage or containment area by location. Table 7-3 Stormwater Storage and Containment Areas (Dewatering Locations) Location Location No. TBD There are 4 discharge location(s) on the project site. Site stormwater discharge location(s) are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A and Table 7-4 identifies each stormwater discharge location. Table 7-4 Site Stormwater Discharge Locations Location Location No. DA-1 N: 1998306.71 E:6233371.36 DA-2 N:1998244.04 E:6233413.99 Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Table 7-4 Site Stormwater Discharge Locations Location Location No. DA-3 N:1997896.95 E:6233546.12 DA-4 N:1997724.66 E:6233797.19 DA-5 N:1997701.27 E:6233830.24 DA-6 N:1997820.09 E:6233498.39 7.7 Water Quality Sampling and Analysis 7.7.1 Sampling and Analysis Plan/or Non-Visible Pollutants in Stormwater Runoff Discharges This Sampling and Analysis Plan for Non-Visible Pollutants describes the sampling and analysis strategy and schedule for monitoring non-visible pollutants in stormwater runoff discharges from the project site. Sampling for non-visible pollutants, including those associated with TMDLs will be conducted when (1) a breach, leakage, malfunction, or spill is observed; and (2) the leak or spill has not been cleaned up prior to the rain event; and (3) there is the potential for discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or drainage system. Table 7-5 summarizes the potential non-visible pollutants identified in the pollutant source assessment Sections 2.6 and 2.7 and the water quality constituent or indicator for that pollutant. Drainage areas where the source is present are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. Table 7-5 Potential Non-Visible Pollutants and Water Quality Indicator Constituents Based on the Pollutant Source Assessment Water Quality Source/Reason from TMDL Site Pollutant Indicator or Pollutant Source Pollutant Drainage Constituent Assessment Area Asphalt voes Asphalt Concrete Paving No DA-1, DA- 2, DA-5 pH VOCs, SVOCs, pH Concrete Paving No All Bacteria, BOD, Sanitary Waste/Trash No All Bacteria Total/Fecal coliform Oil and Sulfuric acid, lead, Vehicles and Equipment No DA-1 , DA- grease, heavy pH 2, DA-5 metals TKN, NO3, BOD, Fertilizer No All Landscaping COD,DOC, Sulfate, NH-:t, Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 7.7.1.1 Sampling Schedule Samples for the potential non-visible pollutant(s) and a sufficiently large unaffected background sample shall be collected during the first eight hours of discharge from rain events that result in a sufficient discharge for sample collection. Samples shall be collected during the site's scheduled hours and shall be collected regardless of the time of year and phase of the construction. Collection of discharge samples for non-visible pollutant monitoring will be triggered only when any of the following conditions are observed during site inspections conducted prior to or during a rain event. • Materials or wastes containing potential non-visible pollutants are not stored under watertight conditions. Watertight conditions are defined as (1) storage in a watertight container, (2) storage under a watertight roof or within a building, or (3) protected by temporary cover and containment that prevents stormwater contact and runoff from the storage area. • Materials or wastes containing potential non-visible pollutants are stored under watertight conditions, but (1) a breach, malfunction, leakage, or spill is observed, (2) the leak or spill is not cleaned up prior to the rain event, and (3) there is the potential for discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or a storm drain system. • A construction activity, including but not limited to those in Section 2.6, with the potential to contribute non-visible pollutants (1) was occurring during or within 24 hours prior to the rain event, (2) BMPs were observed to be breached, malfunctioning, or improperly implemented, and (3) there is the potential for discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or a storm drain system. • Soil amendments that have the potential to change the chemical properties, engineering properties, or erosion resistance of the soil have been applied, and there is the potential for discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or a storm drain system. • Stormwater runoff from an area contaminated by historical usage of the site has been observed to combine with stormwater runoff from the site, and there is the potential for discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or a storm drain system. 7.7.1.2 Sampling Locations Sampling locations are based on proximity to planned non-visible pollutant storage, occurrence or use, accessibility for sampling, and personnel safety. Planned non-visible pollutant sampling locations are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A and include the locations identified in Table 7-6. 7 sampling locations on the project site and the contractor's yard have been identified for the collection of samples of runoff from planned material and waste storage areas and areas where non-visible pollutant producing construction activities are planned. [Enter Number oflocations] sampling locations have been identified for the collection of samples of runoff from drainage areas where soil amendments will be applied that have the potential to affect water quality. [Enter Number] sampling location(s) has been identified for the collection of an uncontaminated sample of runoff as a background sample for comparison with the samples being analyzed for non-visible pollutants. This location(s) was selected such that the sample will Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 not have come in contact with the operations, activities, or areas identified in Section 7.7.1 or with disturbed soils areas. Table 7-6 Non-Visible Pollutant Sample Locations Sample Sample Location Runoff or Run- Location Sample Location Latitude and on Identifier Description Longitude (Decimal Degrees) DA-1 Upstream of curb outlet for 33.1456401°, Runoff drainage area 1 -117.3225734° Upstream of curb outlet for 33.1454691 °' Runoff DA-2 drainage area 2 -117.3224320° DA-3 Upstream of catch basin for 33.1444379°, Runoff drainage area 3 -117.3220377° DA-4 Upstream of catch basin for 33.1440511°, Runoff drainage area 4 -117.3211631 ° DA-5 Upstream of street outlet 33.1439892°' Runoff for drainage area 5 -117.3210540° DA-6 Downstream of curb ramp 33.1443063°, Runoff -117.3221420° Upstream of existing 33.1446207°, Run- R0-1 concrete ditch in drainage -117.3219318° on/Background area4 If a stormwater visual monitoring site inspection conducted prior to or during a storm event identifies the presence of a material storage, waste storage, operations area with spills, or the potential for the discharge of non-visible pollutants to surface waters or a storm drain system that is at a location not listed above and has not been identified on the Site Maps, sampling locations will be selected by the QSP using the same rationale as that used to identify planned locations. Non-visible pollutant sampling locations shall be documented by the QSP on the pre-rain event inspection form prior to a forecasted qualifying precipitation event and the Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheet, which are provided in Appendix 0. 7.7.1.3 Monitoring Preparation Non-visible pollutant samples will be collected by: QSP □ Yes □ No QSP Delegate □ Yes □ No An adequate stock of monitoring supplies and equipment for monitoring non-visible pollutants will be available on the project site prior to a sampling event. Monitoring supplies and equipment will be stored in a cool temperature environment that will not come into contact with Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7-10 November 2023 rain or direct sunlight. The QSP or QSP Delegates responsible for sampling will be available to collect samples in accordance with the sampling schedule. Supplies maintained at the project site will include, but are not limited to, clean powder-free nitrile gloves, sample collection equipment, coolers, appropriate number and volume of sample bottles, identification labels, re-sealable storage bags, paper towels, personal rain gear, ice, and E.f/1.uent Sampling Field Log Sheets and Chain of Custody (CoC) forms, which are provided in Appendix 0. 7-7.1.4 Analytical Constituents Table 7-7 lists the specific sources and types of potential non-visible pollutants based on the project pollutant source assessment and the water quality indicator constituent(s) for that pollutant. Table 7-7 provides the specific analytical methods and reporting limits for the potential non-visible pollutants. Analytical methods were selected in compliance with U.S. EPA sufficiently sensitive method requirements in 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 136, as evidenced by the method detection limit and minimum level. 7.7.1.5 Sample Collection Samples of discharge shall be collected at the designated non-visible pollutant sampling locations identified in Table 7-6 and shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A or in the locations determined by observed breaches, malfunctions, leakages, spills, operational areas, soil amendment application areas, and historical site usage areas that triggered the sampling event. Grab samples shall be collected and preserved in accordance with the methods identified in the Table 7-7, "Sample Collection, Preservation and Analysis for Monitoring Non -Visible Pollutants" provided in Section 7. 7.1.6. Only the QSP, or QSP Delegates trained on sample collection identified in Section 7.7.1.3 shall collect samples. Sample collection and handling requirements are described in Section 7.7.7. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7-11 November 2 023 Table 7-7 -Sample Collection, Preservation and Analysis for Monitoring Non-Visible Pollutants Analytical Minimum Sample Sample Minimum Method Maximum Constituent Sample Detection Holding Method Volume Containers Preservation Level Limit Time Store at VOCs -Solvents EPA8260B 3x40 mL VOA glass 4□□C, HCl to 1µg/L 14 days pH<2 SVOCs EPA8270C 1 X 1-L Glass-amber Store at4□C 10 µg/L 7days BOD EPA405.1 1x500 Polypropylen Store at4□C 1mg/L 48 Hours mL e 1x250 Store at 4□C, COD EPA410.4 mL Glass-amber H2SO4 to 5mg/L 28 days pH<2 DO SM4500-o 1 X 250 Glass-amber Store at4D C Check Lab 8 Hours G mL EPA 1x250 Polypropylen Store at 4□C, Metals 6010B/7470 HNO3 to 0.1 mg/L 6 Months A mL e pH<2 Notes: Analytical laboratories may use the term Reporting Level in lieu of Minimum Level Constituent sampling may be changed by QSP and determined in the field DC-Degrees Celsius, BOD -Biological Oxygen Demand, COD -Chemical Oxygen Demand, DO -Dissolved Oxygen, EPA -Environmental Protection Agency, HCl -Hydrogen Chloride, H2SO4 -Hydrogen Sulfide, HNO3 -Nitric Acid, L - Liter, Mg/L -milligrams per liter, Ug/L -Micrograms per liter, mL-Milliliter, SVOC -Semi-Volatile Organic Compound, SM-Standard Method, VOC -Volatile Organic Compound Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7.-12 November .2023 7.7.1.6 Sample Analysis Samples shall be analyzed using the analytical methods identified in the Table 7-7. Samples will be analyzed by: Laboratory Name: TBD Street Address: TBD City, State Zip: TBD Telephone Number: TBD Point of Contact: TBD ELAP Certification TBD Number: Samples will be delivered to the laboratory by: Driven by QSP /QSP Delegate/Contractor Picked up by Laboratory Courier Shipped 7.7.1.7 Data Evaluation and Reporting □ Yes □ Yes □ Yes □ □ □ No No No The QSP shall complete an evaluation of the water quality sample analytical results based on a comparison of the results to the unaffected sample [and to the TMDL NALs or NELs]. Runoff/downgradient results shall be compared with the associated upgradient/unaffected results and any associated run-on results. Should the runoff/downgradient sample show an increased level of the tested analyte relative to the unaffected background sample, which cannot be explained by run-on results, the BMPs, site conditions, and surrounding influences shall be assessed to determine the probable cause for the increase. As determined by the site and data evaluation, appropriate BMPs shall be repaired or modified to mitigate discharges of non-visible pollutant concentrations. Any revisions to the BMPs shall be recorded as an amendment to the SWPPP. Analytical results of non-visible pollutant monitoring shall be submitted to SMARTS within 30 days of obtaining the analytical results. The 2022 CGP prohibits the storm water discharges that contain hazardous substances equal to or in excess of reportable quantities established in 40 C.F.R. §§ 117.3 and 302-4-The results of any non-stormwater discharge results that indicate the presence of a hazardous substance in excess of established reportable quantities shall be immediately reported to the Regional Water Board and other agencies as required by 40 C.F.R. §§ 117.3 and 302-4- 7.7.2 Sampling and Analysis Planfor pH and Turbidity in Stormwater Runoff Discharges Sampling and analysis of runoff for pH and turbidity is required for this project. This Sampling and Analysis Plan describes the strategy for monitoring turbidity and pH levels of storm water Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 runoff discharges from the project site and run-on that may contribute to an exceedance of a Numeric Action Level (NAL). Samples for pH and turbidity will be collected at all discharge points where stormwater is discharged off-site. 7.7.2.1 Sampling Schedule Stormwater runoff samples shall be collected for pH and turbidity from each day of a qualifying precipitation event that results in a discharge from the project site. One sample from each discharge location will be collected each 24 hour period of active discharge during a qualifying precipitation event. Samples should be representative of the discharge flow and characteristics. Run-on samples shall be collected whenever the QSP identifies that run-on has the potential to contribute to an exceedance of a NAL. 7.7.2.2 Sampling Locations Sampling locations are based on the site runoff discharge locations and locations where run-on enters the site, accessibility for sampling, and personnel safety. Planned pH and turbidity sampling locations are shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A and include the locations. 4 sampling location(s) on the project site and the contractor's yard have been identified for the collection of runoff samples. Table 7-9 Turbidity and pH Runoff Sample Locations Sample Location Sample Location Sample Location Description Latitude and Identifier Longitude (Decimal Degrees) DA-1 Outlet of Curb Outlet 33.1456401°, -117.3225734° DA-2 Outlet of Curb Outlet 33.1454691 °' -117.3224320° DA-3 F-type catch basin 33.1444379°, -117.3220377° DA-4 F-type catch basin 33.1440511°, -117.3211631 ° DA-5 Curb and gutter at end of work area 33.1439892°, -117.3210540° DA-6 Curb and gutter at end of work area 33.1443063°, -117.3221420° One sampling locations have been identified for the collection of run-on samples where the run-on has the potential to contribute to an exceedance of a NAL or a Receiving Water Monitoring Trigger. Table 7-10 identifies the run-on sample locations. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Table 7-10 Turbidity and pH Run-On Sample Locations Sample Location Sample Location Latitude Sample Location Description and Longitude Identifier (Decimal Degrees) RO-1 Brow ditch upstream of work area 33.1446207°, -117.3219318° 7.7.2.3 Monitoring Preparation Turbidity and pH samples will be collected and analyzed by: QSP [Name] □ Yes □ No QSD Delegate [Name] □ Yes □ No An adequate stock of monitoring supplies and equipment for monitoring turbidity and will be available on the project site prior to a sampling event. Monitoring supplies and equipment will be stored in a cool temperature environment that will not come into contact with rain or direct sunlight. The QSP or QSP Delegates will be available to collect samples in accordance with the sampling schedule. Supplies maintained at the project site will include, but are not limited to, field meters, extra batteries, clean powder-free nitrile gloves, sample collection equipment, appropriate sample containers, paper towels, personal rain gear, and Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheets and CoC forms provided in Appendix 0. The QSP or QSP Delegates will obtain and maintain the field-testing instruments, as identified in Section 7.7.2.6, for analyzing samples in the field. Field meter instructions are provided in Appendix P. 7.7.2.4 Field Parameters Samples shall be analyzed for the constituents indicated in the Table 7-11. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2 023 Table 7-11 Sample Collection and Analysis for Monitoring Turbidity and pH Minimum Sample Collection Detection Parameter Test Method Sample Limit Volume<1> Container Type (minimum) Field meter /probe with Polypropylene or glass Turbidity calibrated portable soomL (Do not collect in 1NTU instrument meter sample cells) Field meter/probe with pH calibrated portable lO0mL Polypropylene 0.2 pH units instrument or calibrated pH test kit Notes: 1 Minimum sample volume recommended. Specific volume requirements will vary by instrument; check instrument manufacturer instructions. L-Liter mL -Milliliter NTU -Nephelometric Turbidity Unit 7.7.2.5 Sample Collection Samples of discharge shall be collected at the designated runoff and run-on sampling locations listed in Tables 7-9 and 7-10 shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. Run-on samples shall be collected within close proximity of the point of run-on to the project. Sample collection and handling requirements are described in Section 7.7.7. 7.7.2.6 Field Measurements The collection and analysis of samples for field analysis, collection, analysis and the calibration of equipment shall be in accordance with the field instrument manufacturer's specifications. Immediately following collection, samples for field analysis shall be tested in accordance with the field instrument manufacturer's instructions and results recorded on the Ef/1uent Sampling Field Log Sheet. The field instrument(s) listed in Table 7-12 will be used to analyze the following constituents: Table 7-12 Field Instruments Field Instrument Constituent (Manufacturer and Model) TBD pH TBD Turbidity The manufacturers' instructions are included in Appendix P. Field sampling staff shall review the instructions prior to each sampling event and follow the instructions in completing measurement of the samples. • The instrument(s) shall be maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. • The instrument(s) shall be calibrated before each sampling and analysis event. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 • Maintenance and calibration records shall be maintained with the SWPPP. The QSP may authorize alternate equipment provided that the equipment meets the 2022 CG P's requirements and the manufacturers' instructions for calibration and use are added to Appendix P. 7.7.2.7 Data Evaluation and Reporting The LRP or DAR shall electronically report all stormwater pH and turbidity results to the State Water Board by the through SMARTS within 30 days of receiving the results. Exceedances of NALs shall be electronically reported to the State Water Board by the LRP or DAR through SMARTS within 10 days of receiving the results. Numeric Action Levels Compliance with the NALs for pH and turbidity is based on a single sample evaluation. A NAL exceedance occurs when any sample exceeds the turbidity NAL or is outside of the pH range shown in Table 7-13. Table 7-13 Numeric Action Levels Parameter Unit NAL pH pH units Lower NAL < 6.5 Upper NAL > 8.5 Turbidity NTU >250 The QSP shall within 10 days of the sample collection submit copies of the completed Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheets to the Resident Engineer. In the event that the pH or turbidity NAL is exceeded, the QSP shall immediately notify the Resident Engineer and investigate the cause of the exceedance and identify corrective actions. Exceedances ofNAL.s shall be electronically reported to the State Water Board by the LRP or DAR through the SMARTS within 10 days of the conclusion of the storm event. If requested by the Regional Water Board in writing, a NAL Exceedance report will be submitted within 30 days of the request. The NAL Exceedance Report must contain the following information: • Analytical method(s), method reporting unit(s), and Method Detection Limit(s) of each parameter; • Date, place, time of sampling, visual observation, and/or measurements, including precipitation; and • An assessment of the existing BMPs associated with the sample that exceeded the NAL, a description of each corrective action taken including photographs, and date of implementation. 7.7.3 Water Sampling and Analysis Plan/or pH and Turbidity in Receiving This project is not subject to Receiving Water Monitoring. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 7.7.4 Sampling and Analysis Planfor Dewatering Discharges □ No dewatering activities are planned for this project. □ Dewatering activities planned for this project will be conducted and monitored according to the requirements of the following NPDES Permit. igi Dewatering activities planned for this project will be conducted and monitored according to the requirements of the 2022 CGP Attachment J. This Sampling and Analysis Plan for dewatering discharges describes the sampling and analysis strategy and schedule for monitoring dewatering discharges in accordance with the requirements of the 2022 CGP. 7.7.4.1 Sample Schedule Sampling of dewatering discharges will be conducted within the first hour of the commencement of discharge and daily each day that the discharge continues. 7.7.4.2 Sample Locations Sampling locations are based on the planned dewatering locations. Planned dewatering sampling locations are listed in Table 7-16 and shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. [Enter Number] dewatering sampling location(s) on the project site and the contractor's yard have been identified for the collection of dewatering samples. Table 7-16 Turbidity and pH Dewatering Sample Locations Sample Location Sample Location Latitude Identifier Sample Location Description and Longitude (Decimal Degrees) TBD TBD TBD In the event that dewatering is required at a location not listed in Table 7-15, and has not been identified on the Site Maps, sampling locations will be selected by the QSP using the same rationale as that used to identify planned locations. Dewatering sampling locations shall be documented by the QSP on the Effl.uent Sampling Field Log Sheet, which are provided in Appendix 0. 7.7.4.3 Monitoring Preparation Dewatering samples will be collected by: QSP QSD Delegate [Name] [Name] □ Yes □ Yes □ □ No No An adequate stock of monitoring supplies and equipment for monitoring turbidity and will be available on the project site prior to a sampling event. Monitoring supplies and equipment will be stored in a cool temperature environment that will not come into contact with rain or direct sunlight. The QSP or QSP Delegates will be available to collect samples in accordance with the Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 sampling schedule. Supplies maintained at the project site will include, but are not limited to, field meters, extra batteries, clean powder-free nitrile gloves, sample collection equipment, appropriate sample containers, paper towels, personal rain gear, and E.ffiuent Sampling Field Log Sheets and CoC forms provided in Appendix 0. The QSP or QSP Delegates will obtain and maintain the field-testing instruments, as identified in Section 7.7.2.6, for analyzing samples in the field. 7.7.4.4 Sample Collection and Field Analysis Dewatering samples shall be collected at the designated sampling locations listed in Table 7-15 and shown on the Site Maps in Appendix A. Samples for field parameters shall be analyzed for the constituents indicated in Table 7-11 "Sample Collection, and Analysis for Monitoring Turbidity and pH." Turbidity and pH samples shall be analyzed immediately. Sample collection and handling requirements are described in Section 7.7.7. 7.7.4-5 Data Evaluation and Reporting At least 24 hours prior to the beginning of a dewatering discharge, the City of Carlsbad Municipal Project Manager shall notify the Regional Water Board via email of the anticipated dewatering discharge. Copy the following project staff on the notifications: QSD and QSP. The QSP shall within 10 days of the sample collection submit copies of the completed E.ffiuent Sampling Field Log Sheets to the Resident Engineer. Compliance with the NALs for pH and turbidity in dewatering discharges is based on a single sample evaluation. ANAL exceedance occurs when any sample exceeds the turbidity NAL or is outside of the pH range shown in Table 7-13. In the event that the pH or turbidity NAL is exceeded, the QSP shall immediately notify the City of Carlsbad and investigate the cause of the exceedance and identify corrective actions. The QSP shall immediately cease dewatering discharges if the NALs are exceeded. If the discharge is necessary to protect human life and health or prevent severe property damage and cannot be ceased, the QSP shall notify the Regional Water Board and the Local Stormwater Agency within 24 hours. Table 7-17 Dewatering Notification Contacts Agency Name Email Regional Water Board TBD TBD Local Stormwater Agency TBD TBD Exceedances of NALs shall be electronically reported to the State Water Board by the LRP or DAR through SMARTS within 10 days of receiving the results. Following a NAL exceedance, the QSD shall revise the SWPPP to incorporate corrective actions to prevent further exceedances within 10 days of the measurement. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SW PPP November 2023 Sampling and Analysis Plan for Other Pollutants Required by the Regional Water Board The Regional Water Board has not specified monitoring for additional pollutants. 7. 7.6 Training of Sampling Personnel QSP Delegates assigned to conduct sampling shall be trained by the QSP to collect, maintain, and ship samples in accordance with the 2022 CGP Sample Collection and Handling Instructions and supplemental information as needed. Training records of QSP Delegates assigned to sample are provided in Appendix I. The QSP and QSP Delegates have received the following stormwater sampling training: Name TBD TBD Training The QSP and QSP Delegates have the following stormwater sampling experience: Name TBD TBD Sample Collection and Handling 7.7.7.1 Sample Collection Experience Samples shall be collected at the designated sampling locations shown on the Site Maps and listed in the preceding sections. Samples shall be collected, maintained and shipped in accordance with the 2022 CGP Sample Collection and Handling Instructions. Grab samples shall be collected and preserved in accordance with the methods identified in preceding sections. To maintain sample integrity and prevent cross-contamination, sample collection personnel shall follow the protocols below. • Collect samples (for laboratory analysis) in analytical laboratory-provided or specified sample containers; o Use of any other type of containers could cause sample contamination and may result in NAL or NEL exceedances. • Wear clean, powder-free nitrile gloves when collecting samples; • Change gloves whenever something not known to be clean has been touched; • Change gloves between sampling locations; • Decontaminate all equipment (e.g., bucket, tubing) prior to sample collection; o using a trisodium phosphate water wash, distilled water rinse, and final rinse with distilled water .. o Dispose of wash and rinse water appropriately (i.e., do not discharge to storm drain or receiving water). Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7-20 November 2023 o Do not decontaminate laboratory provided sample containers; • Do not smoke during sampling events; • Never sample near a running vehicle; • Do not park vehicles in the immediate sample collection area (even non-running vehicles); • Do not eat or drink during sample collection; and • Do not breathe, sneeze, or cough in the direction of an open sample container. The most important aspect of grab sampling is to collect a sample that represents the entire runoff stream. Typically, samples are collected by dipping the collection container in the runoff flow paths and streams as noted below. i. For small streams and flow paths, simply dip the bottle facing upstream until full. n. For larger stream that can be safely accessed, collect a sample in the middle of the flow stream by directly dipping the mouth of the bottle. Once again making sure that the opening of the bottle is facing upstream as to avoid any contamination by the sampler. n1. For larger streams that cannot be safely waded, pole-samplers may be needed to safely access the representative flow. iv. Avoid collecting samples from ponded, sluggish or stagnant water. v. Avoid collecting samples directly downstream from a bridge as the samples can be affected by the bridge structure or runoff from the road surface. Note, that depending upon the specific analytical test, some containers may contain preservatives. These containers should never be dipped into the stream but filled indirectly from the collection container. 7.7.7.2 Sample Handling Turbidity and pH measurements must be conducted immediately. Do not store turbidity or pH samples for later measurement. Samples for laboratory analysis must be handled as follows. Immediately following sample collection: • Cap sample containers; • Complete sample container labels; • Place sealed containers in a re-sealable storage bag; • Place sample containers into an ice-chilled cooler; • Document sample information on the Efjl.uent Sampling Field Log Sheet (Appendix 0); and • Complete the CoC. All samples for laboratory analysis must be maintained between o-6 degrees Celsius during delivery to the laboratory. Samples must be kept on ice, or refrigerated, from sample collection through delivery to the laboratory. Place samples to be shipped inside coolers with ice. Make sure the sample bottles are well packaged to prevent breakage and secure cooler lids with packaging tape. Ship samples that will be laboratory analyzed to the analytical laboratory right away. Hold times are measured from the time the sample is collected to the time the sample is analyzed. The 2022 CGP requires that samples be received by the analytical laboratory within 48 hours of the physical sampling (unless required sooner by the analytical laboratory to meet all hold times). Laboratory Name: TBD Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7-21 November 2023 Address: TBD City, State Zip: TBD Telephone TBD Number: Point of Contact: TBD 7.7.7.3 Sample Documentation Procedures All original data documented on sample container identification labels, Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheet (Appendix 0), and CoCs shall be recorded using waterproof ink. These shall be considered accountable documents. If an error is made on an accountable document, the individual shall make corrections by lining through the error and entering the correct information. The erroneous information shall not be obliterated. All corrections shall be initialed and dated. Duplicate samples shall be identified consistent with the numbering system for other samples to prevent the laboratory from identifying duplicate samples. Duplicate samples shall be identified in the Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheet. Sample documentation procedures include the following: Sample Bottle Identification Labels: Sampling personnel shall attach an identification label to each sample bottle. Sample identification shall uniquely identify each sample location. (These location identifiers should be listed in the tables in the SWPPP.) Field Log Sheets: Sampling personnel shall complete the Effluent Sampling Field Log Sheet and Receiving Water Sampling Field Log Sheet (Appendix 0) for each sampling event, as appropriate. Chain of Custody: Sampling personnel shall complete the CoC for each sampling event for which samples are collected for laboratory analysis. The sampler will sign the CoC (Appendix O) when the sample(s) is turned over to the testing laboratory or courier. 7.8 Active Treatment System Monitoring Will an Active Treatment System (ATS) be deployed on the site? □ Yes 181 No This project does not require a project specific Sampling and Analysis Plan for an ATS because deployment of an ATS is not planned. 7.9 Passive Treatment Monitoring Will passive treatment technologies be deployed on the site? □ Yes 181 No This project does not require a project specific Sampling and Analysis Plan for passive treatment because deployment of passive treatment is not planned. 7.10 Watershed Monitoring Option This project is not participating in a watershed monitoring option. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 • Check data for outlier values and follow up with the laboratory. Occasionally typographical errors, unit reporting errors, or incomplete results are reported and should be easily detected. These errors need to be identified, clarified, and corrected quickly by the laboratory. The QSP or QSP Delegates should especially note data that is an order of magnitude or more different than similar locations or is inconsistent with previous data from the same location. • Check laboratory QA/QC results. EPA establishes QA/QC checks and acceptable criteria for laboratory analyses. These data are typically reported along with the sample results. The QSP or QSP Delegates shall evaluate the reported QA/QC data to checkfor contamination (method,field, and equipment blanks), precision (laboratory matrix spike duplicates), and accuracy (matrix spikes and laboratory control samples). When QA/QC checks are outside acceptable ranges, the laboratory must.flag the data, and usually provides an explanation of the potential impact to the sample results. • Check the data set for outlier values and, accordingly, confirm results and re-analyze samples where appropriate. Sample re-analysis should only be undertaken when it appears that some part of the QA/QC resulted in a value out of the accepted range. Sample results may not be discounted unless the analytical laboratory identifies the required QA/QC criteria were not met and confirms this in writing. Field data including inspections and observations must be verified as soon as the field logs are received, typically at the end of the sampling event. Field data verification shall include: • Check field logs to make sure all required measurements were completed and appropriately documented; • Check reported values that appear out of the typical range or inconsistent; Follow-up immediately to identify potential reporting or equipment problems, if appropriate, recalibrate equipment after sampling; • Verify equipment calibrations; • Review observations noted on the field logs; and • Review notations of any errors and actions taken to correct the equipment or recording errors. 7 .12 Records Retention All records of stormwater monitoring information and copies of reports (including Annual Reports) must be retained for a period of at least three years from date of submittal or longer if required by the Regional Water Board. Results of visual monitoring, field measurements, and laboratory analyses must be kept in the SWPPP along with CoCs, and other documentation related to the monitoring. Records are to be kept onsite while construction is ongoing. Records to be retained include: • The date, place, and time of inspections, sampling, visual observations, and/ or measurements, including precipitation; • The individual(s) who performed the inspections, sampling, visual observation, and/or field measurements; • The date and approximate time of field measurements and laboratory analyses; • The individual(s) who performed the laboratory analyses; • A summary of all analytical results, the method detection limits and reporting limits, and the analytical techniques or methods used; Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 • Rain gauge readings from site inspections; • QA/QC records and results; • Calibration records; • Visual observation and sample collection exception records; • The records of any corrective actions and follow-up activities that resulted from analytical results, visual observations, or inspections; • Dewatering notifications to the Regional Water Board; • Dewatering exception notifications to the Regional Water Board and local stormwater agency;and • NAL Exceedance Report. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP November 2023 Section 8 References Project Plans and Specifications Project No. 6611, dated 5/4/2023, prepared by Dudek. Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Hydrology & Hydraulics Report, dated May 2023, prepared by Dudek. SWRCB (State Water Resources Control Board). (2022). Order 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002: Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbing Activities. Available online at: https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water issues/programs/stormwater / construction/general pe rmit reissuance.htrnl. CASQA 2023. Stormwater BMP Handbook: Construction. Available online at: www.casqa.org Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 8-1 November 2023 Appendix A: Site Maps and Drawings Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 20 2 3 EROSION CONTROL NOTES 1. EQUIPMENT AND WORKERS FOR EMERGENCY WORK SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES DURING THE RAINY SEASON. ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS SHALL BE STOCKPILED ON SliE AT CONVENIENT LOCATIONS TO FACIUTAiE RAPID CONSTRUCTION OF TEMPORARY DEVICES WHEN RAIN IS EMINENT. 2. FOR PRMCTS COVERED BY STATE SWPPP/\IDID, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ORDER ISSUED BY THE CAUFORNIA REGIONAL WA iER OUAUTY CONTROL BOARD, THE QUALIFlED SWPPP PRACTITIONER (OSP) SHALL UPDAiE AND MAINTAIN THE WAiER POLLUTION CONTROL (WPC) PLAN TO ADDRESS UPDA iED SliE CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. THE UPDA iED WPC PLAN AND UPDA iED SWPPP SHALL BE KEPT AT THE PROJECT SliE AND MADE AVAILABLE TO THE OTY INSPECTOR. ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION Bt,1P'S BEYOND THE ORIGINAL APPROVED SWPPP SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ADDRESS SliE CONDITIONS NOT ANTICIPAiED. THE OSP SHALL REPORT BMP DEFlCIENCIES TO THE OTY INSPECTOR. THE OSP SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE OUALIFlED SWPPP DEVELOPER ANO THE CITY INSPECTOR REGARDING ANY SIGNIFICANT CHANGIES TO BMP DEPLOYMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES TO WORKING ORDER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER AFiER EACH RUN-OFF PRODUCING RAINFALL. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE OTY ENGINEER DUE TO UNCOMPLETED GRADING OPERATIONS OR UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY ARISE. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE ANO SHALL TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT PUBLIC TRESPASS ONTO AREAS WHERE IMPOUNDED WAiERS CREAiE A HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 6. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED PER THE APPROVED SWPPP AND/OR EROSION CONTROL PL.AN SHALL BE INCORPORATED HEREON. 7. GRADED AREAS AROUND THE PROJECT PERIMEiER MUST DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FACE OF SLOPE AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH WORKING DAY. 8. ALL REMOVABLE PROiECTIVE DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE IN PLACE AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY WHEN THE'. FlVE (5) DAY RAIN PROBABIUTY FORECAST EXCEEDS FlFTY PERCENT (50%). SILT AND OTliER DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER EACH RAINFALL. 9. All GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE BURLAP TYPE WITH 3/4 INCH MINIMUM AGGREGATE. 10. SHOULD GERMINATION OF HYOROSEEDED SLOPES FAIL TO PROVIDE EFFECTIVE COVERAGIE OF GRADED SI.OPES (907. COVERAGE) PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 15, THE SI.OPES SHALL BE STABIUZED BY PUNCH STRAW INSTALL£0 IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 35.023 OF THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL HANDBOOK OF THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION. STAiE OF CALIFORNIA. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL AND IRRIGATION NOTES ALL PERMANENT ANO TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL PLANTING ANO IRRIGATION SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AS REQUIRED IN PART 8 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFlCA TIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: A. HYOROSEEDING SHALL BE APPLIED TO: 1. ALL SLOPES THAT ARE GRADED 6: 1 (HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL) OR SiEEPER WHEN THEY ARE: o. THREE FEET OR MORE IN HEIGHT AND ADJACENT TO A PUBUC WALL OR STREET. b. ALL SLOPES 4 FEET OR MORE IN HEIGHT. 2. AREAS GRADED FLA TiER THAN 6: 1 WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS EXIST: o. NOT SCHEDULED FOR IMPROVEMENTS(CONSTRUCTION OR GIENERAL LANDSCAPING) WITHIN 60 DAYS OF ROUGH GRADING. b. IOENTIFlED BY THE PARKS AND RECREATION DIRECTOR AS HIGHLY VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. c. HAVE ANY SPEaAL CONDITION IDENTIFIED BY THE CITY ENGINEER THAT WARRANTS IMMEDIA iE TREATMENT. 8. HYDROSEEDED AREAS SHALL BE IRRIGATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1. All SI.OPES THAT ARE GRADED 6: 1 OR STEEPER AND THAT ARE: a. THREE TO EIGHT FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE IRRIGATED BY HAND WAiERING FROM QUICK COUPLERS/HOSE BIBS OR A CONVENTIONAL SYSiEM OF LOW PRECIPITATION SPRINKLER HEADS PROVIDING 1007. COVERAGE. b. CREA iER TliAN 8 FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE WA iERED BY A CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM OF LOW PRECIPITATION SPRINKLER HEADS PROVIDING 1007. COVERAGE. 2. AREAS SI.OPED LESS THAN 6: 1 SHALL BE IRRIGA iED AS APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER, PRIOR TO HYDROSEEDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PROPOSED SCHEME TO PROVIDE IRRIGATION TO THE CITY ENGINEER. THE PROPOSAL SHALL BE SPECIFIC REGARDING THE NUMBERS, TYPES AND COSTS OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE THE PROPOSED SYSiEM. 3. IRRIGATION SHALL MAINTAIN THE MOISTURE LEVEL OF THE SOIL AT THE OPTIMUM LEVEL FOR THE GROWTH OF THE HYDROSEEDED GROWTH. C. HYDROSEEDING MIX IS SHOWN ON LP-2 1. TYPE 1 MULCH APPUED AT THE RA iE OF NO LESS THAN 2000 lbs PER ACRE. TYPE 6 MULCH (STIRAW) MAY BE SUBSTITUiED. ALL OR PART, FOR HYDRAUUCALLY APPLIED FIBER MA iERIAL. WHEN STIRAW IS USED IT MUST BE ANCHORED TO THE SLOPE BY MECHANICALLY PUNCHING NO LESS THAN 507. OF THE STRAW INTO THE SOIL. 2. FERTILIZER CONSISTING OF AMMONIUM PHOSPHAiE SUUFAiE, 16-20-0, WITH 157. SULPHUR APPUED AT THE RA TE OF 500 lbs. PER ACRE. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL AND IRRIGATION NOTES (CONT) D. AREAS TO BE HYDROSEEDED SHALL BE PREPARED PRIOR TO HYDROSEEDING BY: 1. ROUGHENING TliE SURFACE TO BE PLANiED BY ANY OR A COMBINATION OF: a. TRACK WALKING SI.OPES SiEEPER THAN 6: 1 b. HARROWING AREAS 6: 1 OR FLA TiER THAT ARE SUFFlCIENTL Y FRIABLE. c. RIPPING AREAS TliA T WILL NOT BREAK UP USING liEMS a OR b ABOVE. 2. CONDITIONING THE SOILS SO THAT IT IS SUITABLE FOR PLANTING BY: a. AO.AJSTING THE SURFACE SOIL MOISTURE TO PROVIDE A DAMP BUT NOT SATURAiED SEED BED. b. THE ADDITION OF SOIL AMENDMENTS, PH ADJUSTMENT, LEACHING COVERING SALINE SOILS TO PROVIDED VIABLE CONDITIONS FOR GROWTH. E. HYDROSEEDED AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO PROVIDE A VIGOROUS GROWTH UNTIL THE THE PROJECT IS PERMANENTLY LANDSCAPED OR, FOR AREAS WHERE HYDROSEEDING IS THE THE PERMANENT LANDSCAPING, UNTIL THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED AND All BONDS RELEASED. F. ALL SI.OPES SHALL HAVE IRRIGATION INSTALLED ANO BE STABILIZED, PLANiEO AND/OR HYDROSEEDED WITHIN iEN (10) DAYS OF THE TIME WHEN EACH SI.OPE IS BROUGHT TO GRADE AS SHOWN ON THE APPROVED GRADING PLANS. AN APPROVED EROSION CONTIROL PRODUCT (RECP) SHALL BE INSTALLED PER EC-7 IF THIS REQUIREMENT CANNOT BE ~ET . .AJTE, EXCELSIOR OR STRAW BLANKET IS UNACCEPTABLE. G. SHOULD GERMINATION OF HYOROSE£0 FAIL TO PROVIDE EFFlCIENT COVERAGIE (NO LESS THAN 70:r.) PRIOR TO OCTOBER 1, THE SLOPES SHALL BE STABILIZED BY AN APPROVED RECP. .AJiE, EXCELSIOR AND STIRAW BLANKET IS UNACCEPTABLE. H. LANDSCAPING SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED ON ALL SI.OPES AND PADS AS REQUIRED BY THE OTY LANDSCAPE MANUAL, THE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR THIS PROJECT OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER OR OTY PLANNER. AC ACP APPROX. BC BOF BOW BTM BVCE SVCS CLR CMP CMU CSD CTV OG DIA OWG E EA EC ELEC. EP ESA EVCE EVCS EXIST. FG FL FS G GW HOO HOPE HORIZ HP HWL ABBREVIATIONS ASPHALT CONCRETE IE ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE APPROXIMATE LF BEGIN CURVE MH BOTTOM OF FOOTING MIN. BOTTOM OF WALL BOTTOM N BEGIN VERTICAL CURVE ELEVATION BEGIN VERTICAL CURVE STATION O.C. OD CLEARANCE CORRUGATED MET AL PIPE PC CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT PT CARLSBAD STANDARD DETAILS PRC CABLE TELEVISION PVC PVI DECOMPOSED GRANITE DIAMETER R/W DRAWING s EASTING OR EAST so EACH SDRSD END CURVE ELECTRIC SERV EDGE OF PAVEMENT SHT. ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA SRW END VERTICAL CURVE ELEVATION STA. END VERTICAL CURVE STATION EXISTING TOF TW FINISHED GRADE TYP. FLOWLINE FINISH SURF ACE UNKN. GAS VAR GROUND WATER vc VCP HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILL VERT. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE HORIZONTAL IV HIGH POINT WTR HIGH WATER LEVEL 100% PROGRESS SET NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION "AS BUILT" EARTHWORK QUANTITIES CUT: Flll: STRUCTURAL BACKFlLL IMPORT: EXPORT: REMEDIAL: 3,459 CY 1,308 CY 2,504 CY 2.151 CY 88 CY NOTE: QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE ANO UNAO.AJSiED. PIPE SPOILS NOT INCLUDED IN EARTHWORK QUANTITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES. INVERT ELEVATION LINEAR FEET MAN HOLE MINIMUM NORTHING OR NORTH ON CENTER OUTER DIAMETER POINT OF CURVE POINT OF TANGENT POINT OF REVERSE CURVE POL YYINYL CHLORIDE POINT OF VERTICAL INiERSECTION RIGHT-OF-WAY SOUTH OR SEWER STORM DRAIN SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS SERVICE SHEET SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL STATION TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF WALL TYPICAL UNKNOWN VARIOUS VERTICAL CURVE VITRIFlED CLAY PIPE VERTICAL WEST WATER CROSS REFERENCIN_G SYSTEM SECTION IS IDENTIFIED AS FOILLOWS: SECTION A ..--SECTION LETTER NOT TO SCALE X -.._ORAl'IING ON WHICH SECTION IS SHOWN DETAIL IS IDENTIFlEO AS FOILLOWS: DETAIL NUMBER / DETAIL 1 INDICATES THAT DETAIL NOT TO SCALE -/ IS SHOWN ON SAME SHEET ~DRAWING ON WHICH DESCRIPTION EXIST. PALM TREE EXIST. TREE OR BRUSH EXIST. STREET LIGHT EXIST. FIRE HYDRANT EXIST. WATER VALVE EXIST. SEWER MANHOLE LEGEND EXIST. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE EXIST. SPOT ELEVATION SURVEY CONTROL TARGET EXIST. CONTOUR EXIST. STORM DRAIN EXIST. GAS LINE EXIST. SEWER PIPELINE EXIST. WATER PIPELINE EXIST. ELECTRIC AND APPURTENANCES EXIST. ATT EXIST. TELEPHONE EXIST. RETAINING WALL PROPERTY LINE RIGHT-OF-WAY R/W EASEMENT DAYLIGHT LINE EXIST. OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL PROPOSED LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE SAWCUT CURB CUT PROPOSED CONTOUR PROPOSED BROW DITCH PROPOSED SIDEWALK PROPOSED RETAINING WALL PROPOSED STORM DRAIN PROPOSED UNDERDRAIN PROPOSED FLOWLINE DETAIL IS SHOWN SYMBOL * 0 * '°' ®w ©• ~ x4.4 S,,V2 --$)-- ~===sq= == --s-- --w-- 8-E-- --Ar-- --T------ --OE-- l S S SI --:io-- = = I I ------------=-=-=-....;.----=-=-= ➔··-··-G-3 CT:] CITY OF CARLSBAD ISHEETS I ~~1 ======jj1======jj1==================================================ttl ======~=!,======~j1========~t, ====~::::I ~~~~~ i:~:~;: :::::~,:PROVEM:N:S GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS 1->l in "' ., 5 ;;, ~ i 0 ·[ 0 i ·a 0 lin 0 i~ ! ~ 5 i ~ " -;;; .s ~ Ii " Q. I rCCO'TED BY HOSSEIN AJDEH 1 ;:l I : I II\ I 1 EHG1N£ERINC MANAGER PE75991 EXP 6/30/22 ~..., I OQ I I 605ThirdSuee:tEncinitil,CA9202◄ OAT( I tNlllAI. O.t.1£ NT1AL DATE IINITIAl. ,~~oBJ~.~11 PROJECT NO. 110RA'MNG NO.I ~2 INSPECTOR DATE 760.942.5I47Fax760.6l2.0l64 DIGINEIR"'"""" REVIS10IN DESCRIPTION OMR -"-atYAPPROV"-RVWD BY:---6611 II 510 9 I ~', .00 Tlll.E DATE REVIEWED BY: DUDEK Appendix B: Permit Registration Documents Permit Registration Documents included in this Appendix: Permit Registration Document (in addition to a copy of Y/N the SWPPP) y Notice oflntent y Risk Level Determination y Certification y Post-Construction Requirements, if applicable N Post-Construction Water Balance Calculator, if applicable y Copy of Annual Fee Receipt N ATS Design Documents, if applicable N Passive Treatment Design Documents, if applicable y Site Maps and Drawings, see Appendix A Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 20 23 Appendix C: SWPPP Amendment QSD Certifications Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2 023 Project Name: Project Number: SWPPP Amendment No. Qualified SWPPP Developer's Certification of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Amendment "This Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan and its appendices were prepared under my direction to meet the requirements of the 2022 CGP (SWRCB Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ). I certify that I am a Qualified SWPPP Developer in good standing as of the date signed below." QSD's Signature Date QSDName QSD Certificate Number Title and Affiliation Telephone Address Email Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 November 2023 Appendix D: Submitted Changes of Information Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Log of Updated PRDs The 2022 CGP allows for the reduction or increase of the total acreage when a portion of the project is complete and/or conditions for termination of coverage have been met; when ownership of a portion of the project is purchased by a different entity; or when new acreage is added to the project. A Change of Information (COI) shall be filed electronically within the timeframe shown in the table below. The SWPPP shall be modified appropriately, with revisions and amendments recorded in the SWPPP Amendment Log at the front of the SWPPP. COis submitted electronically via SMARTS can be found in this Appendix. Reason for Filing COi Timeline for Filing COi Reduction or increase in total disturbed area Within 30 days of the reduction or increase Updating site specific BMPs Within 14 days of design change Change construction start or end date At least 14 days prior to the date to be changed Post-construction plans updated or approved Within 14 days of approval by the municipal stormwater permittee This appendix includes all of the following updated PRDs (check all that apply): □ Change of Information; □ Revised Site Map; □ Revised Risk Assessment; □ New landowner's information (name, address, phone number, email address); and □ New signed certification statement. Signature of [Authorized Representative of] Legally Responsible Person or Duly Authorized Representative Name of [Authorized Representative of] Legally Responsible Person or Duly Authorized Representative Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP Date Telephone Number 2 November 2023 Appendix E: Construction Schedule Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2 0 23 Park DriYe Street and Drainage Improwment Construction Schedule Dates: Activity: Decembert-Project begins/mobilization (including setting up fencing/staging area, January31 etc. CSS/vegetation clearing; California adophia relocations February1 -Vegetation trimming to avoid regrowth/bird nesting Auril 1 April 2 -Major grading grubbing/excavation activities September 30 September 30 -Minor grading, landscaping, project close out December31 Appendix F: Construction Activities, Materials Used, and Associated Pollutants Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix G: CASQA Stormwater BMP Handbook: Construction Fact Sheets Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Scheduling EC-1 to soil disturbing and re-stabilization activities. Incorporate the construction schedule into the SWPPP. ■ Include on the schedule, details on the rainy season implementation and deployment of: Erosion control BMPs Sediment control BMPs Tracking control BMPs Wind erosion control BMPs Non-stormwater BMPs Waste management and materials pollution control BMPs ■ Include dates for activities that may require non-stormwater discharges such as dewatering, sawcutting, grinding, drilling, boring, crushing, blasting, painting, hydro-demolition, mortar mixing, pavement cleaning, etc. ■ Work out the sequencing and timetable for the start and completion of each item such as site clearing and grubbing, grading, excavation, paving, foundation pouring utilities installation, etc., to minimize the active construction area during the rainy season. Sequence trenching activities so that most open portions are closed before new trenching begins. Incorporate staged seeding and re-vegetation of graded slopes as work progresses. Schedule establishment of permanent vegetation during appropriate planting time for specified vegetation. ■ Non-active areas should be stabilized as soon as practical after the cessation of soil disturbing activities or one day prior to the onset of precipitation. ■ Monitor the weather forecast for rainfall. ■ When rainfall is predicted, adjust the construction schedule to allow the implementation of soil stabilization and sediment treatment controls on all disturbed areas prior to the onset of rain. ■ Be prepared year round to deploy erosion control and sediment control BMPs. Erosion may be caused during dry seasons by un-seasonal rainfall, wind, and vehicle tracking. Keep the site stabilized year round, and retain and maintain rainy season sediment trapping devices in operational condition. ■ Apply permanent erosion control to areas deemed substantially complete during the project's defined seeding window. Costs Construction scheduling to reduce erosion may increase other construction costs due to reduced economies of scale in performing site grading. The cost effectiveness of scheduling techniques should be compared with the other less effective erosion and sedimentation controls to achieve a cost effective balance. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Scheduling EC-1 Inspection and Maintenance ■ Verify that work is progressing in accordance with the schedule. If progress deviates, take corrective actions. ■ Amend the schedule when changes are warranted. ■ Amend the schedule prior to the rainy season to show updated information on the deployment and implementation of construction site BMPs. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices (EPA 832-R-92-005), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, September 1992. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Preservation Of Existing Vegetation EC-2 Limitations ■ Requires forward planning by the owner/developer, contractor, and design staff. ■ Limited opportunities for use when project plans do not incorporate existing vegetation into the site design. ■ For sites with diverse topography, it is often difficult and expensive to save existing trees while grading the site satisfactory for the planned development. Implementation The best way to prevent erosion is to not disturb the land. In order to reduce the impacts of new development and redevelopment, projects may be designed to avoid disturbing land in sensitive areas of the site (e.g., natural watercourses, steep slopes), and to incorporate unique or desirable existing vegetation into the site's landscaping plan. Clearly marking and leaving a buffer area around these unique areas during construction will help to preserve these areas as well as take advantage of natural erosion prevention and sediment trapping. Existing vegetation to be preserved on the site must be protected from mechanical and other injury while the land is being developed. The purpose of protecting existing vegetation is to ensure the survival of desirable vegetation for shade, beautification, and erosion control. Mature vegetation has extensive root systems that help to hold soil in place, thus reducing erosion. In addition, vegetation helps keep soil from drying rapidly and becoming susceptible to erosion. To effectively save existing vegetation, no disturbances of any kind should be allowed within a defined area around the vegetation. For trees, no construction activity should occur within the drip line of the tree. Timing ■ Provide for preservation of existing vegetation prior to the commencement of clearing and grubbing operations or other soil disturbing activities in areas where no construction activity is planned or will occur at a later date. Design and Layout ■ Mark areas to be preserved with temporary fencing. Include sufficient setback to protect roots. -Orange colored plastic mesh fencing works well. -Use appropriate fence posts and adequate post spacing and depth to completely support the fence in an upright position. ■ Locate temporary roadways, stockpiles, and layout areas to avoid stands of trees, shrubs, and grass. ■ Consider the impact of grade changes to existing vegetation and the root zone. ■ Maintain existing irrigation systems where feasible. Temporary irrigation may be required. ■ Instruct employees and subcontractors to honor protective devices. Prohibit heavy equipment, vehicular traffic, or storage of construction materials within the protected area. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 4 Preservation Of Existing Vegetation EC-2 Costs There is little cost associated with preserving existing vegetation if properly planned during the project design, and these costs may be offset by aesthetic benefits that enhance property values. During construction, the cost for preserving existing vegetation will likely be less than the cost of applying erosion and sediment controls to the disturbed area. Replacing vegetation inadvertently destroyed during construction can be extremely expensive, sometimes in excess of $10,000 per tree. Inspection and Maintenance During construction, the limits of disturbance should remain clearly marked at all times. Irrigation or maintenance of existing vegetation should be described in the landscaping plan. If damage to protected trees still occurs, maintenance guidelines described below should be followed: ■ Verify that protective measures remain in place. Restore damaged protection measures immediately. ■ Serious tree injuries shall be attended to by an arborist. ■ Damage to the crown, trunk, or root system of a retained tree shall be repaired immediately. ■ Trench as far from tree trunks as possible, usually outside of the tree drip line or canopy. Curve trenches around trees to avoid large roots or root concentrations. If roots are encountered, consider tunneling under them. When trenching or tunneling near or under trees to be retained, place tunnels at least 18 in. below the ground surface, and not below the tree center to minimize impact on the roots. ■ Do not leave tree roots exposed to air. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. If soil covering is not practical, protect exposed roots with wet burlap or peat moss until the tunnel or trench is ready for backfill. ■ Cleanly remove the ends of damaged roots with a smooth cut. ■ Fill trenches and tunnels as soon as possible. Careful filling and tamping will eliminate air spaces in the soil, which can damage roots. ■ If bark damage occurs, cut back all loosened bark into the undamaged area, with the cut tapered at the top and bottom and drainage provided at the base of the wood. Limit cutting the undamaged area as much as possible. ■ Aerate soil that has been compacted over a trees root zone by punching holes 12 in. deep with an iron bar, and moving the bar back and forth until the soil is loosened. Place holes 18 in. apart throughout the area of compacted soil under the tree crown. ■ Fertilization -Fertilize stressed or damaged broadleaf trees to aid recovery. -Fertilize trees in the late fall or early spring. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Preservation Of Existing Vegetation EC-2 Apply fertilizer to the soil over the feeder roots and in accordance with label instructions, but never closer than 3 ft to the trunk. Increase the fertilized area by one-fourth of the crown area for conifers that have extended root systems. ■ Retain protective measures until all other construction activity is complete to avoid damage during site cleanup and stabilization. References County of Sacramento Tree Preservation Ordinance, September 1981. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for The Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Hydraulic Mulch EC-3 Hydraulic mulch can also be applied to augment other erosion control BMPs such as: ■ In conjunction with straw mulch (see EC-6 Straw Mulch) where the rate of hydraulic mulch is reduced to 100-500 lbs per acre and the slurry is applied over the straw as a tackifying agent to hold the straw in place. ■ Supplemental application of soil amendments, such as fertilizer, lime, gypsum, soil bio- stimulants or compost. Limitations In general, hydraulic mulch is not limited by slope length, gradient or soil type. However, the following limitations typically apply: ■ Most hydraulic mulch applications, particularly bonded fiber matrices (BFMs), require at least 24 hours to dry before rainfall occurs. ■ Temporary applications (i.e., without a vegetative component) may require a second application in order to remain effective for an entire rainy season. ■ Treatment areas must be accessible to hydraulic mulching equipment. ■ Availability of water sources in remote areas for mixing and application. ■ As a stand-alone temporary BMP, hydraulic mulches may need to be re-applied to maintain their erosion control effectiveness, typically after 6-12 months depending on the type of mulch used. ■ Availability of hydraulic mulching equipment may be limited just prior to the rainy season and prior to storms due to high demand. ■ Cellulose fiber mulches alone may not perform well on steep slopes or in course soils. ■ This BMP consists of a mixture of several constituents (e.g., fibers/mulches, tackifiers, and other chemical constituents), some of which may be proprietary and may come pre-mixed by the manufacturer. The water quality impacts of these constituents are relatively unknown and some may have water quality impacts due to their chemical makeup. Refer to specific chemical properties identified in the product Material Safety Data Sheet; products should be evaluated for project-specific implementation by the SWPPP Preparer. Refer to factsheet EC-05 for further guidance on selecting soil binders. Implementation ■ Where feasible, it is preferable to prepare soil surfaces prior to application by roughening embankments and fill areas with a crimping or punching type roller or by track walking. ■ The majority of hydraulic mulch applications do not necessarily require surface/soil preparation (See EC-15 Soil Preparation) although in almost every case where re-vegetation is included as part of the practice, soil preparation can be beneficial. One of the advantages of hydraulic mulch over other erosion control methods is that it can be applied in areas where soil preparation is precluded by site conditions, such as steep slopes, rocky soils, or inaccessibility. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 5 Hydraulic Mulch EC-3 ■ Avoid mulch over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, existing vegetation, etc. ■ Hydraulic mulching is generally performed utilizing specialized machines that have a large water-holding/mixing tank and some form of mechanical agitation or other recirculation method to keep water, mulch and soil amendments in suspension. The mixed hydraulic slurry can be applied from a tower sprayer on top of the machine or by extending a hose to areas remote from the machine. ■ Where possible apply hydraulic mulch from multiple directions to adequately cover the soil. Application from a single direction can result in shadowing, uneven coverage and failure of theBMP. ■ Hydraulic mulch can also include a vegetative component, such as seed, rhizomes, or stolons (see EC-4 Hydraulic Seed). ■ Typical hydraulic mulch application rates range from 2,000 pounds per acre for standard mulches (SMs) to 3,500 pounds per acre for BFMs. However, the required amount of hydraulic mulch to provide adequate coverage of exposed topsoil may appear to exceed the standard rates when the roughness of the soil surface is changed due to soil preparation methods (see EC-15 Soil Preparation) or by slope gradient. ■ Other factors such as existing soil moisture and soil texture can have a profound effect on the amount of hydraulic mulch required (i.e. application rate) applied to achieve an erosion- resistant covering. ■ Avoid use of mulch without a tackifier component, especially on slopes. ■ Mulches used in the hydraulic mulch slurry can include: Cellulose fiber Thermally-processed wood fibers Cotton Synthetics Compost (see EC-14, Compost Blanket) ■ Additional guidance on the comparison and selection of temporary slope stabilization methods is provided in Appendix F of the Handbook. Categories of Hydraulic Mulches Standard Hydraulic Mulch (SM) Standard hydraulic mulches are generally applied at a rate of 2,000 pounds per acre and are manufactured containing around 5% tackifier (i.e. soil binder), usually a plant-derived guar or psyllium type. Most standard mulches are green in color derived from food-color based dyes. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 3 of 5 Hydraulic Mulch EC-3 Hydraulic Matrices (HM) and Stabilized Fiber Matrices (SFM) Hydraulic matrices and stabilized fiber matrices are slurries which contain increased levels of tackifiers/soil binders; usually 10% or more by weight. HMs and SFMs have improved performance compared to a standard hydraulic mulch (SM) because of the additional percentage of tackifier and because of their higher application rates, typically 2,500 -4,000 pounds per acre. Hydraulic matrices can include a mixture of fibers, for example, a 50/50 blend of paper and wood fiber. In the case of an SFM, the tackifier/soil binder is specified as a polyacrylamide (PAM). Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) Bonded fiber matrices (BFMs) are hydraulically-applied systems of fibers, adhesives (typically guar based) and chemical cross-links. Upon drying, the slurry forms an erosion-resistant blanket that prevents soil erosion and promotes vegetation establishment. The cross-linked adhesive in the BFM should be biodegradable and should not dissolve or disperse upon re- wetting. BFMs are typically applied at rates from 3,000 to 4,000 lbs/acre based on the manufacturer's recommendation. BFMs should not be applied immediately before, during or immediately after rainfall or if the soil is saturated. Depending on the product, BFMs typically require 12 to 24 hours to dry and become effective. Mechanically-Bonded Fiber Matrices (MBFM) Mechanically-bonded fiber matrices (MBFMs) are hydraulically applied systems similar to BFM that use crimped synthetic fibers and PAM and are typically applied to a slope at a higher application rate than a standard BFM. Hydraulic Compost Matrix (HCM) Hydraulic compost matrix (HCM) is a field-derived practice whereby finely graded or sifted compost is introduced into the hydraulic mulch slurry. A guar-type tackifier can be added for steeper slope applications as well as any specified seed mixtures. A HCM can help to accelerate seed germination and growth. HCMs are particularly useful as an in-fill for three-dimensional re-vegetation geocomposites, such as turf reinforcement mats (TRM) (see EC-7 Geotextiles and Mats). Costs Average installed costs for hydraulic mulch categories are is provided in Table 1, below. July 2012 Table 1 HYDRAULIC MULCH BMPs INSTALLED COSTS BMP Installed Cost/Acre Standard Hydraulic Mulching (SM) $1,700 -$3,600 per acre Hydraulic Matrices (HM) and Stabilized Fiber Matrices Guar-based $2,000 -$4,000 per acre PAM-based $2,500 -$5,610 per acre Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) $3,900 -$6,900 per acre Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix (MBFM) $4,500 -$6,000 per acre Hydraulic Compost Matrix (HCM) $3,000 -$3,500 per acre California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 5 Hydraulic Mulch EC-3 Source: Cost information received from individual product manufacturers solicited by Geosyntec Consultants (2004) Inspection and Maintenance ■ Maintain an unbroken, temporary mulched ground cover throughout the period of construction when the soils are not being reworked. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Areas where erosion is evident should be repaired and BMPs re-applied as soon as possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs, as any area damaged will require re-application of BMPs. ■ Compare the number of bags or weight of applied mulch to the area treated to determine actual application rates and compliance with specifications. References Soil Stabilization BMP Research for Erosion and Sediment Controls: Cost Survey Technical Memorandum, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), July 2007. Controlling Erosion of Construction Sites, Agricultural Information #347, U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) (formerly Soil Conservation Service -SCS). Guides for Erosion and Sediment Control in California, USDA Soils Conservation Service, January 1991. Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Sedimentation and Erosion Control, An Inventory of Current Practices Draft, US EPA, April 1990. Soil Erosion by Water, Agriculture Information Bulletin #513, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Guidance Document: Soil Stabilization for Temporary Slopes, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 1999 Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 5 Hydroseeding EC-4 Limitations ■ Availability of hydroseeding equipment may be limited just prior to the rainy season and prior to storms due to high demand. ■ Hydraulic seed should be applied with hydraulic mulch or a stand-alone hydroseed application should be followed by one of the following: Straw mulch (see Straw Mulch EC-6) Rolled erosion control products (see Geotextiles and Mats EC-7) Application of Compost Blanket (see Compost Blanket EC-14) Hydraulic seed may be used alone only on small flat surfaces when there is sufficient time in the season to ensure adequate vegetation establishment and coverage to provide adequate erosion control. ■ Hydraulic seed without mulch does not provide immediate erosion control. ■ Temporary seeding may not be appropriate for steep slopes (i.e., slopes readily prone to rill erosion or without sufficient topsoil). ■ Temporary seeding may not be appropriate in dry periods without supplemental irrigation. ■ Temporary vegetation may have to be removed before permanent vegetation is applied. ■ Temporary vegetation may not be appropriate for short term inactivity (i.e. less than 3-6 months). ■ This BMP consists of a mixture of several constituents (e.g., fibers/mulches, tackifiers, and other chemical constituents), some of which may be proprietary and may come pre-mixed by the manufacturer. The water quality impacts of these constituents are relatively unknown and some may have water quality impacts due to their chemical makeup. Additionally these constituents may require non-visible pollutant monitoring. Refer to specific chemical properties identified in the product Material Safety Data Sheet; products should be evaluated for project-specific implementation by the SWPPP Preparer. Refer to factsheet EC-05 for further guidance on selecting soil binders. Implementation In order to select appropriate hydraulic seed mixtures, an evaluation of site conditions should be performed with respect to: Soil conditions Site topography and exposure (sun/wind) Season and climate Maintenance requirements Sensitive adjacent areas Water availability Vegetation types July 2012 Plans for permanent vegetation California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 4 Hydroseeding EC-4 The local office of the U.S.D.A. Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Resource Conservation Districts and Agricultural Extension Service can provide information on appropriate seed mixes. The following steps should be followed for implementation: ■ Where appropriate or feasible, soil should be prepared to receive the seed by disking or otherwise scarifying (See EC-15, Soil Preparation) the surface to eliminate crust, improve air and water infiltration and create a more favorable environment for germination and growth. ■ Avoid use of hydraulic seed in areas where the BMP would be incompatible with future earthwork activities. ■ Hydraulic seed can be applied using a multiple step or one step process. In a multiple step process, hydraulic seed is applied first, followed by mulch or a Rolled Erosion Control Product (RECP). In the one step process, hydraulic seed is applied with hydraulic mulch in a hydraulic matrix. When the one step process is used to apply the mixture of fiber, seed, etc., the seed rate should be increased to compensate for all seeds not having direct contact with the soil. ■ All hydraulically seeded areas should have mulch, or alternate erosion control cover to keep seeds in place and to moderate soil moisture and temperature until the seeds germinate and grow. ■ All seeds should be in conformance with the California State Seed Law of the Department of Agriculture. Each seed bag should be delivered to the site sealed and clearly marked as to species, purity, percent germination, dealer's guarantee, and dates of test. The container should be labeled to clearly reflect the amount of Pure Live Seed (PLS) contained. All legume seed should be pellet inoculated. Inoculant sources should be species specific and should be applied at a rate of 2 lb of inoculant per 100 lb seed. ■ Commercial fertilizer should conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code, which can be found at http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/.html/fac_table_of_contents.html. Fertilizer should be pelleted or granular form. ■ Follow up applications should be made as needed to cover areas of poor coverage or germination/vegetation establishment and to maintain adequate soil protection. ■ Avoid over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, existing vegetation, etc. ■ Additional guidance on the comparison and selection of temporary slope stabilization methods is provided in Appendix F of the Handbook. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Hydroseeding EC-4 Costs Average cost for installation and maintenance may vary from as low as $1,900 per acre for flat slopes and stable soils, to $4,000 per acre for moderate to steep slopes and/or erosive soils. Cost of seed mixtures vary based on types of required vegetation. BMP Hydraulic Seed Installed Cost per Acre $1,900-$4,000 Source: Cost information received from individual product manufacturers solicited by Geosyntec Consultants (2004). Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Areas where erosion is evident should be repaired and BMPs re-applied as soon as possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs, as any area damaged will require re-application of BMPs. ■ Where seeds fail to germinate, or they germinate and die, the area must be re-seeded, fertilized, and mulched within the planting season, using not less than half the original application rates. ■ Irrigation systems, if applicable, should be inspected daily while in use to identify system malfunctions and line breaks. When line breaks are detected, the system must be shut down immediately and breaks repaired before the system is put back into operation. ■ Irrigation systems should be inspected for complete coverage and adjusted as needed to maintain complete coverage. References Soil Stabilization BMP Research for Erosion and Sediment Controls: Cost Survey Technical Memorandum, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), July 2007. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Guidance Document: Soil Stabilization for Temporary Slopes, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 1999. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Soil -Binders EC-5 may be 24 hours or longer. Soil binders may need reapplication after a storm event. ■ Soil binders will generally experience spot failures during heavy rainfall events. If runoff penetrates the soil at the top of a slope treated with a soil binder, it is likely that the runoff will undercut the stabilized soil layer and discharge at a point further down slope. ■ Plant-material-based soil binders do not generally hold up to pedestrian or vehicular traffic across treated areas as well as polymeric emulsion blends or cementitious-based binders. ■ Soil binders may not sufficiently penetrate compacted soils. ■ Some soil binders are soil texture specific in terms of their effectiveness. For example, polyacrylamides (PAMs) work very well on silt and clayey soils but their performance decreases dramatically in sandy soils. ■ Some soil binders may not perform well with low relative humidity. Under rainy conditions, some agents may become slippery or leach out of the soil. ■ Soil binders may not cure if low temperatures occur within 24 hours of application. ■ The water quality impacts of some chemical soil binders are relatively unknown and some may have water quality impacts due to their chemical makeup. Additionally, these chemical may require non-visible pollutant monitoring. Products should be evaluated for project- specific implementation by the SWPPP Preparer. Refer to the product Material Safety Data Sheet for chemical properties. Implementation General Considerations ■ Soil binders should conform to local municipality specifications and requirements. ■ Site soil types will dictate appropriate soil binders to be used. ■ A soil binder must be environmentally benign (non-toxic to plant and animal life), easy to apply, easy to maintain, economical, and should not stain paved or painted surfaces. Soil binders should not pollute stormwater when cured. Obtain a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) from the manufacturer to ensure non-toxicity. ■ Stormwater runoff from PAM treated soils should pass through one of the following sediment control BMP prior to discharging to surface waters. When the total drainage area is greater than or equal to s acres, PAM treated areas should drain to a sediment basin. Areas less than s acres should drain to sediment control BMPs, such as a sediment trap, or a series of check dams. The total number of check dams used should be maximized to achieve the greatest amount of settlement of sediment prior to discharging from the site. Each check dam should be spaced evenly in the drainage channel through which stormwater flows are discharged off site. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 ■ Performance of soil binders depends on temperature, humidity, and traffic across treated areas. ■ Avoid over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, existing vegetation, etc. ■ Additional guidance on the comparison and selection of temporary slope stabilization methods is provided in Appendix F of the Handbook. Selecting a Soil Binder Properties of common soil binders used for erosion control are provided on Table 1 at the end of this Fact Sheet. Use Table 1 to select an appropriate soil binder. Refer to WE-1, Wind Erosion Control, for dust control soil binders. Factors to consider when selecting a soil binder include the following: ■ Suitability to situation -Consider where the soil binder will be applied, if it needs a high resistance to leaching or abrasion, and whether it needs to be compatible with any existing vegetation. Determine the length of time soil stabilization will be needed, and if the soil binder will be placed in an area where it will degrade rapidly. In general, slope steepness is not a discriminating factor for the listed soil binders. ■ Soil types and surface materials -Fines and moisture content are key properties of surface materials. Consider a soil binder's ability to penetrate, likelihood of leaching, and ability to form a surface crust on the surface materials. ■ Frequency of application -The frequency of application is related to the functional longevity of the binder, which can be affected by subgrade conditions, surface type, climate, and maintenance schedule. ■ Frequent applications could lead to high costs. Application frequency may be minimized if the soil binder has good penetration, low evaporation, and good longevity. Consider also that frequent application will require frequent equipment clean up. Plant-Material-Based (Short Lived, <6 months) Binders Guar: Guar is a non-toxic, biodegradable, natural galactomannan-based hydrocolloid treated with dispersant agents for easy field mixing. It should be mixed with water at the rate of 11 to 15 lb per 1,000 gallons. Recommended minimum application rates are as follows: Application Rates for Guar Soil Stabilizer Slope (H:V): Flat 4:1 3:1 2:1 1:1 lb/acre: 40 45 50 60 70 Psyllium: Psyllium is composed of the finely ground muciloid coating of plantago seeds that is applied as a dry powder or in a wet slurry to the surface of the soil. It dries to form a firm but rewettable membrane that binds soil particles together, but permits germination and growth of seed. Psyllium requires 12 to 18 hours drying time. Application rates should be from So to 200 lb/acre, with enough water in solution to allow for a uniform slurry flow. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 Starch: Starch is non-ionic, cold water soluble (pre-gelatinized) granular cornstarch. The material is mixed with water and applied at the rate of 150 lb/acre. Approximate drying time is 9 to 12 hours. Plant-Material-Based (Long Lived, 6-12 months) Binders Pitch and Rosin Emulsion: Generally, a non-ionic pitch and rosin emulsion has a minimum solids content of 48%. The rosin should be a minimum of 26% of the total solids content. The soil stabilizer should be non-corrosive, water dilutable emulsion that upon application cures to a water insoluble binding and cementing agent. For soil erosion control applications, the emulsion is diluted and should be applied as follows: ■ For clayey soil: s parts water to 1 part emulsion ■ For sandy soil: 10 parts water to 1 part emulsion Application can be by water truck or hydraulic seeder with the emulsion and product mixture applied at the rate specified by the manufacturer. Polymeric Emulsion Blend Binders Aczylic Copolymers and Polymers: Polymeric soil stabilizers should consist of a liquid or solid polymer or copolymer with an acrylic base that contains a minimum of 55% solids. The polymeric compound should be handled and mixed in a manner that will not cause foaming or should contain an anti-foaming agent. The polymeric emulsion should not exceed its shelflife or expiration date; manufacturers should provide the expiration date. Polymeric soil stabilizer should be readily miscible in water, non-injurious to seed or animal life, non-flammable, should provide surface soil stabilization for various soil types without totally inhibiting water infiltration, and should not re-emulsify when cured. The applied compound typically requires 12 to 24 hours drying time. Liquid copolymer should be diluted at a rate of 10 parts water to 1 part polymer and the mixture applied to soil at a rate of 1,175 gallons/acre. Liquid Polymers of Methaczylates and Aczylates: This material consists of a tackifier/sealer that is a liquid polymer of methacrylates and acrylates. It is an aqueous 100% acrylic emulsion blend of 40% solids by volume that is free from styrene, acetate, vinyl, ethoxylated surfactants or silicates. For soil stabilization applications, it is diluted with water in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and applied with a hydraulic seeder at the rate of 20 gallons/acre. Drying time is 12 to 18 hours after application. Copolymers of Sodium Aczylates and Aczylamides: These materials are non-toxic, dry powders that are copolymers of sodium acrylate and acrylamide. They are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface for erosion control at rates that are determined by slope gradient: July 2012 Slope Gradient lb/acre (H:V) Flat to 5:1 3.0 -5.0 5:1 to 3:1 5.0 -10.0 2:1 to 1:1 10.0-20.0 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 Poly-Accylamide (PAM) and Copolymer of Accylamide: Linear copolymer polyacrylamide for use as a soil binder is packaged as a dry flowable solid, as a liquid. Refer to the manufacturer's recommendation for dilution and application rates as they vary based on liquid or dry form, site conditions and climate. ■ Limitations specific to PAM are as follows: Do not use PAM on a slope that flows into a water body without passing through a sediment trap or sediment basin. The specific PAM copolymer formulation must be anionic. Cationic PAM should not be used in any application because of known aquatic toxicity problems. Only the highest drinking water grade PAM, certified for compliance with ANSI/NSF Standard 60 for drinking water treatment, should be used for soil applications. PAM designated for erosion and sediment control should be "water soluble" or "linear" or "non-cross linked". PAM should not be used as a stand-alone BMP to protect against water-based erosion. When combined with mulch, its effectiveness increases dramatically. Hydro-Colloid Polymers: Hydro-Colloid Polymers are various combinations of dry flowable poly-acrylamides, copolymers and hydro-colloid polymers that are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface at rates of 55 to 60 lb/acre. Drying times are o to 4 hours. Cementitious-Based Binders Gypsum: This is a formulated gypsum based product that readily mixes with water and mulch to form a thin protective crust on the soil surface. It is composed of high purity gypsum that is ground, calcined and processed into calcium sulfate hemihydrate with a minimum purity of 86%. It is mixed in a hydraulic seeder and applied at rates 4,000 to 12,000 lb/acre. Drying time is 4 to 8 hours. Applying Soil Binders After selecting an appropriate soil binder, the untreated soil surface must be prepared before applying the soil binder. The untreated soil surface must contain sufficient moisture to assist the agent in achieving uniform distribution. In general, the following steps should be followed: ■ Follow manufacturer's written recommendations for application rates, pre-wetting of application area, and cleaning of equipment after use. ■ Prior to application, roughen embankment and fill areas. ■ Consider the drying time for the selected soil binder and apply with sufficient time before anticipated rainfall. Soil binders should not be applied during or immediately before rainfall. ■ Avoid over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, sound walls, existing vegetation, etc. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 ■ Soil binders should not be applied to frozen soil, areas with standing water, under freezing or rainy conditions, or when the temperature is below 40°F during the curing period. ■ More than one treatment is often necessary, although the second treatment may be diluted or have a lower application rate. ■ Generally, soil binders require a minimum curing time of 24 hours before they are fully effective. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for specific cure time. ■ For liquid agents: Crown or slope ground to avoid ponding. Uniformly pre-wet ground at 0.03 to 0.3 gal/yd2 or according to manufacturer's recommendations. Apply solution under pressure. Overlap solution 6 to 12 in. Allow treated area to cure for the time recommended by the manufacturer; typically at least 24 hours. Apply second treatment before first treatment becomes ineffective, using 50% application rate. In low humidities, reactivate chemicals by re-wetting with water at 0.1 to 0.2 gal/yd2• Costs Costs vary according to the soil stabilizer selected for implementation. The following are approximate installed costs: Cost per Acre Estimated Cost Soil Binder per Acre (2004)1 (2009)2 Plant-Material-Based (Short Lived) Binders $700-$900 $770-$990 Plant-Material-Based (Long Lived) Binders $1,200-$1,500 $1,320-$1,650 Polymeric Emulsion Blend Binders $700 -$1,500 $770-$1,650 Cementitious-Based Binders $800-$1,200 $880-$1,350 1. Source: Cost information received from individual product manufacturers solicited by Geosyntec Consultants (2004). 2. 2009 costs reflect a 10% escalation over year 2004 costs. Escalation based on informal survey of industry trends. Note: Expected cost increase is offset by competitive economic conditions. I nspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 ■ Areas where erosion is evident should be repaired and BMPs re-applied as soon as possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs, as any area damaged will require re-application of BMPs. ■ Reapply the selected soil binder as needed to maintain effectiveness. Table 1 Properties of Soil Binders for Erosion Control Binder Type Evaluation Criteria Plant Material Plant Material Polymeric Based (Short Based(Long Lived) Lived) Emulsion Blends Relative Cost Low Moderate to Low to High High Resistance to Leaching High High Low to Moderate Resistance to Abrasion Moderate Low Moderate to High Longevity Short to Medium Medium Medium to Long Minimum Curing Time 9 to 18 hours 19 to 24 hours o to 2 4 hours before Rain Compatibility with Good Poor Poor Existing Vegetation Photodegradable/ Mode of Degradation Biodegradable Biodegradable Chemically Degradable Labor Intensive No No No Specialized Application Water Truck or Water Truck or Water Truck or Hydraulic Hydraulic Equipment Mulcher Mulcher Hydraulic Mulcher Liquid/Powder Powder Liquid Liquid/Powder Surface Crusting Yes, but dissolves Yes Yes, but dissolves on on rewetting rewetting Clean Up Water Water Water Erosion Control Varies <1> Varies <1> Varies <1> Application Rate (1) See Implementation for specific rates. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org Cementitious- Based Binders Low to Moderate Moderate Moderate to High Medium 4 to 8 hours Poor Photodegradable/ Chemically Degradable No Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Powder Yes Water 4 ,000 to 12,000 lbs/acre 7 of 8 Soil Binders EC-5 References Erosion Control Pilot Study Report, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), June 2000. Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Sedimentation and Erosion Control, An Inventory of Current Practices Draft, US EPA, April 1990. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Guidance Document: Soil Stabilization for Temporary Slopes, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 1999. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 8 of 8 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 ■ Channels with flows exceeding 3.3 ft/s ■ Channels to be vegetated ■ Stockpiles ■ Slopes adjacent to water bodies Limitations ■ RECP installed costs are generally higher than other erosion control BMPs, limiting their use to areas where other BMPs are ineffective (e.g. channels, steep slopes). ■ RECPs may delay seed germination, due to reduction in soil temperature. ■ RECPs are generally not suitable for excessively rocky sites or areas where the final vegetation will be mowed (since staples and netting can catch in mowers). If a staple or pin cannot be driven into the soil because the underlying soil is too hard or rocky, then an alternative BMP should be selected. ■ If used for temporary erosion control, RECPs should be removed and disposed of prior to application of permanent soil stabilization measures. ■ The use of plastic should be limited to covering stockpiles or very small graded areas for short periods of time (such as through one imminent storm event) until more environmentally friendly measures, such as seeding and mulching, may be installed. -Plastic sheeting is easily vandalized, easily torn, photodegradable, and must be disposed of at a landfill. -Plastic sheeting results in 100% runoff, which may cause serious erosion problems in the areas receiving the increased flow. ■ RECPs may have limitations based on soil type, slope gradient, or channel flow rate; consult the manufacturer for proper selection. ■ Not suitable for areas that have foot traffic (tripping hazard) -e.g., pad areas around buildings under construction. ■ RECPs that incorporate a plastic netting (e.g. straw blanket typically uses a plastic netting to hold the straw in place) may not be suitable near known wildlife habitat. Wildlife can become trapped in the plastic netting. ■ RECPs may have limitations in extremely windy climates. However, when RECPs are properly trenched at the top and bottom and stapled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, problems with wind can be minimized. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats Implementation Material Selection EC-7 ■ Natural RECPs have been found to be effective where re-vegetation will be provided by re- seeding. The choice of material should be based on the size of area, side slopes, surface conditions such as hardness, moisture, weed growth, and availability of materials. ■ Additional guidance on the comparison and selection of temporary slope stabilization methods is provided in Appendix F of the Handbook. ■ The following natural and synthetic RECPs are commonly used: Geo textiles ■ Material can be a woven or a non-woven polypropylene fabric with minimum thickness of 0.06 in., minimum width of 12 ft and should have minimum tensile strength of 150 lbs (warp), 80 lbs (fill) in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 4632. The permittivity of the fabric should be approximately 0.07 sec-1 in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: D4491. The fabric should have an ultraviolet (UV) stability of 70 percent in conformance with the requirements in ASTM designation: D4355. Geotextile blankets must be secured in place with wire staples or sandbags and by keying into tops of slopes to prevent infiltration of surface waters under geotextile. Staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. ■ Geotextiles may be reused if they are suitable for the use intended. Plastic Covers ■ Generally plastic sheeting should only be used as stockpile covering or for very small graded areas for short periods of time (such as through one imminent storm event). If plastic sheeting must be used, choose a plastic that will withstand photo degradation. ■ Plastic sheeting should have a minimum thickness of 6 mils, and must be keyed in at the top of slope (when used as a temporary slope protection) and firmly held in place with sandbags or other weights placed no more than 10 ft apart. Seams are typically taped or weighted down their entire length, and there should be at least a 12 in. to 24 in. overlap of all seams. Edges should be embedded a minimum of 6 in. in soil (when used as a temporary slope protection). ■ All sheeting must be inspected periodically after installation and after significant rainstorms to check for erosion, undermining, and anchorage failure. Any failures must be repaired immediately. If washout or breakages occur, the material should be re-installed after repairing the damage to the slope. Erosion Control Blankets/Mats ■ Biodegradable RECPs are typically composed of jute fibers, curled wood fibers, straw, coconut fiber, or a combination of these materials. In order for an RECP to be considered 100% biodegradable, the netting, sewing or adhesive system that holds the biodegradable mulch fibers together must also be biodegradable. See typical installation details at the end of this fact sheet. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 Jute is a natural fiber that is made into a yarn that is loosely woven into a biodegradable mesh. The performance of jute as a stand-alone RECP is low. Most other RECPs outperform jute as a temporary erosion control product and therefore jute is not commonly used. It is designed to be used in conjunction with vegetation. The material is supplied in rolled strips, which should be secured to the soil with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Excelsior (curled wood fiber) blanket material should consist of machine produced mats of curled wood excelsior with 80 percent of the fiber 6 in. or longer. The excelsior blanket should be of consistent thickness. The wood fiber must be evenly distributed over the entire area of the blanket. The top surface of the blanket should be covered with a photodegradable extruded plastic mesh. The blanket should be smolder resistant without the use of chemical additives and should be non-toxic and non-injurious to plant and animal life. Excelsior blankets should be furnished in rolled strips, a minimum of 48 in. wide, and should have an average weight of o.8 lb/yd2 , ±10 percent, at the time of manufacture. Excelsior blankets must be secured in place with wire staples. Staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. Straw blanket should be machine produced mats of straw with a lightweight biodegradable netting top layer. The straw should be attached to the netting with biodegradable thread or glue strips. The straw blanket should be of consistent thickness. The straw should be evenly distributed over the entire area of the blanket. Straw blanket should be furnished in rolled strips a minimum of 6.5 ft wide, a minimum of 80 ft long and a minimum of 0.5 lb/yd2• Straw blankets must be secured in place with wire staples. Staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. Wood fiber blanket is composed of biodegradable fiber mulch with extruded plastic netting held together with adhesives. The material is designed to enhance re-vegetation. The material is furnished in rolled strips, which must be secured to the ground with U- shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Coconut fiber blanket should be a machine produced mat of 100 percent coconut fiber with biodegradable netting on the top and bottom. The coconut fiber should be attached to the netting with biodegradable thread or glue strips. The coconut fiber blanket should be of consistent thickness. The coconut fiber should be evenly distributed over the entire area of the blanket. Coconut fiber blanket should be furnished in rolled strips with a minimum of 6.5 ft wide, a minimum of 80 ft. long and a minimum of 0.5 lb/yd2• Coconut fiber blankets must be secured in place with wire staples. Staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. Coconut fiber mesh is a thin permeable membrane made from coconut or corn fiber that is spun into a yarn and woven into a biodegradable mat. It is designed to be used in conjunction with vegetation and typically has longevity of several years. The material is supplied in rolled strips, which must be secured to the soil with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 Straw coconut fiber blanket should be machine produced mats of 70 percent straw and 30 percent coconut fiber with a biodegradable netting top layer and a biodegradable bottom net. The straw and coconut fiber should be attached to the netting with biodegradable thread or glue strips. The straw coconut fiber blanket should be of consistent thickness. The straw and coconut fiber should be evenly distributed over the entire area of the blanket. Straw coconut fiber blanket should be furnished in rolled strips a minimum of 6.5 ft wide, a minimum of Bo ft long and a minimum of 0.5 lb/yd 2. Straw coconut fiber blankets must be secured in place with wire staples. Staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. ■ Non-biodegradable RECPs are typically composed of polypropylene, polyethylene, nylon or other synthetic fibers. In some cases, a combination of biodegradable and synthetic fibers is used to construct the RECP. Netting used to hold these fibers together is typically non- biodegradable as well. Plastic netting is a lightweight biaxially oriented netting designed for securing loose mulches like straw or paper to soil surfaces to establish vegetation. The netting is photodegradable. The netting is supplied in rolled strips, which must be secured with U- shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Plastic mesh is an open weave geotextile that is composed of an extruded synthetic fiber woven into a mesh with an opening size ofless than ¼ in. It is used with re- vegetation or may be used to secure loose fiber such as straw to the ground. The material is supplied in rolled strips, which must be secured to the soil with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Synthetic fiber with netting is a mat that is composed of durable synthetic fibers treated to resist chemicals and ultraviolet light. The mat is a dense, three dimensional mesh of synthetic (typically polyolefin) fibers stitched between two polypropylene nets. The mats are designed to be re-vegetated and provide a permanent composite system of soil, roots, and geomatrix. The material is furnished in rolled strips, which must be secured with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Bonded synthetic fibers consist of a three dimensional geomatrix nylon (or other synthetic) matting. Typically it has more than 90 percent open area, which facilitates root growth. It's tough root reinforcing system anchors vegetation and protects against hydraulic lift and shear forces created by high volume discharges. It can be installed over prepared soil, followed by seeding into the mat. Once vegetated, it becomes an invisible composite system of soil, roots, and geomatrix. The material is furnished in rolled strips that must be secured with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Combination synthetic and biodegradable RECPs consist of biodegradable fibers, such as wood fiber or coconut fiber, with a heavy polypropylene net stitched to the top and a high strength continuous filament geomatrix or net stitched to the bottom. The material is designed to enhance re-vegetation. The material is furnished in rolled strips, July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 which must be secured with U-shaped staples or stakes in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Site Preparation ■ Proper soil preparation is essential to ensure complete contact of the RECP with the soil. Soil Roughening is not recommended in areas where RECPs will be installed. ■ Grade and shape the area of installation. ■ Remove all rocks, clods, vegetation or other obstructions so that the installed blankets or mats will have complete, direct contact with the soil. ■ Prepare seedbed by loosening 2 to 3 in. of topsoil. Seeding/Planting Seed the area before blanket installation for erosion control and re-vegetation. Seeding after mat installation is often specified for turf reinforcement application. When seeding prior to blanket installation, all areas disturbed during blanket installation must be re-seeded. Where soil filling is specified for turf reinforcement mats (TRMs), seed the matting and the entire disturbed area after installation and prior to filling the mat with soil. Fertilize and seed in accordance with seeding specifications or other types oflandscaping plans. The protective matting can be laid over areas where grass has been planted and the seedlings have emerged. Where vines or other ground covers are to be planted, lay the protective matting first and then plant through matting according to design of planting. Check Slots Check slots shall be installed as required by the manufacturer. Laying and Securing Matting ■ Before laying the matting, all check slots should be installed and the seedbed should be friable, made free from clods, rocks, and roots. The surface should be compacted and finished according to the requirements of the manufacturer's recommendations. ■ Mechanical or manual lay down equipment should be capable of handling full rolls of fabric and laying the fabric smoothly without wrinkles or folds. The equipment should meet the fabric manufacturer's recommendations or equivalent standards. Anchoring ■ U-shaped wire staples, metal geotextile stake pins, or triangular wooden stakes can be used to anchor mats and blankets to the ground surface. ■ Wire staples should be made of minimum 11 gauge steel wire and should be U-shaped with 8 in. legs and 2 in. crown. ■ Metal stake pins should be 0.188 in. diameter steel with a 1.5 in. steel washer at the head of the pin, and 8 in. in length. ■ Wire staples and metal stakes should be driven flush to the soil surface. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 Installation on Slopes Installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. In general, these will be as follows: ■ Begin at the top of the slope and anchor the blanket in a 6 in. deep by 6 in. wide trench. Backfill trench and tamp earth firmly. ■ Unroll blanket down slope in the direction of water flow. ■ Overlap the edges of adjacent parallel rolls 2 to 3 in. and staple every 3 ft (or greater, per manufacturer's specifications). ■ When blankets must be spliced, place blankets end over end (shingle style) with 6 in. overlap. Staple through overlapped area, approximately 12 in. apart. ■ Lay blankets loosely and maintain direct contact with the soil. Do not stretch. ■ Staple blankets sufficiently to anchor blanket and maintain contact with the soil. Staples should be placed down the center and staggered with the staples placed along the edges. Steep slopes, 1:1 (H:V) to 2:1 (H:V), require a minimum of 2 staples/yd 2. Moderate slopes, 2:1 (H:V) to 3:1 (H:V), require a minimum of 1 ½ staples/yd 2. Check manufacturer's specifications to determine if a higher density staple pattern is required. Installation in Channels Installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. In general, these will be as follows: ■ Dig initial anchor trench 12 in. deep and 6 in. wide across the channel at the lower end of the project area. ■ Excavate intermittent check slots, 6 in. deep and 6 in. wide across the channel at 25 to 30 ft intervals along the channels. ■ Cut longitudinal channel anchor trenches 4 in. deep and 4 in. wide along each side of the installation to bury edges of matting, whenever possible extend matting 2 to 3 in. above the crest of the channel side slopes. ■ Beginning at the downstream end and in the center of the channel, place the initial end of the first roll in the anchor trench and secure with fastening devices at 12 in. intervals. Note: matting will initially be upside down in anchor trench. ■ In the same manner, position adjacent rolls in anchor trench, overlapping the preceding roll a minimum of 3 in. ■ Secure these initial ends of mats with anchors at 12 in. intervals, backfill and compact soil. ■ Unroll center strip of matting upstream. Stop at next check slot or terminal anchor trench. Unroll adjacent mats upstream in similar fashion, maintaining a 3 in. overlap. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 7 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 ■ Fold and secure all rolls of matting snugly into all transverse check slots. Lay mat in the bottom of the slot then fold back against itself. Anchor through both layers of mat at 12 in. intervals, then backfill and compact soil. Continue rolling all mat widths upstream to the next check slot or terminal anchor trench. ■ Alternate method for non-critical installations: Place two rows of anchors on 6 in. centers at 25 to 30 ft. intervals in lieu of excavated check slots. ■ Staple shingled lap spliced ends a minimum of 12 in. apart on 12 in. intervals. ■ Place edges of outside mats in previously excavated longitudinal slots; anchor using prescribed staple pattern, backfill, and compact soil. ■ Anchor, fill, and compact upstream end of mat in a 12 in. by 6 in. terminal trench. ■ Secure mat to ground surface using U-shaped wire staples, geotextile pins, or wooden stakes. ■ Seed and fill turf reinforcement matting with soil, if specified. Soil Filling (if specified for turf reinforcement mat (TRM)) Installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Typical installation guidelines are as follows: ■ After seeding, spread and lightly rake ½-3/ 4 inches of fine topsoil into the TRM apertures to completely fill TRM thickness. Use backside of rake or other flat implement. ■ Alternatively, if allowed by product specifications, spread topsoil using lightweight loader, backhoe, or other power equipment. Avoid sharp turns with equipment. ■ Always consult the manufacturer's recommendations for installation. ■ Do not drive tracked or heavy equipment over mat. ■ Avoid any traffic over matting ifloose or wet soil conditions exist. ■ Use shovels, rakes, or brooms for fine grading and touch up. ■ Smooth out soil filling just exposing top netting of mat. Temporary Soil Stabilization Removal ■ Temporary soil stabilization removed from the site of the work must be disposed of if necessary. Costs Installed costs can be relatively high compared to other BMPs. Approximate costs for installed materials are shown below: July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 8 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 Rolled Erosion Control Products Installed Cost per Estimated Cost Acre (2004)1 per Acre (2009)2 Jute Mesh $6,000-$7,000 $6,600-$7,700 Curled Wood Fiber $8,000-$10,500 $8,800-$11,050 Straw $8,000-$10,500 $8,800-$11,050 Biodegradable Wood Fiber $8,000-$10,500 $8,800-$11,050 Coconut Fiber $13,000-$14,000 $14,300-$15,400 Coconut Fiber Mesh $30,000-$33,000 $33,000-$36,300 Straw Coconut Fiber $10,000-$12,000 $11,000-$13,200 Plastic Netting $2,000-$2,200 $2,200-$2,220 Plastic Mesh $3,000-$3,500 $3,300-$3,850 Non-Biodegradable Synthetic Fiber with Netting $34,000-$40,000 $37,400-$44,000 Bonded Synthetic Fibers $45,000-$55,000 $49,500-$60,500 Combination with Biodegradable $30,000-$36,000 $33,000-$39,600 1. Source: Cost information received from individual product manufacturers solicited by Geosyntec Consultants (2004). 2. 2009 costs reflect a 10% escalation over year 2004 costs. Escalation based on informal survey of industry trends. Note: Expected cost increase is offset by competitive economic conditions. Inspection and Maintenance ■ RECPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Areas where erosion is evident shall be repaired and BMPs reapplied as soon as possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs, as any area damaged will require reapplication of BMPs. ■ If washout or breakage occurs, re-install the material after repairing the damage to the slope or channel. ■ Make sure matting is uniformly in contact with the soil. ■ Check that all the lap joints are secure. ■ Check that staples are flush with the ground. References Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005 Erosion Control Pilot Study Report, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), June 2000. Guides for Erosion and Sediment Controls in California, USDA Soils Conservation Service, January 1991. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 9 of 12 Geotextiles and Mats EC-7 National Management Measures to Control Nonpoint Source Pollution from Urban Areas, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2002.,_ Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Guidance Document: Soil Stabilization for Temporary Slopes, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 1999. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for The Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 10 of 12 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales EC-9 At the top of slopes to divert runon from adjacent or undisturbed slopes At bottom and mid slope locations to intercept sheet flow and convey concentrated flows Divert sediment laden runoff into sediment basins or traps Limitations Dikes should not be used for drainage areas greater than 10 acres or along slopes greater than 10 percent. For larger areas more permanent drainage structures should be built. All drainage structures should be built in compliance with local municipal requirements. ■ Earth dikes may create more disturbed area on site and become barriers to construction equipment. ■ Earth dikes must be stabilized immediately, which adds cost and maintenance concerns. ■ Diverted stormwater may cause downstream flood damage. ■ Dikes should not be constructed of soils that may be easily eroded. ■ Regrading the site to remove the dike may add additional cost. ■ Temporary drains and swales or any other diversion of runoff should not adversely impact upstream or downstream properties. ■ Temporary drains and swales must conform to local floodplain management requirements. ■ Earth dikes/ drainage swales are not suitable as sediment trapping devices. ■ It may be necessary to use other soil stabilization and sediment controls such as check dams, plastics, and blankets, to prevent scour and erosion in newly graded dikes, swales, and ditches. ■ Sediment accumulation, scour depressions, and/or persistent non-stormwater discharges can result in areas of standing water suitable for mosquito production in drainage swales. Implementation The temporary earth dike is a berm or ridge of compacted soil, located in such a manner as to divert stormwater to a sediment trapping device or a stabilized outlet, thereby reducing the potential for erosion and offsite sedimentation. Earth dikes can also be used to divert runoff from off site and from undisturbed areas away from disturbed areas and to divert sheet flows away from unprotected slopes. An earth dike does not itself control erosion or remove sediment from runoff. A dike prevents erosion by directing runoff to an erosion control device such as a sediment trap or directing runoff away from an erodible area. Temporary diversion dikes should not adversely impact adjacent properties and must conform to local floodplain management regulations, and should not be used in areas with slopes steeper than 10%. Slopes that are formed during cut and fill operations should be protected from erosion by runoff. A combination of a temporary drainage swale and an earth dike at the top of a slope can divert November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 7 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales EC-9 runoff to a location where it can be brought to the bottom of the slope (see EC-11, Slope Drains). A combination dike and swale is easily constructed by a single pass of a bulldozer or grader and compacted by a second pass of the tracks or wheels over the ridge. Diversion structures should be installed when the site is initially graded and remain in place until post construction BMPs are installed and the slopes are stabilized. Diversion practices concentrate surface runoff, increasing its velocity and erosive force. Thus, the flow out of the drain or swale must be directed onto a stabilized area or into a grade stabilization structure. If significant erosion will occur, a swale should be stabilized using vegetation, chemical treatment, rock rip-rap, matting, or other physical means of stabilization. Any drain or swale that conveys sediment laden runoff must be diverted into a sediment basin or trap before it is discharged from the site. General ■ Care must be applied to correctly size and locate earth dikes, drainage swales. Excessively steep, unlined dikes, and swales are subject to erosion and gully formation. ■ Conveyances should be stabilized. ■ Use a lined ditch for high flow velocities. ■ Select flow velocity.based on careful evaluation of the risks due to erosion of the measure, soil types, overtopping, flow backups, washout, and drainage flow patterns for each project site. ■ Compact any fills to prevent unequal settlement. ■ Do not divert runoff onto other property without securing written authorization from the property owner. ■ When possible, install and utilize permanent dikes, swales, and ditches early in the construction process. ■ Provide stabilized outlets. Earth Dikes Temporary earth dikes are a practical, inexpensive BMP used to divert stormwater runoff. Temporary diversion dikes should be installed in the following manner: ■ All dikes should be compacted by earth moving equipment. ■ All dikes should have positive drainage to an outlet. ■ All dikes should have 2:1 or flatter side slopes, 18 in. minimum height, and a minimum top width of 24 in. Wide top widths and flat slopes are usually needed at crossings for construction traffic. ■ The outlet from the earth dike must function with a minimum of erosion. Runoff should be conveyed to a sediment trapping device such as a Sediment Trap (SE-3) or Sediment Basin November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 7 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales EC-9 (SE-2) when either the dike channel or the drainage area above the dike are not adequately stabilized. ■ Temporary stabilization may be achieved using seed and mulching for slopes less than 5% and either rip-rap or sod for slopes in excess of 5%. In either case, stabilization of the earth dike should be completed immediately after construction or prior to the first rain. ■ If riprap is used to stabilize the channel formed along the toe of the dike, the following typical specifications apply: Channel Grade Riprap Stabilization 0.5-1.0% 4 in. Rock 1.1-2.0% 6 in. Rock 2.1-4.0% 8 in. Rock 4.1-5.0% 8 in. -12 in. Riprap ■ The stone riprap, recycled concrete, etc. used for stabilization should be pressed into the soil with construction equipment. ■ Filter cloth may be used to cover dikes in use for long periods. ■ Construction activity on the earth dike should be kept to a minimum. Drainage Swales Drainage swales are only effective if they are properly installed. Swales are more effective than dikes because they tend to be more stable. The combination of a swale with a dike on the downhill side is the most cost effective diversion. Standard engineering design criteria for small open channel and closed conveyance systems should be used (see the local drainage design manual). Unless local drainage design criteria state otherwise, drainage swales should be designed as follows: ■ No more than 5 acres may drain to a temporary drainage swale. ■ Place drainage swales above or below, not on, a cut or fill slope. ■ Swale bottom width should be at least 2 ft ■ Depth of the swale should be at least 18 in. ■ Side slopes should be 2:1 or flatter. ■ Drainage or swales should be laid at a grade of at least 1 percent, but not more than 15 percent. ■ The swale must not be overtopped by the peak discharge from a 10-year storm, irrespective of the design criteria stated above. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 7 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales EC-9 ■ Remove all trees, stumps, obstructions, and other objectionable material from the swale when it is built. ■ Compact any fill material along the path of the swale. ■ Stabilize all swales immediately. Seed and mulch swales at a slope of less than 5 percent, and use rip-rap or sod for swales with a slope between 5 and 15 percent. For temporary swales, geotextiles and mats (EC-7) may provide immediate stabilization. ■ Irrigation may be required to establish sufficient vegetation to prevent erosion. ■ Do not operate construction vehicles across a swale unless a stabilized crossing is provided. ■ Permanent drainage facilities must be designed by a professional engineer (see the local drainage design criteria fo r proper design). ■ At a minimum, the drainage swale should conform to predevelopment drainage patterns and capacities. ■ Construct the drainage swale with a positive grade to a stabilized outlet. ■ Provide erosion protection or energy dissipation measures if the flow out of the drainage swale can reach an erosive velocity. Costs ■ Cost ranges from $15 to $55 per ft for both earthwork and stabilization and depends on availability of material, site location, and access. ■ Small dikes: $2.50 -$6.50/linear ft; Large dikes: $2.50/yd3. ■ The cost of a drainage swale increases with drainage area and slope. Typical swales for controlling internal erosion are inexpensive, as they are quickly formed during routine earthwork. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect BMPs prior to forecast rain, daily during extended rain events, after rain events, weekly during the rainy season, and at two-week intervals during the non-rainy season. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Inspect ditches and berms for washouts. Replace lost riprap, damaged linings or soil stabilizers as needed. ■ Inspect channel linings, embankments, and beds of ditches and berms for erosion and accumulation of debris and sediment. Remove debris and sediment and repair linings and embankments as needed. ■ Temporary conveyances should be completely removed as soon as the surrounding drainage area has been stabilized or at the completion of construction November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 7 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales EC-9 References Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, S.J. Goldman, K. Jackson, T.A. Bursetynsky, P.E., McGraw Hill Book Company, 1986. Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Metzger, M.E. 2004. Managing mosquitoes in stormwater treatment devices. University of California Division of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Publication 8125. On-line: http:// anrcatalog.ucdavis.edu/pdf/8125.pdf National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). Stormwater Runoff & Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Guide for Builders and Developers. National Association of Home Builders, Washington, D.C., 1995 National Management Measures to Control Nonpoint Source Pollution from Urban Areas, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2002. Southeastern Wisconsin Regional Planning Commission (SWRPC). Costs of Urban Nonpoint Source Water Pollution Control Measures. Technical Report No. 31. Southeastern Wisconsin Regional Planning Commission, Waukesha, WI. 1991 Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 7 Velocity Dissipation Devices · EC-10 ■ Sediment captured by the rock outlet protection may be difficult to remove without removing the rock. ■ Outlet protection may negatively impact the channel habitat. ■ Grouted riprap may break up in areas of freeze and thaw. ■ If there is not adequate drainage, and water builds up behind grouted riprap, it may cause the grouted riprap to break up due to the resulting hydrostatic pressure. ■ Sediment accumulation, scour depressions, and/or persistent non-stormwater discharges can result in areas of standing water suitable for mosquito production in velocity dissipation devices. Implementation General Outlet protection is needed where discharge velocities and energies at the outlets of culverts, conduits or channels are sufficient to erode the immediate downstream reach. This practice protects the outlet from developing small eroded pools (plange pools), and protects against gully erosion resulting from scouring at a culvert mouth. Design and Layout As with most channel design projects, depth of flow, roughness, gradient, side slopes, discharge rate, and velocity should be considered in the outlet design. Compliance to local and state regulations should also be considered while working in environmentally sensitive streambeds. General recommendations for rock size and length of outlet protection mat are shown in the rock outlet protection figure in this BMP and should be considered minimums. The apron length and rock size gradation are determined using a combination of the discharge pipe diameter and estimate discharge rate: Select the longest apron length and largest rock size suggested by the pipe size and discharge rate. Where flows are conveyed in open channels such as ditches and swales, use the estimated discharge rate for selecting the apron length and rock size. Flows should be same as the culvert or channel design flow but never the less than the peak s year flow for temporary structures planned for one rainy season, or the 10 year peak flow for temporary structures planned for two or three rainy seasons. ■ There are many types of energy dissipaters, with rock being the one that is represented in the attached figure. ■ Best results are obtained when sound, durable, and angular rock is used. ■ Install riprap, grouted riprap, or concrete apron at selected outlet. Riprap aprons are best suited for temporary use during construction. Grouted or wired tied rock riprap can minimize maintenance requirements. ■ Rock outlet protection is usually less expensive and easier to install than concrete aprons or energy dissipaters. It also serves to trap sediment and reduce flow velocities. ■ Carefully place riprap to avoid damaging the filter fabric. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of s Velocity Dissipation Devices EC-10 Stone 4 in. to 6 in. may be carefully dumped onto filter fabric from a height not to exceed 12 in. Stone 8 in. to 12 in. must be hand placed onto filter fabric, or the filter fabric may be covered with 4 in. of gravel and the 8 in. to 12 in. rock may be dumped from a height not to exceed 16 in. Stone greater than 12 in. shall only be dumped onto filter fabric protected with a layer of gravel with a thickness equal to one half the D5o rock size, and the dump height limited to twice the depth of the gravel protection layer thickness. ■ For proper operation of apron: Align apron with receiving stream and keep straight throughout its length. If a curve is needed to fit site conditions, place it in upper section of apron. ■ Outlets on slopes steeper than 10 percent should have additional protection. Costs Costs are low if material is readily available. If material is imported, costs will be higher. Average installed cost is $150 per device. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subjected to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. Minimize areas of standing water by removing sediment blockages and filling scour depressions. ■ Inspect apron for displacement of the riprap and damage to the underlying fabric. Repair fabric and replace riprap that has washed away. If riprap continues to wash away, consider using larger material. ■ Inspect for scour beneath the riprap and around the outlet. Repair damage to slopes or underlying filter fabric immediately. ■ Temporary devices should be completely removed as soon as the surrounding drainage area has been stabilized or at the completion of construction. References County of Sacramento Improvement Standards, Sacramento County, May 1989. Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, S.J. Goldman, K. Jackson, T.A. Bursztynsky, P.E., McGraw Hill Book Company, 1986. Handbook of Steel Drainage & Highway Construction, American Iron and Steel Institute, 1983. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 5 Velocity Dissipation Devices EC-10 Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Metzger, M.E. 2004. Managing mosquitoes in stormwater treatment devices. University of California Division of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Publication 8125. On-line: http:// anrcatalog.ucdavis.edu/pdf/8125.pdf Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, state of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 4 of 5 Soil Preparation/Roughening EC-15 ■ Along any disturbed slopes, including temporary stockpiles, sediment basins, or compacted soil diversion berms and swales. ■ Roughening should be used in combination with hydraulically applied stabilization methods, compost blanket, or straw mulch; but should not be used in combination with RECPs or sod because roughening is intended to leave terraces on the slope. Limitations ■ Preparation and roughening must take place prior to installing other erosion controls (such as hydraulically applied stabilizers) or sediment controls (such as fiber rolls) on the faces of slopes. ■ In such cases where slope preparation is minimal, erosion control/revegetation BMPs that do not require extensive soil preparation -such as hydraulic mulching and seeding applications -should be employed. ■ Consideration should be given to the type of erosion control BMP that follows surface preparation, as some BMPs are not designed to be installed over various types of tillage/roughening, i.e., RECPs (erosion control blankets) should not be used with soil roughening due to a ''bridging" effect, which suspends the blanket above the seed bed. ■ Surface roughness has an effect on the amount of mulch material that needs to be applied, which shows up as a general increase in mulch material due to an increase in surface area (Topographic Index -see EC-3 Hydraulic Mulching). Implementation ■ Additional guidance on the comparison and selection of temporary slope stabilization methods is provided in Appendix F of the Handbook. General A roughened surface can significantly reduce erosion. Based on tests done at the San Diego State Erosion Research Laboratory, various roughening techniques on slopes can result in a 12 - 76% reduction in the erosion rate versus smooth slopes. Materials Minimal materials are required unless amendments and/or seed are added to the soil. The majority of soil roughening/preparation can be done with equipment that is on hand at a normal construction site, such as bull dozers and compaction equipment. Installation Guidelines Soil Preparation ■ Where appropriate or feasible, soil should be prepared to receive the seed by disking or otherwise scarifying the surface to eliminate crust, improve air and water infiltration and create a more favorable environment for germination and growth. ■ Based upon soil testing conducted, apply additional soil amendments (e.g. fertilizers, additional seed) to the soil to help with germination. Follow EC-4, Hydroseeding, when selecting and applying seed and fertilizers. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 4 Soil Preparation/Roughening EC-15 Cut Slope Roughening: ■ Stair-step grade or groove the cut slopes that are steeper than 3:1. ■ Use stair-step grading on any erodible material soft enough to be ripped with a bulldozer. Slopes consisting of soft rock with some subsoil are particularly suited to stair-step grading. ■ Make the vertical cut distance less than the horizontal distance, and slightly slope the horizontal position of the "step" in toward the vertical wall. ■ Do not make individual vertical cuts more than 2 feet (o.6 m) high in soft materials or more than 3 feet (0.9 m) high in rocky materials. ■ Groove the slope using machinery to create a series of ridges and depressions that run across the slope, on the contour. Fill Slope Roughening: ■ Place on fill slopes with a gradient steeper than 3:1 in lifts not to exceed 8 inches (0.2 m), and make sure each lift is properly compacted. ■ Ensure that the face of the slope consists of loose, uncompacted fill 4-6 inches ( 0 .1-0.2 m) deep. ■ Use grooving or tracking to roughen the face of the slopes, if necessary. ■ Do not blade or scrape the final slope face. Roughening for Slopes to be Mowed: ■ Slopes which require mowing activities should not be steeper than 3:1. ■ Roughen these areas to shallow grooves by track walking, scarifying, sheepsfoot rolling, or imprinting. ■ Make grooves close together (less than 10 inches), and not less than 1 inch deep, and perpendicular to the direction of runoff (i.e., parallel to the slope contours). ■ Excessive roughness is undesirable where mowing is planned. Roughening With Tracked Machinery: ■ Limit roughening with tracked machinery to soils with a sandy textural component to avoid undue compaction of the soil surface. ■ Operate tracked machinery up and down the slope to leave horizontal depressions in the soil. Do not back-blade during the final grading operation. ■ Seed and mulch roughened areas as soon as possible to obtain optimum seed germination and growth. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Soil Preparation/Roughening EC-15 Costs Costs are based on the additional labor of tracking or preparation of the slope plus the cost of any required soil amendment materials. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated • project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Check the seeded slopes for signs of erosion such as rills and gullies. Fill these areas slightly above the original grade, then reseed and mulch as soon as possible. ■ Inspect BMPs weekly during normal operations, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. References Soil Stabilization BMP Research for Erosion and Sediment Controls: Cost Survey Technical Memorandum, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), July 2007. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Silt Fence SE-1 ■ The maximum length of slope draining to any point along the silt fence should be 100 ft per foot of silt fence. ■ Turn the ends of the filter fence uphill to prevent stormwater from flowing around the fence. ■ Leave an undisturbed or stabilized area immediately down slope from the fence where feasible. ■ Silt fences should remain in place until the disturbed area draining to the silt fence is permanently stabilized, after which, the silt fence fabric and posts should be removed and properly disposed. ■ J-Hooks, which have ends turning up the slope to break up long runs of fence and provide multiple storage areas that work like mini-retention areas, may be used to increase the effectiveness of silt fence. ■ Be aware oflocal regulations regarding the type and installation requirements of silt fence, which may differ from those presented in this fact sheet. Design and Layout In areas where high winds are anticipated the fence should be supported by a plastic or wire mesh. The geotextile fabric of the silt fence should contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide longevity equivalent to the project life or replacement schedule. ■ Layout in accordance with the attached figures. ■ For slopes that contain a high number of rocks or large dirt clods that tend to dislodge, it may be necessary to protect silt fence from rocks (e.g., rockfall netting) ensure the integrity of the silt fence installation. Standard vs. Heavy Duty Silt Fence Standard Silt Fence ■ Generally applicable in cases where the area draining to fence produces moderate sediment loads. Heavy Duty Silt Fence ■ Heavy duty silt fence usually has 1 or more of the following characteristics, not possessed by standard silt fence. o Fabric is reinforced with wire backing or additional support. o Posts are spaced closer than pre-manufactured, standard silt fence products. ■ Use is generally limited to areas affected by high winds. ■ Area draining to fence produces moderate sediment loads. Materials Standard Silt Fence ■ Silt fence material should be woven geotextile with a minimum width of 36 in. The fabric should conform to the requirements in ASTM designation D6461. ■ Wooden stakes should be commercial quality lumber of the size and shape shown on the plans. Each stake should be free from decay, splits or cracks longer than the July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 9 Silt Fence SE-1 thickness of the stake or other defects that would weaken the stakes and cause the stakes to be structurally unsuitable. ■ Staples used to fasten the fence fabric to the stakes should be not less than 1. 75 in. long and should be fabricated from 15 gauge or heavier wire. The wire used to fasten the tops of the stakes together when joining two sections of fence should be 9 gauge or heavier wire. Galvanizing of the fastening wire will not be required. Heavy-Duty Silt Fence ■ Some silt fence has a wire backing to provide additional support, and there are products that may use prefabricated plastic holders for the silt fence and use metal posts instead of wood stakes. Installation Guidelines -Traditional Method Silt fences are to be constructed on a level contour. Sufficient area should exist behind the fence for ponding to occur without flooding or overtopping the fence. ■ A trench should be excavated approximately 6 in. wide and 6 in. deep along the line of the proposed silt fence (trenches should not be excavated wider or deeper than necessary for proper silt fence installation). ■ Bottom of the silt fence should be keyed-in a minimum of 12 in. ■ Posts should be spaced a maximum of 6 ft apart and driven securely into the ground a minimum of 18 in. or 12 in. below the bottom of the trench. ■ When standard strength geotextile is used, a plastic or wire mesh support fence should be fastened securely to the upslope side of posts using heavy-duty wire staples at least 1 in. long. The mesh should extend into the trench. ■ When extra-strength geotextile and closer post spacing are used, the mesh support fence may be eliminated. ■ Woven geotextile should be purchased in a long roll, then cut to the length of the barrier. When joints are necessary, geotextile should be spliced together only at a support post, with a minimum 6 in. overlap and both ends securely fastened to the post. ■ The trench should be backfilled with native material and compacted. ■ Construct the length of each reach so that the change in base elevation along the reach does not exceed 1/3 the height of the barrier; in no case should the reach exceed 500 ft. ■ Cross barriers should be a minimum of 1/ 3 and a maximum of½ the height of the linear barrier. ■ See typical installation details at the end of this fact sheet. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 9 Silt Fence SE-1 Installation Guidelines -Static Slicing Method ■ Static Slicing is defined as insertion of a narrow blade pulled behind a tractor, similar to a plow blade, at least 10 inches into the soil while at the same time pulling silt geotextile fabric into the ground through the opening created by the blade to the depth of the blade. Once the geotextile is installed, the soil is compacted using tractor tires. ■ This method will not work with pre-fabricated, wire backed silt fence. ■ Benefits: o Ease of installation (most often done with a 2 person crew). o Minimal soil disturbance. o Better level of compaction along fence, less susceptible to undercutting o Uniform installation. ■ Limitations: o Does not work in shallow or rocky soils. o Complete removal of geotextile material after use is difficult. o Be cautious when digging near potential underground utilities. Costs ■ It should be noted that costs vary greatly across regions due to available supplies and labor costs. ■ Average annual cost for installation using the traditional silt fence installation method (assumes 6 month useful life) is $7 per linear foot based on vendor research. Range of cost is $3.50 -$9.10 per linear foot. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Repair undercut silt fences. ■ Repair or replace split, torn, slumping, or weathered fabric. The lifespan of silt fence fabric is generally s to 8 months. ■ Silt fences that are damaged and become unsuitable for the intended purpose should be removed from the site of work, disposed, and replaced with new silt fence barriers. ■ Sediment that accumulates in the BMP should be periodically removed in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when the sediment accumulation reaches 1/3 of the barrier height. ■ Silt fences should be left in place until the upgradient area is permanently stabilized. Until then, the silt fence should be inspected and maintained regularly. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www .casqa.org 5 of 9 Silt Fence SE-1 ■ Remove silt fence when upgradient areas are stabilized. Fill and compact post holes and anchor trench, remove sediment accumulation, grade fence alignment to blend with adjacent ground, and stabilize disturbed area. References Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Monitoring Data on Effectiveness of Sediment Control Techniques, Proceedings of World Water and Environmental Resources Congress, Barrett M. and Malina J . 2004. National Management Measures to Control Nonpoint Source Pollution from Urban Areas, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2002. Proposed Guidance Specifying Management Measures for Sources of Non point Pollution in Coastal Waters, Work Group-Working Paper, USEPA, April 1992. Sedimentation and Erosion Control Practices, and Inventory of Current Practices (Draft), USEPA, 1990. Southeastern Wisconsin Regional Planning Commission (SWRPC). Costs of Urban Nonpoint Source Water Pollution Control Measures. Technical Report No. 31. Southeastern Wisconsin Regional Planning Commission, Waukesha, WI. 1991. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management Manual for The Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Department of Ecology, Public Review Draft, 1991. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). Stormwater Best Management Practices: Silt Fences. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC, 2012. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). Stormwater Management for Industrial Activities: Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC, 1992. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. Soil Stabilization BMP Research for Erosion and Sediment Controls: Cost Survey Technical Memorandum, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), July 2007. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 9 Sediment Trap SE-3 placed where sediment-laden stormwater may enter a storm drain or watercourse. SE-2, Sediment Basins, must be used for drainage areas greater than 5 acres. ■ As a supplemental control, sediment traps provide additional protection for a water body or for reducing sediment before it enters a drainage system. Limitations ■ Requires large surface areas to permit infiltration and settling of sediment. ■ Not appropriate for drainage areas greater than 5 acres. ■ Only removes large and medium sized particles and requires upstream erosion control. ■ Attractive and dangerous to children, requiring protective fencing. ■ Conducive to vector production. ■ Should not be located in live streams. Implementation Design A sediment trap is a small temporary ponding area, usually with a gravel outlet, formed by excavation or by construction of an earthen embankment. Its purpose is to collect and store sediment from sites cleared or graded during construction. It is intended for use on small drainage areas with no unusual drainage features and projected for a quick build-out time. It should help in removing coarse sediment from runoff. The trap is a temporary measure with a design life of approximately six months to one year and is to be maintained until the site area is permanently protected against erosion by vegetation and/ or structures. Sediment traps should be used only for small drainage areas. If the contributing drainage area is greater than 5 acres, refer to SE-2, Sediment Basins, or subdivide the catchment area into smaller drainage basins. Sediment usually must be removed from the trap after each rainfall event. The SWPPP should detail how this sediment is to be disposed, such as in fill areas onsite, or removal to an approved offsite dump. Sediment traps used as perimeter controls should be installed before any land disturbance takes place in the drainage area. Sediment traps are usually small enough that a failure of the structure would not result in a loss of life, damage to home or buildings, or interruption in the use of public roads or utilities. However, sediment traps are attractive to children and can be dangerous. The following recommendations should be implemented to reduce risks: ■ Install continuous fencing around the sediment trap or pond. Consult local ordinances regarding requirements for maintaining health and safety. ■ Restrict basin side slopes to 3:1 or flatter. Sediment trap size depends on the type of soil, size of the drainage area, and desired sediment removal efficiency (see SE-2, Sediment Basin). As a rule of thumb, the larger the basin volume January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 6 Sediment Trap SE-3 the greater the sediment removal efficiency. Sizing criteria are typically established under the local grading ordinance or equivalent. The runoff volume from a 2-year storm is a common design criteria for a sediment trap. The sizing criteria below assume that this runoff volume is 0.042 acre-ft/acre (0.5 in. of runoff). While the climatic, topographic, and soil type extremes make it difficult to establish a statewide standard, the following criteria should trap moderate to high amounts of sediment in most areas of California: ■ Locate sediment traps as near as practical to areas producing the sediment. ■ Trap should be situated according to the following criteria: (1) by excavating a suitable area or where a low embankment can be constructed across a swale, (2) where failure would not cause loss oflife or property damage, and (3) to provide access for maintenance, including sediment removal and sediment stockpiling in a protected area. ■ Trap should be sized to accommodate a settling zone and sediment storage zone with recommended minimum volumes of 67 yd3/acre and 33 yd3/acre of contributing drainage area, respectively, based on 0.5 in. of runoff volume over a 24-hour period. In many cases, the size of an individual trap is limited by available space. Multiple traps or additional volume may be required to accommodate specific rainfall, soil, and site conditions. ■ Traps with an impounding levee greater than 4.5 ft tall, measured from the lowest point to the impounding area to the highest point of the levee, and traps capable of impounding more than 35,000 ft3, should be designed by a Registered Civil Engineer. The design should include maintenance requirements, including sediment and vegetation removal, to ensure continuous function of the trap outlet and bypass structures. ■ The outlet pipe or open spillway must be designed to convey anticipated peak flows. ■ Use rock or vegetation to protect the trap outlets against erosion. ■ Fencing should be provided to prevent unauthorized entry. Installation Sediment traps can be constructed by excavating a depression in the ground or creating an impoundment with a small embankment. Sediment traps should be installed outside the area being graded and should be built prior to the start of the grading activities or removal of vegetation. To minimize the area disturbed by them, sediment traps should be installed in natural depressions or in small swales or drainage ways. The following steps must be followed during installation: ■ The area under the embankment must be cleared, grubbed, and stripped of any vegetation and root mat. The pool area should be cleared. ■ The fill material for the embankment must be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as oversized stones, rocks, organic material, or other objectionable material. The embankment may be compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed. ■ All cut-and-fill slopes should be 3:1 or flatter. ■ When a riser is used, all pipe joints must be watertight. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 6 Sediment Trap SE-3 ■ When a riser is used, at least the top two-thirds of the riser should be perforated with 0.5 in. diameter holes spaced 8 in. vertically and 10 to 12 in. horizontally. See SE-2, Sediment Basin. ■ When an earth or stone outlet is used, the outlet crest elevation should be at least 1 ft below the top of the embankment. ■ When crushed stone outlet is used, the crushed stone used in the outlet should meet AASHTO M43, size No. 2 or 24, or its equivalent such as MSHA No. 2. Gravel meeting the above gradation may be used if crushed stone is not available. Costs Average annual cost per installation and maintenance (18 month useful life) is $0.73 per ft3 ($1,300 per drainage acre). Maintenance costs are approximately 20% of installation costs. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect outlet area for erosion and stabilize if required. ■ Inspect trap banks for seepage and structural soundness, repair as needed. ■ Inspect outlet structure and spillway for any damage or obstructions. Repair damage and remove obstructions as needed. ■ Inspect fencing for damage and repair as needed. ■ Inspect the sediment trap for area of standing water during every visit. Corrective measures should be taken if the BMP does not dewater completely in 96 hours or less to prevent vector production. ■ Sediment that accumulates in the BMP must be periodically removed in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when the sediment accumulation reaches one-third of the trap capacity. Sediment removed during maintenance may be incorporated into earthwork on the site or disposed of at an appropriate location. ■ Remove vegetation from the sediment trap when first detected to prevent pools of standing water and subsequent vector production. ■ BMPs that require dewatering shall be continuously attended while dewatering takes place. Dewatering BMPs per NS-2 shall be implemented at all times during dewatering activities. References Brown, W., and T. Schueler. The Economics of Stormwater BMPs in the Mid-Atlantic Region. Prepared for Chesapeake Research Consortium, Edgewater, MD, by the Center for Watershed Protection, Ellicott City, MD, 1997. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 6 Sediment Trap SE-3 Draft -Sedimentation and Erosion Control, an Inventory of Current Practices, USEPA, April 1990. Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Metzger, M.E., D.F. Messer, C.L. Beitia, C.M. Myers, and V.L. Kramer, The Dark Side of Stormwater Runoff Management: Disease Vectors Associated with Structural BMPs, 2002. National Management Measures to Control Nonpoint Source Pollution from Urban Areas, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2002. Proposed Guidance Specifying Management Measures for Sources ofNonpoint Pollution in Coastal Waters, Work Group-Working Paper, USEPA, April 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management Manual for The Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Department of Ecology, Public Review Draft, 1991. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). Guidance Specifying Management Measures for Nonpoint Pollution in Coastal Waters. EPA 840-B-9-002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC, 1993. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 6 Check Dams SE-4 Limitations ■ Not to be used in live streams or in channels with extended base flows. ■ Not appropriate in channels that drain areas greater than 10 acres. ■ Not appropriate in channels that are already grass-lined unless erosion potential or sediment-laden flow is expected, as installation may damage vegetation. ■ Require extensive maintenance following high velocity flows. ■ Promotes sediment trapping which can be re-suspended during subsequent storms or removal of the check dam. ■ Do not construct check dams with straw bales or silt fence. ■ Water suitable for mosquito production may stand behind check dams, particularly if subjected to daily non-stormwater discharges. Implementation General Check dams reduce the effective slope and create small pools in swales and ditches that drain 10 acres or less. Using check dams to reduce channel slope reduces the velocity of stormwater flows, thus reducing erosion of the swale or ditch and promoting sedimentation. Thus, check dams are dual-purpose and serve an important role as erosion controls as well as as sediment controls. Note that use of 1-2 isolated check dams for sedimentation will likely result in little net removal of sediment because of the small detention time and probable scour during longer storms. Using a series of check dams will generally increase their effectiveness. A sediment trap (SE-3) may be placed immediately upstream of the check dam to increase sediment removal efficiency. Design and Layout Check dams work by decreasing the effective slope in ditches and swales. An important consequence of the reduced slope is a reduction in capacity of the ditch or swale. This reduction in capacity should be considered when using this BMP, as reduced capacity can result in overtopping of the ditch or swale and resultant consequences. In some cases, such as a "permanent" ditch or swale being constructed early and used as a "temporary" conveyance for construction flows, the ditch or swale may have sufficient capacity such that the temporary reduction in capacity due to check dams is acceptable. When check dams reduce capacities beyond acceptable limits, either: ■ Don't use check dams. Consider alternative BMPs, or. ■ Increase the size of the ditch or swale to restore capacity. Maximum slope and velocity reduction is achieved when the toe of the upstream dam is at the same elevation as the top of the downstream dam (see "Spacing Between Check Dams" detail at the end of this fact sheet). The center section of the dam should be lower than the edge sections (at least 6 inches), acting as a spillway, so that the check dam will direct flows to the center of July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www .casqa.org 2 of 7 Check Dams SE-4 the ditch or swale (see "Typical Rock Check Dam" detail at the end of this fact sheet). Bypass or side-cutting can occur if a sufficient spillway is not provided in the center of the dam. Check dams are usually constructed of rock, gravel bags, sandbags, and fiber rolls. A number of products can also be used as check dams (e.g. HDPE check dams, temporary silt dikes (SE-12)), and some of these products can be removed and reused. Check dams can also be constructed of logs or lumber, and have the advantage of a longer lifespan when compared to gravel bags, sandbags, and fiber rolls. Check dams should not be constructed from straw bales or silt fences, since concentrated flows quickly wash out these materials. Rock check dams are usually constructed of 8 to 12 in. rock. The rock is placed either by hand or mechanically, but never just dumped into the channel. The dam should completely span the ditch or swale to prevent washout. The rock used should be large enough to stay in place given the expected design flow through the channel. It is recommended that abutments be extended 18 in. into the channel bank. Rock can be graded such that smaller diameter rock (e.g. 2-4 in) is located on the upstream side of larger rock (holding the smaller rock in place); increasing residence time. Log check dams are usually constructed of 4 to 6 in. diameter logs, installed vertically. The logs should be embedded into the soil at least 18 in. Logs can be bolted or wired to vertical support logs that have been driven or buried into the soil. See fiber rolls, SE-5, for installation of fiber roll check dams. Gravel bag and sand bag check dams are constructed by stacking bags across the ditch or swale, shaped as shown in the drawings at the end of this fact sheet (see "Gravel Bag Check Dam" detail at the end of this fact sheet). Manufactured products, such as temporary silt dikes (SE-12), should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Installation typically requires anchoring or trenching of products, as well as regular maintenance to remove accumulated sediment and debris. If grass is planted to stabilize the ditch or swale, the check dam should be removed when the grass has matured (unless the slope of the swales is greater than 4%). The following guidance should be followed for the design and layout of check dams: ■ Install the first check dam approximately 16 ft from the outfall device and at regular intervals based on slope gradient and soil type. ■ Check dams should be placed at a distance and height to allow small pools to form between each check dam. ■ For multiple check dam installation, backwater from a downstream check dam should reach the toes of the upstream check dam. ■ A sediment trap provided immediately upstream of the check dam will help capture sediment. Due to the potential for this sediment to be resuspended in subsequent storms, the sediment trap should be cleaned following each storm event. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 7 Check Dams SE-4 ■ High flows (typically a 2-year storm or larger) should safely flow over the check dam without an increase in upstream flooding or damage to the check dam. ■ Where grass is used to line ditches, check dams should be removed when grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale. Materials ■ Rock used for check dams should typically be 8-12 in rock and be sufficiently sized to stay in place given expected design flows in the channel. Smaller diameter rock (e.g. 2 to 4 in) can be placed on the upstream side of larger rock to increase residence time. ■ Gravel bags used for check dams should conform to the requirements of SE-6, Gravel Bag Berms. ■ Sandbags used for check dams should conform to SE-8, Sandbag Barrier. ■ Fiber rolls used for check dams should conform to SE-5, Fiber Rolls. ■ Temporary silt dikes used for check dams should conform to SE-12, Temporary Silt Dikes. Installation ■ Rock should be placed individually by hand or by mechanical methods (no dumping of rock) to achieve complete ditch or swale coverage. ■ Tightly abut bags and stack according to detail shown in the figure at the end of this section (pyramid approach). Gravel bags and sandbags should not be stacked any higher than 3 ft. ■ Upper rows or gravel and sand bags shall overlap joints in lower rows. ■ Fiber rolls should be trenched in, backfilled, and firmly staked in place. ■ Install along a level contour. ■ HDPE check dams, temporary silt dikes, and other manufactured products should be used and installed per manufacturer specifications. Costs Cost consists of labor costs if materials are readily available (such as gravel on-site). If material must be imported, costs will increase. For other material and installation costs, see SE-5, SE-6, SE-8, SE-12, and SE-14. I nspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Replace missing rock, bags, rolls, etc. Replace bags or rolls that have degraded or have become damaged. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 7 Check Dams SE-4 ■ If the check dam is used as a sediment capture device, sediment that accumulates behind the BMP should be periodically removed in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when the sediment accumulation reaches one-third of the barrier height. ■ If the check dam is used as a grade control structure, sediment removal is not required as long as the system continues to control the grade. ■ Inspect areas behind check dams for pools of standing water, especially if subjected to daily non-stormwater discharges. ■ Remove accumulated sediment prior to permanent seeding or soil stabilization. ■ Remove check dam and accumulated sediment when check dams are no longer needed. References Draft -Sedimentation and Erosion Control, and Inventory of Current Practices, USEPA, April 1990. Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. Metzger, M.E. 2004. Managing mosquitoes in stormwater treatment devices. University of California Division of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Publication 8125. On-line: http:// anrcatalog. ucdavis.edu/pdf / 8125. pdf July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 7 Fiber Rolls SE-5 ■ Around temporary stockpiles. Limitations ■ Fiber rolls are not effective unless trenched in and staked. ■ Not intended for use in high flow situations. ■ Difficult to move once saturated. ■ If not properly staked and trenched in, fiber rolls could be transported by high flows. ■ Fiber rolls have a very limited sediment capture zone. ■ Fiber rolls should not be used on slopes subject to creep, slumping, or landslide. ■ Rolls typically function for 12-24 months depending upon local conditions. Implementation Fiber Roll Materials ■ Fiber rolls should be prefabricated. ■ Fiber rolls may come manufactured containing polyacrylamide (PAM), a flocculating agent within the roll. Fiber rolls impregnated with PAM provide additional sediment removal capabilities and should be used in areas with fine, clayey or silty soils to provide additional sediment removal capabilities. Monitoring may be required for these installations. ■ Fiber rolls are made from weed free rice straw, flax, or a similar agricultural material bound into a tight tubular roll by netting. ■ Typical fiber rolls vary in diameter from 9 in. to 20 in. Larger diameter rolls are available as well. Installation ■ Locate fiber rolls on level contours spaced as follows: Slope inclination of 4:1 (H:V) or flatter: Fiber rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 20 ft. Slope inclination between 4:1 and 2:1 (H:V): Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 15 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). Slope inclination 2:1 (H:V) or greater: Fiber Rolls should be placed at a maximum interval of 10 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective). ■ Prepare the slope before beginning installation. ■ Dig small trenches across the slope on the contour. The trench depth should be¼ to 1/3 of the thickness of the roll, and the width should equal the roll diameter, in order to provide area to backfill the trench. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 5 Fiber Rolls SE-5 ■ It is critical that rolls are installed perpendicular to water movement, and parallel to the slope contour. ■ Start building trenches and installing rolls from the bottom of the slope and work up. ■ It is recommended that pilot holes be driven through the fiber roll. Use a straight bar to drive holes through the roll and into the soil for the wooden stakes. ■ Turn the ends of the fiber roll up slope to prevent runoff from going around the roll. ■ Stake fiber rolls into the trench. Drive stakes at the end of each fiber roll and spaced 4 ft maximum on center. Use wood stakes with a nominal classification of o. 75 by o. 75 in. and minimum length of 24 in. ■ If more than one fiber roll is placed in a row, the rolls should be overlapped, not abutted. ■ See typical fiber roll installation details at the end of this fact sheet. Removal ■ Fiber rolls can be left in place or removed depending on the type of fiber roll and application (temporary vs. permanent installation). Typically, fiber rolls encased with plastic netting are used for a temporary application because the netting does not biodegrade. Fiber rolls used in a permanent application are typically encased with a biodegradeable material and are left in place. Removal of a fiber roll used in a permanent application can result in greater disturbance. ■ Temporary installations should only be removed when up gradient areas are stabilized per General Permit requirements, and/or pollutant sources no longer present a hazard. But, they should also be removed before vegetation becomes too mature so that the removal process does not disturb more soil and vegetation than is necessary. Costs Material costs for regular fiber rolls range from $20 -$30 per 25 ft roll. Material costs for PAM impregnated fiber rolls range between 7.00-$9.00 per linear foot, based upon vendor research. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Repair or replace split, torn, unraveling, or slumping fiber rolls. ■ If the fiber roll is used as a sediment capture device, or as an erosion control device to maintain sheet flows, sediment that accumulates in the BMP should be periodically removed July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 5 Fiber Rolls SE-5 in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when sediment accumulation reaches one-third the designated sediment storage depth. ■ If fiber rolls are used for erosion control, such a.s in a check dam, sediment removal should not be required as long as the system continues to control the grade. Sediment control BMPs will likely be required in conjunction with this type of application. ■ Repair any rills or gullies promptly. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 5 Gravel Bag Berm SE-6 At the top of slopes to divert runoff away from disturbed slopes. As chevrons (small check dams) across mildly sloped construction roads. For use check dam use in channels, see SE-4, Check Dams. Limitations ■ Gravel berms may be difficult to remove. ■ Removal problems limit their usefulness in landscaped areas. ■ Gravel bag berm may not be appropriate for drainage areas greater than 5 acres. ■ Runoff will pond upstream of the berm, possibly causing flooding if sufficient space does not exist. ■ Degraded gravel bags may rupture when removed, spilling contents. ■ Installation can be labor intensive. ■ Durability of gravel bags is somewhat limited and bags may need to be replaced when installation is required for longer than 6 months. ■ Easily damaged by construction equipment. ■ When used to detain concentrated flows, maintenance requirements increase. I mplementation General A gravel bag berm consists of a row of open graded gravel-filled bags placed on a level contour. When appropriately placed, a gravel bag berm intercepts and slows sheet flow runoff, causing temporary ponding. The temporary ponding allows sediment to settle. The open graded gravel in the bags is porous, which allows the ponded runoff to flow slowly through the bags, releasing the runoff as sheet flows. Gravel bag berms also interrupt the slope length and thereby reduce erosion by reducing the tendency of sheet flows to concentrate into rivulets, which erode rills, and ultimately gullies, into disturbed, sloped soils. Gravel bag berms are similar to sand bag barriers, but are more porous. Generally, gravel bag berms should be used in conjunction with temporary soil stabilization controls up slope to provide effective erosion and sediment control. Design and Layout ■ Locate gravel bag berms on level contours. ■ When used for slope interruption, the following slope/sheet flow length combinations apply: Slope inclination of 4:1 (H:V) or flatter: Gravel bags should be placed at a maximum interval of 20 ft, with the first row near the slope toe. Slope inclination between 4:1 and 2:1 (H:V): Gravel bags should be placed at a maximum interval of 15 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective), with the first row near the slope toe. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 4 Gravel Bag Berm SE-6 Slope inclination 2:1 (H:V) or greater: Gravel bags should be placed at a maximum interval of 10 ft. (a closer spacing is more effective), with the first row near the slope toe. ■ Turn the ends of the gravel bag barriers up slope to prevent runoff from going around the berm. ■ Allow sufficient space up slope from the gravel bag berm to allow ponding, and to provide room for sediment storage. ■ For installation near the toe of the slope, gravel bag barriers should be set back from the slope toe to facilitate cleaning. Where specific site conditions do not allow for a set-back, the gravel bag barrier may be constructed on the toe of the slope. To prevent flows behind the barrier, bags can be placed perpendicular to a berm to serve as cross barriers. ■ Drainage area should not exceed 5 acres. ■ In Non-Traffic Areas: Height = 18 in. maximum Top width = 24 in. minimum for three or more layer construction Top width = 12 in. minimum for one or two layer construction Side slopes= 2:1 (H:V) or flatter ■ In Construction Traffic Areas: Height = 12 in. maximum Top width = 24 in. minimum for three or more layer construction. Top width = 12 in. minimum for one or two layer construction. Side slopes= 2:1 (H:V) or flatter. ■ Butt ends of bags tightly. ■ On multiple row, or multiple layer construction, overlap butt joints of adjacent row and row beneath. ■ Use a pyramid approach when stacking bags. Materials ■ Bag Material: Bags should be woven polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide fabric or burlap, minimum unit weight of 4 ounces/yd2 , Mullen burst strength exceeding 300 lb/in2 in conformance with the requirements in ASTM designation D3786, and ultraviolet stability exceeding 70% in conformance with the requirements in ASTM designation D4355. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Gravel Bag Berm SE-6 ■ Bag Size: Each gravel-filled bag should have a length of 18 in., width of 12 in., thickness of 3 in., and mass of approximately 33 lbs. Bag dimensions are nominal, and may vary based on locally available materials. ■ Fill Material: Fill material should be 0.5 to 1 in. crushed rock, clean and free from clay, organic matter, and other deleterious material, or other suitable open graded, non-cohesive, porous gravel. Costs Material costs for gravel bags are average and are dependent upon material availability. $2.50- 3.00 per filled gravel bag is standard based upon vendor research. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Gravel bags exposed to sunlight will need to be replaced every two to three months due to degrading of the bags. ■ Reshape or replace gravel bags as needed. ■ Repair washouts or other damage as needed. ■ Sediment that accumulates in the BMP should be periodically removed in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when the sediment accumulation reaches one-third of the barrier height. ■ Remove gravel bag berms when no longer needed and recycle gravel fill whenever possible and properly dispose of bag material. Remove sediment accumulation and clean, re-grade, and stabilize the area. References Handbook of Steel Drainage and Highway Construction, American Iron and Steel Institute, 1983. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Pollution Plan Handbook, First Edition, State of California, Department of Transportation Division of New Technology, Materials and Research, October 1992. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Portal Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming SE-7 ■ Do not use kick brooms or sweeper attachments. These tend to spread the dirt rather than remove it. ■ If not mixed with debris or trash, consider incorporating the removed sediment back into the project Costs Rental rates for self-propelled sweepers vary depending on hopper size and duration of rental. Expect rental rates from $58/hour (3 yd3 hopper) to $88/hour (9 yd3 hopper), plus operator costs. Hourly production rates vary with the amount of area to be swept and amount of sediment. Match the hopper size to the area and expect sediment load to minimize time spent dumping. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ When actively in use, points of ingress and egress must be inspected daily. ■ When tracked or spilled sediment is observed outside the construction limits, it must be removed at least daily. More frequent removal, even continuous removal, may be required in some jurisdictions. ■ Be careful not to sweep up any unknown substance or any object that may be potentially hazardous. ■ Adjust brooms frequently; maximize efficiency of sweeping operations. ■ After sweeping is finished, properly dispose of sweeper wastes at an approved dumpsite. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), April 1, 2002 -March 31, 2003. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 2 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SE-10 other onsite sediment trapping techniques in conjunction with inlet protection. ■ Frequent maintenance is required. ■ Limit drainage area to 1 acre maximum. For drainage areas larger than 1 acre, runoff should be routed to a sediment-trapping device designed for larger flows. See BMPs SE-2, Sediment Basin, and SE-3, Sediment Traps. ■ Excavated drop inlet sediment traps are appropriate where relatively heavy flows are expected, and overflow capability is needed. Implementation General Inlet control measures presented in this handbook should not be used for inlets draining more than one acre. Runoff from larger disturbed areas should be first routed through SE-2, Sediment Basin or SE-3, Sediment Trap and/or used in conjunction with other drainage control, erosion control, and sediment control BMPs to protect the site. Different types of inlet protection are appropriate for different applications depending on site conditions and the type of inlet. Alternative methods are available in addition to the methods described/shown herein such as prefabricated inlet insert devices, or gutter protection devices. Design and Layout Identify existing and planned storm drain inlets that have the potential to receive sediment- laden surface runoff. Determine if storm drain inlet protection is needed and which method to use. ■ The key to successful and safe use of storm drain inlet protection devices is to know where runoff that is directed toward the inlet to be protected will pond or be diverted as a result of installing the protection device. Determine the acceptable location and extent of ponding in the vicinity of the drain inlet. The acceptable location and extent of ponding will influence the type and design of the storm drain inlet protection device. Determine the extent of potential runoff diversion caused by the storm drain inlet protection device. Runoff ponded by inlet protection devices may flow around the device and towards the next downstream inlet In some cases, this is acceptable; in other cases, serious erosion or downstream property damage can be caused by these diversions. The possibility of runoff diversions will influence whether or not storm drain inlet protection is suitable; and, if suitable, the type and design of the device. ■ The location and extent of ponding, and the extent of diversion, can usually be controlled through appropriate placement of the inlet protection device. In some cases, moving the inlet protection device a short distance upstream of the actual inlet can provide more efficient sediment control, limit ponding to desired areas, and prevent or control diversions. ■ Seven types of inlet protection are presented below. However, it is recognized that other effective methods and proprietary devices exist and may be selected. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SE-10 Silt Fence: Appropriate for drainage basins with less than a 5% slope, sheet flows, and flows under 0.5 cfs. Excavated Drop Inlet Sediment Trap: An excavated area around the inlet to trap sediment (SE-3). Gravel bag barrier: Used to create a small sediment trap upstream of inlets on sloped, paved streets. Appropriate for sheet flow or when concentrated flow may exceed 0.5 cfs, and where overtopping is required to prevent flooding. Block and Gravel Filter: Appropriate for flows greater than 0.5 cfs. Temporary Geotextile Storm drain Inserts: Different products provide different features. Refer to manufacturer details for targeted pollutants and additional features. Biofilter Bag Barrier: Used to create a small retention area upstream of inlets and can be located on pavement or soil. Biofilter bags slowly filter runoff allowing sediment to settle out. Appropriate for flows under 0 .5 cfs. Compost Socks: Allow filtered run-off to pass through the compost while retaining sediment and potentially other pollutants (SE-13). Appropriate for flows under 1.0 cfs. ■ Select the appropriate type of inlet protection and design as referred to or as described in this fact sheet. ■ Provide area around the inlet for water to pond without flooding structures and property. ■ Grates and spaces around all inlets should be sealed to prevent seepage of sediment-laden water. ■ Excavate sediment sumps (where needed) 1 to 2 ft with 2:1 side slopes around the inlet. Installation ■ DI Protection Type 1 -Silt Fence -Similar to constructing a silt fence; see BMP SE-1, Silt Fence. Do not place fabric underneath the inlet grate since the collected sediment may fall into the drain inlet when the fabric is removed or replaced and water flow through the grate will be blocked resulting in flooding. See typical Type 1 installation details at the end of this fact sheet. 1. Excavate a trench approximately 6 in. wide and 6 in. deep along the line of the silt fence inlet protection device. 2. Place 2 in. by 2 in. wooden stakes around the perimeter of the inlet a maximum of 3 ft apart and drive them at least 18 in. into the ground or 12 in. below the bottom of the trench. The stakes should be at least 48 in. 3. Lay fabric along bottom of trench, up side of trench, and then up stakes. See SE-1, Silt Fence, for details. The maximum silt fence height around the inlet is 24 in. 4. Staple the filter fabric (for materials and specifications, see SE-1, Silt Fence) to wooden stakes. Use heavy-duty wire staples at least 1 in. in length. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SE-10 5. Backfill the trench with gravel or compacted earth all the way around. ■ DI Protection Type 2 -Excavated Drop Inlet Sediment Trap -Install filter fabric fence in accordance with DI Protection Type 1. Size excavated trap to provide a minimum storage capacity calculated at the rate 67 yd3/acre of drainage area. See typical Type 2 installation details at the end of this fact sheet. ■ DI Protection Type 3 -Gravel bag -Flow from a severe storm should not overtop the curb. In areas of high clay and silts, use filter fabric and gravel as additional filter media. Construct gravel bags in accordance with SE-6, Gravel Bag Berm. Gravel bags should be used due to their high permeability. See typical Type 3 installation details at the end of this fact sheet. 1. Construct on gently sloping street. 2. Leave room upstream of barrier for water to pond and sediment to settle. 3. Place several layers of gravel bags -overlapping the bags and packing them tightly together. 4. Leave gap of one bag on the top row to serve as a spillway. Flow from a severe storm (e.g., 10 year storm) should not overtop the curb. ■ DI Protection Type 4 -Block and Gravel Filter -Block and gravel filters are suitable for curb inlets commonly used in residential, commercial, and industrial construction. See typical Type 4 installation details at the end of this fact sheet. 1. Place hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 0.5 in. openings over the drop inlet so that the wire extends a minimum of 1 ft beyond each side of the inlet structure. If more than one strip is necessary, overlap the strips. Place woven geotextile over the wire mesh. 2. Place concrete blocks lengthwise on their sides in a single row around the perimeter of the inlet, so that the open ends face outward, not upward. The ends of adjacent blocks should abut. The height of the barrier can be varied, depending on design needs, by stacking combinations of blocks that are 4 in., 8 in., and 12 in. wide. The row of blocks should be at least 12 in. but no greater than 24 in. high. 3. Place wire mesh over the outside vertical face (open end) of the concrete blocks to prevent stone from being washed through the blocks. Use hardware cloth or comparable wire mesh with 0.5 in. opening. 4. Pile washed stone against the wire mesh to the top of the blocks. Use 0.75 to 3 in. ■ DI Protection Type 5 -Temporary Geotextile Insert (proprietary) -Many types of temporary inserts are available. Most inserts fit underneath the grate of a drop inlet or inside of a curb inlet and are fastened to the outside of the grate or curb. These inserts are removable and many can be cleaned and reused. Installation of these inserts differs between manufacturers. Please refer to manufacturer instruction for installation of proprietary devices. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SE-10 ■ DI Protection Type 6 -Bio.filter bags -Biofilter bags may be used as a substitute for gravel bags in low-flow situations. Biofilter bags should conform to specifications detailed in SE-14, Biofilter bags. 1. Construct in a gently sloping area. 2. Biofilter bags should be placed around inlets to intercept runoff flows. 3. All bag joints should overlap by 6 in. 4. Leave room upstream for water to pond and for sediment to settle out. 5. Stake bags to the ground as described in the following detail. Stakes may be omitted if bags are placed on a paved surface. ■ DI Protection Type 7 -Compost Socks -A compost sock can be assembled on site by filling a mesh sock (e.g., with a pneumatic blower). Compost socks do not require special trenching compared to other sediment control methods (e.g., silt fence). Compost socks should conform to specification detailed in SE-13, Compost Socks and Berms. Costs ■ Average annual cost for installation and maintenance of DI Type 1-4 and 6 (one year useful life) is $200 per inlet. ■ Temporary geote:xtile inserts are proprietary and cost varies by region. These inserts can often be reused and may have greater than 1 year of use if maintained and kept undamaged. Average cost per insert ranges from $50-75 plus installation, but costs can exceed $100. This cost does not include maintenance. ■ See SE-13 for Compost Sock cost information. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Silt Fences. If the fabric becomes clogged, torn, or degrades, it should be replaced. Make sure the stakes are securely driven in the ground and are in good shape (i.e., not bent, cracked, or splintered, and are reasonably perpendicular to the ground). Replace damaged stakes. At a minimum, remove the sediment behind the fabric fence when accumulation reaches one-third the height of the fence or barrier height. ■ Gravel Filters. If the gravel becomes clogged with sediment, it should be carefully removed from the inlet and either cleaned or replaced. Since cleaning gravel at a construction site may be difficult, consider using the sediment-laden stone as fill material and put fresh stone around the inlet. Inspect bags for holes, gashes, and snags, and replace bags as needed. Check gravel bags for proper arrangement and displacement. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 10 Storm Drain Inlet Protection SE-10 ■ Sediment that accumulates in the BMP should be periodically removed in order to maintain BMP effectiveness. Sediment should be removed when the sediment accumulation reaches one-third of the barrier height. ■ Inspect and maintain temporary geotextile insert devices according to manufacturer's specifications. ■ Remove storm drain inlet protection once the drainage area is stabilized. Clean and regrade area around the inlet and clean the inside of the storm drain inlet, as it should be free of sediment and debris at the time of final inspection. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management Manual for The Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Department of Ecology, Public Review Draft, 1991. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 10 Wind Erosion Control WE-1 ■ Construction vehicle traffic on unpaved roads ■ Drilling and blasting activities ■ Soils and debris storage piles ■ Batch drop from front-end loaders ■ Areas with unstabilized soil ■ Final grading/site stabilization Limitations ■ Watering prevents dust only for a short period (generally less than a few hours) and should be applied daily (or more often) to be effective. ■ Over watering may cause erosion and track-out. ■ Oil or oil-treated subgrade should not be used for dust control because the oil may migrate into drainageways and/or seep into the soil. ■ Chemical dust suppression agents may have potential environmental impacts. Selected chemical dust control agents should be environmentally benign. ■ Effectiveness of controls depends on soil, temperature, humidity, wind velocity and traffic. ■ Chemical dust suppression agents should not be used within 100 feet of wetlands or water bodies. ■ Chemically treated subgrades may make the soil water repellant, interfering with long-term infiltration and the vegetation/re-vegetation of the site. Some chemical dust suppressants may be subject to freezing and may contain solvents and should be handled properly. ■ In compacted areas, watering and other liquid dust control measures may wash sediment or other constituents into the drainage system. ■ If the soil surface has minimal natural moisture, the affected area may need to be pre-wetted so that chemical dust control agents can uniformly penetrate the soil surface. Implementation Dust Control Practices Dust control BMPs generally stabilize exposed surfaces and minimize activities that suspend or track dust particles. The following table presents dust control practices that can be applied to varying site conditions that could potentially cause dust. For heavily traveled and disturbed areas, wet suppression (watering), chemical dust suppression, gravel asphalt surfacing, temporary gravel construction entrances, equipment wash-out areas, and haul truck covers can be employed as dust control applications. Permanent or temporary vegetation and mulching can be employed for areas of occasional or no construction traffic. Preventive measures include minimizing surface areas to be disturbed, limiting onsite vehicle traffic to 15 mph or less, and controlling the number and activity of vehicles on a site at any given time. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 5 Wind Erosion Control WE-1 Chemical dust suppressants include: mulch and fiber based dust palliatives (e.g. paper mulch with gypsum binder), salts and brines (e.g. calcium chloride, magnesium chloride), non- petroleum based organics (e.g. vegetable oil, lignosulfonate), petroleum based organics (e.g. asphalt emulsion, dust oils, petroleum resins), synthetic polymers (e.g. polyvinyl acetate, vinyls, acrylic), clay additives (e.g. bentonite, montimorillonite) and electrochemical products (e.g. enzymes, ionic products). • Dust Control Practices Site Wet Chemical Gravel Temporary Gravel Minimize Condition Permanent Mulching Suppression Dust Construction Synthetic E."tentof Vegetation or Entrances/Equipment Covers Disturbed (Watering) Suppression Asphalt WashDown Area Disturbed Areas not X X X X X X Subject to Traffic Disturbed Areas X X X X X Subject to Traffic Material X X X X X Stockpiles Demolition X X X Clearing/ Excavation X X X Truck Traffic on X X X X X Unpaved Roads Tracking X X Additional preventive measures include: ■ Schedule construction activities to minimize exposed area (see EC-1, Scheduling). ■ Quickly treat exposed soils using water, mulching, chemical dust suppressants, or stone/gravel layering. ■ Identify and stabilize key access points prior to commencement of construction. ■ Minimize the impact of dust by anticipating the direction of prevailing winds. ■ Restrict construction traffic to stabilized roadways within the project site, as practicable. ■ Water should be applied by means of pressure-type distributors or pipelines equipped with a spray system or hoses and nozzles that will ensure even distribution. ■ All distribution equipment should be equipped with a positive means of shutoff. ■ Unless water is applied by means of pipelines, at least one mobile unit should be available at all times to apply water or dust palliative to the project. ■ If reclaimed waste water is used, the sources and discharge must meet California Department of Health Services water reclamation criteria and the Regional Water Quality May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 5 Wind Erosion Control WE-1 Control Board (RWQCB) requirements. Non-potable water should not be conveyed in tanks or drain pipes that will be used to convey potable water and there should be no connection between potable and non-potable supplies. Non-potable tanks, pipes, and other conveyances should be marked, "NON-POTABLE WATER-DO NOT DRINK." ■ Pave or chemically stabilize access points where unpaved traffic surfaces adjoin paved roads. ■ Provide covers for haul trucks transporting materials that contribute to dust. ■ Provide for rapid clean up of sediments deposited on paved roads. Furnish stabilized construction road entrances and wheel wash areas. ■ Stabilize inactive areas of construction sites using temporary vegetation or chemical stabilization methods. For chemical stabilization, there are many products available for chemically stabilizing gravel roadways and stockpiles. If chemical stabilization is used, the chemicals should not create any adverse effects on stormwater, plant life, or groundwater and should meet all applicable regulatory requirements. Costs Installation costs for water and chemical dust suppression vary based on the method used and the length of effectiveness. Annual costs may be high since some of these measures are effective for only a few hours to a few days. I nspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Check areas protected to ensure coverage. ■ Most water-based dust control measures require frequent application, often daily or even multiple times per day. Obtain vendor or independent information on longevity of chemical dust suppressants. References Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Flood Control District of Maricopa County, Arizona, September 1992. California Air Pollution Control Laws, California Air Resources Board, updated annually. Construction Manual, Chapter 4, Section 10, "Dust Control"; Section 17, "Watering"; and Section 18, "Dust Palliative", California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), July 2001. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 5 Wind Erosion Control WE-1 Prospects for Attaining the State Ambient Air Quality Standards for Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10), Visibility Reducing Particles, Sulfates, Lead, and Hydrogen Sulfide, California Air Resources Board, April 1991. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. May 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 5 Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit TC-1 Implementation General A stabilized construction entrance is a pad of aggregate underlain with filter cloth located at any point where traffic will be entering or leaving a construction site to or from a public right of way, street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. The purpose of a stabilized construction entrance is to reduce or eliminate the tracking of sediment onto public rights of way or streets. Reducing tracking of sediments and other pollutants onto paved roads helps prevent deposition of sediments into local storm drains and production of airborne dust. Where traffic will be entering or leaving the construction site, a stabilized construction entrance should be used. NPDES permits require that appropriate measures be implemented to prevent tracking of sediments onto paved roadways, where a significant source of sediments is derived from mud and dirt carried out from unpaved roads and construction sites. Stabilized construction entrances are moderately effective in removing sediment from equipment leaving a construction site. The entrance should be built on level ground. Advantages of the Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit is that it does remove some sediment from equipment and serves to channel construction traffic in and out of the site at specified locations. Efficiency is greatly increased when a washing rack is included as part of a stabilized construction entrance/ exit. Design and Layout ■ Construct on level ground where possible. ■ Select 3 to 6 in. diameter stones. ■ Use minimum depth of stones of 12 in. or as recommended by soils engineer. ■ Construct length of 50 ft or maximum site will allow, and 10 ft minimum width or to accommodate traffic. ■ Rumble racks constructed of steel panels with ridges and installed in the stabilized entrance/exit will help remove additional sediment and to keep adjacent streets clean. ■ Provide ample turning radii as part of the entrance. ■ Limit the points of entrance/exit to the construction site. ■ Limit speed of vehicles to control dust. ■ Properly grade each construction entrance/ exit to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. ■ Route runoff from stabilized entrances/ exits through a sediment trapping device before discharge. ■ Design stabilized entrance/exit to support heaviest vehicles and equipment that will use it. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 6 Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit TC-1 ■ Select construction access stabilization (aggregate, asphaltic concrete, concrete) based on longevity, required performance, and site conditions. Do not use asphalt concrete (AC) grindings for stabilized construction access/roadway. ■ If aggregate is selected, place crushed aggregate over geotextile fabric to at least 12 in. depth, or place aggregate to a depth recommended by a geotechnical engineer. A crushed aggregate greater than 3 in. but smaller than 6 in. should be used. ■ Designate combination or single purpose entrances and exits to the construction site. ■ Require that all employees, subcontractors, and suppliers utilize the stabilized construction access. ■ Implement SE-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming, as needed. ■ All exit locations intended to be used for more than a two-week period should have stabilized construction entrance/ exit BMPs. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMPs are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect local roads adjacent to the site daily. Sweep or vacuum to remove visible accumulated sediment. ■ Remove aggregate, separate and dispose of sediment if construction entrance/exit is clogged with sediment. ■ Keep all temporary roadway ditches clear. ■ Check for damage and repair as needed. ■ Replace gravel material when surface voids are visible. ■ Remove all sediment deposited on paved roadways within 24 hours. ■ Remove gravel and filter fabric at completion of construction Costs Average annual cost for installation and maintenance may vary from $1,200 to $4,800 each, averaging $2,400 per entrance. Costs will increase with addition of washing rack, and sediment trap. With wash rack, costs range from $1,200 -$6,000 each, averaging $3,600 per entrance. References Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Association of Bay Area Governments, May 1995. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 6 Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit TC-1 National Management Measures to Control Nonpoint Source Pollution from Urban Areas, USEPAAgency, 2002. Proposed Guidance Specifying Management Measures for Sources of Nonpoint Pollution in Coastal Waters, Work Group Working Paper, USEPA, April 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management of the Puget Sound Basin, Technical Manual, Publication #91-75, Washington State Department of Ecology, February 1992. Virginia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Handbook, Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation, Division of Soil and Water Conservation, 1991. Guidance Specifying Management Measures for Nonpoint Pollution in Coastal Waters, EPA 840-B-9-002, USEPA, Office of Water, Washington, DC, 1993. Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahoe Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, November 1988. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 6 Water Conservation Practices NS-1 ■ Direct construction water runoff to areas where it can soak into the ground or be collected and reused. ■ Authorized non-stormwater discharges to the storm drain system, channels, or receiving waters are acceptable with the implementation of appropriate BMPs. ■ Lock water tank valves to prevent unauthorized use. Costs The cost is small to none compared to the benefits of conserving water. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of authorized non-stormwater discharges. ■ Inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges are occuring. ■ Repair water equipment as needed to prevent unintended discharges. Water trucks Water reservoirs (water buffalos) Irrigation systems Hydrant connections References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 2 Dewatering Operations NS-2 precipitation (stormwater) from depressed areas at a construction site. Stormwater mixed with non-stormwater should be managed as non-stormwater. Limitations ■ Dewatering operations will require, and should comply with applicable local and project- specific permits and regulations. In some areas, all dewatering activities, regardless of the discharge volume, require a dewatering permit. ■ Site conditions will dictate design and use of dewatering operations. ■ The controls discussed in this fact sheet primarily address sediment. Other secondary pollutant removal benefits are discussed where applicable. ■ The controls detailed in this fact sheet only allow for minimal settling time for sediment particles. Use only when site conditions restrict the use of the other control methods. ■ Avoid dewatering discharges where possible by using the water for dust control. Implementation ■ A Construction Site Monitoring Plan (CSMP) should be included in the project Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). ■ Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) Regions may require notification and approval prior to any discharge of water from construction sites. ■ The destination of discharge from dewatering activities will typically determine the type of permit required for the discharge. For example, when discharging to a water of the U.S., a dewatering permit may be required through the site's governing RWQCB. When discharging to a sanitary sewer or Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4), a permit may need to be obtained from the owner of the sanitary sewer or MS4 in addition to obtaining an RWQCB dewatering permit. Additional permits or permissions from other agencies may be required for dewatering cofferdams or diversions. ■ Dewatering discharges should not cause erosion at the discharge point. Appropriate BMPs should be implemented to maintain compliance with all applicable permits. ■ Maintain dewatering records in accordance with all local and project-specific permits and regulations. Sediment Treatment A variety of methods can be used to treat water during dewatering operations. Several devices are presented below and provide options to achieve sediment removal. The sediment particle size and permit or receiving water limitations on sediment or turbidity are key considerations for selecting sediment treatment option(s); in some cases, the use of multiple devices may be appropriate. Use of other enhanced treatment methods (i.e., introduction of chemicals or electric current to enhance flocculation and removal of sediment) must comply with: 1) for storm drain or surface water discharges, the requirements for Active Treatment Systems (see SE-11); or 2) for sanitary sewer discharges, the requirements of applicable sanitary sewer discharge permits. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 10 Dewatering Operations NS-2 Sediment Basin (see also SE-2) Description: ■ A sediment basin is a temporary basin with a controlled release structure that is formed by excavation or construction of an embankment to detain sediment-laden runoff and allow sediment to settle out before discharging. Sediment basins are generally larger than Sediment Traps (SE-3) and have a designed outlet structure. Appropriate Applications: ■ Effective for the removal of trash, gravel, sand, silt, some metals that settle out with the sediment. Implementation: ■ Excavation and construction of related facilities is required. ■ Temporary sediment basins should be fenced if safety is a concern. ■ Outlet protection is required to prevent erosion at the outfall location. Maintenance: ■ Maintenance is required for safety fencing, vegetation, embankment, inlet and outlet, as well as other features. ■ Removal of sediment is required when the storage volume is reduced by one-third. Sediment Trap (See also SE-3) Description: ■ A sediment trap is a temporary basin formed by excavation and/or construction of an earthen embankment across a waterway or low drainage area to detain sediment-laden runoff and allow sediment to settle out before discharging. Sediment traps are generally smaller than Sediment Basins (SE-2) and do not have a designed outlet (but do have a spillway or overflow). Appropriate Applications: Effective for the removal oflarge and medium sized particles (sand and gravel) and some metals that settle out with the sediment. Implementation: ■ Excavation and construction of related facilities is required. ■ Trap inlets should be located to maximize the travel distance to the trap outlet. ■ Use rock or vegetation to protect the trap outlets against erosion. Maintenance: ■ Maintenance is required for vegetation, embankment, inlet and outfall structures, as well as other features. ■ Removal of sediment is required when the storage volume is reduced by one-third. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 10 Dewatering Operations NS-2 ■ Inspect all equipment before use. Monitor dewatering operations to ensure they do not cause offsite discharge or erosion. ■ Sample dewatering discharges as required by the General Permit. ■ Unit-specific maintenance requirements are included with the description of each unit. ■ Sediment removed during the maintenance of a dewatering device may be either spread onsite and stabilized, or disposed of at a disposal site as approved by the owner. ■ Sediment that is commingled with other pollutants should be disposed of in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and as approved by the owner. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003; Updated March 2004. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. Labor Surcharge & Equipment Rental Rates, April 1, 2002 through March 31, 2003, California Department of Transportation (Caltrans). Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 10 of 10 Paving and Grinding Operations NS-3 Implementation General ■ Avoid paving during the wet season when feasible. ■ Reschedule paving and grinding activities if rain is forecasted. ■ Train employees and sub-contractors in pollution prevention and reduction. ■ Store materials away from drainage courses to prevent stormwater runon (see WM-1, Material Delivery and Storage). ■ Protect drainage courses, particularly in areas with a grade, by employing BMPs to divert runoff or to trap and filter sediment. ■ Stockpile material removed from roadways away from drain inlets, drainage ditches, and watercourses. These materials should be stored consistent with WM-3, Stockpile Management. ■ Disposal of PCC (Portland cement concrete) and AC (asphalt concrete) waste should be in conformance with WM-8, Concrete Waste Management. Saw Cutting, Grinding, and Pavement Removal ■ Shovel or vacuum saw-cut slurry and remove from site. Cover or barricade storm drains during saw cutting to contain slurry. ■ When paving involves AC, the following steps should be implemented to prevent the discharge of grinding residue, uncompacted or loose AC, tack coats, equipment cleaners, or unrelated paving materials: AC grindings, pieces, or chunks used in embankments or shoulder backing should not be allowed to enter any storm drains or watercourses. Install inlet protection and perimeter controls until area is stabilized (i.e. cutting, grinding or other removal activities are complete and loose material has been properly removed and disposed of)or permanent controls are in place. Examples of temporary perimeter controls can be found in EC-9, Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales; SE-1, Silt Fence; SE-5, Fiber Rolls, or SE-13 Compost Socks and Berms Collect and remove all broken asphalt and recycle when practical. Old or spilled asphalt should be recycled or disposed of properly. ■ Do not allow saw-cut slurry to enter storm drains or watercourses. Residue from grinding operations should be picked up by a vacuum attachment to the grinding machine, or by sweeping, should not be allowed to flow across the pavement, and should not be left on the surface of the pavement. See also WM-8, Concrete Waste Management, and WM-10, Liquid Waste Management. ■ Pavement removal activities should not be conducted in the rain. ■ Collect removed pavement material by mechanical or manual methods. This material may be recycled for use as shoulder backing or base material. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 5 Paving and Grinding Operations NS-3 ■ If removed pavement material cannot be recycled, transport the material back to an approved storage site. Asphaltic Concrete Paving ■ If paving involves asphaltic cement concrete, follow these steps: Do not allow sand or gravel placed over new asphalt to wash into storm drains, streets, or creeks. Vacuum or sweep loose sand and gravel and properly dispose of this waste by referring to WM-5, Solid Waste Management. Old asphalt should be disposed of properly. Collect and remove all broken asphalt from the site and recycle whenever possible. Portland Cement Concrete Paving ■ Do not wash sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete into a storm drain system. Collect waste materials by dry methods, such as sweeping or shoveling, and return to aggregate base stockpile or dispose of properly. Allow aggregate rinse to settle. Then, either allow rinse water to dry in a temporary pit as described in WM-8, Concrete Waste Management, or pump the water to the sanitary sewer if authorized by the local wastewater authority. Sealing Operations ■ During chip seal application and sweeping operations, petroleum or petroleum covered aggregate should not be allowed to enter any storm drain or water courses. Apply temporary perimeter controls until structure is stabilized (i.e. all sealing operations are complete and cured and loose materials have been properly removed and disposed). ■ Inlet protection (SE-10, Storm Drain Inlet Protection) should be used during application of seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, and fog seal. ■ Seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal should not be applied if rainfall is predicted to occur during the application or curing period. Paving Equipment ■ Leaks and spills from paving equipment can contain toxic levels of heavy metals and oil and grease. Place drip pans or absorbent materials under paving equipment when not in use. Clean up spills with absorbent materials and dispose of in accordance with the applicable regulations. See NS-10, Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance, WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control, and WM-10, Liquid Waste Management. ■ Substances used to coat asphalt transport trucks and asphalt spreading equipment should not contain soap and should be non-foaming and non-toxic. ■ Paving equipment parked onsite should be parked over plastic to prevent soil contamination. ■ Clean asphalt coated equipment offsite whenever possible. When cleaning dry, hardened asphalt from equipment, manage hardened asphalt debris as described in WM-5, Solid Waste Management. Any cleaning onsite should follow NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 5 Paving and Grinding Operations NS-3 Thermoplastic Striping ■ Thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves should be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets, the stormwater drainage system, or watercourses. ■ Pre-heaters should be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic. Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move. ■ Do not pre-heat, transfer, or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses. ■ Clean truck beds daily ofloose debris and melted thermoplastic. When possible, recycle thermoplastic material. Raised/Recessed Pavement Marker Application and Removal ■ Do not transfer or load bituminous material near drain inlets, the stormwater drainage system, or watercourses. ■ Melting tanks should be loaded with care and not filled to beyond six inches from the top to leave room for splashing. ■ When servicing or filling melting tanks, ensure all pressure is released before removing lids to avoid spills. ■ On large-scale projects, use mechanical or manual methods to collect excess bituminous material from the roadway after removal of markers. Costs ■ All of the above are low cost measures. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of paving and grinding operations. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Sample storm water runoff required by the General Permit. ■ Keep ample supplies of drip pans or absorbent materials onsite. ■ Inspect and maintain machinery regularly to minimize leaks and drips. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 5 Paving and Grinding Operations NS-3 Hot Mix Asphalt-Paving Handbook AC 150/5370-14, Appendix I, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, July 1991. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org s of s Illicit Connection/Discharge NS-6 ■ Inspect site regularly during project execution for evidence of illicit connections, illegal dumping or discharges. ■ Observe site perimeter for evidence for potential of illicitly discharged or illegally dumped material, which may enter the job site. Identi.ficati.on of fllicit Connecti.ons and fllegal Dumping or Discharges ■ General -unlabeled and unidentifiable material should be treated as hazardous. ■ Solids -Look for debris, or rubbish piles. Solid waste dumping often occurs on roadways with light traffic loads or in areas not easily visible from the traveled way. ■ Liquids -signs of illegal liquid dumping or discharge can include: Visible signs of staining or unusual colors to the pavement or surrounding adjacent soils Pungent odors coming from the drainage systems Discoloration or oily substances in the water or stains and residues detained within ditches, channels or drain boxes Abnormal water flow during the dry weather season ■ Urban Areas -Evidence of illicit connections or illegal discharges is typically detected at storm drain outfall locations or at manholes. Signs of an illicit connection or illegal discharge can include: Abnormal water flow during the dry weather season Unusual flows in sub drain systems used for dewatering Pungent odors coming from the drainage systems Discoloration or oily substances in the water or stains and residues detained within ditches, channels or drain boxes Excessive sediment deposits, particularly adjacent to or near active offsite construction projects ■ Rural Areas -Illicit connections or illegal discharges involving irrigation drainage ditches are detected by visual inspections. Signs of an illicit discharge can include: Abnormal water flow during the non-irrigation season Non-standard junction structures Broken concrete or other disturbances at or near junction structures Reporti.ng Notify the owner of any illicit connections and illegal dumping or discharge incidents at the time of discovery. For illicit connections or discharges to the storm drain system, notify the local stormwater management agency. For illegal dumping, notify the local law enforcement agency. Cleanup and Removal The responsibility for cleanup and removal of illicit or illegal dumping or discharges will vary by location. Contact the local stormwater management agency for further information. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Illicit Connection/Discharge NS-6 Costs Costs to look for and report illicit connections and illegal discharges and dumping are low. The best way to avoid costs associated with illicit connections and illegal discharges and dumping is to keep the project perimeters secure to prevent access to the site, to observe the site for vehicles that should not be there, and to document any waste or hazardous materials that exist onsite before taking possession of the site. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect the site regularly to check for any illegal dumping or discharge. ■ Prohibit employees and subcontractors from disposing of non-job related debris or materials at the construction site. ■ Notify the owner of any illicit connections and illegal dumping or discharge incidents at the time of discovery. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Potable Water /Irrigation NS-7 ■ Inspect irrigated areas within the construction limits for excess watering. Adjust watering times and schedules to ensure that the appropriate amount of water is being used and to minimize runoff. Consider factors such as soil structure, grade, time of year, and type of plant material in determining the proper amounts of water for a specific area. Costs Cost to manage potable water and irrigation are low and generally considered to be a normal part of related activities. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events .. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Repair broken water lines as soon as possible. ■ Inspect irrigated areas regularly for signs of erosion and/or discharge. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 2 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning NS-8 ■ Use phosphate-free, biodegradable soaps. ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on pollution prevention measures. ■ Do not permit steam cleaning onsite. Steam cleaning can generate significant pollutant concentrates. ■ Cleaning of vehicles and equipment with soap, solvents or steam should not occur on the project site unless resulting wastes are fully contained and disposed of. Resulting wastes should not be discharged or buried, and must be captured and recycled or disposed according to the requirements ofWM-10, Liquid Waste Management or WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management, depending on the waste characteristics. Minimize use of solvents. Use of diesel for vehicle and equipment cleaning is prohibited. ■ All vehicles and eqqipment that regularly enter and leave the construction site must be cleaned offsite. ■ When vehicle and equipment washing and cleaning must occur onsite, and the operation cannot be located within a structure or building equipped with appropriate disposal facilities, the outside cleaning area should have the following characteristics: Located away from storm drain inlets, drainage facilities, or watercourses Paved with concrete or asphalt and bermed to contain wash waters and to prevent runon and runoff Configured with a sump to allow collection and disposal of wash water No discharge of wash waters to storm drains or watercourses Used only when necessary ■ When cleaning vehicles and equipment with water: Costs Use as little water as possible. High-pressure sprayers may use less water than a hose and should be considered Use positive shutoff valve to minimize water usage Facility wash racks should discharge to a sanitary sewer, recycle system or other approved discharge system and must not discharge to the storm drainage system, watercourses, or to groundwater Cleaning vehicles and equipment at an offsite facility may reduce overall costs for vehicle and equipment cleaning by eliminating the need to provide similar services onsite. When onsite cleaning is needed, the cost to establish appropriate facilities is relatively low on larger, long- duration projects, and moderate to high on small, short-duration projects. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning NS-8 Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Inspection and maintenance is minimal, although some berm repair may be necessary. II Monitor employees and suqcontractors throughout the duration of the construction project to ensure appropriate practices are being implemented. ■ Inspect sump regularly and remove liquids and sediment as needed. ■ Prohibit employees and subcontractors from washing personal vehicles and equipment on the construction site. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Swisher, R.D. Surfactant Biodegradation, Marcel Decker Corporation, 1987. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-9 ■ Absorbent spill cleanup materials and spill kits should be available in fueling areas and on fueling trucks, and should be disposed of properly after use. ■ Drip pans or absorbent pads should be used during vehicle and equipment fueling, unless the fueling is performed over an impermeable surface in a dedicated fueling area. ■ Use absorbent materials on small spills. Do not hose down or bury the spill. Remove the adsorbent materials promptly and dispose of properly. ■ Avoid mobile fueling of mobile construction equipment around the site; rather, transport the equipment to designated fueling areas. With the exception of tracked equipment such as bulldozers and large excavators, most vehicles should be able to travel to a designated area with little lost time. ■ Train employees and subcontractors in proper fueling and cleanup procedures. ■ When fueling must take place onsite, designate an area away from drainage courses to be used. Fueling areas should be identified in the SWPPP. ■ Dedicated fueling areas should be protected from stormwater runon and runoff, and should be located at least 50 ft away from downstream drainage facilities and watercourses. Fueling must be performed on level-grade areas. ■ Protect fueling areas with berms and dikes to prevent runon, runoff, and to contain spills. ■ Nozzles used in vehicle and equipment fueling should be equipped with an automatic shutoff to control drips. Fueling operations should not be left unattended. ■ Use vapor recovery nozzles to help control drips as well as air pollution where required by Air Quality Management Districts (AQMD). ■ Federal, state, and local requirements should be observed for any stationary above ground storage tanks. Costs ■ All of the above measures are low cost except for the capital costs of above ground tanks that meet all local environmental, zoning, and fire codes. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Vehicles and equipment should be inspected each day of use for leaks. Leaks should be repaired immediately or problem vehicles or equipment should be removed from the project site. ■ Keep ample supplies of spill cleanup materials onsite. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www .casqa.org 2 of 3 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-9 ■ Immediately clean up spills and properly dispose of contaminated soil and cleanup materials. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Program: Program Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group Working Paper; USEPA, April 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Vehicle & Equipment Maintenance NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning, and NS-9, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling. Implementation ■ Use offsite repair shops as much as possible. These businesses are better equipped to handle vehicle fluids and spills properly. Performing this work offsite can also be economical by eliminating the need for a separate maintenance area. ■ If maintenance must occur onsite, use designated areas, located away from drainage courses. Dedicated maintenance areas should be protected from stormwater runon and runoff, and should be located at least 50 ft from downstream drainage facilities and watercourses. ■ Drip pans or absorbent pads should be used during vehicle and equipment maintenance work that involves fluids, unless the maintenance work is performed over an impermeable surface in a dedicated maintenance area. ■ Place a stockpile of spill cleanup materials where it will be readily accessible. ■ All fueling trucks and fueling areas are required to have spill kits and/or use other spill protection devices. ■ Use adsorbent materials on small spills. Remove the absorbent materials promptly and dispose of properly. ■ Inspect onsite vehicles and equipment daily at startup for leaks, and repair immediately. ■ Keep vehicles and equipment clean; do not allow excessive build-up of oil and grease. ■ Segregate and recycle wastes, such as greases, used oil or oil filters, antifreeze, cleaning solutions, automotive batteries, hydraulic and transmission fluids. Provide secondary containment and covers for these materials if stored onsite. ■ Train employees and subcontractors in proper maintenance and spill cleanup procedures. ■ Drip pans or plastic sheeting should be placed under all vehicles and equipment placed on docks, barges, or other structures over water bodies when the vehicle or equipment is planned to be idle for more than 1 hour. ■ For long-term projects, consider using portable tents or covers over maintenance areas if maintenance cannot be performed offsite. ■ Consider use of new, alternative greases and lubricants, such as adhesive greases, for chassis lubrication and fifth-wheel lubrication. ■ Properly dispose of used oils, fluids, lubricants, and spill cleanup materials. ■ Do not place used oil in a dumpster or pour into a storm drain or watercourse. ■ Properly dispose of or recycle used batteries. ■ Do not bury used tires. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 4 Vehicle & Equipment Maintenance NS-10 ■ Repair leaks of fluids and oil immediately. Listed below is further information if you must perform vehicle or equipment maintenance onsite. Safer Alternative Products ■ Consider products that are less toxic or hazardous than regular products. These products are often sold under an "environmentally friendly" label. ■ Consider use of grease substitutes for lubrication of truck fifth-wheels. Follow manufacturers label for details on specific uses. ■ Consider use of plastic friction plates on truck fifth-wheels in lieu of grease. Follow manufacturers label for details on specific uses. Waste Reduction Parts are often cleaned using solvents such as trichloroethylene, trichloroethane, or methylene chloride. Many of these cleaners are listed in California Toxic Rule as priority pollutants. These materials are harmful and must not contaminate stormwater. They must be disposed of as a hazardous waste. Reducing the number of solvents makes recycling easier and reduces hazardous waste management costs. Often, one solvent can perform a job as well as two different solvents. Also, if possible, eliminate or reduce the amount of hazardous materials and waste by substituting non-hazardous or less hazardous materials. For example, replace chlorinated organic solvents with non-chlorinated solvents. Non-chlorinated solvents like kerosene or mineral spirits are less toxic and less expensive to dispose of properly. Check the list of active ingredients to see whether it contains chlorinated solvents. The "chlor" term indicates that the solvent is chlorinated. Also, try substituting a wire brush for solvents to clean parts. Recycling and Disposal Separating wastes allows for easier recycling and may reduce disposal costs. Keep hazardous wastes separate, do not mix used oil solvents, and keep chlorinated solvents (like, - trichloroethane) separate from non-chlorinated solvents (like kerosene and mineral spirits). Promptly transfer used fluids to the proper waste or recycling drums. Don't leave full drip pans or other open containers lying around. Provide cover and secondary containment until these materials can be removed from the site. Oil filters can be recycled. Ask your oil supplier or recycler about recycling oil filters. Do not dispose of extra paints and coatings by dumping liquid onto the ground or throwing it into dumpsters. Allow coatings to dry or harden before disposal into covered dumpsters. Store cracked batteries in a non-leaking secondary container. Do this with all cracked batteries, even if you think all the acid has drained out. If you drop a battery, treat it as if it is cracked. Put it into the containment area until you are sure it is not leaking. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. Higher costs are incurred to setup and maintain onsite maintenance areas. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www .casqa.org 3 of 4 Vehicle & Equipment Maintenance NS-10 Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Keep ample supplies of spill cleanup materials onsite. ■ Maintain waste fluid containers in leak proof condition. ■ Vehicles and equipment should be inspected on each day of use. Leaks should be repaired immediately or the problem vehicle(s) or equipment should be removed from the project site. ■ Inspect equipment for damaged hoses and leaky gaskets routinely. Repair or replace as needed. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Non point Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Program; Program Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group, Working Paper; USEPA, April 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Pile Driving Operations NS-11 ■ Have spill kits and cleanup materials available at all locations of pile driving. Refer to WM- 4, Spill Prevention and Control. ■ Equipment that is stored or in use in streambeds, or on docks, barges, or other structures over water bodies should be kept leak free. ■ Park equipment over plastic sheeting or equivalent where possible. Plastic is not a substitute for drip pans or absorbent pads. The storage or use of equipment in streambeds or other bodies of water must comply with all applicable permits. ■ Implement other BMPs as applicable, such as NS-2, Dewatering Operations, WM-5, Solid Waste Management, WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management, and WM-10, Liquid Waste Management. ■ When not in use, store pile-driving equipment away from concentrated flows of stormwater, drainage courses, and inlets. Protect hammers and other hydraulic attachments from runon and runoff by placing them on plywood and covering them with plastic or a comparable material prior to the onset of rain. ■ Use less hazardous products, e.g., vegetable oil, when practicable. Costs All of the above measures can be low cost. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Inspect equipment every day at startup and repair equipment as needed (i.e., worn or damaged hoses, fittings, and gaskets). Recheck equipment at shift changes or at the end of the day and scheduled repairs as needed. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www .casqa.org 2 of 2 Concrete Curing NS-12 Implementation Chemical Curing ■ Avoid over spray of curing compounds. ■ Minimize the drift by applying the curing compound close to the concrete surface. Apply an amount of compound that covers the surface, but does not allow any runoff of the compound. ■ Use proper storage and handling techniques for concrete curing compounds. Refer to WM- 1, Material Delivery and Storage. ■ Protect drain inlets prior to the application of curing compounds. ■ Refer to WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control. Water Curing for Bridge Decks, Retaining Walls, and other Stn.Lctures ■ Direct cure water away from inlets and watercourses to collection areas for evaporation or other means of removal in accordance with all applicable permits. See WM-8 Concrete Waste Management. ■ Collect cure water at the top of slopes and transport to a concrete waste management area in a non-erosive manner. See EC-9 Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales, EC-10, Velocity Dissipation Devices, and EC-11, Slope Drains. ■ Utilize wet blankets or a similar method that maintains moisture while minimizing the use and possible discharge of water. Education • Educate employees, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper concrete curing techniques to prevent contact with discharge as described herein. • Arrange for the QSP or the appropriately trained contractor's superintendent or representative to oversee and enforce concrete curing procedures. Costs All of the above measures are generally low cost. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Concrete Curing NS-12 ■ Sample non-storm water discharges and stormwater runoff that contacts uncured and partially cured concrete as required by the General Permit. ■ Ensure that employees and subcontractors implement appropriate measures for storage, handling, and use of curing compounds. ■ Inspect cure containers and spraying equipment for leaks. References Blue Print for a Clean Bay-Construction-Related Industries: Best Management Practices for Stormwater Pollution Prevention; Santa Clara Valley Non Point Source Pollution Control Program, 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. Erosion and Sediment Control Manual, Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, February 2005. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Concrete Finishing NS-13 Limitations ■ Runoff contact with concrete waste can raise pH levels in the water to environmentally harmful levels and trigger permit violations. Implementation ■ Collect and properly dispose of water from high-pressure water blasting operations. ■ Collect contaminated water from blasting operations at the top of slopes. Transport or dispose of contaminated water while using BMPs such as those for erosion control. Refer to EC-9, Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales, EC-10, Velocity Dissipation Devices, and EC-11, Slope Drains. ■ Direct water from blasting operations away from inlets and watercourses to collection areas for infiltration or other means of removal ( dewatering). Refer to NS-2 Dewatering Operations. ■ Protect inlets during sandblasting operations. Refer to SE-10, Storm Drain Inlet Protection. ■ Refer to WM-8, Concrete Waste Management for disposal of concrete debris. ■ Minimize the drift of dust and blast material as much as possible by keeping the blasting nozzle close to the surface. ■ When blast residue contains a potentially hazardous waste, refer to WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management. Education ■ Educate employees, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper concrete finishing techniques to prevent contact with discharge as described herein. ■ Arrange for the QSP or the appropriately trained contractor's superintendent or representative to oversee and enforce concrete finishing procedures. Costs These measures are generally of low cost. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharges daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Sample non-storm water discharges and stormwater runoff that contacts concrete dust and debris as required by the General Permit. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 3 Concrete Finishing NS-13 ■ Sweep or vacuum up debris from sandblasting at the end of each shift. ■ At the end of each work shift, remove and contain liquid and solid waste from containment structures, if any, and from the general work area. ■ Inspect containment structures for damage prior to use and prior to onset of forecasted rain. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Material Delivery and Storage WM-1 ■ Asphalt and concrete components ■ Hazardous chemicals such as acids, lime, glues, adhesives, paints, solvents, and curing compounds ■ Concrete compounds ■ Other materials that may be detrimental if released to the environment Limitations ■ Space limitation may preclude indoor storage. ■ Storage sheds often must meet building and fire code requirements. Implementation The following steps should be taken to minimize risk: ■ Chemicals must be stored in water tight containers with appropriate secondary containment or in a storage shed. ■ When a material storage area is located on bare soil, the area should be lined and bermed. ■ Use containment pallets or other practical and available solutions, such as storing materials within newly constructed buildings or garages, to meet material storage requirements. ■ Stack erodible landscape material on pallets and cover when not in use. ■ Contain all fertilizers and other landscape materials when not in use. ■ Temporary storage areas should be located away from vehicular traffic. ■ Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be available on-site for all materials stored that have the potential to effect water quality. ■ Construction site areas should be designated for material delivery and storage. ■ Material delivery and storage areas should be located away from waterways, if possible. Avoid transport near drainage paths or waterways. Surround with earth berms or other appropriate containment BMP. See EC-9, Earth Dikes and Drainage Swales. Place in an area that will be paved. ■ Storage of reactive, ignitable, or flammable liquids must comply with the fire codes of your area. Contact the local Fire Marshal to review site materials, quantities, and proposed storage area to determine specific requirements. See the Flammable and Combustible Liquid Code, NFPA30. ■ An up to date inventory of materials delivered and stored onsite should be kept. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 5 Material Delivery and Storage WM-1 ■ Hazardous materials storage onsite should be minimized. ■ Hazardous materials should be handled as infrequently as possible. ■ Keep ample spill cleanup supplies appropriate for the materials being stored. Ensure that cleanup supplies are in a conspicuous, labeled area. ■ Employees and subcontractors should be trained on the proper material delivery and storage practices. ■ Employees trained in emergency spill cleanup procedures must be present when dangerous materials or liquid chemicals are unloaded. ■ If significant residual materials remain on the ground after construction is complete, properly remove and dispose of materials and any contaminated soil. See WM-7, Contaminated Soil Management. If the area is to be paved, pave as soon as materials are removed to stabilize the soil. Material Storage Areas and Practices ■ Liquids, petroleum products, and substances listed in 40 CFR Parts 110,117, or 302 should be stored in approved containers and drums and should not be overfilled. Containers and drums should be placed in temporary containment facilities for storage. ■ A temporary containment facility should provide for a spill containment volume able to contain precipitation from a 25 year storm event, plus the greater of 10% of the aggregate volume of all containers or 100% of the capacity of the largest container within its boundary, whichever is greater. ■ A temporary containment facility should be impervious to the materials stored therein for a minimum contact time of 72 hours. ■ A temporary containment facility should be maintained free of accumulated rainwater and spills. In the event of spills or leaks, accumulated rainwater and spills should be collected and placed into drums. These liquids should be handled as a hazardous waste unless testing determines them to be non-hazardous. All collected liquids or non-hazardous liquids should be sent to an approved disposal site. ■ Sufficient separation should be provided between stored containers to allow for spill cleanup and emergency response access. ■ Incompatible materials, such as chlorine and ammonia, should not be stored in the same temporary containment facility. ■ Materials should be covered prior to, and during rain events. ■ Materials should be stored in their original containers and the original product labels should be maintained in place in a legible condition. Damaged or otherwise illegible labels should be replaced immediately. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 5 Material Delivery and Storage WM-1 ■ Bagged and boxed materials should be stored on pallets and should not be allowed to accumulate on the ground. To provide protection from wind and rain throughout the rainy season, bagged and boxed materials should be covered during non-working days and prior to and during rain events. ■ Stockpiles should be protected in accordance with WM-3, Stockpile Management. ■ Materials should be stored indoors within existing structures or completely enclosed storage sheds when available. ■ Proper storage instructions should be posted at all times in an open and conspicuous location. ■ An ample supply of appropriate spill clean up material should be kept near storage areas. ■ Also see WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management, for storing of hazardous wastes. Material Delivery Practices ■ Keep an accurate, up-to-date inventory of material delivered and stored onsite. ■ Arrange for employees trained in emergency spill cleanup procedures to be present when dangerous materials or liquid chemicals are unloaded. Spill Cleanup ■ Contain and clean up any spill immediately. ■ Properly remove and dispose of any hazardous materials or contaminated soil if significant residual materials remain on the ground after construction is complete. See WM-7, Contaminated Soil Management. ■ See WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control, for spills of chemicals and/or hazardous materials. ■ If spills or leaks of materials occur that are not contained and could discharge to surface waters, non-visible sampling of site discharge may be required. Refer to the General Permit or to your project specific Construction Site Monitoring Plan to determine if and where sampling is required. Cost ■ The largest cost of implementation may be in the construction of a materials storage area that is covered and provides secondary containment. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Keep storage areas clean and well organized, including a current list of all materials onsite. ■ Inspect labels on containers for legibility and accuracy. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 5 Material Delivery and Storage WM-1 ■ Repair or replace perimeter controls, containment structures, covers, and liners as needed to maintain proper function. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Program: Program Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group Working Paper; USEPA, April 1992. Stormwater Quality Handbooks-Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003._ Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 5 Material Use WM-2 Limitations Safer alternative building and construction products may not be available or suitable in every instance. Implementation The following steps should be taken to minimize risk: ■ Minimize use of hazardous materials onsite. ■ Follow manufacturer instructions regarding uses, protective equipment, ventilation, flammability, and mixing of chemicals. ■ Train personnel who use pesticides. The California Department of Pesticide Regulation and county agricultural commissioners license pesticide dealers, certify pesticide applicators, and conduct onsite inspections. ■ The preferred method of termiticide application is soil injection near the existing or proposed structure foundation/slab; however, if not feasible, soil drench application of termiticides should follow EPA label guidelines and the following recommendations (most of which are applicable to most pesticide applications): ■ Do not treat soil that is water-saturated or frozen. ■ Application shall not commence within 24-hours of a predicted precipitation event with a 40% or greater probability. Weather tracking must be performed on a daily basis prior to termiticide application and during the period of termiticide application. ■ Do not allow treatment chemicals to runoff from the target area. Apply proper quantity to prevent excess runoff. Provide containment for and divert stormwater from application areas using berms or diversion ditches during application. ■ Dry season: Do not apply within 10 feet of storm drains. Do not apply within 25 feet of aquatic habitats (such as, but not limited to, lakes; reservoirs; rivers; permanent streams; marshes or ponds; estuaries; and commercial fish farm ponds). ■ Wet season: Do not apply within 50 feet of storm drains or aquatic habitats (such as, but not limited to, lakes; reservoirs; rivers; permanent streams; marshes or ponds; estuaries; and commercial fish farm ponds) unless a vegetative buffer is present (if so, refer to dry season requirements). ■ Do not make on-grade applications when sustained wind speeds are above 10 mph (at application site) at nozzle end height. ■ Cover treatment site prior to a rain event in order to prevent run-off of the pesticide into non-target areas. The treated area should be limited to a size that can be backfilled and/ or covered by the end of the work shift. Backfilling or covering of the treated area shall be done by the end of the same work shift in which the application is made. ■ The applicator must either cover the soil him/herself or provide written notification of the above requirement to the contractor on site and to the person commissioning the November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 4 Material Use WM-2 application (if different than the contractor). If notice is provided to the contractor or the person commissioning the application, then they are responsible under the Federal Insecticide Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) to ensure that: 1) if the concrete slab cannot be poured over the treated soil within 24 hours of application, the treated soil is covered with a waterproof covering (such as polyethylene sheeting), and 2) the treated soil is covered if precipitation is predicted to occur before the concrete slab is scheduled to be poured. ■ Do not over-apply fertilizers, herbicides, and pesticides. Prepare only the amount needed. Follow the recommended usage instructions. Over-application is expensive and environmentally harmful. Unless on steep slopes, till fertilizers into the soil rather than hydraulic application. Apply surface dressings in several smaller applications, as opposed to one large application, to allow time for infiltration and to avoid excess material being carried offsite by runoff. Do not apply these chemicals before predicted rainfall. ■ Train employees and subcontractors in proper material use. ■ Supply Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all materials. ■ Dispose of latex paint and paint cans, used brushes, rags, absorbent materials, and drop cloths, when thoroughly dry and are no longer hazardous, with other construction debris. ■ Do not remove the original product label; it contains important safety and disposal information. Use the entire product before disposing of the container. ■ Mix paint indoors or in a containment area. Never clean paintbrushes or rinse paint containers into a street, gutter, storm drain, or watercourse. Dispose of any paint thinners, residue, and sludge(s) that cannot be recycled, as hazardous waste. ■ For water-based paint, clean brushes to the extent practicable, and rinse to a drain leading to a sanitary sewer where permitted, or contain for proper disposal off site. For oil-based paints, clean brushes to the extent practicable, and filter and reuse thinners and solvents. ■ Use recycled and less hazardous products when practical. Recycle residual paints, solvents, non-treated lumber, and other materials. ■ Use materials only where and when needed to complete the construction activity. Use safer alternative materials as much as possible. Reduce or eliminate use of hazardous materials onsite when practical. ■ Document the location, time, chemicals applied, and applicator's name and qualifications. ■ Keep an ample supply of spill clean up material near use areas. Train employees in spill clean up procedures. ■ Avoid exposing applied materials to rainfall and runoff unless sufficient time has been allowed for them to dry. ■ Discontinue use of erodible landscape material within 2 days prior to a forecasted rain event and materials should be covered and/ or bermed. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Material Use WM-2 ■ Provide containment for material use areas such as masons' areas or paint mixing/preparation areas to prevent materials/pollutants from entering stormwater. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Ensure employees and subcontractors throughout the job are using appropriate practices. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Program: Program Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group Working Paper; USEPA, April 1992. Comments on Risk Assessments Risk Reduction Options for Cypermethrin: Docket No. OPP- 2005-0293; California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) letter to USEPA, 2006.Environmental Hazard and General Labeling for Pyrethroid Non-Agricultural Outdoor Products, EPA-HQ-OPP-2008-0331-0021; USEPA, 2008. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Stockpile Management WM-3 ■ On larger sites, a minimum of 50 ft separation from concentrated flows of stormwater, drainage courses, and inlets is recommended. ■ After 14 days of inactivity, a stockpile is non-active and requires further protection described below. All stockpiles are required to be protected as non-active stockpiles immediately if they are not scheduled to be used within 14 days. ■ Protect all stockpiles from stormwater runon using temporary perimeter sediment barriers such as compost berms (SE-13), temporary silt dikes (SE-12), fiber rolls (SE-5), silt fences (SE-1), sandbags (SE-8), gravel bags (SE-6), or biofilter bags (SE-14). Refer to the individual fact sheet for each of these controls for installation information. ■ Implement wind erosion control practices as appropriate on all stockpiled material. For specific information, see WE-1, Wind Erosion Control. ■ Manage stockpiles of contaminated soil in accordance with WM-7, Contaminated Soil Management. ■ Place bagged materials on pallets and under cover. ■ Ensure that stockpile coverings are installed securely to protect from wind and rain. ■ Some plastic covers withstand weather and sunlight better than others. Select cover materials or methods based on anticipated duration of use. Protection of Non-Active Stockpiles A stockpile is considered non-active if it either is not used for 14 days or if it is scheduled not to be used for 14 days or more. Stockpiles need to be protected immediately if they are not scheduled to be used within 14 days. Non-active stockpiles of the identified materials should be protected as follows: Soil stockpiles ■ Soil stockpiles should be covered or protected with soil stabilization measures and a temporary perimeter sediment barrier at all times. ■ Temporary vegetation should be considered for topsoil piles that will be stockpiled for extended periods. Stockpiles of Portland cement concrete rubble, asphalt concrete, asphalt concrete rubble, aggregate base, or aggregate sub base ■ Stockpiles should be covered and protected with a temporary perimeter sediment barrier at all times. Stockpiles of "cold mix" ■ Cold mix stockpiles should be placed on and covered with plastic sheeting or comparable material at all times and surrounded by a berm. Stockpiles of fly ash, stucco, hydrated lime July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 ■ Fuels ■ Lubricants ■ Other petroleum distillates Limitations ■ In some cases it may be necessary to use a private spill cleanup company. ■ This BMP applies to spills caused by the contractor and subcontractors. ■ Procedures and practices presented in this BMP are general. Contractor should identify appropriate practices for the specific materials used or stored onsite Implementation The following steps will help reduce the stormwater impacts ofleaks and spills: Education ■ Be aware that different materials pollute in different amounts. Make sure that each employee knows what a "significant spill" is for each material they use, and what is the appropriate response for "significant" and "insignificant" spills. ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on potential dangers to humans and the environment from spills and leaks. ■ Hold regular meetings to discuss and reinforce appropriate disposal procedures (incorporate into regular safety meetings). ■ Establish a continuing education program to indoctrinate new employees. ■ Have contractor's superintendent or representative oversee and enforce proper spill prevention and control measures. General Measures ■ To the extent that the work can be accomplished safely, spills of oil, petroleum products, substances listed under 40 CFR parts 110,117, and 302, and sanitary and septic wastes should be contained and cleaned up immediately. ■ Store hazardous materials and wastes in covered containers and protect from vandalism. ■ Place a stockpile of spill cleanup materials where it will be readily accessible. ■ Train employees in spill prevention and cleanup. ■ Designate responsible individuals to oversee and enforce control measures. ■ Spills should be covered and protected from stormwater runon during rainfall to the extent that it doesn't compromise clean up activities. ■ Do not bury or wash spills with water. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 6 Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 ■ Store and dispose of used clean up materials, contaminated materials, and recovered spill material that is no longer suitable for the intended purpose in conformance with the provisions in applicable BMPs. ■ Do not allow water used for cleaning and decontamination to enter storm drains or watercourses. Collect and dispose of contaminated water in accordance with WM-10, Liquid Waste Management. ■ Contain water overflow or minor water spillage and do not allow it to discharge into drainage facilities or watercourses. ■ Place proper storage, cleanup, and spill reporting instructions for hazardous materials stored or used on the project site in an open, conspicuous, and accessible location. ■ Keep waste storage areas clean, well organized, and equipped with ample cleanup supplies as appropriate for the materials being stored. Perimeter controls, containment structures, covers, and liners should be repaired or replaced as needed to maintain proper function. Cleanup ■ Clean up leaks and spills immediately. ■ Use a rag for small spills on paved surfaces, a damp mop for general cleanup, and absorbent material for larger spills. If the spilled material is hazardous, then the used cleanup materials are also hazardous and must be sent to either a certified laundry (rags) or disposed of as hazardous waste. ■ Never hose down or bury dry material spills. Clean up as much of the material as possible and dispose of properly. See the waste management BMPs in this section for specific information. Minor Spills ■ Minor spills typically involve small quantities of oil, gasoline, paint, etc. which can be controlled by the first responder at the discovery of the spill. ■ Use absorbent materials on small spills rather than hosing down or burying the spill. ■ Absorbent materials should be promptly removed and disposed of properly. ■ Follow the practice below for a minor spill: Contain the spread of the spill. Recover spilled materials. Clean the contaminated area and properly dispose of contaminated materials. Semi-Significant Spills ■ Semi-significant spills still can be controlled by the first responder along with the aid of other personnel such as laborers and the foreman, etc. This response may require the cessation of all other activities. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 6 Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 ■ Spills should be cleaned up immediately: Contain spread of the spill. Notify the project foreman immediately. If the spill occurs on paved or impermeable surfaces, clean up using "dry" methods (absorbent materials, cat litter and/or rags). Contain the spill by encircling with absorbent materials and do not let the spill spread widely. If the spill occurs in dirt areas, immediately contain the spill by constructing an earthen dike. Dig up and properly dispose of contaminated soil. If the spill occurs during rain, cover spill with tarps or other material to prevent contaminating runoff. Significant/Hazardous Spills ■ For significant or hazardous spills that cannot be controlled by personnel in the immediate vicinity, the following steps should be taken: Notify the local emergency response by dialing 911. In addition to 911, the contractor will notify the proper county officials. It is the contractor's responsibility to have all emergency phone numbers at the construction site. Notify the Governor's Office of Emergency Services Warning Center, (916) 845-8911. For spills of federal reportable quantities, in conformance with the requirements in 40 CFR parts 110,119, and 302, the contractor should notify the National Response Center at (800) 424-8802. Notification should first be made by telephone and followed up with a written report. The services of a spills contractor or a Haz-Mat team should be obtained immediately. Construction personnel should not attempt to clean up until the appropriate and qualified staffs have arrived at the job site. Other agencies which may need to be consulted include, but are not limited to, the Fire Department, the Public Works Department, the Coast Guard, the Highway Patrol, the City/County Police Department, Department of Toxic Substances, California Division of Oil and Gas, Cal/OSHA, etc. Reporting ■ Report significant spills to local agencies, such as the Fire Department; they can assist in cleanup. ■ Federal regulations require that any significant oil spill into a water body or onto an adjoining shoreline be reported to the National Response Center (NRC) at 800-424-8802 (24 hours). Use the following measures related to specific activities: January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 6 Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance ■ If maintenance must occur onsite, use a designated area and a secondary containment, located away from drainage courses, to prevent the runon of stormwater and the runoff of spills. ■ Regularly inspect onsite vehicles and equipment for leaks and repair immediately ■ Check incoming vehicles and equipment (including delivery trucks, and employee and subcontractor vehicles) for leaking oil and fluids. Do not allow leaking vehicles or equipment onsite. ■ Always use secondary containment, such as a drain pan or drop cloth, to catch spills or leaks when removing or changing fluids. ■ Place drip pans or absorbent materials under paving equipment when not in use. ■ Use absorbent materials on small spills rather than hosing down or burying the spill. Remove the absorbent materials promptly and dispose of properly. ■ Promptly transfer used fluids to the proper waste or recycling drums. Don't leave full drip pans or other open containers lying around ■ Oil filters disposed of in trashcans or dumpsters can leak oil and pollute stormwater. Place the oil filter in a funnel over a waste oil-recycling drum to drain excess oil before disposal. Oil filters can also be recycled. Ask the oil supplier or recycler about recycling oil filters. ■ Store cracked batteries in a non-leaking secondary container. Do this with all cracked batteries even if you think all the acid has drained out. If you drop a battery, treat it as if it is cracked. Put it into the containment area until you are sure it is not leaking. Vehicle and Equipment Fueling ■ If fueling must occur onsite, use designate areas, located away from drainage courses, to prevent the runon of stormwater and the runoff of spills. ■ Discourage "topping off' of fuel tanks. ■ Always use secondary containment, such as a drain pan, when fueling to catch spills/ leaks. Costs Prevention ofleaks and spills is inexpensive. Treatment and/ or disposal of contaminated soil or water can be quite expensive. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 6 Spill Prevention and Control WM-4 ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharge daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. ■ Keep ample supplies of spill control and cleanup materials onsite, near storage, unloading, and maintenance areas. ■ Update your spill prevention and control plan and stock cleanup materials as changes occur in the types of chemicals onsite. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans}, November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 6 of 6 Solid Waste Management WM-5 ■ Highway planting wastes, including vegetative material, plant containers, and packaging materials Limitations Temporary stockpiling of certain construction wastes may not necessitate stringent drainage related controls during the non-rainy season or in desert areas with low rainfall. Implementation The following steps will help keep a clean site and reduce stormwater pollution: ■ Select designated waste collection areas onsite. ■ Inform trash-hauling contractors that you will accept only watertight dumpsters for onsite use. Inspect dumpsters for leaks and repair any dumpster that is not watertight. ■ Locate containers in a covered area or in a secondary containment. ■ Provide an adequate number of containers with lids or covers that can be placed over the container to keep rain out or to prevent loss of wastes when it is windy. ■ Cover waste containers at the end of each work day and when it is raining. ■ Plan for additional containers and more frequent pickup during the demolition phase of construction. ■ Collect site trash daily, especially during rainy and windy conditions. ■ Remove this solid waste promptly since erosion and sediment control devices tend to collect litter. ■ Make sure that toxic liquid wastes (used oils, solvents, and paints) and chemicals (acids, pesticides, additives, curing compounds) are not disposed of in dumpsters designated for construction debris. ■ Do not hose out dumpsters on the construction site. Leave dumpster cleaning to the trash hauling contractor. ■ Arrange for regular waste collection before containers overflow. ■ Clean up immediately if a container does spill. ■ Make sure that construction waste is collected, removed, and disposed of only at authorized disposal areas. Education ■ Have the contractor's superintendent or representative oversee and enforce proper solid waste management procedures and practices. ■ Instruct employees and subcontractors on identification of solid waste and hazardous waste. ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on solid waste storage and disposal procedures. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 4 Solid Waste Management WM-5 ■ Hold regular meetings to discuss and reinforce disposal procedures (incorporate into regular safety meetings). ■ Require that employees and subcontractors follow solid waste handling and storage procedures. ■ Prohibit littering by employees, subcontractors, and visitors. ■ Minimize production of solid waste materials wherever possible. Collection, Storage, and Disposal ■ Littering on the project site should be prohibited. ■ To prevent clogging of the storm drainage system, litter and debris removal from drainage grates, trash racks, and ditch lines should be a priority. ■ Trash receptacles should be provided in the contractor's yard, field trailer areas, and at locations where workers congregate for lunch and break periods. ■ Litter from work areas within the construction limits of the project site should be collected and placed in watertight dumpsters at least weekly, regardless of whether the litter was generated by the contractor, the public, or others. Collected litter and debris should not be placed in or next to drain inlets, stormwater drainage systems, or watercourses. ■ Dumpsters of sufficient size and number should be provided to contain the solid waste generated by the project. ■ Full dumpsters should be removed from the project site and the contents should be disposed ofby the trash hauling contractor. ■ Construction debris and waste should be removed from the site biweekly or more frequently as needed. ■ Construction material visible to the public should be stored or stacked in an orderly manner. ■ Stormwater runon should be prevented from contacting stored solid waste through the use of berms, dikes, or other temporary diversion structures or through the use of measures to elevate waste from site surfaces. ■ Solid waste storage areas should be located at least 50 ft from drainage facilities and watercourses and should not be located in areas prone to flooding or ponding. ■ Except during fair weather, construction and highway planting waste not stored in watertight dumpsters should be securely covered from wind and rain by covering the waste with tarps or plastic. ■ Segregate potentially hazardous waste from non-hazardous construction site waste. ■ Make sure that toxic liquid wastes (used oils, solvents, and paints) and chemicals (acids, pesticides, additives, curing compounds) are not disposed of in dumpsters designated for construction debris. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Solid Waste Management WM-5 ■ For disposal of hazardous waste, see WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management. Have hazardous waste hauled to an appropriate disposal and/or recycling facility. ■ Salvage or recycle useful vegetation debris, packaging and surplus building materials when practical. For example, trees and shrubs from land clearing can be used as a brush barrier, or converted into wood chips, then used as mulch on graded areas. Wood pallets, cardboard boxes, and construction scraps can also be recycled. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharge daily while non-stormwater discharges occur ■ Inspect construction waste area regularly. ■ Arrange for regular waste collection. References Processes, Procedures and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All Construction Activity, 430/9-73-007, USEPA, 1973. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Hazardous Waste Management WM-6 In addition, sites with existing structures may contain wastes, which must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. These wastes include: ■ Sandblasting grit mixed with lead-, cadmium-, or chromium-based paints ■ Asbestos ■ PCBs (particularly in older transformers) Limitations ■ Hazardous waste that cannot be reused or recycled must be disposed ofby a licensed hazardous waste hauler. ■ Nothing in this BMP relieves the contractor from responsibility for compliance with federal, state, and local laws regarding storage, handling, transportation, and disposal of hazardous wastes. ■ This BMP does not cover aerially deposited lead (ADL) soils. For ADL soils refer to WM-7, Contaminated Soil Management. Implementation The following steps will help reduce stormwater pollution from hazardous wastes: Material Use ■ Wastes should be stored in sealed containers constructed of a suitable material and should be labeled as required by Title 22 CCR, Division 4.5 and 49 CFR Parts 172, 173, 178, and 179. ■ All hazardous waste should be stored, transported, and disposed as required in Title 22 CCR, Division 4.5 and 49 CFR 261-263. ■ Waste containers should be stored in temporary containment facilities that should comply with the following requirements: Temporary containment facility should provide for a spill containment volume equal to 1.5 times the volume of all containers able to contain precipitation from a 25 year storm event, plus the greater of 10% of the aggregate volume of all containers or 100% of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary, whichever is greater. Temporary containment facility should be impervious to the materials stored there for a minimum contact time of 72 hours. Temporary containment facilities should be maintained free of accumulated rainwater and spills. In the event of spills or leaks, accumulated rainwater and spills should be placed into drums after each rainfall. These liquids should be handled as a hazardous waste unless testing determines them to be non-hazardous. Non-hazardous liquids should be sent to an approved disposal site. Sufficient separation should be provided between stored containers to allow for spill cleanup and emergency response access. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-6 Incompatible materials, such as chlorine and ammonia, should not be stored in the same temporary containment facility. Throughout the rainy season, temporary containment facilities should be covered during non-working days, and prior to rain events. Covered facilities may include use of plastic tarps for small facilities or constructed roofs with overhangs. ■ Drums should not be overfilled and wastes should not be mixed. ■ Unless watertight, containers of dry waste should be stored on pallets. ■ Do not over-apply herbicides and pesticides. Prepare only the amount needed. Follow the recommended usage instructions. Over application is expensive and environmentally harmful. Apply surface dressings in several smaller applications, as opposed to one large application. Allow time for infiltration and avoid excess material being carried offsite by runoff. Do not apply these chemicals just before it rains. People applying pesticides must be certified in accordance with federal and state regulations. ■ Paint brushes and equipment for water and oil based paints should be cleaned within a contained area and should not be allowed to contaminate site soils, watercourses, or drainage systems. Waste paints, thinners, solvents, residues, and sludges that cannot be recycled or reused should be disposed of as hazardous waste. When thoroughly dry, latex paint and paint cans, used brushes, rags, absorbent materials, and drop cloths should be disposed of as solid waste. ■ Do not clean out brushes or rinse paint containers into the dirt, street, gutter, storm drain, or stream. "Paint out" brushes as much as possible. Rinse water-based paints to the sanitary sewer. Filter and reuse thinners and solvents. Dispose of excess oil-based paints and sludge as hazardous waste. ■ The following actions should be taken with respect to temporary contaminant: Ensure that adequate hazardous waste storage volume is available. Ensure that hazardous waste collection containers are conveniently located. Designate hazardous waste storage areas onsite away from storm drains or watercourses and away from moving vehicles and equipment to prevent accidental spills. Minimize production or generation of hazardous materials and hazardous waste on the job site. Use containment berms in fueling and maintenance areas and where the potential for spills is high. Segregate potentially hazardous waste from non-hazardous construction site debris. Keep liquid or semi-liquid hazardous waste in appropriate containers (closed drums or similar) and under cover. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-6 Clearly label all hazardous waste containers with the waste being stored and the date of accumulation. Place hazardous waste containers in secondary containment. Do not allow potentially hazardous waste materials to accumulate on the ground. Do not mix wastes. Use all of the product before disposing of the container. Do not remove the original product label; it contains important safety and disposal information. Waste Recycling Disposal ■ Select designated hazardous waste collection areas onsite. ■ Hazardous materials and wastes should be stored in covered containers and protected from vandalism. ■ Place hazardous waste containers in secondary containment. ■ Do not mix wastes, this can cause chemical reactions, making recycling impossible and complicating disposal. ■ Recycle any useful materials such as used oil or water-based paint. ■ Make sure that toxic liquid wastes (used oils, solvents, and paints) and chemicals (acids, pesticides, additives, curing compounds) are not disposed of in dumpsters designated for construction debris. ■ Arrange for regular waste collection before containers overflow. ■ Make sure that hazardous waste (e.g., excess oil-based paint and sludge) is collected, removed, and disposed of only at authorized disposal areas. Disposal Procedures ■ Waste should be disposed ofby a licensed hazardous waste transporter at an authorized and licensed disposal facility or recycling facility utilizing properly completed Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest forms. ■ A Department of Health Services certified laboratory should sample waste to determine the appropriate disposal facility. ■ Properly dispose of rainwater in secondary containment that may have mixed with hazardous waste. ■ Attention is directed to "Hazardous Material", "Contaminated Material", and "Aerially Deposited Lead" of the contract documents regarding the handling and disposal of hazardous materials. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-6 Education ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on hazardous waste storage and disposal procedures. ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on potential dangers to humans and the environment from hazardous wastes. ■ Instruct employees and subcontractors on safety procedures for common construction site hazardous wastes. ■ Instruct employees and subcontractors in identification of hazardous and solid waste. ■ Hold regular meetings to discuss and reinforce hazardous waste management procedures (incorporate into regular safety meetings). ■ The contractor's superintendent or representative should oversee and enforce proper hazardous waste management procedures and practices. ■ Make sure that hazardous waste is collected, removed, and disposed of only at authorized disposal areas. ■ Warning signs should be placed in areas recently treated with chemicals. ■ Place a stockpile of spill cleanup materials where it will be readily accessible. ■ If a container does spill, clean up immediately. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect BMPs in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events .. ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharge daily while non-stormwater discharges occur ■ Hazardous waste should be regularly collected. ■ A foreman or construction supervisor should monitor onsite hazardous waste storage and disposal procedures. ■ Waste storage areas should be kept clean, well organized, and equipped with ample cleanup supplies as appropriate for the materials being stored. ■ Perimeter controls, containment structures, covers, and liners should be repaired or replaced as needed to maintain proper function. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 5 of 6 Hazardous Waste Management WM-6 ■ Hazardous spills should be cleaned up and reported in conformance with the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and the instructions posted at the project site. ■ The National Response Center, at (800) 424-8802, should be notified of spills offederal reportable quantities in conformance with the requirements in 40 CFR parts 110, 117, and 302. Also notify the Governors Office of Emergency Services Warning Center at (916) 845- 8911. ■ A copy of the hazardous waste manifests should be provided. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Non point Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Processes, Procedures and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All Construction Activity, 430/9-73-007, USEPA, 1973. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. January 2011 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 6 of 6 Concrete Waste Management WM-8 ■ Mortar-mixing stations exist. ■ Stucco mixing and spraying. ■ See also NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning. Limitations ■ Offsite washout of concrete wastes may not always be possible. ■ Multiple washouts may be needed to assure adequate capacity and to allow for evaporation. Implementation The following steps will help reduce stormwater pollution from concrete wastes: ■ Incorporate requirements for concrete waste management into material supplier and subcontractor agreements. ■ Store dry and wet materials under cover, away from drainage areas. Refer to WM-1, Material Delivery and Storage for more information. ■ Avoid mixing excess amounts of concrete. ■ Perform washout of concrete trucks in designated areas only, where washout will not reach stormwater. ■ Do not wash out concrete trucks into storm drains, open ditches, streets, streams or onto the ground. Trucks should always be washed out into designated facilities. ■ Do not allow excess concrete to be dumped onsite, except in designated areas. ■ For onsite washout: On larger sites, it is recommended to locate washout areas at least 50 feet from storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies. Do not allow runoff from this area by constructing a temporary pit or bermed area large enough for liquid and solid waste. Washout wastes into the temporary washout where the concrete can set, be broken up, and then disposed properly. Washouts shall be implemented in a manner that prevents leaching to underlying soils. Washout containers must be water tight and washouts on or in the ground must be lined with a suitable impervious liner, typically a plastic type material. ■ Do not wash sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete into the street or storm drain. Collect and return sweepings to aggregate base stockpile or dispose in the trash. ■ See typical concrete washout installation details at the end of this fact sheet. Education ■ Educate employees, subcontractors, and suppliers on the concrete waste management techniques described herein. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www. casqa. org 2 of 7 Concrete Waste Management WM-8 ■ Arrange for contractor's superintendent or representative to oversee and enforce concrete waste management procedures. ■ Discuss the concrete management techniques described in this BMP (such as handling of concrete waste and washout) with the ready-mix concrete supplier before any deliveries are made. Concrete Demolition Wastes ■ Stockpile concrete demolition waste in accordance with BMP WM-3, Stockpile Management. ■ Dispose of or recycle hardened concrete waste in accordance with applicable federal, state or local regulations. Concrete Slurry Wastes ■ PCC and AC waste should not be allowed to enter storm drains or watercourses. ■ PCC and AC waste should be collected and disposed of or placed in a temporary concrete washout facility (as described in Onsite Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Concrete Transit Truck Washout Procedures, below). ■ A foreman or construction supervisor should monitor onsite concrete working tasks, such as saw cutting, coring, grinding and grooving to ensure proper methods are implemented. ■ Saw-cut concrete slurry should not be allowed to enter storm drains or watercourses. Residue from grinding operations should be picked up by means of a vacuum attachment to the grinding machine or by sweeping. Saw cutting residue should not be allowed to flow across the pavement and should not be left on the surface of the pavement. See also NS-3, Paving and Grinding Operations; and WM-10, Liquid Waste Management. ■ Concrete slurry residue should be disposed in a temporary washout facility (as described in Onsite Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Concrete Transit Truck Washout Procedures, below) and allowed to dry. Dispose of dry slurry residue in accordance with WM-5, Solid Waste Management. Onsite Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Transit Truck Washout Procedures ■ Temporary concrete washout facilities should be located a minimum of 50 ft from storm drain inlets, open drainage facilities, and watercourses. Each facility should be located away from construction traffic or access areas to prevent disturbance or tracking. ■ A sign should be installed adjacent to each washout facility to inform concrete equipment operators to utilize the proper facilities. ■ Temporary concrete washout facilities should be constructed above grade or below grade at the option of the contractor. Temporary concrete washout facilities should be constructed and maintained in sufficient quantity and size to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 7 Concrete Waste Management WM-8 ■ Temporary washout facilities should have a temporary pit or bermed areas of sufficient volume to completely contain all liquid and waste concrete materials generated during washout procedures. ■ Temporary washout facilities should be lined to prevent discharge to the underlying ground or surrounding area. ■ Washout of concrete trucks should be performed in designated areas only. ■ Only concrete from mixer truck chutes should be washed into concrete wash out. ■ Concrete washout from concrete pumper bins can be washed into concrete pumper trucks and discharged into designated washout area or properly disposed of or recycled offsite. ■ Once concrete wastes are washed into the designated area and allowed to harden, the concrete should be broken up, removed, and disposed of per WM-5, Solid Waste Management. Dispose of or recycle hardened concrete on a regular basis. ■ Temporary Concrete Washout Facility (Type Above Grade) Temporary concrete washout facility (type above grade) should be constructed as shown on the details at the end of this BMP, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft; however, smaller sites or jobs may only need a smaller washout facility. With any washout, always maintain a sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. Materials used to construct the washout area should conform to the provisions detailed in their respective BMPs (e.g., SE-8 Sandbag Barrier). Plastic lining material should be a minimum of 10 mil in polyethylene sheeting and should be free of holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. Alternatively, portable removable containers can be used as above grade concrete washouts. Also called a "roll-off'; this concrete washout facility should be properly sealed to prevent leakage, and should be removed from the site and replaced when the container reaches 75% capacity. ■ Temporary Concrete Washout Facility (Type Below Grade) Temporary concrete washout facilities (type below grade) should be constructed as shown on the details at the end of this BMP, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft. The quantity and volume should be sufficient to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations. Lath and flagging should be commercial type. Plastic lining material should be a minimum of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting and should be free of holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 7 Concrete Waste Management WM-8 The base of a washout facility should be free of rock or debris that may damage a plastic liner. Removal of Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities ■ When temporary concrete washout facilities are no longer required for the work, the hardened concrete should be removed and properly disposed or recycled in accordance with federal, state or local regulations. Materials used to construct temporary concrete washout facilities should be removed from the site of the work and properly disposed or recycled in accordance with federal, state or local regulations .. ■ Holes, depressions or other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary concrete washout facilities should be backfilled and repaired. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. Roll-off concrete washout facilities can be more costly than other measures due to removal and replacement; however, provide a cleaner alternative to traditional washouts. The type of washout facility, size, and availability of materials will determine the cost of the washout. Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Temporary concrete washout facilities should be maintained to provide adequate holding capacity with a minimum free board of 4 in. for above grade facilities and 12 in. for below grade facilities. Maintaining temporary concrete washout facilities should include removing and disposing of hardened concrete and returning the facilities to a functional condition. Hardened concrete materials should be removed and properly disposed or recycled in accordance with federal, state or local regulations. ■ Washout facilities must be cleaned, or new facilities must be constructed and ready for use once the washout is 75% full. ■ Inspect washout facilities for damage (e.g. torn liner, evidence ofleaks, signage, etc.). Repair all identified damage. References Blueprint for a Clean Bay: Best Management Practices to Prevent Stormwater Pollution from Construction Related Activities; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1995. Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000, Updated March 2003. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92O05; USEPA, April 1992. July 2012 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org s of 7 Sanitary /Septic Waste Management WM-9 ■ Temporary sanitary facilities must be equipped with containment to prevent discharge of pollutants to the stormwater drainage system of the receiving water. ■ Consider safety as well as environmental implications before placing temporary sanitary facilities. ■ Wastewater should not be discharged or buried within the project site. ■ Sanitary and septic systems that discharge directly into sanitary sewer systems, where permissible, should comply with the local health agency, city, county, and sewer district requirements. ■ Only reputable, licensed sanitary and septic waste haulers should be used. ■ Sanitary facilities should be located in a convenient location. ■ Temporary septic systems should treat wastes to appropriate levels before discharging. ■ If using an onsite disposal system (OSDS), such as a septic system, local health agency requirements must be followed. ■ Temporary sanitary facilities that discharge to the sanitary sewer system should be properly connected to avoid illicit discharges. ■ Sanitary and septic facilities should be maintained in good working order by a licensed service. ■ Regular waste collection by a licensed hauler should be arranged before facilities overflow. ■ If a spill does occur from a temporary sanitary facility, follow federal, state and local regulations for containment and clean-up. Education ■ Educate employees, subcontractors, and suppliers on sanitary and septic waste storage and disposal procedures. ■ Educate employees, subcontractors, and suppliers of potential dangers to humans and the environment from sanitary and septic wastes. ■ Instruct employees, subcontractors, and suppliers in identification of sanitary and septic waste. ■ Hold regular meetings to discuss and reinforce the use of sanitary facilities (incorporate into regular safety meetings). ■ Establish a continuing education program to indoctrinate new employees. Costs All of the above are low cost measures. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 3 Sanitary /Septic Waste Management WM-9 Inspection and Maintenance ■ BMPs must be inspected in accordance with General Permit requirements for the associated project type and risk level. It is recommended that at a minimum, BMPs be inspected weekly, prior to forecasted rain events, daily during extended rain events, and after the conclusion of rain events. ■ Arrange for regular waste collection. ■ If high winds are expected, portable sanitary facilities must be secured with spikes or weighed down to prevent over turning. ■ If spills or leaks from sanitary or septic facilities occur that are not contained and discharge from the site, non-visible sampling of site discharge may be required. Refer to the General Permit or to your project specific Construction Site Monitoring Plan to determine if and where sampling is required. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), March 2003. Stormwater Management for Construction Activities; Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practice, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 3 Liquid Waste Management WM-10 concrete slurry residue (WM-8, Concrete Waste Management). ■ Typical permitted non-stormwater discharges can include: water line :flushing; landscape irrigation; diverted stream flows; rising ground waters; uncontaminated pumped ground water; discharges from potable water sources; foundation drains; irrigation water; springs; water from crawl space pumps; footing drains; lawn watering; flows from riparian habitats and wetlands; and discharges or flows from emergency fire fighting activities. Implementation General Practices ■ Instruct employees and subcontractors how to safely differentiate between non-hazardous liquid waste and potential or known hazardous liquid waste. ■ Instruct employees, subcontractors, and suppliers that it is unacceptable for any liquid waste to enter any storm drainage device, waterway, or receiving water. ■ Educate employees and subcontractors on liquid waste generating activities and liquid waste storage and disposal procedures. ■ Hold regular meetings to discuss and reinforce disposal procedures (incorporate into regular safety meetings). ■ Verify which non-stormwater discharges are permitted by the statewide NPDES permit; different regions might have different requirements not outlined in this permit. ■ Apply NS-8, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning for managing wash water and rinse water from vehicle and equipment cleaning operations. Containing Liquid Wastes ■ Drilling residue and drilling fluids should not be allowed to enter storm drains and watercourses and should be disposed of. ■ If an appropriate location is available, drilling residue and drilling fluids that are exempt under Title 23, CCR § 2511(g) may be dried by infiltration and evaporation in a containment facility constructed in conformance with the provisions concerning the Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities detailed in WM-8, Concrete Waste Management. ■ Liquid wastes generated as part of an operational procedure, such as water-laden dredged material and drilling mud, should be contained and not allowed to flow into drainage channels or receiving waters prior to treatment. ■ Liquid wastes should be contained in a controlled area such as a holding pit, sediment basin, roll-off bin, or portable tank. ■ Containment devices must be structurally sound and leak free. ■ Containment devices must be of sufficient quantity or volume to completely contain the liquid wastes generated. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 2 of 4 Liquid Waste Management WM-10 ■ Precautions should be taken to avoid spills or accidental releases of contained liquid wastes. Apply the education measures and spill response procedures outlined in WM-4, Spill Prevention and Control. ■ Containment areas or devices should not be located where accidental release of the contained liquid can threaten health or safety or discharge to water bodies, channels, or storm drains. Capturing Liquid Wastes ■ Capture all liquid wastes that have the potential to affect the storm drainage system (such as wash water and rinse water from cleaning walls or pavement), before they run off a surface. ■ Do not allow liquid wastes to flow or discharge uncontrolled. Use temporary dikes or berms to intercept flows and direct them to a containment area or device for capture. ■ Use a sediment trap (SE-3, Sediment Trap) for capturing and treating sediment laden liquid waste or capture in a containment device and allow sediment to settle. Disposing of Liquid Wastes ■ A typical method to handle liquid waste is to dewater the contained liquid waste, using procedures such as described in NS-2, Dewatering Operations, and SE-2, Sediment Basin, and dispose of resulting solids per WM-5, Solid Waste Management. ■ Methods of disposal for some liquid wastes may be prescribed in Water Quality Reports, NPDES permits, Environmental Impact Reports, 401 or 404 permits, and local agency discharge permits, etc. Review the SWPPP to see if disposal methods are identified. ■ Liquid wastes, such as from dredged material, may require testing and certification whether it is hazardous or not before a disposal method can be determined. ■ For disposal of hazardous waste, see WM-6, Hazardous Waste Management. ■ If necessary, further treat liquid wastes prior to disposal. Treatment may include, though is not limited to, sedimentation, filtration, and chemical neutralization. Costs Prevention costs for liquid waste management are minimal. Costs increase if cleanup or fines are involved. Inspection and Maintenance ■ Inspect and verify that activity-based BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of associated activities. While activities associated with the BMP are under way, inspect weekly during the rainy season and of two-week intervals in the non-rainy season to verify continued BMP implementation. • ■ Inspect BMPs subject to non-stormwater discharge daily while non-stormwater discharges occur. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 3 of 4 Liquid Waste Management WM-10 ■ Remove deposited solids in containment areas and capturing devices as needed and at the completion of the task. Dispose of any solids as described in WM-5, Solid Waste Management. ■ Inspect containment areas and capturing devices and repair as needed. References Stormwater Quality Handbooks -Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Manual, State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), November 2000. November 2009 California Stormwater BMP Handbook Construction www.casqa.org 4 of 4 Appendix H: BMP Inspection Form Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 20 23 BMP INSPECTION REPORT C Date and Time of Inspection: Date Report Written: Weekly Pre-Qualifying During QPE Inactive Inspection Type: Complete Precipitation Complete Parts Post-QPE Project (Circle one) Parts I, II, I II Event (QPE) I, II, Ill, V, and Complete Parts Complete and VII Complete Parts VII l,/1,/11, VI and VII Parts I, II,/ II l,/1,//l,IV and VII and VII Part I. General Information Site Information Construction Site Name: Construction stage and Approximate area completed activities: of site that is exposed: Photos Taken: Photo Reference IDs: (Circle one) Yes No Weather Estimate storm beginning: Estimate storm duration: (date and time) (hours) Estimate time since last storm: Rain gauge reading and location: C (days or hours) (in) Is a "Qualifying Precipitation Event" predicted or did one occur (i.e., any weather pattern with a 50% chance of 0.5'' or more within a 24-hr period when 0.5" has been forecast and continues on subsequent 24-hour periods when 0.25" of precipitation or more is forecast)? (Y/N) If yes, summarize forecast: Exception Documentation (explanation required if inspection could not be conducted). Visual inspections are not required outside of business hours or during dangerous weather conditions such as electrical storms, flooding, and high winds above 40 miles per hour. Inspector Information Inspector Name: Inspector Title: Inspector Certification: Date: C Part II. BMP Observations. Describe deficiencies in Part Ill. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 Novembel' 2023 Adequately designed, Action Action Implemented Minimum BMPs for Risk Level --Sites implemented Required (Date) and effective (yes/no) (yes, no, NIA) Good Housekeeping for Construction Materials Inventory of products (excluding materials designed to be outdoors) Stockpiled construction materials not actively in use are covered and bermed All chemicals are stored in watertight containers with appropriate secondary containment, or in a completely enclosed storage shed Construction materials are minimally exposed to precipitation BMPs preventing the off-site tracking of materials are implemented and properly effective Good Housekeeping for Waste Management Wash/rinse water and materials are prevented from _being disposed into the storm drain system Portable toilets are contained to prevent discharges of waste Sanitation facilities are clean and with no apparent for leaks and spills Equipment is in place to cover waste disposal containers at the end of business day and during rain events Discharges from waste disposal containers are prevented from discharging to the storm drain system / receiving water Stockpiled waste material is securely protected from wind and rain if not actively in use Procedures are in place for addressing hazardous and non- hazardous spills Appropriate spill response personnel are assigned and trained Equipment and materials for cleanup of spills is available onsite Washout areas (e.g., concrete) are contained appropriately to prevent discharge or infiltration into the underlying soil Good Housekeeping for Vehicle Storage and Maintenance Measures are in place to prevent oil, grease, or fuel from leaking into the ground, storm drains, or surface waters All equipment or vehicles are fueled, maintained, and stored in a designated area with appropriate BMPs Vehicle and equipment leaks are cleaned immediately and disposed of properly Part II. BMP Observations Continued. Describe deficiencies in Part Ill. Adequately Action Action Implemented Minimum BMPs for Risk Level Sites Required --designed, (yes/no) (Date) Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3 November 2023 implemented and effective C (yes, no, N/A) Good Housekeeping for Landscape Materials Stockpiled landscape materials such as mulches and topsoil are contained and covered when not actively in use Erodible landscape material has not been applied 2 days before a forecasted rain event or during an event Erodible landscape materials are applied at quantities and rates in accordance with manufacturer recommendations Bagged erodible landscape materials are stored on pallets and covered Good Housekeeping for Air Deposition of Site Materials Good housekeeping measures are implemented onsite to control the air deposition of site materials and from site operations Non-Stormwater Management Non-Stormwater discharges are properly controlled Vehicles are washed in a manner to prevent non-stormwater discharges to surface waters or drainage systems Streets are cleaned in a manner to prevent unauthorized non- stormwater discharges to surface waters or drainage systems. Erosion Controls C Wind erosion controls are effectively implemented Effective soil cover is provided for disturbed areas inactive (i.e., not scheduled to be disturbed for 14 days) as well as finished slopes, open space, utility backfill, and completed lots The use of plastic materials is limited in cases when a more sustainable, environmentally friendly alternative exists. Sediment Controls Perimeter controls are established and effective at controlling erosion and sediment discharges from the site Entrances and exits are stabilized to control erosion and sediment discharges from the site Sediment basins are properly maintained Inspect immediate access roads prior to forecasted precipitation Linear sediment control along toe of slope, face of slope an at grade breaks (Risk Level 2 & 3 Only) Limit construction activity to and from site to entrances and exits that employ effective controls to prevent offsite tracking (Risk Level 2 & 3 Only) Ensure all storm, drain inlets and perimeter controls, runoff control BMPs and pollutants controls at entrances and exits are maintained and protected from activities the reduce their C effectiveness (Risk Level 2 & 3 Only) Run-On and Run-Off Controls Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 4 November 2023 Location Description C' Location Description Location Description Location Description Part VI. Additional Post-QPE Observations. Visually observe (inspect) stormwater discharges at all discharge locations within 96 hours after each qualifying precipitation event, and observe (inspect) the discharge of stored or contained storrnwater that is derived from and discharged subsequent to a qualifying precipitation event producing precipitation of½ inch or more at the time of discharge. Complete Part VII (Corrective Actions) as needed. Discharge Location, Storage or Visual Observation Containment Area Part VII. Additional Corrective Actions Required. Identify additional corrective actions not included with BMP Deficiencies (Part Ill) above. Note if SWPPP change is required. Required Actions Implementation Date Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 6 November 2023 Appendix I: Training Forms Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Contractor Personnel Training Log Stormwater Management Training Log and Documentation Project Name: __________________________ _ WDID #: __________________________ _ Stormwater Management Topic: (check as appropriate) □ Good Housekeeping BMPs □ Erosion Control BMPs □ Sediment Control BMPs □ Tracking Control □ Non-Stormwater Management BMPs □ Waste Management & Pollution Control BMPs □ BMP Implementation Activities □ Advanced BMPs □ Identification of QSPs and QSP Delegates Training Objective: ________________________ _ Date: ___________ _ Instructor: _________ _ Training Length (hours): ___ _ Attendee Roster (Attach additional forms ifnecessarv) Name Company Phone . Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 November 2023 QSP Delegate Training Log Stormwater Management Training Log and Documentation Project Name: __________________________ _ WDID #: ___________________________ _ QSP Delegate Name: _______________________ _ Delegated Responsibilities: □ Stormwater Visual Inspections □ Sampling □ BMP Inspections □ BMP Maintenance and Repair Foundational Training Topic Date Completed QSPTrainer □ Roles and Responsibilities □ Forecast Information □ Documentation and Reporting Procedures Site-Specific Training Topic Date Completed QSPTrainer □ Visual Inspections □ Sample Collection Procedures □ Sample Reporting Procedures □ BMP Implementation As needed, attach proof of external training (e.g., course completion certificates, credentials for the QSP Delegate). Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3 November 2023 Appendix J: Responsible Parties Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Identification of QSP and QSP Delegates Project Name: _____________________ _ WDID #: ______________ _ The following are QSPs and QSP Delegates associated with this project Name of PersonnelC1) QSP Number, or Company Date state "Delegate" (1) If additional QSPs or QSP Delegates are required on the job site add additional lines Park Dl'ive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 November 2023 Appendix K: Contractors and Subcontractors Contractor Name: TBD Title: TBD Contractor Company: TBD Address TBD Phone Number: TBD Phone Number (24/7) TBD Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix L: Calculations Park Drive Street & Dminage Improvements SWPPP 1 Novembe1' 2023 **************************************************************************** RATIONAL METHOD HYDROLOGY COMPUTER PROGRAM PACKAGE Reference: SAN DIEGO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT 2003,1985,1981 HYDROLOGY MANUAL (c) Copyright 1982-2014 Advanc ed Engineering Software (aes) Ver. 21.0 Release Date: 06/01/2014 License ID 1419 Analysis prepared by: ************************** DESCRIPTION OF STUDY ************************** * PARK DRIVE STREET AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS * * SYSTEM 100 * * 100-YEAR STORM EVENT * ************************************************************************** FILE NAME: PARK100.DAT TIME /DATE OF STUDY: 17:35 05/16/2023 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- USER SPECIFIED HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULIC MODEL INFORMATION : ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 SAN DIEGO MANUAL CRITERIA USER SPECIFIED STORM EVENT(YEAR) = 100.00 6-HOUR DURATION PRECIPITATION (INCHES)= 2.600 SPECIFIED MINIMUM PIPE SIZE(INCH) = 18.00 SPECIFIED PERCENT OF GRADIENTS(DECIMAL) TO USE FOR FRICTION SLOPE = 0.95 SAN DIEGO HYDROLOGY MANUAL "("-VALUES USED FOR RATIONAL METHOD NOTE : USE MODIFIED RATIONAL METHOD PROCEDURES FOR CONFLUENCE ANALYSIS *USER-DEFINED STREET-SECTIONS FOR COUPLED PIPEFLOW AND STREETFLOW MODEL* HALF-CROWN TO STREET-CROSSFALL: CURB GUTTER-GEOMETRIES: MANNING WIDTH CROSSFALL IN-/ OUT-/PARK-HEIGHT WIDTH LIP HI KE FACTOR NO. (FT) (FT) SIDE/ SIDE / WAY (FT) (FT) (FT) (FT) (n) ====== ====== ======= 1 30 .0 20 .0 0.018/0.018/0.020 0.67 2.00 0.0313 0.167 0.0150 GLOBAL STREET FLOW-DEPTH CONSTRAINTS: 1. Relative Flow-Depth= 0.00 FEET as (Maximum Allowable Street Flow Depth) -(Top-of-Curb) 2. (Depth)*(Velocity) Constraint = 6.0 (FT*FT/S) *SIZE PIPE WITH A FLOW CAPACITY GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE UPSTREAM TRIBUTARY PIPE.* **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 100 .00 TO NODE 105.00 IS CODE= 22 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< =======================================================================-=--- OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S . CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 USER SPECIFIED Tc(MIN .) = 5.000 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.850 SUBAREA RUNOFF (CFS) = 0.14 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.06 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.14 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 105.00 TO NODE 110.00 IS CODE= 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 132 .00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 119.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 355.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.0366 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR = 2.000 MANNING'S FACTOR= 0 .035 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 4.892 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 0.40 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC .) = 1 .73 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.10 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 3.43 Tc(MIN .) = 8.43 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.29 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.50 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= 0 .350 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.3 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 0 .60 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS: DEPTH(FEET) = 0.13 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET /SEC.) = 1.96 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 100.00 TO NODE 110.00 = 355.00 FEET . **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 110.00 TO NODE 115 .00 IS CODE= 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA : UPSTREAM(FEET) = 119.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 16.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 233 .00 CHANNEL SLOPE = 0.4421 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR = 2.000 MANNING'S FACTOR = 0.045 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAI NFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 4.624 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 1.42 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC .) = 5.04 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.12 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 0 .77 Tc(MIN.) = 9.20 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 1 .01 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 1.63 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= 0.350 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.4 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 2.20 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS : DEPTH(FEET) = 0.16 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 5.80 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 100 .00 TO NODE 115 .00 = 588 .00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 115.00 TO NODE 115.00 IS CODE= 1 >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE <<<<< TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 1 ARE: TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN.) = 9.20 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 4.62 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 1.36 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) AT CONFLUENCE = 2.20 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCE SS FROM NODE 120.00 TO NODE 125.00 IS CODE= 21 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 322.00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 107.00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 19.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 88.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 6.267 WARNING: INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW PATH LENGTH IS GREATER THAN THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW LENGTH = 100.00 (Reference : Table 3-lB of Hydrology Manual) THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW LENGTH IS USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.922 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.48 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.23 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.48 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 125.00 TO NODE 115.00 IS CODE= 51 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ====================================================================-=------ ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 19.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 16.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 271.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.0111 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2 .00 "Z" FACTOR = 1.000 MANNING'S FACTOR = 0.015 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 CHANNEL FLOW THRU SUBAREA(CFS) = 0.48 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 2.18 FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.10 TRAVEL TIME(MIN .) = 2.07 Tc(MIN .) = 8.34 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 120.00 TO NODE 115 .00 = 593.00 FEET . **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 115.00 TO NODE 115 .00 IS CODE= 1 >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE<<<<< >>>>>AND COMPUTE VARIOUS CONFLUENCED STREAM VALUES <<<<< =========================================================================--- TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 2 ARE: TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN .) = 8.34 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 4 .93 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 0.23 PEAK FLOW RATE(CF S) AT CONFLUENCE= 0.48 ** CONFLUENCE DATA ** STREAM RUNOFF NUMBER (CFS) 1 2.20 2 0.48 Tc (MIN.) 9.20 8.34 RAINFALL INTENSITY AND TIME OF CONFLUENCE FORMULA USED FOR 2 ** PEAK FLOW RATE TABLE ** STREAM RUNOFF Tc NUMBER (CFS) (MIN .) 1 2.47 8.34 2 2.65 9.20 INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 4.624 4.925 CONCENTRATION STREAMS . INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 4.925 4.624 COMPUTED CONFLUENCE ESTIMATES ARE AS FOLLOWS: AREA (ACRE) 1.36 0.23 RATIO PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 2.65 Tc(MIN .) = 9.20 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.6 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 120.00 TO NODE 115 .00 = END OF STUDY SUMMARY: TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.6 TC{MIN .) = l ~ P_E_A_K_F_L_O_W___,_RA_T_E_(_C-'-F S-)--=---2-.-6~5 ! 9.20 593 .00 FEET. ============================================================================ ----------================================================================== END OF RATIONAL METHOD ANALYSIS **************************************************************************** RATIONAL METHOD HYDROLOGY COMPUTER PROGRAM PACKAGE Reference : SAN DIEGO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT 2003,1985,1981 HYDROLOGY MANUAL (c) Copyright 1982-2014 Advanced Engineering Software (aes) Ver . 21.0 Release Date: 06/01/2014 License ID 1419 Analysis prepared by : ************************** DESCRIPTION OF STUDY ************************** * PARK DRIVE STREET AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS * * SYSTEM 150 * * 100-YEAR STORM EVENT * ************************************************************************** FILE NAME : PARK150.DAT TIME /DATE OF STUDY: 17:35 05/16/2023 USER SPECIFIED HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULIC MODEL INFORMATION: 2003 SAN DIEGO MANUAL CRITERIA USER SPECIFIED STORM EVENT(YEAR) = 100.00 6-HOUR DURATION PRECIPITATION (INCHES)= 2.600 SPECIFIED MINIMUM PIPE SIZE(INCH) = 18 .00 SPECIFIED PERCENT OF GRADIENTS(DECIMAL) TO USE FOR FRICTION SLOPE= 0.95 SAN DIEGO HYDROLOGY MANUAL "("-VALUES USED FOR RATIONAL METHOD NOTE : USE MODIFIED RATIONAL METHOD PROCEDURES FOR CONFLUENCE ANALYSIS *USER-DEFINED STREET -SECTIONS FOR COUPLED PIPEFLOW AND STREETFLOW MODEL* HALF-CROWN TO STREET-CROSSFALL: CURB GUTTER-GEOMETRIES: MANNING WIDTH CROSSFALL IN-/ OUT-/PARK -HEIGHT WIDTH LIP HIKE FACTOR NO. (FT) (FT) SIDE/ SIDE/ WAY (FT) (FT) (FT) (FT) (n) ====== ====== ======= 1 30.0 20.0 0.018/0.018/0.020 0.67 2.00 0.0313 0.167 0.0150 GLOBAL STREET FLOW-DEPTH CONSTRAINTS : 1. Relative Flow-Depth = 0.00 FEET as (Maximum Allowable Street Flow Depth) -(Top-of-Curb) 2. (Depth)*(Velocity) Constraint = 6.0 (FT*FT /S) *SIZE PIPE WITH A FLOW CAPACITY GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE UPSTREAM TRIBUTARY PIPE .* **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 150.00 TO NODE 155.00 IS CODE = 21 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS <<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II )= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 36 .00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 131.00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 110.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 21.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 3.760 WARNING : THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW SLOPE, 10 .%, IS USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.850 NOTE: RAINFALL INTENSITY I S BASED ON Tc= 5-MINUTE. SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.82 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.34 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.82 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 155.00 TO NODE 160.00 IS CODE = 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 110.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 60.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 168.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.2976 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR = 4.000 MANNING 'S FACTOR = 0.040 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 4.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH /HOUR) = 6.850 NOTE: RAINFALL INTENSITY IS BASED ON Tc = 5-MINUTE. OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 1.53 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 4.57 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.13 TRAVEL TIME(MIN .) = 0.61 Tc(MIN.) = 4.37 SUBAREA AR EA(ACRES) = 0.60 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CF S) 1.44 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COE FFICIENT= 0.350 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.9 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 2.25 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS : DEPTH(FEET) = 0.16 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 5.21 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 150.00 TO NODE 160.00 = 204.00 FEET . **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 160.00 TO NODE 165.00 IS CODE = 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXI STING ELEMENT)<<<<< ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 60.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 15.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 159.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.2830 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR= 4.000 MANNING'S FACTOR= 0.040 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 4.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.850 NOTE: RAINFALL INTENSITY IS BASED ON Tc= 5-MINUTE. OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 2.45 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 5.27 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.17 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 0.50 Tc(MIN .) = 4.88 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.16 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.1 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.350 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS: DEPTH(FEET) = 0.18 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 5.38 0.38 2.64 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 150.00 TO NODE 165.00 = 363.00 FEET. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF STUDY SUMMARY: TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.1 TC(MIN.) = ~I P_E_A_K_F_L_o_w_R.,:_A_T_E_( c--=F'-s-)--=----2 -. 6-4-I 4 .88 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF RATIONAL METHOD ANALYSIS FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 200.00 TO NODE 205 .00 rs CODE= 21 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 70 .00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 133.00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 109.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 24.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 5.243 WARNING: THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW SLOPE, 10.%, IS USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.644 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.23 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.10 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.23 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 205 .00 TO NODE 210.00 IS CODE = 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 109.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 82.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 160.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.1688 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR = 2.000 MANNING'S FACTOR= 0.045 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.991 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S . CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 0.73 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 2.93 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.11 TRAVEL TIME(MIN .) = 0.91 Tc(MIN.) = 6.15 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.47 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.99 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = 0.350 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.6 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 1.20 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS: DEPTH(FEET) = 0.15 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 3.47 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 200.00 TO NODE 210.00 = 230.00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 210.00 TO NODE 23 5.00 IS CODE= 31 >>>>>COMPUTE PIPE-FLOW TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA<<<<< >>>>>USING COMPUTER-ESTIMATED PI PES I ZE (NON -PRESSURE FLOW)<<<<< -=========================================================================== ELEVATION DATA : UPSTREAM(FEET) = 68.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 14.00 FLOW LENGTH(FEET) = 163 .00 MANNING'S N = 0.013 ESTIMATED PIPE DIAMETER(INCH) INCREASED TO 18.000 DEPTH OF FLOW IN 18.0 INCH PIPE IS 1.8 INCHES PIPE-FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 13.25 ESTIMATED PIPE DIAMETER(INCH) = 18.00 NUMBER OF PIPES= 1 PIPE-FLOW(CFS) = 1.20 PIPE TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 0 .20 Tc(MIN.) = 6.36 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 200.00 TO NODE 235.00 = 393.00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 235.00 TO NODE 235.00 IS CODE= 1 >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE<<<<< TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 1 ARE: TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN.) = 6.36 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 5.87 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 0.57 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) AT CONFLUENCE= 1.20 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 220.00 TO NODE 225.00 IS CODE= 21 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 85.00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 106 .00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 90.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 16.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 5.778 WARNING : THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW SLOPE, 10.%, IS USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.241 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.15 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.07 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) 0.15 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 225.00 TO NODE 215.00 IS CODE= 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 90.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 35.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 172.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.3198 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR= 2.000 MANNING 'S FACTOR = 0.045 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.643 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 0.45 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 2.94 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.07 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 0.98 Tc(MIN.) = 6.75 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.30 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.59 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= 0.350 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.4 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 0.73 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS : DEPTH(FEET) = 0.09 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 3.54 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 220.00 TO NODE 215.00 = 257.00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 230.00 TO NODE 215.00 IS CODE= 81 >>>>>ADDITION OF SUBAREA TO MAINLINE PEAK FLOW<<<<< =======-==-=========================================-==========-----------== 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.643 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" (AMC II) = 81 COEFFICIENT= 0.3500 S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = = 0.13 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.5 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.26 0.99 TC(MIN.) = 6.75 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 215.00 TO NODE 235 .00 IS CODE= 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ============================================================================ ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 35.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 26.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 19.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.4737 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 • "Z" FACTOR= 1.000 MANNING'S FACTOR= 0.015 MAXIMUM .DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.625 ANNUAL GRASS (DRYLAND) GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 80 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 1.00 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 9.62 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.05 TRAVEL TIME(MIN .) = 0.03 Tc(MIN.) = 6.79 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.01 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.02 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= 0.35-;.::0::..._ ____________ _ IPEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 1.00 1 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.5 END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS: DEPTH(FEET) = 0.05 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC .) = 9.69 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 220.00 TO NODE 235.00 = 276.00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 240.00 TO NODE 235.00 IS CODE= 81 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- >>>>>ADDITION OF SUBAREA TO MAINLINE PEAK FLOW<<<<< ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.625 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= 0.3500 suBAREA AREA(ACRES) = 0.08 ~ls_u_BA_R_E_A_R_U_N_OF_F_(_C_FS_)_=--0-.1-6_,I TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0 .6 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 1 .16 TC(MIN.) = 6.79 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 235.00 TO NODE 235.00 IS CODE= 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE<<<<< >>>>>AND COMPUTE VARIOUS CONFLUENCED STREAM VALUES<<<<< ============================================================================ TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 2 ARE: TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN.) = 6.79 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 5.63 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 0.59 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) AT CONFLUENCE= 1.16 ** CONFLUENCE DATA ** STREAM RUNOFF NUMBER (CFS) 1 1. 20 2 1.16 Tc (MIN.) 6.36 6.79 RAINFALL INTENSITY AND TIME CONFLUENCE FORMULA USED FOR ** PEAK FLOW RATE TABLE ** STREAM RUNOFF Tc NUMBER (CFS) (MIN.) 1 2.28 6.36 2 2.31 6.79 INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 5.866 5.625 OF CONCENTRATION 2 STREAMS. INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 5.866 5.625 COMPUTED CONFLUENCE ESTIMATES ARE AS FOLLOWS: AREA (ACRE) 0.57 0.59 RATIO PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 2.31 Tc(MIN.) = 6.79 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.2 **************************************************************************** RATIONAL METHOD HYDROLOGY COMPUTER PROGRAM PACKAGE Reference: SAN DIEGO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT 2003,1985,1981 HYDROLOGY MANUAL (c) Copyright 1982-2014 Advanced Engineering Software (aes) Ver . 21.0 Release Date : 06/01/2014 License ID 1419 Analys is prepared by: ************************** DESCRIPTION OF STUDY************************** * PARK DRIVE STREET AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS * * SYSTEM 300 * * 100 YEAR STORM EVENT * ************************************************************************** FI LE NAME : PARK300 .DAT TIME/DATE OF STUDY: 18 :02 05/16/2023 USER SPECIFIED HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULIC MODEL INFORMATION: 2003 SAN DIEGO MANUAL CRITERIA USER SPECIFIED STORM EVENT(YEAR) = 100.00 6-HOUR DURATION PRECIPITATION (INCHES)= 2.600 SPECIFIED MINIMUM PIPE SIZE(INCH) = 18.00 SPECIFIED PERCENT OF GRADIENTS(DECIMAL) TO USE FOR FRICTION SLOPE= 0.95 SAN DIEGO HYDROLOGY MANUAL "C"-VALUES USED FOR RATIONAL METHOD NOTE: USE MODIFIED RATIONAL METHOD PROCEDURES FOR CONFLUENCE ANALYSIS *USER-DEFINED STREET-SECTIONS FOR COUPLED PIPEFLOW AND STREETFLOW MODEL* HALF-CROWN TO STREET-CROSSFALL: CURB GUTTER-GEOMETRIES : MANNING WIDTH CROSSFALL IN-/ OUT-/PARK-HEIGHT WIDTH LIP HIK E FACTOR NO. (FT) (FT) SIDE/ SIDE/ WAY (FT) (FT) (FT) (FT) (n) ====== ======= 1 30.0 20.0 0.018/0.018/0.020 0.67 2.00 0.0313 0.167 0.0150 GLOBAL STREET FLOW-DEPTH CONSTRAINTS: 1. Relative Flow-Depth= 0.00 FEET as (Maximum Allowable Street Flow Depth) -(Top-of-Curb) 2. (Depth)*(Velocity) Constraint= 6.0 (FT*FT/S) *SIZE PIPE WITH A FLOW CAPACITY GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE UPSTREAM TRIBUTARY PIPE.* **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 300.00 TO NODE 305.00 IS CODE = 21 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 94.00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 121.00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 110.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 11.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 6.076 WARNING : THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW SLOPE, 10.%, I S USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.041 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.21 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.10 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0 .21 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 305.00 TO NODE 310.00 IS CODE= 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 110.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 19.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 329.00 CHANNEL SLOPE= 0.2766 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR= 2 .000 MANNING'S FACTOR= 0.045 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2 .00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.215 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C .S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = 0.81 TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 3.52 AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0.10 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = 1 .56 Tc(MIN .) = 7.63 = 0.65 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 1.19 SUBAREA AREA(ACRES) AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = COEFFICIENT= 0.35~0'------------------. 0 .8 IPEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 1.37 I END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS: DEPTH(FEET) = 0.14 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 4.28 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 300.00 TO NODE 310.00 = 423.00 FEET. **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 310.00 TO NODE 310.00 IS CODE = 1 >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE <<<<< TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 1 ARE : TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN.) = 7.63 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 5.21 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 0.75 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) AT CONFLUENCE = 1.37 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 315.00 TO NODE 320.00 IS CODE= 21 >>>>>RATIONAL METHOD INITIAL SUBAREA ANALYSIS<<<<< OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT= .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 INITIAL SUBAREA FLOW-LENGTH(FEET) = 84 .00 UPSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 56.00 DOWNSTREAM ELEVATION(FEET) = 27.00 ELEVATION DIFFERENCE(FEET) = 29.00 SUBAREA OVERLAND TIME OF FLOW(MIN.) = 5.743 WARNING : THE MAXIMUM OVERLAND FLOW SLOPE, 10.%, IS USED IN Tc CALCULATION! 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 6.264 SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.11 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.05 TOTAL RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.11 **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 320 .00 TO NODE 310.00 IS CODE = 51 >>>>>COMPUTE TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL FLOW<<<<< >>>>>TRAVELTIME THRU SUBAREA (EXISTING ELEMENT)<<<<< ELEVATION DATA: UPSTREAM(FEET) = 27.00 DOWNSTREAM(FEET) = 19.00 CHANNEL LENGTH THRU SUBAREA(FEET) = 211.00 CHANNEL SLOPE = 0.0379 CHANNEL BASE(FEET) = 2.00 "Z" FACTOR = 1.000 MANNING'S FACTOR = 0.015 MAXIMUM DEPTH(FEET) = 2.00 100 YEAR RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HOUR) = 5.511 OPEN BRUSH GOOD COVER RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = .3500 SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS "D" S.C.S. CURVE NUMBER (AMC II)= 81 TRAVEL TIME COMPUTED USING ESTIMATED FLOW(CFS) = TRAVEL TIME THRU SUBAREA BASED ON VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = AVERAGE FLOW DEPTH(FEET) = 0 .06 TRAVEL TIME(MIN.) = Tc(MIN.) = 7.01 0.33 2.79 1.26 SUBAREA AREA(ACRE S) = 0.23 AREA-AVERAGE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT = SUBAREA RUNOFF(CFS) = 0.350 0.44 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 0.3 !.-P-EA_K __ F_L-OW_R_A ___ T ___ E~( c=F-:S-:-)-= -------,0,....._ ..... 5--:-14! END OF SUBAREA CHANNEL FLOW HYDRAULICS : DEPTH(FEET) = 0.08 FLOW VELOCITY(FEET/SEC.) = 3.28 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 315.00 TO NODE 310 .00 = 295.00 FEET . **************************************************************************** FLOW PROCESS FROM NODE 310 .00 TO NODE 310.00 IS CODE= 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- >>>>>DESIGNATE INDEPENDENT STREAM FOR CONFLUENCE<<<<< >>>>>AND COMPUTE VARIOUS CONFLUENCED STREAM VALUES <<<<< =================================================----=====-----====--------- TOTAL NUMBER OF STREAMS= 2 CONFLUENCE VALUES USED FOR INDEPENDENT STREAM 2 ARE: TIME OF CONCENTRATION(MIN.) = 7 .01 RAINFALL INTENSITY(INCH/HR) = 5.51 TOTAL STREAM AREA(ACRES) = 0.28 PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) AT CONFLUENCE= 0.54 ** CONFLUENCE DATA ** STREAM RUNOFF NUMBER (CFS) 1 1.37 2 0.54 Tc (MIN.) 7.63 7.01 RAINFALL INTENSITY AND TIME CONFLUENCE FORMULA USED FOR ** PEAK FLOW RATE TABLE ** STREAM RUNOFF Tc NUMBER (CFS) (MIN.) 1 1.80 7.01 2 1.88 7.63 OF 2 INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 5.215 5.511 CONCENTRATION STREAMS. INTENSITY (INCH/HOUR) 5.511 5.215 COMPUTED CONFLUENCE ESTIMATES ARE AS FOLLOWS: AREA (ACRE) 0.75 0.28 RATIO PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 1 .88 Tc(MIN.) = 7.63 TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = 1.0 LONGEST FLOWPATH FROM NODE 300 .00 TO NODE 310.00 = 423 .00 FEET . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF STUDY SUMMARY: TOTAL AREA(ACRES) = PEAK FLOW RATE(CFS) = 1.0 TC(MIN .) = 1.88 7 .63 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- END OF RATIONAL METHOD ANALYS IS Appendix M: Weather Reports The discharger must obtain the precipitation forecast information from the National Weather Service Forecast Office (http://forecast.weather.gov ). A printed copy with the date and time of printing should be retained in this Appendix. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix N: Monitoring Records Place completed BMP Inspection Forms, photographic documentation, Effluent Sampling, Receiving Water, and Dewatering Field Logs, Monitoring Exceptions, NAL Exceedance Reports, and Receiving Water Monitoring Trigger Exceptions in this appendix. Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix 0: Example Storm Event Monitoring Forms Park Dl'ive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Rain Gauge Log Sheet Construction Site Name: WDID#: Date Time Initials Rainfall Depth Notes: (mm/dd/yy) (24-hr) (Inches) Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 2 November 2023 Risk Level 2, Visual lnsoection Field Loa Sheet Date and Time of Inspection: I Report Date: Inspection Type: D Weekly □ Pre Qualifying □ During QPE D Post QPE D Dewatering Discharge Precipitation Event (QPE) Site Information Construction Site Name: Construction stage and I Approximate area completed activities: of exoosed site: Weather and Observations Date Rain Predicted to Occur: Predicted % chance of precipitation (PoP): Predicted auantitv of precipitation (QPF): Estimate storm beginning: Estimate storm Estimate time since last storm : Rain gauge reading:_ duration : (days or hours) (date and time) (hours) (inches) Observations: If yes identify location Odors Yes □ No D Floating material Yes D No D Suspended Material Yes D No D Sheen Yes D No D Discolorations Yes □ No □ Turbidity Yes □ No □ Site Inspections Outfalls or BMPs Evaluated Deficiencies Noted (add additional sheets or attached detailed BMP lnsoection Checklists) Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 3 November 2023 Photos Taken: I Yes □ I No □ I Photo Reference IDs: - Corrective Actions Identified (note if SWPPP/REAP change is needed) Inspector Information Inspector Name: I Inspector Title: Signature: I Date: Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 4 November 2023 Risk Level 2 Effluent Samolina Field Loa Sheets Construction Site Name: Date: Time Start: Sampler: Sampling Event Type: □ Stormwater D Dewatering Discharge D Non-visible pollutant Field Meter Calibration pH Meter ID No./Desc.: I Turbidity Meter ID No./Desc.: Calibration Date/Time: Calibration Date/Time: Field pH and Turbidity Measurements Discharge Location Description pH Turbidity Time Grab Samoles Collected Discharge Location Description Sample Tvpe Time Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 5 November 2023 - Additional Sampling Notes: Time End: Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 6 November 2023 CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY ------DATE: ------Lab ID: REQUESTED DESTINATION LAB: ANALYSIS Notes: ATTN: ADDRESS: Office Phone: Cell Phone: SAMPLED BY: Contact: Project Name Client Sample ID Sample Sample Sample Container Date Time Matrix # Type Pres. RELINQUISHED BY SENDER COMMENTS: Signature: Print: Company: Date: TIME: LABORATORY COMMENTS: RECEIVED BY Signature: Print: Company: Date: TIME: I Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 7 November 20 23 Appendix P: Field Meter Instructions Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix Q: Supplemental Information Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix R: Active Treatment System and Passive Treatment Plans Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix S: Construction General Permit Copies of the Construction Stormwater General Permit may be downloaded from the State Water Board website at: http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water issues/programs/stormwater / construction.shtml. Park Dl"ive Street & Drainage Improvements SWPPP 1 November 2023 Appendix B Cultural Resources Treatment and Monitoring Plan Cultural Resources Treatment and Monitoring Plan (CRTMP) for the Park Drive Slope and Drainage Improvement Project, City of Carlsbad, Ca I iforn ia Prepared for: City of carlsbad 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, Ca lifornia 92008 Prepared by: Jessica Colston, BA, Keshia Montifolca, MA, RPA, and Michael Williams Ph.D. DUDEK 605 Third Street Encinitas, Ca lifornia 92024 NOVEMBER 2023 Table of Contents SECTION PAGE NO. ABBREVIATIONS ......................................................................................................................................................... IV 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Overview .................................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Regulatory Context ................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2.1 State Requirements .................................................................................................................. 1 1.2.2 City of Carlsbad General Plan .................................................................................................. 4 1.2.3 California Coastal Commission Archaeological Guidelines .................................................... 6 1.2.4 California Coastal Commission Staff Report Cond itions ........................................................ 7 1.2.5 Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program ........................................................................ 9 2 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING .................................................................................................................... 11 2.1 Agency Oversight ................................................................................................................................. 11 2.2 Pre-Grading Meeting ........................................................................................................................... 11 2.3 MonitoringStaff ................................................................................................................................... 11 2.3.1 Native American Monitor ....................................................................................................... 11 2.3.2 Qualified ArchaeologicaljPaleontological Monitor ............................................................... 11 2.4 Monitoring ............................................................................................................................................ 12 2.5 Unanticipated Discovery Plan ............................................................................................................. 14 2.5.1 Cultural Resources Discoveries ............................................................................................ 14 2.5.2 Human Remains Discoveries ................................................................................................ 15 2.5.3 Paleontological Resources Discoveries ................................................................................ 15 3 FINAL REPORTING ....................................................................................................................................... 17 4 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................. 19 FIGURES Figure 1: Project Location Map ...................................................................................................................................... 21 Figure 2: Project Area Map ............................................................................................................................................. 23 DUDEK 11632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA DUDEK ii 10182 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DUDEK iii 10182 November 2023 Abbreviations Acronym/Abbreviation AB AMSL CDP CEQA City COA County CRMP MM MND MMRP NAHC OHP PRC Project TCR DUDEK Definition Assembly Bill above mean sea level Coastal Development Permit California Environmental Quality Act City of Carlsbad Conditions of Approval County of San Diego Cultural Resources Monitoring Plan Mitigation Measure Mitigated Negative Declaration Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program Native American Heritage Commission California Office is Historic Preservation California Public Resources Code Park Drive Slope and Drainage Improvement Project Tribal Cultural Resource iv 11632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DUDEK V 10182 November 2023 1 Introduction 1.1 Overview The Park Drive Slope and Drainage Improvement Project (Project) is located on the northeast side of Park Drive between Cove Drive and Bayshore Drive, in the City of Carlsbad (City) in northern San Diego County, California. The Project falls within Section 8, Township 11 South, Range 4 West of the San Luis Rey, California 7.5-minute U.S. Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Map (Figure 1). The Project occurs on Assessor's Parcel Numbers 207- 100-57, 207-100-67, and 207-150-57 (Figure 2). The Project involves the demolition of approximately 600 linear feet of existing retaining wall and construction of approximately 800 linear feet of new retaining wall composed of three different wall types varying in height from 2 to 12 feet, grading and revegetation of portions of the failing slope, installation of new pedestrian improvements along the north side of Park Drive, and install a new stormwater filtration facility. 1.2 Regulatory Context The Project is subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the California Register of Historical Resources, California Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5, the California Coastal Commission (CCC) Archaeological Guidelines, and the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Plan (MMRP) which was part of the approved Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) for the Project. The Project is also subject to the CCC Staff Report Special Conditions issued for the Project. 1.2 .1 State Requirements 1.2.1.1 California Environmental Quality Act The following CEQA statutes (PRC Section 21000 et seq.) and CEQA Guidelines (14 CCR 15000 et seq.) are of relevance to the analysis of archaeological, historic, and tribal cultural resources: • PRC Section 21083.2(g) defines "unique archaeological resource." • PRC Section 21084.1 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(a) defines "historical resources." In addition, CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(b) defines the phrase "substantial adverse change in the significance of an historical resource"; it also defines the circumstances when a project would materially impair the significance of a historical resource. • PRC Section 21074(a) defines "tribal cultural resources." • PRC Section 5097.98 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(e) set forth standards and steps to be employed following the accidental discovery of human remains in any location other than a dedicated ceremony. • PRC Sections 21083.2(b) and 21083.2(c) and CEQA Guidelines Section 15126.4 provide information regarding the mitigation framework for archaeological and historic resources, including examples of preservation-in-place mitigation measures. Preservation in place is the preferred manner of mitigating impacts to tribal cultural resources and significant archaeological sites because it maintains the DUDEK 1 11632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA relationship between artifacts and the archaeological context, and may also help avoid conflict with religious or cultural values of groups associated with the archaeological site(s). More specifically, under CEQA, a project may have a significant effect on the environment if it may cause "a substantial adverse change in the significance of a tribal cultural resource or an historical resource" (PRC Section 21084.1; CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(b)). If a site is listed or eligible for listing in the CRHR, or included in a local register of historic resources, or identified as significant in a historical resources survey (meeting the requirements of PRC Section 5024.1(q)), it is an "historical resource" and is presumed to be historically or culturally significant for purposes of CEQA (PRC Section 21084.1; CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(a)). The lead agency is not precluded from determining that a resource is a historical resource even if it does not fall within this presumption (PRC Section 21084.1; CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(a)). A "substantial adverse change in the significance of an historical resource" reflecting a significant effect under CEQA means "physical demolition, destruction, relocation, or alteration of the resource or its immediate surroundings such that the significance of an historical resource would be materially impaired" (CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(b)(1); PRC Section 5020.1(q)). In turn, the significance of a historical resource is materially impaired when a project does any of the following: (1) Demolishes or materially alters in an adverse manner those physical characteristics of an historica l resource that convey its historical significance and that justify its inclusion in, or eligibility for, inclusion in the California Register; or (2) Demolishes or materially alters in an adverse manner those physical cha racteristics that account for its inclusion in a local register of historical resources pursuant to Section 5020.1(k) of the PRC or its identification in an historica l resources survey meeting the requirements of Section 5024.1(g) of the PRC, unless the public agency reviewing the effects of the project establishes by a preponderance of evidence that the resource is not historically or cu lturally significant; or (3) Demolishes or materially alters in an adverse manner those physical characteristics of a historical resource that convey its historical significance and that justify its eligibility for inclusion in the Ca lifornia Register as determined by a lead agency for purposes of CEQA (CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(b)(2)). If it can be demonstrated that a project will cause damage to a unique archaeological resource, the lead agency may require reasonable efforts be made to permit any or all of these resources to be preserved in place or left in an undisturbed state. To the extent that they cannot be left undisturbed, mitigation measures are required (PRC Sections 21083.2(a)-(c)). Section 21083.2(g) defines a unique archaeological resource as an archaeological artifact, object, or site about which it can be clearly demonstrated that without merely adding to the current body of knowledge, there is a high probability that it meets any of the following criteria: (1) Contains information needed to answer important scientific research questions and that there is a demonstrable public interest in that information. (2) Has a special and particular quality such as being the oldest of its type or the best available example of its type. (3) Is directly associated with a scientifically recognized important prehistoric or historic event or person (PRC Section 21083.2(g)). DUDEK 2 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Impacts on nonunique archaeological resources are generally not considered a significant environmental impact (PRC Section 21083.2(a); CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5(c)(4)). However, if a nonunique archaeological resource qualifies as a TCR (PRC Sections 2107 4(c) and 21083.2(h)), further consideration of significant impacts is required. CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5 assigns special importance to human remains and specifies procedures to be used when Native American remains are discovered. As described below, these procedures are detailed in PRC Section 5097.98. 1.2.1.2 Californ ia Register of Histori cal Resources In California, the term "historical resource" includes, but is not limited to, "any object, building, structure, site, area, place, record, or manuscript which is historically or archaeologically significant, or is significant in the architectural, engineering, scientific, economic, agricultural, educational, social, political, military, or cultural annals of California" (California Public Resources Code (PRC), Section 5020.10)). In 1992, the California legislature established the California Register of Historical Resources (CRHR) "to be used by state and local agencies, private groups, and citizens to identify the state's historical resources and to indicate what properties are to be protected, to the extent prudent and feasible, from substantial adverse change" (PRC Section 5024.1(a)). The criteria for listing resources on the CRHR were expressly developed to be in accordance with previously established criteria developed for listing in the NRHP, enumerated below. According to PRC Section 5024.1(c)(1-4), a resource is considered historically significant if it (i) retains "substantial integrity," and (ii) meets at least one of the following criteria: (1) Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of California's history and cultural heritage. (2) Is associated with the lives of persons important in our past. (3) Embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, region, or method of construction, or represents the work of an important creative individual, or possesses high artistic values. (4) Has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history-. In order to understand the historic importance of a resource, sufficient time must have passed to obtain a scholarly perspective on the events or individuals associated with the resource. A resource less than 50 years old may be considered for listing in the CRHR if it can be demonstrated that sufficient time has passed to understand its historical importance (see 14 California Code of Regulations [CCR] 4852(d)(2)). The CRHR protects cultural resources by requiring evaluations of the significance of prehistoric and historic resources. The criteria for the CRHR are nearly identical to those for the NRHP, and properties listed or formally designated as eligible for listing in the NRHP are automatically listed in the CRHR, as are the state landmarks and points of interest. The CRHR also includes properties designated under local ordinances or identified through local historical resource surveys. DUDEK 3 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CilY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 1.2.1.3 California Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5 and Publ ic Resources Code Section 5097.98 CEQA Guidelines Section 15064.5 assigns special importance to human remains and specifies procedures to be used when Native American remains are discovered. As described below, these procedures are detailed in California Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5 and Public Resources Code Section 5097.98. California law protects Native American burials, skeletal remains, and associated grave goods, regardless of their antiquity, and provides for the sensitive treatment and disposition of those remains. Health and Safety Code section 7050.5 requires that if human remains are discovered in any place other than a dedicated cemetery, no further disturbance or excavation of the site or nearby area reasonably suspected to contain human remains shall occur until the County coroner has examined the remains (California Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5[b]). If the coroner determines or has reason to believe the remains are those of a Native American, the coroner must contact the NAHC within 24 hours (Ca lifornia Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5[c]). In accordance with California Public Resources Code Section 5097.98(a), the NAHC will notify the Most Likely Descendant (MLD). With the permission of the landowner, the MLD may inspect the site of discovery. Within 48 hours of being granted access to the site, the MLD may recommend means of treatment or disposition. 1.2.2 City of Carlsbad General Plan The City of Carlsbad General Plan (2015) affords consideration for the preservation of cultural and paleontological resources. The City's Vision Statement Core Values for their General Plan note examples of the historical resources within the City including the Rancho Carrillo, the Marron Adobe, the Barrio neighborhood, the Magee House, and the Village. The General Plan includes guidelines to help revitalize the historic Barrio and Village neighborhoods. The General Plan also states the goal of enhancing education about the area's Native American history. Following are relevant goals and policies of the Arts, History, Culture, and Education Element of the City's General Plan: Goal 7-G-1: Recognize, protect, preserve, and enhance the city's diverse heritage. Policy 7-P.1 Prepare an updated inventory of historic resources in Carlsbad, with recommendations for specific properties and districts to be designated in national, state, and local registries, if determined appropriate and with agreement of the property owners. Policy 7-P.2 Encourage the use of regiona l, state and federal programs that promote cultural preservation to upgrade and redevelop properties with historic or cultural value. Consider becoming a participant in the Mills Act tax incentive program. Policy 7-P.5 Encourage the rehabilitation of qualified historic structures through application of the California Historical Building Code. Policy 7-P.6 Ensure compliance wit h the City of Carlsbad Cultural Resource Guidelines to avoid or substantially reduce impacts to historic structures listed or eligible to be listed in the National Register of Historic Places or the California Register of Historical Resources. Policy 7-P.7 Implement the City of Carlsbad Cultural Resources Guidelines to avoid or substantially reduce impacts to archaeological and paleontological resources. DUDEK 4 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 1.2.3 discretionary use of the resource allows. Consider partnering with private foundations for the conservation of such lands and the development of educational programming. • Combine historica lly significant sites with recreational learning opportunities, where possible. Utilize community parks in support of historical and cultural programs and facilities when feasible and appropriate. • Coordinate the efforts of the Historic Preservation Commission on the siting and care of historic ruins within parks. California Coasta l Commiss ion Archaeological Guidelines The Coastal Zone was probably the most densely occupied region in California in pre-historic times. The same, amenities which attract people to the Coastal Zone today, including a mild climate and abundant and varied natural resources, attracted aboriginal peoples in pre-historic times. As a result, tie probability of discovering archaeological materials in the Coastal Zone is unusually, high, and the potential for the destruction of such resources through development is considerable. If not properly located and designed, development can sign ificantly impact archaeological resources. Excavation or grading commonly performed as part of the site preparation for a project can obliterate archaeological materials or disturb their provenance to such an extent that the information that could have been derived from. the. knowledge of their relative position would be permanently lost. Development ca n also impact archaeologica l resources by compacting the archaeological materials, or by changing their chemical composition. As so many archaeologica l sites have been destroyed or damaged as a result of man-made developments, or natural processes, the remaining sites, even though they may be less rich in archaeological materials, have become increasingly va luable. Additionally, because archaeological sites if studied collectively may provide information on subsistence and settlement patterns, the loss of individual sites ca n reduce the scientific value of the sites which remain intact. Archaeological sites also have great cultural and religious significance for contemporary Native Americans and their destruction or desecration is of great concern to the Native American community. The Coastal Act establishes a mandate to protect archaeological and paleontological resources and mitigate the impact of development upon them. Public Resources Code Sections 30001.5 and 30244 state: Section 30.00.1.5. The Legislature further finds and declares that the basic goals of the state for the coastal zone are to (a) Protect, maintain; and, where feasible, enhance and restore the overall quality of the coastal zone environment and its natural and man made resources ... Section 30244. Where development would adversely impact archaeological or paleontological resources as identified by the State Historic Preservation Officer, reasonable mitigation measures shall be required. DUDEK 6 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CllY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 1.2.4 California Coastal Commission Staff Report Conditions The following special condition was included in the California Coastal Commission Staff Report (No. 6-22-0152) issued for the Project: 5. Cultural Resources Treatment and Monitoring Plan a. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit for the review and approval of the Executive Director an archaeological/cultural resources monitoring plan prepared by a professional, which shall incorporate the following measures and procedures: i. The monitoring plan shall ensure that any prehistoric archaeological or paleontological or Native American cultura l resources that are present on the site and could be impacted by the approved development will be identified so that a plan for their protection can be developed. To this end, the cultural resources monitoring plan shall require that archaeological and Native American monitors be present during all grading operations and subsurface construction activity that has the potential to impact cultural resources. ii. There shall be at least one pre-grading conference with the project manager and grading contractor at the project site in order to discuss the potential for the discovery of archaeological, cultural, or paleontological resources. iii. Archaeological monitor(s) qualified by the California Office of Historic Preservation (OHP) standards, Native American monitor(s) with documented ancestral ties to the area appointed consistent with the standards of the Native American Heritage Commission (NAHC), and the Native American most likely descendent (MLD) when State Law mandates identification of a MLD, shall monitor all project grading and subsurface construction activity (such as trenching for utilities) that has the potential to impact cultural resources, as required in the approved cultural resources monitoring plan required above. iv. The permittee shall provide sufficient archaeological and Native American monitors to assure that all project grading and subsurface construction activities that has any potential to uncover or otherwise disturb cultural deposits is monitored at all times. v. If any archaeological or paleontological, i.e. cultural deposits, are discovered, including but not limited to skeletal remains and grave-related artifacts, artifacts of traditional cultural, religious or spiritual sites, or any other artifacts, all construction shall cease within at least 50 feet of the discovery, and the permittee shall carry out significance testing of said deposits in accordance with the attached "Cultural Resources Significance Testing Plan Procedures" (Appendix B). The perm ittee shall report all significance testing results and analysis to the Executive Director for a determination of whether the deposits are significant. b. If the Executive Director determines that the discovery is significant, the permittee shall follow the procedures in Appendix B to determine if an amendment to this permit is required. If an amendment to DUDEK 7 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CnY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA this CDP is required, development within at least 50 feet of the discovery shall not recommence until an amendment is approved, and then only in compliance with the provisions of such amendment. APPENDIX B -CULTURAL RESOURCES SIGNIFICANCE TESTING PROCEDURES A. An applicant seeking to recommence construction following discovery of cultural deposits shall submit a Significance Testing Plan for the review and approval of the Executive Director. The Significance Testing Plan shall identify the testing measures that will be undertaken to determine whether the cultural deposits are significant. The Significance Testing Plan shall be prepared by the project archaeologist, in consultation with the Native American monitor(s), the consulting Tribes(s), and the Most Likely Descendent (MLD) when State Law mandates identification of a MLD. The Executive Director shall make a determination regarding the adequacy of the Significance Testing Plan within 30 days of receipt. If the Executive Director does not make such a determination within the prescribed time, the plan shall be deemed approved and implementation may proceed. 1. If the Executive Director approves the Significance Testing Plan and determines that the Significance Testing Plan's recommended testing measures are de minimis in nature and scope, the significance testing may commence after the Executive Director informs the permittee of that determination. 2. If the Executive Director approves the Significance Testing Plan but determines that the testing measures therein are not de minimis, significance testing may not recommence until after an amendment to this permit is approved by the Commission. 3. Once the measures identified in the Significance Testing Plan are undertaken, the permittee shall submit the results of the testing to the Executive Director for review and approval. The results shall be accompanied by the project archaeologist's recommendation as to whether the deposits are significant. The project archaeologist's recommendation shall be made in consultation with the Native American monitor, the consulting Tribe(s), and the MLD when State Law mandates identification of a MLD. The Executive Director shall make the determination as to whether the deposits are significant based on the information available to the Executive Director. i. If the deposits are found to be significant, the permittee shall prepare and submit to the Executive Director a supplementary Archaeological Plan in accordance with subsection 8 of this condition and all other relevant subsections. ii. If the deposits are found to be not significant, then the permittee may recommence grading in accordance with any measures outlined in the significance testing program. All unearthed archaeological resources or tribal cultural resources wi ll be collected and temporarily stored in a secure location onsite (or as otherwise agreed upon by the archaeological monitor and the traditionally and culturally affiliated Tribe(s)) for later reburial onsite. B. An applicant seeking to recommence construction following a determination by the Executive Director that the cultural deposits discovered are significant shall submit a Supplementary Archaeological Plan for the review and approval of the Executive Director. The Supplementary Archaeological Plan shall be prepared by the project archaeologist(s), in consultation with the Native American monitor(s), the consulting Tribe(s), DUDEK 8 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND M ONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA the Most Likely Descendent (MLD) when State Law mandates identification of a MLD, as we ll as others identified in subsection C below. The Supplementary Archaeological Plan shall identify proposed investigation and mitigation measures. The range of investigation and mitigation measures considered shall not be constrained by the approved development plan. Mitigation measures considered may range from in-situ preservation to recovery and/or relocation. A good faith effort shall be made to avoid impacts to cultural resources through methods such as, but not limited to, project redesign, capping, and placing cultural resource areas in open space. In order to protect cultural resources, any further development may only be undertaken consistent with the provisions of the Supplementary Archaeological Plan. 1. If the Executive Director approves the Supplementary Archaeological Plan and determines that the Supplementary Archaeological Plan's recommended changes to the proposed development or mitigation measures are de minimis in nature and scope, construction may recommence after the Executive Director informs the permittee of that determination. 2. If the Executive Director approves the Supplementary Archaeological Plan but determines that the changes therein are not de minimis, construction may not recommence until after an amendment to this permit is approved by the Commission. C. Prior to submittal to the Executive Director, all plans req uired to be submitted pursuant to this special condition, except the Significance Testing Plan, shall have received review and written comment by a peer review committee made up of Qualified Archaeologists convened in accordance with current professional practice. Representatives of traditionally an d culturally affiliated Tribes included on an updated NAHC list shall also be given an opportunity to review and submit written comments on the required plans. Names and qualifications of selected peer reviewers shall be submitted for review and approval by the Executive Director. The plans submitted to the Executive Director shall incorporate the recommendations of the peer review committee and Native American representatives or explain why the recommendations were rejected. Furthermore, upon completion of the review process, all plans shall be submitted to the California Office of Historic Preservation (OHP) and the NAHC for their review and an opportunity to comment. The plans submitted to the Executive Director shall incorporate the recommendations of the OHP and NAHC. If the OHP and/or NAHC do not respond within 30 days of their receipt of the plan, the requirement under this permit for that entities' review and comment shall expire, unless the Executive Director extends said deadline for good cause. All plans shall be submitted for the review and approval of the Executive Director." 1.2.5 Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program A Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) was prepa red and approved for the Project in 2022 by the City. The MND included two mitigation measures related to cultura l resources and one mitigation measure related to paleontological resources in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program (MMRP). MM-CUL-1 DUDEK During construction, a Qualified Archaeologist and tribal monitor shall be present for all ground- disturbing activities (e.g., vegetation removal, grading). If archaeological material is identified during ground-disturbing activities, work in that location shall be diverted and a Qualified Arc haeologist, in consultation with the tribal monitor, shall evaluate the nature and significance of the find. The Qualified Archaeologist shall ensure that treatment of any cultural resources discovered during site grading complies with the City of Carlsbad's Cultural Resource Guidelines. 9 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA MM-CUL-2 MM-PR-1 DUDEK If human remains are encountered at any time during construction or routine maintenance in the Project area, State Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5 states that no further disturbance shall occur until the San Diego County Coroner has made a determination of origin and disposition pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 5097.98, so the County Coroner must be notified of the find immediately. If the remains are determined to be Native American, the County Coroner shall notify the Native American Heritage Commission (NAHC), which shall determine and notify a most likely descendant (MLD). The MLD may inspect the site of discovery, and shall complete the inspection within 24 hours of notification by the NAHC. The MLD may recommend scientific removal and nondestructive analysis of human remains and items associated with Native American burials. If excavation activities will occur in deposits of the Santiago Formation, the applicant shall retain a qualified paleontologist to prepare a Paleontological Resources Impact Mitigation Program (PRIMP) for the proposed Project. The PRIMP should be consistent with the guidelines of the Society of Vertebrate Paleontology and include the following: 1. The paleontologist, or his/her representative, shall attend a preconstruction meeting. 2. Excavation and grading activities in deposits with high paleontological sensitivity (Santiago Formation) shall be monitored by a paleontologist monitor following a PRIMP. 3. If paleontological resources are encountered during the course of ground disturbance, the paleontological monitor shall have the authority to temporarily redirect construction away from the area of the find to assess its significance. 4. Collected resources shall be prepared to the point of identification, identified to the lowest taxonomic level possible, cataloged, and curated into the permanent collections of a scientific institution. 5. At the conclusion of the monitoring program, a report of findings shall be prepared to document the results of the monitoring program. 6. In the event that paleontological resources are encountered when a paleontological monitor is not present, work in the immediate area of the find shall be redirected and a paleontologist shall be contacted to assess the find for significance. If determined to be significant, the fossil shall be collected from the field. 10 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 2 Construction Monitoring 2.1 Agency Oversight California Coastal Commission Staff Report No. 6-22-0152 was reviewed by the CCC to construct the Project which contains a provision regarding cultural resources. Additional regulatory requirements to be applied during implementation of the Project include the MMRP adopted for the Project. The City is the agency responsible for compliance with CEQA and the MMRP. 2.2 Pre-Grading Meeting A pre-grading meeting will be held for the Project. Per Special Condition 5.a.ii., the Project manager, grading contractor, archaeologist/paleontologist monitor, and Native American monitor will meet at the Project site to discuss the potential for the discovery of archaeological, cultural, or paleontological resources, the monitoring methods and requirements, as well as the treatment of potential discoveries. 2.3 2.3.1 Monitoring Staff Native American Monitor Based on consultation completed to date and the special conditions set forth in the Project's CCC Staff Report (No. 6-22-0152), traditionally and culturally affiliated (TCA) Native American monitor will act as the Native American monitor for the Project. The monitor will be on site during initial grading, excavation, and ground-disturbing activities associated with construction of the Project, including but not limited to, clearing, grubbing, tree removals, grading, and trenching. At any point in the Project, adjusted Native American and archaeological monitoring strategies may be recommended to the CCC, and the City's designated onsite representative, based on inspection of exposed soil conditions within the Project and unanticipated cultural resources or tribal cultural resources that have been encountered during Project activities. The City shall engage the Native American monitor and provide access to the site for the purpose of monitoring. In conjunction with the archaeologicaljpaleontalogical monitor(s), the Native American monitor has the authority to temporarily divert, redirect, or halt the ground disturbance activities to allow identification, evaluation, and potential recovery of discovered resources. The Native American monitor will coordinate with archaeological monitor with regard to findings, and work stoppages. 2.3.2 Qualified Archaeological/Paleontological Monitor In accordance with Special Condition 5.a.i. and iii., the City has retained Dudek to prepare this cultural resources treatment and monitoring plan (CRTMP). This CRTMP will be implemented by a Qualified Registered Professional Archaeologist (Project Archaeologist), meeting the Secretary of Interior's Standards and Guidelines, to direct and coordinate archaeological monitoring of ground-disturbing activities. Archaeological monitors will report directly to 16632 DUDEK 11 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA the Project Archaeologist during construction and will meet the California Office of Historic Preservation Standards and Secretary of the Interior's Standards and Guidelines. All archaeological monitors must have direct regional experience in the archaeology, artifact types, soil characteristics, ethnographic context, and historical context. Daily monitoring logs prepared by archaeological monitors will be submitted to the Project Archaeologist for review. Archaeological monitors will be present to observe initial ground disturbing activities. Archaeologica l monitoring strategies may be adjusted (increased, decreased, discontinued) based on cultural resources monitoring findings during construction, inspection of subsurface conditions by the archaeological monitor, and the Project Archaeologist's recommendations related to observed potential for cultural resources to be encountered. This CRTMP will be implemented by a Qualified Pa leontologist and paleontological monitor meeting the standards outlined by the Society of Vertebrate Paleontology's (2010) in their impact mitigation guidelines. Paleontological monitors, directly supervised by the Qualified Paleontologist, will assist with monitoring, fossil salvage, and laboratory processing and preparation of specimens, as necessary. In conjunction with the Native American monitor, the archaeologicaljpaleontological monitor, have the authority to temporarily divert, redirect, or halt the ground disturbance activities to allow identification, evaluation, and potential recovery of discovered resources. The archaeologicaljpaleontologist monitor will coordinate with Native American monitor with regards to findings, and work stoppages. 2.4 Monitoring An archaeological monitor and traditionally and cu lturally affiliated Native American Monitor will be present on-site during grading, excavation, and ground-disturbing activities on the site. Ground disturbing activities are herein defined as initial construction-related earth moving of sediments from their place of deposition. As it pertains to archaeologica l monitoring, this definition excludes movement of sediments after they have been initially disturbed or displaced by Project-related construction. The paleontologica l monitor will be present during excavations into native geological units with moderate or high paleontological sensitivity, if encountered, during Project construction. The archaeologicaljpaleontological monitor and the Native American monitor will have the authority to temporarily divert, redirect, or halt the ground-disturbing activities to allow identification, evaluation, and potential recovery of cu ltural resources if identified. During site preparation activities, the monitor(s) will follow ground disturbing equipment to examine areas for indications of exposed archaeological, paleontological, and tribal cu ltural resource materials. Monitoring efforts by the archaeological monitor may be reduced in areas, as determined by geomorphological data and field monitoring observations, based on decision of the Project Archaeologist, in consu ltation with the Native American Monitor. Further, monitoring inspections by the archaeological monitor are anticipated to vary based on the rate of excavation, the materials excavated, depth of previous disturbance, and the presence and abundance of artifacts and features. All Project personnel, including the monitor(s), wi ll adhere to site safety requirements, attend daily safety briefings, and will abide by all OSHA requirements. The archaeological monitor will have the authority to divert construction work while archaeological resources are being treated. The following list outlines the responsibilities of the archaeologicaljpaleontological monitor(s): DUDEK 12 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN {CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 1. Monitor(s) will maintain a daily work log to include the following: a. date and time of work; b. area of work; c. type of work and equipment present; d. construction activities performed; e. monitoring activities performed; f. archaeological finds observed; g. description of newly established environmentally sensitive areas (ESA); and h. name of the TCA Native American monitor of consulting tribe 2. If previously unknown archaeological or pa leontological resources or new components of previously documented archaeological resources are encountered during monitoring, monitor(s) will follow the procedures presented in Section 2.5, Unanticipated Discovery Plan and in Special Condition 5.a.v. 3. Daily logs will be transmitted to the Project Archaeologist. Any unanticipated finds will be communicated to CCC within 48 hours. 4. If isolates are exposed during monitoring, they will be mapped in situ using a GPS unit and recorded on appropriate DPR 523 forms. Artifacts of potential Native American origin or association will be collected by archaeological monitor, with oversite by the Native American Monitor. The provisions in the Section 2.5 are to be followed for onsite temporary storage. 5. If a non-isolate cultural resources or tribal cu ltural resources (e.g., cluster of in situ artifacts, intact hearth, historic foundation) is exposed during construction, the provisions in the Section 2.5 are to be followed. 6. Analyses of collected resources of Native American origin will be limited non-destructive methods; destructive analyses will only be performed with written approval of the consulting affiliated Tribes. In no event shall human remains, grave goods, ceremonial items, or sacred items, as defined by the consulting Tribes and/or most likely descendant, as applicable, be removed from the Project site, nor shall such items be subject to basic recordation, cataloging, laboratory analysis, sorting, or other activities if deemed intrusive by the consulting Tribes and/or most likely descendant. 7. If possible human remains are encountered, the provisions set forth in Cal ifornia Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5 and PRC Section 5097.98 will be followed The Native American monitor will adhere to site safety requirements, attend daily safety briefings, and wi ll abide by all OSHA requirements. Native American monitors will have the authority to divert or halt construction work in the vicinity of a discovery while archaeological resources are being treated. The following list outlines the responsibilities of the Native American monitor: 1. Native American monitor will maintain a daily work log to include the following: a. date and time of work; b. area of work; c. type of work and equipment present; d. construction activities performed; DUDEK 13 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN {CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA e. monitoring activities performed; f. archaeological finds observed; g. description of newly established ESAs; and h. name of the archaeological monitor 2. If previously unknown archaeological resources or new components of previously documented archaeological resources are encountered during monitoring, the Native American monitor will follow the procedures presented in Section 2.5, Unanticipated Discovery Plan and in Special Condition 5.a.v. 3. Any unanticipated finds wi ll be communicated to their respective Tribal Governments, who then will provide notification to the CCC and the City. 4. If isolates are exposed during monitoring, they will be mapped in situ using a GPS unit and recorded on appropriate DPR 523 forms. Artifacts of potential Native American origin or association wi ll be collected by archaeological monitor, with oversite by the Native American monitor from the consulting Tribes. The provisions in the Section 2.5 are to be followed for temporary onsite storage. 5. If a non-isolate cu ltural resource and/or tribal cultural resources (e.g., cluster of in situ artifacts, intact hearth, historic foundation) is exposed during construction, the provisions in the Section 2.5 are to be followed. 2.5 Unanticipated Discovery Plan This section sets forth the actions to be taken should unanticipated effects and post-review discoveries occur during Project implementation. The discovery, treatment, and final deposition of the resources will be determined by consultation between the Project Archaeologist, CCC, the Native American monitor, and the MLD when the state law mandates the identification of a MLD. Potential discoveries are divided into two categories, each requiring distinct management procedures to identify and, if necessary, resolve unanticipated impacts: (1) treatment of previously unidentified features, site components, or sites (not including isolates); and (2) treatment of human remains and/or grave goods. The procedures to be followed in each case are described below. 2.5.1 Cultural Resources Discoveries In event that cultural resources (sites, features, or artifacts) and tribal cultural resources are exposed during construction activities for the Project, all construction work occurring within 50 feet of the find will immediately stop. A Significance Testing Plan will be prepared by the Project Archaeologist in consultation with the Native American Monitor the consulting Tribe(s), and the MLD when the State Law mandates the identification of a MLD, in accordance with the CCC's Cultural Resources Significance Testing Plan Procedures. The Significance Testing Plan will be submitted for the review and approval of the Executive Director. The Executive Director shall make a determination regarding the adequacy of the Significance Testing Plan within 30 working days of receipt; if the determination is not made within 30 days, the plan shall be deemed approved, and implementation may proceed. Once the significance testing is carried out, the results of the testing shall be submitted for the review and approval of the Executive Director. The results shall be accompanied by the Project Archeologist's recommendation as to whether the findings are significant and will be made in consultation with the Native American monitor, the consulting Tribes, and the MLD when the State Law mandates the identification of a MLD. If the deposits are found DUDEK 14 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND M ONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA to be not significant, then construction may recommence. If the deposits are found to be significant, a supplementary Archaeologica l Plan shall be submitted for the review and approval of the Executive Director. The supplementary Archaeological Plan will be prepared by the Project Archaeologist in consultation with the Native American monitor, the consu lting Tribes, and the MLD when the State Law mandates the identification of a MLD. Prior to submittal to the Executive Director, the supplementary Archaeological Plan shall have received review and written comment by a peer review committee that includes qualified archaeologists and representatives of traditionally and culturally affiliated Tribes included on an NAHC list. After the peer review process, t he supplementary Archaeological Plan shall be submitted to the California Office of Historic Preservation and the NAHC for their review and comment. If an amendment is required to the CDP, construction within at least 50 feet of the discovery shall not recommence until an amendment is approved. 2.5.2 Human Remains Discove ries If human remains, grave goods, ceremonial items, and/or sacred items are encountered, the archaeological monitor or Native American monitor will halt work within the immediate area and any nearby area reasonably suspected to overlie adjacent remains, establish an ESA to protect the find from further impacts, and immediately notify the Project Archaeologist. Project work outside the established ESA may continue. In accordance with Section 7050.5 of the California Health and Safety Code, if human remains are found, the San Diego County Coroner's office shall be notified within 24 hours of the discovery. The County Coroner will provide a determination regarding if the remains are human in origin within two working days of notification. No further excavation or disturbance of the potential human rema ins, or any area reasonably suspected to overlie additional remains, shall occur until a determination has been made. If the County Coroner determines that the remains are, or are believed to be, Native American, he or she shall notify the NAHC in Sacramento within 24 hours. In accordance with California Pu blic Resources Code, Section 5097.98, the NAHC must notify those persons it believes to be the most likely descendant from the deceased Native American. The most likely descendant shall complete their inspection and provide recommendations for treatment and disposition of the remains within 48 hours of being granted access to the site. Only then, will construction resume in find. 2.5.3 Pa leontological Resources Discoveries In the event of a paleontological resources discovery, the paleontological monitor will divert ground disturbing activities from the immed iate area (typically a 50 ft. radius, but the radius depends on the type of discovery) and will immediately notify the on-site construction supervisor/foreman. The Qualified Paleontologist monitor will determine significance. Ground disturbing and other construction activities may continue beyond the buffer around the location of the discovery. Following consultation between the construction supervisor/foreman and the Qualified Paleontologist, evaluation/data recovery excavations will be performed by the Qualified Paleontologist. Evaluation and dat a recovery procedures vary depending on the type of discovery, but generally involve the recovery of a statistically va lid sample to cha racterize the deposit, followed by laboratory analysis, and comparison with other discoveries in the region. A complete discussion of the evaluation/salvage field and laboratory methodology will be included in any excavation plans, should such efforts be necessitated by a discovery. DUDl;K 15 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN {CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DUDEK 16 16632 November 2023 3 Final Reporting A Cultural and Paleontological Resources Monitoring Report will be submitted to the CCC within 90 days of completion of grading. This report will describe how each special condition was fulfilled; document the type of cultural resources recovered and t he disposition of such resources; provide evidence of the required cultural sensit ivity training for the construction staff held during the required pre-grade meeting; and, in a confidential appendix, include the daily monitoring notes from the archaeologicaljpaleontological and Native American monitors. All reports produced will be submitted to the CCC and affiliated interested Tribes. DUDEK 17 11632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (CRTMP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CnY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DUDEK 18 16632 November 2023 CULTURAL RESOURCES TREATMENT MONITORING PLAN {CRMTP) FOR THE PARK DRIVE SLOPE AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 4 References California Coastal Commission. 1981. Statewide Interpretive Guidelines. California Coastal Commission. 2023. Staff Report: Regular Calendar (No. 6-22-0152). San Diego, CA: CCC. Issued July 13, 2023. Dudek 2022. Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program. Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration Park Drive Slope and Drainage Improvement Project. Prepared for the City of Carlsbad. Society of Vertebrate Paleontology (SVP), 2010. Standard Procedures for the Assessment and Mitigation of Adverse Impacts to Paleontological Resources. 11 p. Available; https://vertpaleo.org/wp- content; u ploads/2021/01/SVP _Im pact_M itigation_ Gu idel i nes-1. pdf DUDEK 19 11632 November 2023 Appendix C Verdura Retaining Wall Design Report @ SOIL RETENTION DESIGNS I N C. Date: November 15, 2023 Dudek SRO Project No: 1806-007 To: 605 3rd Street Encinitas, CA 92024 Attention: Ms. Nicole Rieger Subject: Verdura® Retaining Wall Design, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, CA In accordance with your request, Soil Retention Designs, Inc. (SRD) has prepared this report for the proposed Verdura® retaining wall at the subject site. The enclosed structural design addresses one (1) walls located at the proposed project site as depicted within the accompanying construction drawings (Verdura® Retaining Wall Plans -Sheets l 0 through 13). The subject structural design is based upon the referenced grading plans and wall profiles, which were prepared by Dudek. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS The information provided for use in the enclosed structural analyses included the foll owin g: I . Geotechnical Recommendations, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Project Carlsbad, California, prepared by Group Delta Consultants, Inc., dated July 30, 2021. 2. Digital Files of Rough Grading Plans and Wall Profiles, Park Drive Street & Drainage Improvements, provided by Dudek. SCOPE OF WORK The scope of design services provided for this project included the following: l. Review of the above .referenced documents relative to obtaining necessary design parameters. 2. In-office analysis and design of the proposed Verdura® Retaining Walls as required to accommodate the establi shed civil design. 3. Preparation of this report, which contains our calculations and associated specifications, accompanying construction plans that relate directly and specifically to the proposed retaining walls. 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Verdura® Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SRO Project No. 1806-007 November 15, 2023 VERDURA® RETAINING WALL DESIGN Page 3 General -The proposed project consists of one (I) Verdura® retaining walls located at the subject site. A summary of the general geometric condition is provided below: Design Wall# Total Design Crest Condition Toe Condition No. Height (ft) I I [3.33 2: I Ascending Slope Level Grade 2 I 14.67 2: l Ascending Slope Level Grade 3 l 8.67 2: I Ascending Slope Level Grade Geotechnical Design Parameters -The geotechnical parameters used in design of the VRW are based upon the recommendations from the geotechnical engineer of record within the Referenced Document # 1 (Appendix 1). The soil parameters used for wall design are summarized as follows: o Reinforced zone ( cohesion [ c ]= 0 psf, friction angle [ <p ]=30°); o Retained zone (c=0 psf, <p=30°); o Foundation zone Above GW (c=0 psf, cp=34°); and, o Foundation zone Below GW (c=0 psf, <p=68°). The materials used within the reinforced zone may consist of either select onsite and/or imported fill material, provided the following quality criterion is met: o Friction angle::: 30 degrees; o Percent passing #200 sieve _::: 35 percent; o Expansion index of_::: 20; and, o Plasticity index of< 20. Seismic Design Parameters -The design site acceleration of 0.368g was utilized for the subject site based on information provided within the Referenced Document #I (Appendix 1). The site acceleration used in design is equal to 2/3 PGAM per CBC Code. Seismic designs are modeled based upon a 1-inch horizontal displacement. Wall Components -The proposed VRW is to be constructed using Verdura® 40 blocks, Mirafi geogrids and other accessory products as required for construction by the wall-installation contractor, and described in "Part 2 -Products" of the "Specifications" of the accompanying construction drawings (Sheet 10). Wall Design -The Verdura® retaining walls proposed for the subject site have been designed for both static and pseudo-static conditions using computer program MSEW+ (Mechanically Stabilized Earth Wall) design software, developed by ADAMA Engineering, Inc. The structural designs have been completed per the AASHTO 2002 (ASD) design methodology. Structural design calculations include external, internal, and local stability analyses. The design calculations are provided in Appendix 2 of this report. 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Verdura® Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SR D Project No. 1806-007 November 15, 2023 Page 4 Our analyses consisted of the incorporation of three (3) wall designs to accommodate the proposed wall geometry previously discussed. Minimum safety factors for external, internal, and local stability satisfy the following criteria: External Stability Calculations Static Seismic Base Sliding 1.5 1.1 Bearing Capacitv 2.0 1.5 Overturning 2.0 1.5 Internal Stability Calculations Static Seismic Sliding 1.5 1.1 Geogrid Pullout 1.5 I. I Geogrid Strength l.5 I. I Local Stability Calculations Static Seismic Geogrid -Block Connection 1.5 I.I The accompanying construction drawings (Verdura® Retaining Wall Plans -Sheets IO through 13) consist of geogrid lengths, strengths and placement based upon these structural designs. Toe Embedment -Toe embedment (embedment of the wall base into the foundation so ils) is typicaJly provided to minimize the potential for erosion undermining of the wall base, enhance bearing capacity and enhance sliding resistance of the basal reinforcement layers. Embedment of the wall is accounted for in the calculations as part of the "total wall height". The embedment has no impact on the wall calculations (i.e. design methodology conservatively ignores passive earth pressures from soils in front of the wall and hence has no effect on the internal or external stability of the wall system/components). Per nationally recognized standards and incorporation of project specific recommendations, the minimum requirements for wall embedment are summarized as follows: MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS Sloping Condition at Toe of Wall Embedment Requirement* Level H'/20 (Minimum I-foot) 3H:1V H'/10 2H:lV H'/7 *Note: H ' equals the exposed height of an MSE wall. Toe embedment of a minimum of 2 to 4 feet for the proposed Verdura® Retaining Walls, as specified on the accompanying construction plans, exceeds the minimum nationally recognized standards. Wall Backfill -Requirements for backfill materials surrounding the proposed wall are included in the specifications of the construction drawings for this project. 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Verdura® Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SRO Project No. I 806-007 November 15, 2023 Page 5 Backfill Drainage -Retaining wall sub-drainage should be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the accompanying construction drawings and/or as directed by the geotechnical engineer of record. Surface Water Drainage -Drainage and channeling of surface water from above the wall and from surrounding improvements should be directed to collection devices away from the retaining wall structure. Surface water should be collected in v-ditches, swales, or other collection/channeling devices in order to contain and discharge water to either end of the wall or away from the structure. Berms, curbs, gutters, swales or other devices are required to prevent runoff from draining over the crest of the wal I. In no case should large volumes of runoff or concentrated flows be allowed to cascade over the top of Verdura® retaining walls, discharge into the backfill or infill soils from which the wall is constructed or otherwise be allowed to saturate the structural fill of the wall. Erosion control plans with a comprehensive Best Management Practice (BMP) program for the interim/final grading conditions are required. Drainage elements around the walls should be completed and fully functional as soon as possible after the completion of wall construction. Improvements Above Wall -The uppermost geosynthetic reinforcements are designed to be at least 2 feet beneath the top of wall elevations. The 2-foot zone is typically considered a suitable depth in which landscaping can be installed. If deeper infrastructure improvements are planned within the areas above the wall, there may be conflict with geosynthetic reinforcements. SRD should be contacted if infrastructure utilities are planned for these areas and trench excavations encroach within the zone of geosynthetic reinforced soils. Additional analyses in order to assess the stability of the designed retaining wall may be required if this condition exists. New structures such as pools, spas, outbuildings, etc. that may be planned in areas where the retaining wall has been constructed may surcharge the retaining wall or sever the geosynthetic reinforcements during their construction. SRD should be contacted prior to construction of any improvements so that the stability of the proposed retaining wall can be evaluated. Construction Details -Detailed specifications, relative to the construction of the Verdura® retaining wall system, are provided on the accompanying construction drawings (Verdura® Retaining Wall Plans - Sheets 10 through 13). The length, strength and spacing of geosynthetic reinforcements are depicted on the wall profile. The minimum recommended geogrid lengths in accordance with the total heights should be maintained throughout the wall per the accompanying drnwings. Geogrid spacing for all wall areas shall not be more than 3 block courses except for top of wall areas as noted on the accompanying construction plans. Plantability and Landscaping -The Verdura® retaining wall system has a fully plantable fascia. The Verdura® SR W unit is designed with a "lip" on the block which helps to retain soils within the block when the units are spaced apart up to 9 inches. The free-face design allows for vegetation to root itself back into the cooler soils of the reinforced mass and does not limit the root area to a smaller concrete planter pocket. A landscape architect should be consulted for the site specific applications. 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Verdura" Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SRO Project No. 1806-007 November 15, 2023 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER-OF-RECORD Page 6 Plan Review -It is the project geotechnical engineer-of-record's responsibility to review the accompanying construction plans to ensure that the design parameters and recommendations they provided have been correctly implemented. Global Stability -Global stability of slopes above/below/around retaining walls is independent of local structural design for retaining walls and has not been conducted as part of the design included herein. A comprehensive global stability review around the walls should be completed by the geotechnical engineer. Any recommendations from the geotechnical engineer of record for lengthening/strengthening of geogrid reinforcements for g lobal stability purposes within the proposed walls should be incorporated into the accompanying construction drawings. Any additional recommendations outside of the retaining wall should be provided under separate cover. Foundation Zone and Approval of Design Parameters -The geotechnical engineer of record shall provide approval of the foundation zone of the wall prior to wall construction. Settlement evaluations are the purview of the geotechnical engineer and should fully consider materials left below the wall when providing recommendations for site improvements. Soil strength parameters and quality criteria specified in the design should be verified by the geotechnical engineer before and during construction. ICC-ES REPORT (ESR-3073) The enclosed structural design has been completed in accordance with the requirements of the ICC-ES Report ESR-3073 for the Verdura® Retaining Wall System, which is compliant with rBC and CBC building codes. Special inspections per the ICC-ES Report (ESR-3073) should be completed during construction. LIMITATIONS The design and recommendations provided herein are applicable to the use of the Verdura® retaining wall products, which is of proprietary ownership by Soil Retention Products, Inc. Note that the scope of services authorized and provided herein is limited to a structural design of the proposed Verdura® Retaining Wall system. SRD did not provide any on-site geotechnical services such as subsurface investigations or identification/testing of soil materials that may be used in or near the proposed Verdura® retaining walls. Information presented herein is based on data provided in the reference documents. If the conditions differ from those presented in the referenced documents, the engineering design and analyses provided by SRD may no longer be valid and additional engineering and analysis services may be required. Conditions noted above include, but are not limited to, slope configurations, wall system type, wall/slope heights, soil materials and structural and/or external loadings. In addition, it should be noted that SRD is the wall designer and not the geotechnical engineer-of-record. 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Verdura® Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SR D Project No. 1806-007 November 15, 2023 Appendix 1 Geotechnical Recommendations (Pages 6 and 14) 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Page 8 Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SDS21 July 30, 2021 Page 14 (reinforced) and retained zones should be sampled and tested by the Geotechnical Engineer to confirm that the recommended minimum soil parameters are obtained. The table below summarizes the design parameters that may be used for design of SRWs. A pseudo-static horizontal factor (kh) of 0.18 should be assumed for seismic design. This value is based on a Site modified Peak Ground Acceleration (PGAM) of 0.55 g, as summarized in the Seismic Design section of the report. SUMMARY OF SOIL DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR SRW Cohesion, c' (psf) Friction Angle, <I>' Unit Weight, y (pcf) Zone Peak Ultimate Peak Ultimate AboveGW BelowGW Infill (Reinforced) 0 0 Soil 32 30 125 N/A Retained Soil 0 0 32 30 125 N/A Foundation Soil 100 0 34 34 125 68 Shallow groundwater below the bottom of the SRW and seepage emanating from the temporary slope behind the retained zone of the SRW are design considerations for this project. Therefore, the SRW should have a chimney drain and blanket drain, in addition to the standard gravel fill, as recommended in the Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls (NCMA, 2010). The chimney drain should extend to a height equal to 0.7H, where H is the height of the wall, or 3 feet above the highest level of seepage observed in the temporary slope behind the wall, whichever height is greater. 4.4.3.1 Global Stability The proposed SRW should be stable under the applicable static and pseudo-static conditions. The global stability of the SRW shown in the referenced plans (Soil Retention Designs, Inc., 2018) was evaluated. A summary of our evaluation and results and representative ca lculations are included in Attachment A. An initial evaluation of the overall stability of the temporary slope assuming a lH:lV back-cut extending up and away from the back of the SRW reinforced zone (i.e., the anticipated configuration needed to construct the SRW) should be stable under typical temporary conditions. Group Delta completed this evaluation for planning purposes. The contractor should evaluate the actual temporary slope configuration prior to construction per CAL/OSHA requirements. ~ GROUP DEL T.L\ 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Verdurae Retaining Wall Design -Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements SR D Project No. 1806-007 November 15, 2023 Appendix 2 Verdura® Retaining Wall Design Calculations (30 Pages) 1265 Carlsbad Village Drive• Suite 100 • Carlsbad, CA 92008 • P: (760) 966-6090 • www.soilretention.com Page 9 Appendix D California Coastal Commission Coastal Development Permit Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 3 July 18, 2023 b. The permittee shall undertake development in conformance with the approved final plans unless the Commission amends this permit or the Executive Director determines that no amendment is legally required for any proposed minor deviations. 2. Final Habitat Mitigation and Monitoring Plan. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit to the Executive Director for review and written approval, a final mitigation and monitoring plan for the impacts to sensitive biological resources associated with the proposed development. Said plan shall be in substantial conformance with the plan titled "Conceptual Off-Site Mitigation Plan for Coastal Sage Scrub Habitat Impacts for the Park Drive Slope and Drainage Improvement Project at The Crossings at Carlsbad Golf Course" prepared by Dudek and dated July 2021 and as amended on October 7, 2022 and shall include the following: a. Preparation of detailed site plans clearly delineating all impacted upland habitat areas and their exact acreage. Permanent impacts shall be included in this delineation. b. All impacts to upland habitat shall be mitigated through restoration/enhancement at not less than a 2:1 mitigation ratio. A detailed site plan of the mitigation areas shall be included and shall include any proposed temporary irrigation, including its proposed duration and timing. c. A Restoration and Monitoring Plan shall be prepared by a qualified restoration ecologist and shall at a minimum include the following: i. A baseline assessment, including photographs, of the current physical and ecological condition of the proposed restoration site, including, a description and map showing the area and distribution of vegetation types, and a map showing the distribution and abundance of sensitive species. Existing vegetation and sensitive species shall be depicted on a map that includes the footprint of the proposed restoration. ii. A description of the goals of the restoration plan, including, as appropriate, any changes to site topography, hydrology, vegetation types, presence or abundance of sensitive species, and wildlife usage. Any anticipated measures for adaptive management in response to climatic changes shall be included. iii. A description of planned site preparation and invasive plant removal. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 4 July 18, 2023 iv. A restoration plan including the planting palette (seed mix and container plants}, planting design, source of plant material, plant installation methods and timing, erosion control measures, duration and use of irrigation, and measures for remediation if success criteria (performance standards) and not met. The planting palette shall be made up exclusively of native plants that are appropriate to the habitat and region and that are grown from seeds or vegetative materials obtained from local natural habitats so as to protect the genetic makeup of natural populations. Horticultural varieties shall not be used. v. A plan for documenting and reporting the physical and biological "as built" condition of the restoration or mitigation site to be submitted to the Executive Director within 30 days of completion of the initial restoration activities. The report shall briefly describe the field implementation of the approved restoration or mitigation plan in narrative and with photographs, and describe any problems in the implementation, the resolution of problems, and any recommendations for future adaptive measures. The "as built" assessment and report shall be completed by a qualified biologist or restoration ecologist. vi. A plan for interim monitoring and maintenance of all restoration and mitigation sites, and monitoring of any reference sites, including but not limited to: A. A schedule of monitoring and maintenance activities. B. Interim performance standards. C. A description of field activities that includes sampling design, number of samples and sampling methods. The number of samples shall rely on a statistical power analysis to document that the planned sample size will provide adequate statistical power to detect the maximum allowable difference between the restored site and a reference site. D. A monitoring period of at least 5 years and with a potential extension if performance standards are not met within that time. E. Provision for submission of annual reports of monitoring results to the Executive Director for review and written approval for the duration of the required monitoring period, beginning the first year after submission of the "as-built" report. Each report shall be cumulative and shall summarize all previous results. Each report shall Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 5 July 18, 2023 document the condition of the restoration with photographs taken from the same fixed points in the same directions. Each report shall also include a "Performance Evaluation" section where information and results from the monitoring program are used to evaluate the status of the restoration project in relation to the interim performance standards and final success criteria. F. Provisions for the submittal of a revised or supplemental restoration plan to be submitted if an annual monitoring report shows that the restoration effort is falling below the interim performance standards. Trigger events shall be included in the plan to define the level of nonperformance at which the submittal of a revised or supplemental restoration plan will be required. The applicant shall submit a revised or supplemental restoration program within 90 days of a trigger event to address those portions of the original plan which did not meet the approved success criteria. Following the restoration, reports shall be submitted every ten years to the Executive Director for review and written approval to ensure that the restoration is maintained over the time period of the development. vii. Final Success Criteria for each habitat type, including, as appropriate: A. total species richness, B. total ground cover of vegetation and of native vegetation, C. vegetative cover of dominant species and definition of dominants, and D. presence and abundance of any sensitive species observed during monitoring activities. viii. The method by which "success" will be judged , including but not limited to: A. Type of comparison. B. Identification and description, including photographs, of any reference sites that will be used. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 6 July 18, 2023 C. Test of similarity with a reference site. This could simply be determining whether-the result of a census was above a predetermined threshold. Generally, the determination will entail a one-or two-sample t-test that demonstrates if differences between the restoration site and the reference site are within the maximum allowable difference for each success criterion (performance standard). D. The field sampling design to be employed, including a description of the randomized placement of sampling units and the planned sample size. E. Detailed field methods. F. Specification of the maximum allowable difference between the restoration value and the reference value for each success criterion G. Where a statistical test will be employed, a statistical power analysis to document that the planned sample size will provide adequate statistical power to detect the maximum allowable difference. Generally, sampling should be conducted with sufficient replication to provide 90% power with alpha=0.10 to detect the maximum allowable difference. This analysis shall require an estimate of the sample variance based on the literature or a preliminary sample of a reference site. Power analysis software is available commercially and on the Internet (e.g., http://www.stat.uiowa.edu/~rlenth/Power/index.html). ix. Provision for submission of a final restoration report to the Executive Director for review and written approval at the end of the final monitoring period. The final report shall be submitted only after at least three annual reports document that no mediation or restoration activities were required to maintain the site, other than weeding . The report shall be prepared by a qualified restoration ecologist. The report shall evaluate whether the restoration site conforms to the goals and success criteria set forth in the approved final restoration program. Following Executive Director approval of the final restoration report, reports shall be submitted every ten years to ensure that the restoration is maintained over the time period of the development. If the final report indicates that the restoration project has been unsuccessful, in part or in whole, based on the approved success criteria, the applicant shall submit within 90 days a revised or supplemental Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 7 July 18, 2023 restoration plan to compensate for those portions of the original plan which did not meet the approved success criteria. The permittee shall undertake mitigation and monitoring in accordance with the approved final, revised upland restoration or mitigation plan following all procedures and reporting requirements as outlined for the initial plan until all performance standards (success criteria) are met. The revised restoration plan shall be processed as an amendment to this coastal development permit unless the Executive Director provides a written determination that no permit amendment is legally required. The permittee shall undertake mitigation and monitoring in accordance with the approved final, revised upland mitigation plan. Any proposed changes to the approved final, revised plans shall be reported to the Executive Director. No changes to the plans shall occur without a Coastal Commission approved amendment to this coastal development permit unless the Executive Director provides a written determination that no amendment is legally required. 3. Nesting Bird Monitoring and Avoidance Plan. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit to the Executive Director for review and written approval, a Nesting Bird Monitoring and Avoidance Plan that shall include but not be limited to the following provisions: If project activities must occur during bird nesting season (February 1 through August 31 ), a qualified biologist, with experience conducting bird surveys, shall survey for active nests within 7 days prior to commencement of project activities, and once a week thereafter during construction, to detect any such activity within 500 feet of the project area. If an active songbird nest is located within 300 feet of construction activities (500 feet for raptors), the qualified biologist shall halt construction activities to enable the applicant to employ best management practices (BMPs) to ensure that construction activities do not disturb or disrupt nesting activities. Noise levels at active nest sites shall not exceed 65 dB unless a noise study has determined that ambient noise in the immediate area exceeds that level. If this is the case, noise levels at the nest site shall not exceed the ambient noise level measured. Noise reducing BMPs may include using alternative equipment, equipment noise buffering, sound blankets, etc. Alternatively, construction activities and schedules may be adjusted to avoid active nest areas until the respective young birds have fledged. Unrestricted construction activities may resume when no active nests remain in the construction area. Results of nesting bird surveys, ambient noise surveys, and any follow-up construction avoidance measures shall be documented in monthly reports by the qualified biologist and submitted to the Coastal Commission Executive Director throughout the bird breeding season. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 4. Off-site Wetland Impact Compensation. Page 8 July 18, 2023 WITHIN 90 DAYS OF ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall provide off-site compensation for the filling of 0.008 acres of seasonal wetland by debiting two times the area of impacted wetlands (2:1 mitigation ratio) with wetland credits from the North County Habitat wetland mitigation bank. Within said timeframe the applicant shall provide proof of purchase of such wetland mitigation bank credits to the Executive Director. 5. Cultural Resources Treatment and Monitoring Plan. a. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit for the review and approval of the Executive Director an archaeological/cultural resources monitoring plan prepared by a qualified professional, which shall incorporate the following measures and procedures: i. The monitoring plan shall ensure that any prehistoric archaeological or paleontological resources or Native American cultural resources that are present on the site and that may be impacted by the approved development will be identified so that a plan for their protection can be developed. To this end, the cultural resources monitoring plan shall require that archaeological and Native American monitors be present during all grading operations and subsurface construction activity that has • the potential to impact cultural resources. ii. There shall be at least one pre-grading conference with the project manager and grading contractor at the project site in order to discuss the potential for the discovery of archaeological, cultural, or paleontological resources. iii. Archaeological monitor(s) qualified by the California Office of Historic Preservation (OHP) standards, Native American monitor(s) with documented ancestral ties to the area appointed consistent with the standards of the Native American Heritage Commission (NAHC), and the Native American most likely descendent (MLD) when State Law mandates identification of a MLD, shall monitor all project grading and subsurface construction activity (such as trenching for utilities) that has the potential to impact cultural resources, as required in the approved cultural resources monitoring plan required above. vi. The permittee shall provide sufficient archaeological and Native American monitors to assure that all project grading and subsurface construction Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 9 July 18, 2023 activities that has any potential to uncover or otherwise disturb cultural deposits is monitored at all times. v. If any archaeological or paleontological, i.e. cultural deposits, are discovered, including but not limited to skeletal remains and grave-related artifacts, artifacts of traditional cultural, religious or spiritual sites, or any other artifacts, all construction shall cease within at least 50 feet of the discovery, and the permittee shall carry out significance testing of said deposits in accordance with the attached "Cultural Resources Significance Testing Plan Procedures" (Appendix B). The permittee shall report all significance testing results and analysis to the Executive Director for a determination of whether the deposits are significant. b. If the Executive Director determines that the discovery is significant, the permittee shall follow the procedures in Appendix B to determine if an amendment to this permit is required. If an amendment to this CDP is required, development within at least 50 feet of the discovery shall not recommence until an amendment is approved, and then only in compliance with the provisions of such amendment. 6. Construction Pollution Prevention Plan. PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THIS COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit, for the written approval of the Executive Director, a Construction Pollution Prevention Plan (CPPP) that demonstrates that all construction, including, but not limited to, clearing, grading, staging, storage of equipment and materials, or other activities that involve ground disturbance; building, reconstructing, or demolishing a structure; and creation or replacement of impervious surfaces, complies with the following requirements: a. General Construction-Phase Best Management Practices i. Best Management Practices (BMPs) designed to minimize adverse impacts resulting from construction and demolition activities shall be implemented prior to the onset of such activity, including BMPs to minimize erosion and sedimentation, minimize the discharge of pollutants and non-stormwater runoff, and minimize land disturbance and soil compaction, as applicable. The plan shall specify the description and location of all BMPs to be implemented during construction and demolition. ii. Appropriate protocols shall be implemented to manage all construction- phase BMPs (including installation and removal, ongoing operation, inspection, maintenance, and staff training), to protect coastal water quality. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 10 July 18, 2023 iii. All BMPs shall be maintained in a functional condition throughout the duration of the construction and demolition activities, and shall be promptly removed when no longer required. iv. The damage or removal of non-invasive vegetation (including trees, native vegetation, and root structures) during construction shall be minimized, to achieve water quality benefits such as transpiration, interception of rainfall, pollutant uptake, shading of waterways, and erosion control. v. Soil compaction due to construction activities shall be minimized, to retain the natural stormwater infiltration capacity of the soil. b. Minimize Erosion and Sediment Discharge. During construction , erosion and the discharge of sediment off-site or to coastal waters shall be minimized through the use of appropriate BMPs, including: i. Land disturbance during construction (e.g ., clearing, grading, and cut-and- fill) shall be minimized, and grading activities shall be phased, to avoid increased erosion and sedimentation. ii. Erosion control BMPs (such as mulch, soil binders, geotextile blankets or mats, or temporary seeding) shall be installed as needed to prevent soil from being transported by water or wind. Temporary BMPs shall be implemented to stabilize soil on graded or disturbed areas as soon as feasible during construction , where there is a potential for soil erosion to lead to discharge of sediment off-site or to coastal waters. iii. Sediment control BMPs (such as silt fences, fiber rolls, sediment basins, inlet protection, sand bag barriers, or straw bale barriers) shall be installed as needed to trap and remove eroded sediment from runoff, to prevent sediment from construction-related activities from entering coastal waters or the storm drain system. iv. Tracking control BMPs (such as a stabilized construction entrance/exit, or street sweeping) shall be installed or implemented as needed to prevent vehicles leaving the construction area from tracking sediment off-site. v. To minimize wildlife entanglement and plastic debris pollution, the use of temporary erosion and sediment control products (such as fiber rolls, erosion control blankets, and mulch control netting) that contain plastic netting, including photodegradable plastic netting, shall be prohibited. Only products that contain loose-weave natural-fiber netting, or that do not contain netting, shall be allowed. Heavy-duty silt fences reinforced by plastic Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 11 July 18, 2023 or metal netting shall also be prohibited. All temporary erosion and sediment control products shall be promptly removed when no longer required. c. Minimize Discharge of Construction Pollutants. The discharge of other pollutants resulting from construction and demolition activities (such as chemicals, paints, vehicle fluids, petroleum products, asphalt and cement compounds, debris, and trash) into runoff or coastal waters shall be minimized through the use of appropriate BMPs, including: i. Stockpile and Debris Management A. All stockpiles, demolition and construction materials, debris, and waste shall be covered during rain events, protected from stormwater runoff using temporary perimeter barriers, and located a minimum of 50 feet from coastal waters and storm drain inlets. B. Demolition or construction waste and debris shall be removed from work areas as soon as feasible, to prevent the accumulation of debris, sediment, and other pollutants that may potentially be discharged into coastal waters or the storm drain system. Adequate disposal facilities shall be provided for solid waste produced during demolition or construction activities. C. Trash receptacles shall be provided on-site and covered during rain events, and all trash shall be disposed of in the proper trash and recycling receptacles by the end of every construction day. ii. Spill Prevention and Equipment Maintenance A. Spill prevention and control measures shall be implemented to ensure the proper handling and storage of construction products or materials that may have adverse environmental impacts. The discharge of any construction products or materials into coastal waters, drainage courses, or the storm drain system shall be prohibited. B. Leaks or spills of fuel, oil, grease, lubricants, hydraulic fluid , chemicals, preservatives, paints, or other construction products or materials shall be immediately contained on-site and disposed of in an environmentally-safe manner as soon as feasible. C. Construction vehicles operating at the project site shall be inspected daily to ensure there are no leaking fluids, and shall be serviced immediately if a leak is found. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 12 July 18, 2023 D. Fueling and maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles shall be conducted off-site, if feasible. Any fueling and maintenance of mobile equipment conducted on site shall take place at a designated area located at least 50 feet from coastal waters, drainage courses, and storm drain inlets (unless these inlets are blocked to protect against fuel spills). The fueling and maintenance area shall be designed to fully contain any spills of fuel, oil, or other pollutants. Equipment that cannot be feasibly relocated to a designated fueling and maintenance area (such as cranes) may be fueled and maintained in other areas of the site, provided that procedures are implemented to fully contain any potential spills. E. Equipment, machinery, and vehicles shall be washed only in designated areas specifically designed to contain runoff and prevent discharges into storm drain inlets. Thinners, oils, and solvents shall not be discharged into the sanitary sewer or storm drain systems. iii. Control of Non-Stormwater Runoff a. Runoff control BMPs (such as a concrete washout facility or a dewatering tank) shall be installed or implemented to retain, infiltrate, or treat non-stormwater runoff resulting from demolition and construction activities. d. Construction Site Map and Narrative Description. The Construction Pollution Prevention Plan shall include a construction site map and a narrative description addressing, at a minimum, the following required components: i. A map delineating the construction site, construction phasing boundaries, and the location of all temporary construction-phase BMPs (such as silt fences, inlet protection, and sediment basins). ii. A description of the BMPs that will be implemented to minimize land disturbance activities, minimize the project footprint, minimize soil compaction, and minimize damage or removal of non-invasive vegetation. Include a construction phasing schedule, if applicable to the project, with a description and timeline of significant land disturbance activities. iii. A description of the BMPs that will be implemented to minimize erosion and sedimentation, minimize the discharge of other pollutants resulting from construction and demolition activities, and control non-stormwater runoff. Include calculations that demonstrate proper sizing of BMPs, as applicable. Coastal Development Permit 6-22-0152 Page 13 July 18, 2023 iv. A description and schedule for the management of all construction-phase BMPs (including installation and removal, ongoing operation, inspection, maintenance, and staff training). Identify any temporary BMPs that will be converted to permanent post-development BMPs. 7. Operations and Maintenance Plan. PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit, for the review and written approval of the Executive Director, an Operations and Maintenance Plan for the proposed permanent erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs), including the brow ditch, drainage ditch, sediment trap, and inlet screen. The plan shall contain a description and schedule of the inspection and maintenance that will be conducted on these BMPs, and shall require the removal of accumulated sediment as frequently as necessary to prevent the discharge of sediment to the storm drain system and coastal waters. 8. Disposal of Graded Material. All excess spoils exported from the project site must be disposed of at a legal site outside of the coastal zone. Disposal of graded materials within the coastal zone will require a separate coastal development permit or an amendment to this permit. 9. Construction Easement Agreements. PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, the applicant shall submit to the Executive Director for review and written approval, evidence of an encroachment permit or construction easement from the private property owners. The encroachment permit or construction easement shall evidence the ability of the applicant to within the private property as conditioned herein . Appendix E CARB Fleet Compliance Certification DISCLOSURE & SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT VEHICLE EMISSION DISCLOSURE & COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENT. This Project is subject to the following regulation(s) by the California Air Resources Board. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder's sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all equipment and vehicle emission requirements under this Contract and applicable law in its Bid. ADVANCED CLEAN FLEETS. Vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 8,500 lbs. and light-duty package delivery vehicles operated in California may be subject to the California Air Resources Board Advanced Clean Fleets regulations. Such vehicles may therefore be subject to requirements to reduce emissions of air pollutants. For more information, please visit the CARB Advanced Clean Fleets webpage at https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/advanced-clean- fleets. Bidders utilizing subcontractors shall provide a signed certificate of reported compliance for each listed subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. Bidders, and its subcontractors must be registered as compliant fleets at the time of bid submittal. In the event that a bidder, or its subcontractors, are exempt from this regulation, the bidder must submit a signed statement attesting to the fact, and to the reason(s) why it is not subject to the High Priority and Federal Fleets Regulation of Title 13, CCR Section 2015 through 2015.6 and the State and Local Government Fleets Regulation of Title 13, CCR Section 2013 through 2013.4. Failure to certify as a compliant fleet or provide an attestation to an exemption, may render the bid non-responsive. IN-USE OFF-ROAD DIESEL-FUELED FLEETS. Any contractor utilizing off highway vehicles or equipment may be subject to compliance with the In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets Regulation. For more information, please visit the CARB In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets Regulation webpage at: https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our- work/programs/use-road-diesel-fueled-fleets-regulation. Bidders shall submit with its Bid a valid California Air Resources Board certificate of reported compliance. Bidders utilizing subcontractors shall submit the DOORS ID number for each listed subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. Bidders are responsible for including a certificate of reported compliance for each identified subcontractor. Failure to submit valid certificates may render the bid non-responsive. GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor will keep fully informed of federal, state and local laws and ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed by Contractor, or in any way affect the performance of the Services by Contractor. Contractor will at all times observe and comply with these laws, ordinances, and regulations and will be responsible for the compliance of Contractor's services with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. Contractor will be aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and will comply with those requirements, including, but not limited to , verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors and consultants whose services are required by this Agreement. City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023 Contractor is aware of the requirements of the emissions reduction regulations being mandated by the California Air Resources Board ("CARB'') and that it will comply with all applicable regulations before commencing the performance of the work and maintain compliance throughout the duration of this Agreement. CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD. The California Air Resources Board ("CARB") implemented amendments to the In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets Regulations ("Regulation") which are effective on January 1, 2024, and apply broadly to all self-propelled off-road diesel vehicles 25 horsepower or greater and other forms of equipment used in California. A copy of the Regulation is available at: https://ww2. arb. ca.gov /sites/defau IUfiles/barcu/regacU2022/off-roaddiesel/appa-1 . pdf Bidders are required to comply with all CARB and Regulation requirements, including, without limitation, all applicable sections of the Regulation, as codified in Title 13 of the California Code of Regulations section 2449 et seq. throughout the term of the Project. Bidders must provide, with their Bid, copies of Bidder's and all listed subcontractors the most recent, valid Certificate of Reported Compliance ("CRC") issued by CARB. Failure to provide valid CRCs as required herein may render the Bid non-responsive. The City of Carlsbad is a Public Works Awarding Body, as that term is defined under Title 13 California Code of Regulations section 2449(c)(46). Accordingly, Bidders must submit, with their Bids, valid Certificates of Reported Compliance ("CRC") for the Bidder's fleet, and for the fleets of any listed subcontractors (including any applicable leased equipment or vehicles). Bidders must complete and submit the Fleet Compliance Certification, on the form provided. Failure to provide a CRC for the Bidder, and for all listed subcontractors, or failure to complete the Fleet Compliance Certification, may render the Bid non-responsive. COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD REGULATIONS. Contractor shall comply, and shall ensure all subcontractors comply, with all applicable requirements of the most current version of the California Air Resources Board ("CARB") regulations including, without limitation, all applicable terms of Title 13, California Code of Regulations Division 3, Chapter 9 and all pending amendments ("Regulation"). Throughout the Project, and for three (3) years thereafter, Contractor shall make available for inspection and copying any and all documents or information associated with Contractor's and subcontractors' fleet including, without limitation, Certificates of Reported Compliance ("CRC"), fuel/refueling records, maintenance records, emissions records, and any other information the Contractor is required to produce, keep or maintain pursuant to the Regulation upon two (2) calendar days' notice from the City of Carlsbad. Contractor shall be solely liable for any and all costs associated with complying with the Regulation as well as for any and all penalties, fines, damages, or costs associated with any and all violations, or failures to comply with the Regulation. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officials (appointed and elected), officers, and employees from any claims, liabilities, costs, penalties or interest arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Regulation. City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023 FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION. Bidder hereby acknowledges that they have reviewed the CARB's policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the "Regulation"). Bidder hereby certifies, subject to the penalty of perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder's fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) ("Fleet") is true and correct: □ The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto. □ The Fleet is exempt from the Regulation under Section 2449.1 (f)(2), and a signed description of the subject vehicles, and reasoning for exemption has been attached hereto. □ Bidder and/or their subcontractor is unable to procure R99 or R100 renewable diesel fuel as defined in the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449.1 (f)(3). Bidder shall keep detailed records describing the normal refueling methods, their attempts to procure renewable diesel fuel and proof that shows they were not able to procure renewable diesel (i.e., third party correspondence or vendor bids). □ The Fleet is exempt from the requirements of the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4) because this Project has been deemed an "emergency", as that term is defined in Section 2449(c)(18). Bidder shall only operate the exempted vehicles in the emergency situation and records of the exempted vehicles must be maintained, pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4). □ The Fleet does not fall under the Regulation or are otherwise exempt and a detailed reasoning is attached to this certification. Name of Bidder: _____________________ _ Signature: Name: Title: Date: City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023 Appendix F Park Dr Geotechnical Recommendations Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 2.0 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 2 The Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements project addresses the removal and replacement of an existing distressed retaining wall, slope erosion mitigation measures and enhancement of the drainage conditions around the proposed improvements to alleviate potential safety concerns and reduce maintenance effort. The project includes the construction of: 1) an approximately three-foot tall Concrete Masonry Unit {CMU) freestanding block wall from station 0+00 to 3+03 primarily to provide temporary storage for eroded soil during storm events and to reduce maintenance burden; 2) a three-to 12-foot tall cantilever soldier pile and lagging wall that replaces the existing distressed block wall from Station 3+03 to 4+84 that will retain existing slopes with inclinations that range from 1.3:1 to 2:1 {horizontal to vertical); 3) a planted Segmental Retaining Wall {SRW) "fill wall" up to 13 feet tall with geogrid reinforcement ranging from 11 to 17 feet in horizontal length from Station 4+84 to 8+25 that will retain a 2:1 fill slope; 4) construction of an up to 30-foot tall fill slope that extends above and away from the SRW at a 2:1 inclination that covers the existing 1.5:1 cut slope face that has been experiencing erosion; 5) drainage ditches, debris racks, and catch basins along the back of the CMU block walls, SRW, and at the top of the slope behind the SRW wall, and; 6) replacement of the sidewalk along the project alignment. Revegetation of the finished slope above the SRW and the relocation of several utilities and a light pole are also included in the project scope. 3.0 FEASIBILITY OF THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS Site development and construction of the proposed improvements appears to be conceptually feasible from a geotechnical perspective. However, the presence of shallow groundwater, compressible and expansive undocumented fill, and loose surficial colluvium and slope wash that covers the existing natural slopes should be mitigated. In addition, temporary slopes are needed to construct several of the improvements, and the design of these slopes should consider the geologic descriptions and factual data provided in the referenced report (Group Delta, 2020b), applicable codes (e.g., Cal/OSHA), and guidance in this report. Please note that references to elevation in this letter are based on the referenced project plans {Dudek, 2018), which states the National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929 as their elevation basis. Conclusions based on the referenced investigations (Group Delta, 2020b) regarding the geotechnical conditions at the site are restated below for ease of reference, Geotechnical recommendations for design and construction are provided in the following sections of this report. k GR□UPOELTA 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 3 • Based on the subsurface explorations conducted at the site, several feet of fill underlie the proposed imp~ovements at the bottom of the existing slope along Park Drive. We consider these soils to be "undocumented fill" since we have not been provided with records of testing and observation by a Geotechnical Engineer during placement. The fill is considered compressible and unsuitable for the support of the proposed improvements in its current condition. Remedial grading recommendations are provided in the Earthwork section. • Surficial soils including colluvium and slopewash were observed during our site reconnaissance and were encountered in our explorations within the existing slopes at the site. The colluvium and slopewash soils are considered loose and compressible and may be prone to surficial sloughing and caving. • Santiago Formation underlies the fill and colluvium. Excavations and grading at the site are anticipated to encounter these materials, which generally consist of cemented silty and clayey sandstone. Difficult excavation conditions should be anticipated. • Expansive soils [Expansion Index (El) greater than 50] were encountered in our explorations. Expansive soils are not considered suitable for reuse as engineered fill. • Site excavations and earthwork construction activities may encounter shallow groundwater conditions. Dewatering may be required to complete excavations; provide dry, stable working surfaces; and allow for construction of improvements and fill placement. Drilled shafts for soldier piles will need to manage groundwater seepage, standing water and caving conditions. Groundwater was encountered in several explorations at the site and was measured periodically in our monitoring wells. The most recent groundwater level is interpreted to be at a depth of about 2 feet below existing grades at the toe of the slope, which is an elevation of about+ 14 feet. Groundwater levels are expected to increase above elevation +14 feet within the slopes to the east. A hydraulic gradient of 0.25 ft/ft may be used to estimate the increase in design groundwater level beyond (i.e., east) of the proposed face of wall along the project alignment. Seepage should be anticipated in temporary slopes. • Soils generated from onsite excavations within sandy portions of the fill, colluvium and Santiago Formation are generally considered suitable for reuse as general compacted fill, provided the materials meet the recommendations in the Earthwork section. However, in-situ moisture content test results indicate the onsite soils may be above or below the optimum moisture content for compaction, and therefore processing and/or moisture conditioning (e.g., mixing with drier soil, aerating, moistening, etc.) sho uld be anticipated. k GR□UP DELT.L\ 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028),docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 4 • Soil corrosivity tests indicate that onsite soils are considered very corrosive to ferrous metals and have a moderate potential for concrete sulfate attack. A corrosion consultant may be contacted for specific corrosion control recommendations. • For the cross sections evaluated in the northern portion of the project alignment (i.e., Station 0+00 to 4+50), the slope stability analyses of the existing natural slopes do not meet the generally accepted minimum Factor of Safety of 1.5 and 1.1 for static and pseudo-static conditions that are typically applied to newly formed cut or fill slopes (engineered slopes). However, the slip surfaces with the minimum factor of safety are generally shallow and close to the surface of the slope. Therefore, there is a potential for continued surficial slope failure to occur in this area. • Due to biological, environmental and right-of-way restrictions in the northern portion of the project alignment from Station 0+00 to 4+40, the City of Carlsbad has opted to design and construct the proposed improvements in a manner that allow for ongoing maintenance to manage soil or debris that may result from continued erosion and surface failures of the natural slope in this area. Calculations for surface and deep seated slope stability indicate a higher potential for surface type failures in this area. • For the cross sections evalu ated in the southern portion of the project alignment (i.e., Station 4+50 to 8+25), the slope stability analyses of the existing natural slopes do meet the generally accepted minimum Factor of Safety of 1.5 and 1.1 for static and pseudo-static conditions. However, due to the continued erosion problems within this portion of the slope, the project is adopting a "fill wall" and planted fill slope alternative along with drainage improvements to mitigate the erosion. The overall stability of the permanent SRW retaining a 2:1 (H:V) fill slope was evaluated. Our evaluation concluded that the proposed SRW and ascending fill slope behind the SRW should be stable under static and pseudo-static conditions. • The primary geologic hazard is the potential for strong ground shaking from nearby or distant earthquakes. This hazard is typically managed through structural design using the applicable building code. ~ GR□UP DEL TA 2021-07-30 Par!< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 5 The remainder of this letter presents recommendations for earthwork and design and construction of the proposed improvements. These recommendations are based on empirical and analytical methods typical of the standards of practice in southern California and common San Diego area construction methods and practice. They may need to be updated based on the results of additional field testing or actual subsurface conditions encountered duri ng construction. If these recommendations do not address a specific feature of the project, please contact Group Delta for additions or revisions. The interpretations and recommendations in this report supersede prior information submitted by Group Delta. 4.1 General 4.1.1 Design Groundwater Elevation We recommend a design groundwater elevation of +14 feet, which is a depth of about 2 feet below existing grades at the toe of the slope. Groundwater levels are expected to increase above elevation +14 feet within the slopes to the east. A hydraulic gradient of 0.25 ft/ft may be used to estimate the increase in design groundwater level beyond (i.e., east) of the proposed face of wall along the project alignment. Note that changes in rainfall, irrigation, or site drainage may produce seepage or perched groundwater at any location within the soils underlying the site. Such conditions are difficult to predict and are typically mitigated if and where they occur. 4.1.2 Seismic Design Seismic design parameters were developed in accordance with the 2019 Ca lifornia Building Code. Based on the subsurface exploration and underlying geology, the site classification for seismic design is Site Class C, in accordance with Chapter 20 of ASCE 7-16. Mapped seismic design parameters in the table below were developed using the online SEAOC/OSHPD Seismic Design Maps tool (SEAOC/OSHPD, 2020). ~ GROUP DEL T.A 2021--07-30 Parl< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20--0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 6 MAPPED SEISMIC DESIGN ACCELERATION PARAMETERS Design Parameters General Seismic Design Parameter (ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4) Site Latitude 33.1445 Site Longitude -117.3219 Ss (g) 1.045 51 (g) 0.379 Site Class C Fa 1.2 Fv 1.5 Ts (sec) 0.453 TL(sec) 8 SMs (g) 1.254 SM1 (g) 0.569 Sos (g) 0.836 So1 (g) 0.379 PGAM (g) 0.552 4.1.3 Surface Drainage Foundation, slab, pavement, and flatwork performance depend on how well surface runoff drains from the site. The ground surface should be graded so that water flows rapidly away from the structures and tops of slopes without ponding. The surface gradient needed to achieve this may depend on the planned landscaping. Planters and landscaped areas should be built so that water does not seep into the foundation, slab, flatwork, or pavement areas. Irrigation should be limited to that needed to sustain landscaping, which should be drought tolerant. Excessive irrigation, surface water, water line breaks, or rainfall may cause perched groundwater to develop within the underlying soil. 4.2 Earthwork Earthwork should be conducted per the applicable requirements of the current California Building Code, City of Carlsbad Standards, and the project specifications. This report provides the following recommendations for specific aspects of earthwork, which may need to be revised based on the conditions observed during construction. ~ GROUP DEL TA 2021--07-30 Pall< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20--0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 8 described in the Compacted Fill section below. Stabilization in accordance with the Site Preparation section of this report may be needed where expansive clay is encountered at the bottom of the resultant removal surface. Subgrade compaction should be conducted immediately prior to placing base or concrete. 4.2.2.2 CMU Block Wall Area Foundation excavations for the CMU Block Wall should be observed by the GEOR prior to placing steel and/or concrete. Soft or yielding soils should be over-excavated and replaced with low expansion (El < SO) granular fill, or stabilized per the Site Preparation section, where necessary. Expansive clays should be over-excavated to a depth of at least two feet below the bottom of the retaining wall footings, excluding the key for CMU Block Walls, if applicable. The remedial excavations should be backfilled with low expansion granular fill (El < SO). Retaining wall foundations should be embedded entirely in compacted fill or entirely in dense, undisturbed sandstone. Retaining wall foundations should not span cut-fill transitions without specific recommendations from the GEOR. 4.2.2.3 Segmental Retaining Wall The base of the SRW (leveling pad and reinforced zone) should be prepared as recommended in the Site Preparation section of this report. 4.2.3 Compacted Fill Fill and backfill should be placed at slightly above optimum moisture content using equipment that can produce a uniformly compacted product. In general, the loose lift thickness should be 8 inches, unless performance observed and testing during earthwork indicates a thinner loose lift is needed. Material and compaction recommendations are summarized in the table on the following page. A two-sack sand and cement slurry may also be used for structural fill as an alternative to compacted soil. It has been our experience that slurry is often useful in confined areas that may be difficult to access with typical compaction equipment. Samples of the slurry should be fabricated and tested for compressive strength during construction. A 28-day compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch (psi) or more is recommended for the sand and cement slurry. Crushed rock (¾-inch) completely wrapped in filter fabric (Mirafi 140N or approved equivalent) may also be used as backfill in confined areas. ' GROUP DELTi\ 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 4.2.4 Onsite Soils Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 9 In general, the onsite soils should meet the material recommendations for some of the fill types in the table below. However, there are some materials that are not considered suitable for reuse as compacted fill, and import may be needed to meet specific fill material recommendations, such as the Slope Cap Fill or the SRW Infill Zone. 4.2.S Import Soil Imported fill sources should be observed by the GEOR prior to hauling onto the site to evaluate the suitability for use. The quality of the import should consider the proposed use on the project and the recommendations in the table below. For each proposed fill source, the Contractor should provide a submittal two weeks prior to importing to the GEOR demonstrating that the proposed materials meet the geotechnical guidelines for import. Prior to import of the proposed materials, samples of all proposed import should be evaluated and tested by the GEOR for suitability of the soils for their proposed use. During earthwork, soil types may be encountered by the Contractor that do not conform to those discussed within this report. The GEOR should evaluate the suitability of these soils for their proposed use. ~ GROUP DELTA 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 10 Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek SUMMARY OF MATERIAL AND M INIMUM COMPACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Minimum Fill Type Location(s) Material Recommendations b Compaction [Test Standard] Recommendations [Test Standard] General Sidewalk Subgrade, El s 50 [ASTM D4829) 90% RC at or slightly Utility Trench Backfill, Passing 3" Sieve = 100% [ASTM D6913] c Compacted Below Retaining Wall Passing¾" Sieve~ 70% [ASTM D6913) above OMC Fill Foundations Passing #200 Sieve s 35% [ASTM D69131 [ASTM D1557] El s; 50 [ASTM D4829) Fill Slope Cap Passing 1" Sieve = 100% [ASTM D6913) c 90% RC at or slightly Passing¾" Sieve~ 70% (ASTM D6913) Slope Cap Fill (Upper 5 feet below 20% s Passing #200 Sieves; 40% [ASTM above OMC FG) D6913] [ASTM D1557] Pl > 7; LL < 50 [ASTM D4318] General Retaining Wall El S 20 [ASTM D4829) Backfill Passing 3" Sieve = 100% [ASTM D69131 (Includes SRW Passing¾" Sieve~ 70% [ASTM D6913) Retained Zone) Passing #200 Sieve< 35% [ASTM D6913) El s 20 (ASTM D4829] 90% RC at or slightly Structural Fill Pl < 20; LL < 40 [ASTM D4318] above OMC SRW Infill (Reinforced) Passing 1" Sieve = 100% [ASTM D6913) [ASTM D1557) Passing ¾" Sieve~ 70% [ASTM D6913] Zone Passing #4 Sieve ~ 40% (ASTM D6913) Passing #40 Sieves 60% [ASTM D6913) Passing #200 Sieve S 35% [ASTM D6913]d Notes: a = If multiple zones overlap, the most stringent of the compaction and material recommendations should apply to that zone. b = Additional Minimum Criteria that Apply to Material Recommendations: -Satisfactory uses Soil Types: GW, GP, GM, GC, SW, SP, SM, and SC, or combinations of these groups [ASTM D2487) -Unsatisfactory uses Soil Types: CH, MH, CL, ML, OH, OL and PT, or combinations of these groups [ASTM D2487] -Corrosion Recommendations: Sulfate Content< 0.10%; Chloride Content< 0.03%; Minimum Soil Resistivity> 1,000 ohm-cm; 5.5 <pH < 10.0 [ASTM D516, CTM 643). These values shall be used as an indicator of a higher susceptibility of the soil to cause corrosion, but shall not preclude the use of the soil, unless the designer of record for the improvements that will be in contact with these soils takes exception to the measured Soil Resistivity results. c = Fill material should be placed and processed to avoid "nesting" or concentrations of rock without sufficient fines for compaction. d = Additional drainage recommendations apply for SRWs if percent passing #200 Sieve > 15%. See Segmental Retaining Walls section of this report for more information. ASTM = ASTM Intern ational; CTM = Caltrans Test Method; El = Expansion Index; FG = Finished Grade; LL = Liquid Limit; Pl = Plasticity Index; OMC = Optimum Moisture Content; RC = Relative Compaction; USCS = Unified Soil Classification System. k GR□UP DEL T ..L\ 2021-07-30 Par1< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 4.2.6 Fill Slope Construction Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 11 An approximately 30-foot tall fill slope is proposed behind the SRW. Removal of the uncompacted fill, eroded materials, and disturbed formational materials from the slope face is recommended. After removal of the unsuitable material from the slope face, typical benching into the dense, undisturbed formational materials is recommended. Benches should be 4 feet tall or more and also be wide enough to provide complete coverage by the compaction equipment being used, and not less than 4 feet wide. Benches should be level or slightly inclined into the slope. Considering that one of the primary objectives of this project is to mitigate soil erosion, we recommend constructing the outer three to five feet of the compacted fill slope with fill material that contains some cohesive soils to provide more resistance to erosion. Recommendations for the material with a suitable fines content and plasticity are shown in the table in the Compacted Fill section of this report. 4.3 Shallow Foundations Shallow foundations may be used for the proposed CMU block walls, provided they are founded in a subgrade that is prepared as recommended in the Remedial Earthwork section of this report. Foundation recommendations are provided below. 4.3.1 Allowable Vertical Bearing Pressure Foundations for the proposed CMU block wall should be designed by the project Structural Engineer using the following geotechnical parameters. These are minimum criteria that assume the wall foundation is founded entirely in compacted fill or entirely in dense, undisturbed sandstone. These minimum criteria should not be considered a structural design, or to preclude more restrictive criteria of governing agencies or the Structural Engineer. The following design parameters may be used. Allowable Bearing Pressure: Minimum Footing Width: 2,000 pounds per square foot {psf) -If bearing completely within compacted fill. 3,000 psf-If bearing completely within undisturbed dense, sandstone or hard, claystone. Allow a ½ increase for short-term wind or seismic loads. 24inches Minimum Bottom of Footing Depth: 18 inches below lowest adjacent soil grade Minimum Reinforcement: Per Structural Engineer k GROUP DEL T.L\ 2021-07-30 Par!< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 12 The above allowable vertical bearing pressure is a net value and does not include the weight of the footing. Adjacent footings founded at different elevations should be located such that they do not surcharge each other. The slope from bearing level to bearing leve l should be flatter than 1 to 1 (horizontal to vertical). 4.3.2 Lateral Resistance Lateral loads against structures may be resisted by friction between the bottoms of footings and the soil, and passive pressure from the portion of the vertical foundation members that is embedded into compacted fill or formational materials (i.e., dense sandstone, hard claystone). A coefficient of friction of 0.30 and a passive pressure of 300 psf per foot of embedment may be used for infinite level ground in front of the footing. The upper foot of soil generating passive pressures not protected by concrete slabs should be neglected in lateral resistance calculations. 4.3.3 Settlement The estimated total settlement of properly designed and constructed shallow foundations should be less than one inch. The differential settlement should be less than ¾-inch over a horizontal distance of 30 feet. 4.4 Earth-Retaining Structures As discussed in the Proposed Improvements section of this letter, multiple types of earth- retaining structures are proposed along the alignment of this project. An approximately three- foot tall CMU block wall extends from Stations 0+00 to 3+03; a cantilevered soldier pile wall with a maximum height of approximately 12 feet is proposed between stations 3+03 to 4+84, and; a SRW "fill wall" with maximum heights up to 13 feet that extends from station 4+84 to the end of the project alignment at station 8+25. The CMU block wall is not planned to have permanent soil backfill, as its purpose is to capture sediment from the eroding slopes to the east. Eroded sediment should be periodically removed by maintenance crews. The cantilever solider pile wall is proposed to replace an existing CMU block retaining wall and retain steep natural slopes that are comprised of slopewash, colluvium and formational materials. A permanent stamped shotcrete face is proposed to cover the wall alignment. The SRW "fill wall" is proposed to retain a fill slope up to 30 feet tall with inclinations of 2:1 or flatter (with natural slopes of various inclinations beyond) that cover the portion of the slope in this area that is currently experiencing erosion. Recommendations for retaining wall backfill materials and compaction are provided in the table shown in the Compacted Fill section of this report. J. GROUP DEL TA 2021-07-30 Parle Drive GeoRecs (Group Della 20-0028).docX Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 14 (reinforced) and retained zones should be sampled and tested by the Geotechnical Engineer to confirm that the recommended minimum soil parameters are obtained. The table below summarizes the design parameters that may be used for design of SRWs. A pseudo-static horizontal factor (kh) of 0.18 should be assumed for seismic design. This value is based on a Site modified Peak Ground Acceleration (PGAM) of 0.55 g, as summarized in the Seismic Design section of the report. SUMMARY OF SOIL DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR SRW Cohesion, c' (psf) Friction Angle, 4>' Unit Weight, y (pcf) Zone Peak Ultimate Peak Ultimate AboveGW BelowGW Infill (Reinforced) 0 0 32 30 125 N/A Soil Retained Soil 0 0 32 30 125 N/A Foundation Soil 100 0 34 34 125 68 Shallow groundwater below the bottom of the SRW and seepage emanating from the temporary slope behind the retained zone of the SRW are design considerations for this project. Therefore, the SRW should have a chimney drain and blanket drain, in addition to the standard gravel fill, as recommended in the Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls (NCMA, 2010). The chimney drain should extend to a height equal to 0. 7H, where H is the height of the wall, or 3 feet above the highest level of seepage observed in the temporary slope behind the wall, whichever height is greater. 4.4.3.1 Global Stability The proposed SRW should be stable under the applicable static and pseudo-static conditions. The global stability of the SRW shown in the referenced plans (Soil Retention Designs, Inc., 2018) was evaluated. A summary of our evaluation and results and representative calculations are included in Attachment A. An initial evaluation of the overall stability of the temporary slope assuming a lH:lV back-cut extending up and away from the back of the SRW reinforced zone (i.e., the anticipated configuration needed to construct the SRW) should be stable under typical temporary conditions. Group Delta completed this evaluation for planning purposes. The contractor should evaluate the actua l temporary slope configuration prior to construction per CAL/OSHA requirements. ~ GROUP DEL TA 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Della 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 4.6.3 Pipe Bedding Group Delta Project No. SDS21 July 30, 2021 Page 16 Typical pipe bedding as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction or City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings may be used. We recommend using a filter fabric separator (such as Mirafi 140N or an approved similar product) to completely envelop the open graded rock used for bedding and/or backfill. 4.6.4 Existing Utilities The permissible depth of cover and settlement tolerances should be evaluated where new fill is to be placed over underground utilities that are to remain. The permissible depth of cover and settlement tolerances for construction traffic and equipment loads should also be evaluated. 4. 7 Reactive Soils In general, the site is located in a coastal environment near the edge of the Agua Hedionda Lagoon. Accordingly, the site soils and general environment should be considered corrosive. In order to assess the sulfate exposure of concrete in contact with the site soils, samples were tested for water-soluble sulfate content, as shown in the referenced geotechnical report (Group Delta, 2020b). The test results indicate that the on-site soils have a moderate to negligible potential for sulfate attack based on commonly accepted criteria. The sulfate content of the wall backfill soils may be further assessed during fine grading. To assess the reactivity of the site soils with metals, the pH, resistivity, and ch loride content were also evaluated (Group Delta, 2020b). The relatively low minimum resistivity values indicate that the site soils are very corrosive to moderately corrosive to metals. Typical corrosion control measures should be incorporated into design, such as providing minimum clearances between reinforcing steel and soil, or sacrificial anodes for buried metal structures. A corrosion consultant may be contacted for specific recommendations. 5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 5.1 Subgrade Characteristics Subgrade stabilization may be needed anywhere in the project area, but the need may be more prevalent in the norther portions of the proposed alignment. Excavation within a couple of feet of the groundwater level could cause yielding or "pumping" of the subgrade. The Contractor shou ld use relatively lightweight equipment when working immediately above groundwater and shou ld anticipate the need for stabilization of the subgrade using geotextiles and aggregate base as recommended in the Site Preparation section of this report. ' GRCUPOELTL\ 2021-07-30 Par!< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 5.2 Excavation Characteristics Group Delta Project No. SDS21 July 30, 2021 Page 17 Trench excavation in the existing fill, slopewash and colluvium above groundwater is not expected to unusual difficulty using modern trenching machines or backhoes in good working order. Standard heavy earthmoving equipment should be able to mass excavate existing fill above groundwater with little difficulty. Much of the fill and colluvial soils that cover the existing slopes at the site are cohesionless and should be considered prone to caving and/or sloughing. Excavation above and below groundwater should be prepared for caving of loose sand, soft clay, and silt. The existing Santiago Formation materials that underlie the existing fill, slopewash and colluvium at the site may be resistant to excavation. Note that very difficult drilling conditions were encountered within the formational sediments and cemented zones that may require moderate to heavy ripping effort to excavate. 5.3 CAL/OSHA Soil Types Temporary slopes are needed for remedial grading excavations, retaining wall backcuts, underground utility trenches and footing excavations. Trench boxes and shields or timber and hydraulic shoring may be needed for deeper installations. The design and construction of these systems along with their maintenance and monitoring during construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor should have their Competent Person evaluate the subsurface conditions exposed during excavation to consider permissible temporary slope inclinations, loads and other measures as required by California OSHA (CAL/OSHA, 2018). Based on the data interpreted from site reconnaissance and subsurface exploration, the design of these types of temporary excavations may assume the OSHA Soil Types in the table below for planning purposes. Note that slopes that exceed 20 feet in height require specific analysis by a registered Civil Engineer. A preliminary evaluation for planning purposes was conducted for the temporary slope that is needed to construct the proposed SRW and is presented in Attachment A. SUMMARY OF OSHA SOIL TYPES FOR PLANNING PURPOSES Geologic Unit Cal/OSHA Soil Type Fill/Slopewash/Colluvium Type C Santiago Formation Type B J GR□UPDELTL\ 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 18 The Contractor should note the materials encountered in construction excavations could vary significantly across the site. This assessment of Soil Type is based on preliminary classifications of soils encountered in widely spaced explorations. The Competent Person should also observe temporary excavations at regular intervals for maintenance and evidence of potential instability. 5.4 Dewatering Dewatering may be needed during construction to reduce the possibility for instability at the bottom of the excavations and to allow for dry, firm working conditions. The current groundwater level is interpreted to be at a depth of about 2 feet below existing grades at the toe of slope, which is an elevation of approximately +14 feet. Groundwater should be drawn down below the bottom of the proposed excavations to provide a stable working surface. It may also be necessary to control seepage emanating from the temporary slope behind the retained zone of the SRW. 5.5 Soldier Pile Installation In general, conventional drilling rigs in good working condition should be able to reach the planned bottom elevations for the soldier piles. However, strongly cemented zones within the Santiago Formation may be encountered during drilling. Caving of soils above and below the groundwater table should be anticipated during pile drilling and installation of the soldier beams. Soldier pile construction methods should be prepared to manage a relatively high groundwater level. Drilled shafts should be backfilled with concrete immediately after completion of drilling. Excavations should not be left unprotected or open. Concrete shou ld be placed into the drilled shaft such that it does not come into contact with the soldier beam or shaft sidewalls prior to reaching the bottom of the hole. The recommended passive pressure assumes that the pile is constructed as a continuous mass that fully contacts the sides of the drilled shaft. A pile installation plan should be submitted by the Contractor for review prior to construction 5.6 Geotechnical Services During Construction Geotechnical services during construction are anticipated to consist of the following activities: • Continuous onsite observation and compaction testing by a Geotechnical Engineer during fill and backfill placement with associated laboratory testing (e.g., compaction curves, physical and engineering properties of engineered fill and import soils). • Continuous onsite observation, special inspection, and compaction testing by a Geotechnical Engineer during construction of the SRW with associated laboratory testing (e.g., compaction curves, physical and engineering properties of engineered fill and import soils). ~ GROUP DELT.L\. 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 19 • Continuous onsite observation by a Geotechnical Engineer during drilling, installation, and concrete placement of soldier piles. • Full and part-time observation and compaction testing by a Geotechnical Engineer as needed during subgrade stabilization, preparation offlatwork subgrade, and construction of pavement sections. • Part-time observation of temporary cut slope excavations and remedial grading excavations by a Certified Engineering Geologist. • Observation by a Geotechnical Engineer to observe foundation excavations for suitable size and bearing capacity of the exposed soils. • Cons ultation by the GEOR for unforeseen conditions, responding to Requests for Information and Submittals and attending preconstruction and construction coordination Preparation of an As-Built Geotechnical Report. ~ GR□UP DEL T.l\ 2021-07-30 Park Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20--0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 6.0 LIMITATIONS Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 20 The recommendations in this report are subject to revi sion from the results of field testing or actual subsu rface conditions encountered during construction. Group Delta needs to continue to be part of the project design and construction for these recommendations to remain valid. If another Geotechnical Engineer provides these services, they should prepare a letter indicating t heir intent to assume the responsibilities of the project GEOR. This letter should also indicate their concurrence with the recommendations in the report or revise them as needed to assume the role of the project GEOR. This report was prepared using the degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised, under similar circumstances, by reputable Geotechnical Engineers practicing in similar loca lities. No warranty, express or implied, is made as to the conclusions and professional opinions included in this report. The findings of this report are valid as of the present date. However, changes in the condition of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether due to natural processes or the work of humans on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards of practice may occur from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, the findings of this report may be invalidated wholly or partially by changes outside our control. Therefore, this report is subject to review and should not be relied upon aft er a period of three years. k GR□UP DELTA 2021-07-30 Par!< Drive GeoRecs (Group Della 20-0028).docx Geotechnical Recommendations Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements Dudek 7.0 REFERENCES Group Delta Project No. SD521 July 30, 2021 Page 21 Dudek (2018}. Construction Plans for Park Drive Stree't and Drainage Improvements, 70% Progress Set, August. Dudek (2020}. Construction Plans for Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Pre-90% Interim Progress Set, February 24. Geo-Slope International (2013}. GeoStudio 2012, SLOPE/W-A Slope Stability Software for Soil and Rock Slopes, v.8.12.4.11377, released September. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2017}. Revised Proposal for Geotechnical Services, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Proposal No. SDl 7-006, February 28. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2018}. Geotechnical Data Report, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, GDC Project No. SDS21, August 23. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2019}. Proposed Scope of Services and Estimated Fee for Additional Geotechnical Services, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Group Delta Project No. SDS21, revised February 8. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2020a}. Proposed Scope of Services and Estimated Fee, Additional Geotechnical Services No. 2 -Soldier Pile Analysis, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Group Delta Project No. SDS21, March 27. Group Delta Consultants, Inc. (2020b}. Report of Geotechnical Investigation, Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, Carlsbad, California, Group Delta Project No. SDS21, June 1. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA, 2010}. Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition. Nicolon Corporation (2020}. TenCate Mirafi® Miragrid® BXT and 10XT, undated. SEAOC/OSHPD (2020}. Seismic Design Maps, https://seismicmaps.org/. Soil Retention Designs, Inc. (2018}. Verdura® Retaining Wall Plans, Improvement Plans for: Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements, City Project No. 6611, August 29. k GR.CUP OEL TA 2021-07-30 Parl< Drive GeoRecs (Group Delta 20-0028).docx FIGURES ATTACHMENT A SRW GLOBAL STABILITY EVALUATION ATTACHMENT A SRW GLOBAL STABILITY EVALUATION The flowing presents the results of our overall stability assessment of the proposed SRW at the Park Drive Street and Drainage Improvements project in Carlsbad, California. SRW DESCRIPTION Based on the Verdura® Retaining Wall Plans by Soil Retention Designs, Inc. referenced above, a Segmental Retaining Wall (SRW) is proposed along the project alignment from approximately Station 4+84 to 8+25 the site as shown in the referenced plans. The retaining wall is proposed to raise grades behind the wall and to form the base of a 2 to 1 (horizontal to vertical) fill slope that covers an existing cut slope that is experiencing erosion. The plans indicate that the walls are to be constructed using 8-inch Verdura® 40 segmenta l block units and reinforced with Miragrid® 8XT and lOXT geogrid. The walls heights and number and lengths of geogrid along the wall vary and are summarized below. SUMMARY OF SRW GEOMETRY Approximate Wall Approximate Wall Number of Geogrld Length Station Height (feet) Geogrids (feet) 4+84 to 5+20 12-13 5 17 5+20 to 5+80 12-13 6 17 5+80 to 6+80 12-13 5 17 6+80 to 7+50 8 -12 4 -5 17 7+50 to 8+25 4 -8 2-4 11 Following mass grading of the site, the retaining walls are expected to be founded in Santiago Formation that should consist of undisturbed dense sandstone or hard claystone, as evalu ated by the GEOR or their field designate. The SRW is expected to retain imported compacted fill or suitable onsite materials. SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSES Slope stability analyses were performed at a critical cross section representative of the SRW as shown on Figure A-1. The location of critical cross sections was chosen considering the height of the retaining wall along with the geometry and other conditions above and below the wall. ~ GR□LF DEL T.L\ ATTACHMENT A SRW GLOBAL STABILITY EVALUATION (CONTINUED) Stability calculations were completed using Spencer's method of limit equilibrium slope stability analysis, as this method has been incorporated into the SLOPE/W v.8.12.4.11377 licensed software (Geo-Slope International, 2013). The shear strength properties used in the stability analysis were obtained from the referenced report of geotechnical investigation (Group Delta, 2020b) and are summarized on representative slope stability calculations, Figures A-2 through A- 4. The geogrids were modeled in the analyses using the lengths shown in the referenced SRW plans and the Long Term Design Strength (LTDS) shown in their manufacturer's data sheets (Nicolon Corporation, 2020). The segmental block units were modeled as a high strength material. Pseudo-static slope stability analyses were performed to evaluate the seismic stability of the SRW with respect to inertial effects. Pseudo-static loading assumed a horizontal seismic coefficient (kh) of 0.18. The table below summarizes the analyses. Representative calculations are attached. SUMMARY OF SRW GLOBAL STABILITY EVALUATION Retaining Wall Grid Calculated Factor of Safety Wall Height Length Cross (feet) Section Static Static Pseudo-Static Station (feet) (Temporary) (Permanent) (Permanent) 6+15 13 17 E-E' 1.38 1.72 1.21 The proposed SRW should be stable under the applicable static and pseudo-static conditions. From a planning perspective, the temporary slope needed to construct the SRW should be stable under typical temporary conditions. The contractor should evaluate the actual temporary slope configuration prior to construction per CAL/OSHA requirements. CLOSURE The conclusions stated in this attachment assume the soil and geologic conditions do not deviate appreciably from those reported in the referenced reports and locally observed by Group Delta. Geotechnical engineering and the geologic sciences are characterized by uncertainty. Professional judgments presented herein are based partly on our understanding of the proposed construction, and partly on our general experience. Our engineering work and judgments rendered meet current professional standards; we do not guarantee the performance of the project in any respect. ~ GROUP DEL T1\ Appendix G 2017 Carlsbad Integrated Pest Management Plan C cityof Carlsbad INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT PLAN NOV. 30, 2017 Parks & Recreation Department Public Works Department Section I -Purpose The purpose of this Integrated Pest Management {1PM) plan is to direct health conscious and environmentally sensitive pest management strategies on city owned or controlled properties and public rights of way, in accordance with applicable federal, state and local regulations. Section II -Policy The city will focus on the prevention and suppression of pest issues with the least impact on human health, the environment, and non-target organisms. In particular, the use of chemical pesticides on city owned or operated properties and public rights of way will be significantly reduced, according to these guiding principles: A. Emphasize the initial use of organic pesticides. B. Limit the use of chemical pesticides where the general public congregates. C. Use EPA level pesticides in a targeted manner, and only if deemed necessary by supervisory staff -to protect public safety; to prevent a threat to sensitive species or native habitats; to assist in meeting regulatory compliance requirements; or to prevent economic loss -when pests cannot be managed by other tactics. Section Ill -Goals The goals of the 1PM plan are: A. Protect human health and the surrounding environment by implementing a range of preventative strategies, and using the least-toxic pesticides available for pest control and eradication. B. Monitor presence of pests on a routine basis to ensure the most effective (combination of) pest control tactics are being used. Reference Section VI. E. 6. C. Minimize the quantity of products used for pest management. D. Use species-specific products for pest management and carefully target application areas. E. Chemical pesticides shall only applied to: protect public safety; to prevent a threat to sensitive species or native habitats; to assist in meeting regulatory compliance requirements; or to prevent economic loss -when pests cannot be managed by other tactics. F. Provide public notification signs at perimeter of outdoor areas or at entrances of buildings, where chemical pesticides are to be applied. 2 Section VI -Pest Control Tactics Integrated Pest Management uses a variety of pest control tactics in a compatible manner that minimize adverse effects to human health and the environment. A combination of several control tactics is usually more effective in minimizing pest damage than any single control method. The type of control(s) selected will likely vary on a case-by-case basis due to differing site conditions. The primary pest control tactics to choose from include: • Cultural • Mechanical • Environmental/Physical • Biological • Pesticide A. Cultural Controls Cultural controls are modifications of normal plant care activities that reduce or prevent pests. Cultural control methods include adjusting the frequency and amount of irrigation, fertilization, and mowing height. For example, spider mite infestations are worse on water-stressed plants; over-fertilization may cause succulent growth which then encourages aphids; too low of a mowing height may thin turf and allow weeds to become established. B. Mechanical Controls Mechanical control tactics involve the use of manual labor and machinery to reduce or eliminate pest problems, such as handpicking, physical barriers, or machinery. Other examples include hoeing and applying mulch to control weeds, using trap boards for snails and slugs, and use of traps for gophers. C. Environmental/Physical Controls The use of environmental/physical controls such as altering temperature, light, and humidity, can be effective in controlling pests. Although in outdoor situations these tactics are difficult to use for most pests, they can be effective in controlling birds and mammals if their habitat can be modified such that they do not choose to live or roost in the area. Other examples include removing garbage in a timely manner, and using netting or wire to prevent birds from roosting. D. Biological Controls Biological control practices use living organisms to reduce pest populations. These organisms are often also referred to as beneficials, natural enemies or biocontrols. They act to keep pest populations low enough to prevent significant economic damage. Biocontrols include pathogens, parasites, predators, competitive species, and antagonistic organisms. Biocontrols can occur naturally or they can be purchased and released. 4 The most common organisms used for biological control in landscapes are predators, parasites, pathogens and herbivores. • Predators are organisms that eat their prey (e.g. Ladybugs) • Parasites spend part or all of their life cycle associated with their host. Common parasites lay their eggs in or on their host and then the eggs hatch, the larvae feed on the host, killing it (e.g. tiny stingless wasps for aphids and whiteflies) • Pathogens are microscopic organisms, such as bacteria, viruses, and fungi that cause diseases in pest insects, mites, nematodes, or weeds (e.g. Bacillus thuringiensis or BT) • Herbivores are insects or animals that feed on plants. These are effective for weed control. Biocontrols for weeds eat seeds, leaves, or tunnel into plant stems (e.g., goats and some seed and stem borers) In order to conserve naturally occurring biocontrols, broad-spectrum pesticides should not be used since the use of these types of pesticides may result in secondary pest outbreaks due to the mortality of natural enemies that may be keeping other pests under control E. Pesticide Controls As defined in California Food and Agriculture Code Section 12753, "Pesticide" includes any of the following: (a) any spray adjuvant; (b) any substance, or mixture of substances which is intended to be used for defoliating plants, regulating plant growth or for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any pest...which may infest or be detrimental to vegetation, man, animals, or households, or be present in any agricultural or nonagricultural environment whatsoever. The term pesticides includes organic products and chemical products. Insecticides, herbicides, fungicides and rodenticides are all pesticides. Pesticides may be used when other methods fail to provide adequate control of pests and before pest populations cause unacceptable damage. When pesticides are to be used, considerations will be made for how to apply them most effectively. Pesticides that are broad-spectrum and persistent shall be avoided, since they can cause more environmental damage and increase the likelihood of pesticide resistance. The overuse of pesticides can cause beneficial organisms to be killed and pest resistance to develop. In addition, considerations should be given to the proximity to water bodies, irrigation schedules, weather, etc., that may result in the pesticide being moved off-site, into the environment. 1. Criteria for Selecting Treatment Strategies Once the 1PM decision making process is in place and monitoring indicates that pest treatment is needed, the choice of specific strategies can be made. Strategies will be chosen that are: a) Least hazardous to human health b) Least disruptive of natural controls in landscape situations c) Least toxic to non-target organisms other than natural controls d) Most likely to be permanent and prevent recurrence of the pest problem e) Easiest to carry out safely and effectively f) g) Most cost effective in the long term Appropriate to the site and maintenance system 5 2. Selection of Appropriate Pesticides The following criteria will be used when selecting a pesticide: a) Safety b) Species specificity c) Effectiveness d) Endurance e) Speed f) Repellency g) Cost When selecting pesticides, supervisory staff will rely on advisement from State of California certified pest control applicators, to ensure that the most appropriate pesticide is selected. 3. Prioritized Use of Pesticides Pesticides are to be utilized in a prioritized approach on city properties as follows: 4. a) Organic pesticides to be used first, when pesticides are deemed necessary. b) Pesticides registered with the California Department of Pesticide Regulations Registrations Branch to be used as a protocol. c) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Toxicity Category Ill "Caution" label pesticides to be used in a targeted manner by a certified pest control applicator, and only if deemed necessary by supervisory staff -to protect public safety; to prevent threats to sensitive species or native habitats; to assist in meeting regulatory compliance requirements; or to prevent economic loss - when pests cannot be managed by other tactics. d) U.S. EPA Toxicity Category II "Warning" label pesticides to be used in a targeted manner by a certified pest control applicator, and only if deemed necessary by supervisory staff -to protect public safety; to prevent threats to sensitive species or native habitats; to assist in meeting regulatory compliance requirements; or to prevent economic loss -when pests cannot be managed by other tactics. e) U.S. EPA Toxicity Category I "Danger" label pesticides, to be used in a targeted manner by a certified pest control applicator, and only if deemed necessary by supervisory staff -to protect public safety; to prevent threats to sensitive species or native habitats; to assist in meeting regulatory compliance requirements; or to prevent economic loss -when pests cannot be managed by other tactics. Certification and Permitting Restricted use pesticides shall only be applied by, or under the direct supervision of, an individual with a State of California, Department of Pesticide Regulations, Qualified Applicators Certificate. Pesticides listed as "restricted" in the State of California shall be applied only under a restricted materials permit, issued by the San Diego County Department of Agriculture, Weights and Measures. The permit must be renewed annually for continued application. 6 5. Employee Training Staff and contractors must know the information on the chemical label and the MSDS before using or handling the chemical. In addition, they will be trained annually and when a new pesticide is to be used. The certified pest control applicators must know: • The immediate and long-term health hazards posed by chemicals to be used, the common symptoms of chemical poisoning, and the ways poisoning could occur; and • The safe work practices to be followed, including the appropriate protective clothing, equipment, mixing, transportation, storage, disposal and spill cleanup procedures applicable to the chemical used 6. • In addition to the training and annual continuing education required for certification, staff will be encouraged to participate in pesticide application programs that are above and beyond minimum compliance requirements. Record Keeping Monitoring the effectiveness of the 1PM plan over time requires diligent tracking of several items: pest populations and locations; management strategies employed; quantities and types of chemicals or other products used; and the outcome of pest management activities. The certified pest control applicator is responsible for maintaining, and submitting to the city as requested, records that include the following: a) Target pest b) Prevention and other non-chemical methods of control used c) Type and quantity of pesticide used d) Location of the pesticide application e) Date of pesticide application f) Name of the pesticide applicator g) Application equipment used h) Summary of results 7. Materials for Use -Least Toxic Pesticides Pesticides are considered a secondary resort under the tenets of 1PM. This control strategy is to be used on city owned or controlled properties and rights of way after general preventative practices and non- chemical options -including organic pesticides -have been fully explored. Least-toxic pesticides meet the following criteria: a) Products contain no known, likely, or probable carcinogens -as listed by the CA Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment. b) Products contain no reproductive toxicants (CA Prop 65). c) Products contain no items listed by the CA Department of Toxic Substance Control as known, probable, or suspected endocrine disrupters d) Active ingredients have soil half-life of thirty days or less. e) Products are labeled as not toxic to fish, birds, bees, wildlife, or domestic animals. 7 The term "least toxic" refers to pesticides that have low or no acute or chronic toxicity to humans, affect a narrow range of species and are formulated to be applied in a manner that limits or eliminates exposure of humans and other non-target organisms. Examples of least toxic pesticides include products formulated as baits, pastes or gels that do not volatilize in the air and that utilize very small amounts of the active ingredient pesticide, and microbial pesticides formulated from fungi, bacteria or viruses that are toxic only to specific pest species but harmless to humans. Least toxic pesticides include: • Boric acid and disodium octobrate tetra hydrate • Silica gels • Diatomaceous earth • Nonvolatile insect and rodent baits in tamper resistant containers • Microbe based pesticides • Pesticides made with essential oils (not including synthetic pyrethroids) without toxic synergists • Materials for which the inert ingredients are nontoxic and disclosed. The term least toxic pesticides does not include a pesticide that is: a) Determined by the U.S. EPA to be a possible, probable or known carcinogen, mutagen, teratogen, reproductive toxin, developmental neurotoxin, endocrine disrupter or immune system toxin. b) A pesticide in the U.S. EPA's Toxicity Category I or II. c) Any application of the pesticide using a broadcast spray, dust, tenting, or fogging application. 8. Notification Signs Chemical pesticide application notification signs shall meet the following criteria: a) Posted at perimeter of outdoor areas or at building entrances, where chemical pesticides are to be applied. b) Posted at least 24 hours prior to application of chemical pesticides and shall remain for at least 72 hours after the application. c) Include "Notice -Pesticide Treated Area," and product's/manufacturer's name, scheduled date of application, and pest to be controlled -e.g., weeds, insects, rodents. 9. Revisions Staff will review this 1PM plan annually at minimum, and update it as needed. 8